RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS INC
424B5, 2000-02-29
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: DESTINY MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10SB12G/A, 2000-02-29
Next: RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS INC, 8-K, 2000-02-29



<PAGE>
                                                     FILING PURSUANT T0
                                                     RULE NO. 424(b)(5)
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-91561


Prospectus supplement dated February 25, 2000
(To prospectus dated February 22, 2000)

                                  $300,000,000

                           GMAC MORTGAGE CORPORATION
                              Seller and Servicer

                     GMACM HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 2000-HE1
                                     Issuer

                   Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc.
                                   Depositor

           GMACM Home Equity Loan-Backed Term Notes, Series 2000-HE1

The Trust

 .  will issue three classes of term notes, the variable funding notes and the
   certificates. Only the three classes of term notes are offered by this
   prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
 .  will make payments on the notes and the certificates primarily from
   collections on three groups of residential mortgage loans consisting of home
   equity revolving credit line loans and home equity loans.

The Term Notes

 .  will consist of the following three classes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Class            Balance                  Designations               Note Rate
            -----          ------------               ------------               ---------
            <S>            <C>                        <C>                        <C>
            A-1            $225,000,000                  Senior                  Variable
            A-2            $ 25,000,000                  Senior                  Variable
            A-3            $ 50,000,000                  Senior                    7.95%
</TABLE>

 .  currently have no trading market.
 .  are not deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental
   agency.

Credit enhancement will consist of:

 .  Excess interest, to the extent described in this prospectus supplement;
 .  Overcollateralization and limited cross-collateralization, to the extent
   described herein; and
 .  An irrevocable and unconditional financial guaranty insurance policy issued
   by MBIA Insurance Corporation, which will protect holders of the term notes
   against certain shortfalls in amounts due to be distributed at the times and
   to the extent described herein.

                                 [LOGO OF MBIA]


 You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page S-17 in
 this prospectus supplement.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved the term notes or determined that this prospectus
supplement or the prospectus is accurate or complete. It is illegal for anyone
to tell you otherwise.

The Attorney General of the State of New York has not passed on or endorsed the
merits of this offering. Any Representation to the contrary is unlawful.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. is acting as representative of the underwriters for
the issuance of the term notes. Delivery of the term notes is expected to be
made in book entry form on or about February 28, 2000. The term notes will be
offered in the United States and Europe.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.                               Newman & Associates, Inc.
<PAGE>

        Important Notice About Information in this Prospectus Supplement
                         and the Accompanying Prospectus

     We tell you about the term notes in two separate documents that
progressively provide more detail:

     .    the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some
          of which may not apply to a particular series of securities, including
          your term notes; and

     .    this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of your
          term notes and may be different from the information in the
          prospectus.

     We include cross-references in this prospectus supplement and in the
accompanying prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find
further related discussions.  The Table of Contents on the following page
provides the pages on which these captions can be found.

     If you require additional information, the mailing address of the principal
executive office of the depositor is Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc.,
8400 Normandale Lake Boulevard, Suite 600, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55437, and its
telephone number is (612) 832-7000.  For other means of acquiring additional
information about the depositor or the term notes, see "Additional Information,"
"Reports to Securityholders" and "Incorporation of Certain Information by
Reference" in the attached prospectus.

                                      S-2
<PAGE>

                               Table of Contents



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Page S-

<S>                                                                                              <C>
Summary........................................................................................    4
Risk Factors...................................................................................   17
Introduction...................................................................................   26
Description of the Mortgage Loans..............................................................   26
     General...................................................................................   26
     Initial HELOCs............................................................................   27
     Loan Terms of the HELOCs..................................................................   28
     Initial HELOC Characteristics.............................................................   29
     Initial HELs..............................................................................   37
     Loan Terms of the HELs....................................................................   38
     Initial HEL Characteristics...............................................................   38
     Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account..   43
     Non-Recordation of Assignments............................................................   44
     Amendments to Mortgage Documents..........................................................   45
     Optional Removal of Mortgage Loans........................................................   45
     Underwriting Standards....................................................................   45
The Seller and Servicer........................................................................   48
     General...................................................................................   48
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures.................................................   48
     Realization Upon Defaulted Loans..........................................................   49
     Delinquency and Loss Experience of the Servicer's Portfolio...............................   50
     Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses..................................   51
The Issuer.....................................................................................   51
The Owner Trustee..............................................................................   52
The Indenture Trustee..........................................................................   52
The Enhancer...................................................................................   53
     The Enhancer..............................................................................   53
     Financial Information About the Enhancer..................................................   53
     Where You Can Obtain Additional Information About the Enhancer............................   54
     Financial Strength Ratings of the Enhancer................................................   54
Description of the Securities..................................................................   54
     General...................................................................................   54
     Book-Entry Notes..........................................................................   55
     Payments on the Notes.....................................................................   57
     Interest Payments on the Notes............................................................   57
     Capitalized Interest Account..............................................................   58
     Principal Payments on the Notes...........................................................   59
     Priority of Distributions.................................................................   59
     Optional Transfers of Mortgage Loans to Holders of Certificates...........................   61
     Reserve Account...........................................................................   61
     Overcollateralization and Cross-collateralization.........................................   62
     The Paying Agent..........................................................................   62
     Maturity and Optional Redemption..........................................................   62
     Glossary of Terms.........................................................................   63
Description of the Policy......................................................................   72
Yield and Prepayment Considerations............................................................   73
The Agreements.................................................................................   82
     The Purchase Agreement....................................................................   82
     The Servicing Agreement...................................................................   85
     The Trust Agreement and the Indenture.....................................................   87
Use of Proceeds................................................................................   92
Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans....................................................   92
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations......................................................   92
     Status as Real Property Loans.............................................................   93
     Original Issue Discount...................................................................   93
     Market Discount...........................................................................   95
     Premium...................................................................................   96
     Realized Losses...........................................................................   96
     Sales of Notes............................................................................   96
     Backup Withholding........................................................................   97
     Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors........................................................   97
     New Withholding Regulations...............................................................   97
State and Other Tax Consequences...............................................................   98
ERISA Considerations...........................................................................   98
Legal Investment...............................................................................   98
Underwriting...................................................................................   99
Experts........................................................................................   99
Legal Matters..................................................................................   99
Ratings........................................................................................   99
Appendix A - Initial HELOCs -- Characteristics of Loan Groups I and II.........................  A-1
     Initial Group I HELOC Characteristics.....................................................  A-1
     Initial Group II HELOC Characteristics....................................................  A-8
Appendix B - Form of Policy....................................................................  B-1
</TABLE>

                                      S-3
<PAGE>

                                    Summary

     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus.

Issuer or Trust Fund ...............The GMACM Home Equity Loan Trust 2000-HE1.

Title of the offered securities ....GMACM Home Equity Loan-Backed Term Notes,
                                    Series 2000-HE1

Variable Funding Notes..............GMACM Home Equity Loan-Backed Variable
                                    Funding Notes, Series 2000-HE1. The variable
                                    funding notes are not offered by this
                                    prospectus supplement.

Certificates........................GMACM Home Equity Loan-Backed Certificates,
                                    Series 2000-HE1. The certificates are not
                                    offered by this prospectus supplement.

Depositor...........................Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc.

                                    For more information on the depositor, we
                                    refer you to "The Depositor" in the
                                    accompanying prospectus.

Seller and Servicer.................GMAC Mortgage Corporation, a Pennsylvania
                                    corporation, will be the seller and servicer
                                    of the mortgage loans. The servicer will be
                                    obligated to service the mortgage loans
                                    pursuant to the servicing agreement to be
                                    dated as of the closing date, among the
                                    servicer, the issuer and the indenture
                                    trustee.

                                    We refer you to "The Agreements--The
                                    Servicing Agreement" and "The Seller and
                                    Servicer--General" in this prospectus
                                    supplement for further information on the
                                    seller and servicer.

Owner Trustee.......................Wilmington Trust Company.

                                    We refer you to "The Owner Trustee" in this
                                    prospectus supplement for further
                                    information on the owner trustee.

Indenture Trustee...................Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
                                    Association.

                                    We refer you to "The Indenture Trustee" in
                                    this prospectus supplement for further
                                    information on the indenture trustee.

Closing Date........................On or about February 28, 2000.

Cut-Off Date........................February 1, 2000.

                                      S-4
<PAGE>

Payment Date........................The 25th day of each month, or, if that day
                                    is not a business day, the next business
                                    day, beginning on March 27, 2000.

Scheduled final payment date........February 25, 2030. The actual final payment
                                    date could be substantially earlier.

Form of securities..................Book-entry.

                                    See "Description of the
                                    Securities--Book-Entry Notes" in this
                                    prospectus supplement.

Minimum denominations...............$250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
                                    excess of that amount.

The Enhancer .......................MBIA Insurance Corporation.

                                    We refer you to "The Enhancer" in this
                                    prospectus supplement for further
                                    information.

Legal Investment ...................The term notes will not be "mortgage related
                                    securities" for purposes of the SMMEA.

                                    See "Legal Investment" in this prospectus
                                    supplement and "Legal Investment Matters" in
                                    the prospectus.

                                      S-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Term Notes
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class  Note          Initial         Initial Rating
       Rate        Note Balance       (Moody's/S&P)       Final Payment Date   Designations
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>          <C>               <C>                  <C>                    <C>
A-1  Variable        $225,000,000        Aaa/AAA          February 25, 2030      Senior/
                                                                              Variable Rate
A-2  Variable        $ 25,000,000        Aaa/AAA          February 25, 2030      Senior/
                                                                              Variable Rate
A-3   7.95%          $ 50,000,000        Aaa/AAA          February 25, 2030      Senior/
                                                                                Fixed Rate
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Term Notes     $300,000,000
                     ============
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Other Information:

 .    Due to losses and prepayments on the home equity revolving credit line
     loans and the home equity loans in each loan group, the actual final
     payment date on each class of term notes may be substantially earlier than
     the dates listed above.

Class A-1 Term Notes
- --------------------
 .    On any payment date, the note rate for the Class A-1 term notes will be
     equal to the least of:

     (1)  LIBOR plus a margin of 0.25% per annum;
     (2)  the weighted average net loan rate of the home equity revolving credit
          line loans in the related loan group; and
     (3)  14.00% per annum.


 .    The margin for the Class A-1 term notes will increase to 0.50% on the
     payment date on which the clean-up call may first be exercised for that
     class of notes.
 .    Beginning on the 13th payment date, 0.50% will be subtracted from the
     calculation of the rate in clause (2) above.
 .    On any payment date for which the note rate has been determined by clause
     (2) above, the interest shortfall, if any, will be determined and will be
     payable on later payment dates, to the extent funds are available for that
     purpose from the related loan group. These interest shortfalls will not be
     covered by the financial guaranty insurance policy and may remain unpaid on
     the final payment date for that class of notes.
Class A-2 Term Notes
- --------------------
 .    On any payment date, the note rate for the Class A-2 term notes will be
     equal to the least of:
     (1)  LIBOR plus a margin of 0.28% per annum;

                                      S-6
<PAGE>

     (2)  the weighted average net loan rate of the home equity revolving credit
          line loans in the related loan group; and
     (3)  14.00% per annum.

 .    The margin for the Class A-2 term notes will increase to 0.56% on the
     payment date on which the clean-up call may first be exercised for such
     class of notes.
 .    Beginning on the 13th payment date, 0.50% will be subtracted from the
     calculation of the rate in clause (2) above.
 .    On any payment date for which the note rate has been determined by clause
     (2) above, the interest shortfall, if any, will be determined and will be
     payable on later payment dates, to the extent funds are available for that
     purpose from the related loan group. These interest shortfalls will not be
     covered by the financial guaranty insurance policy and may remain unpaid on
     the final payment date for such class of notes.
Class A-3 Term Notes
- --------------------
 .    The note rate on the Class A-3 term notes will increase by 0.50% to 8.45%
     per annum on the payment date on which the clean-up call may first be
     exercised for such class of term notes.

                                      S-7
<PAGE>

The Trust Fund

The depositor will establish the GMACM Home Equity Loan Trust 2000-HE1, a
Delaware business trust, to issue the term notes.  The assets of the trust fund
will include the mortgage loans and related assets.

The Mortgage Pool

Unless we indicate otherwise, the statistical information we present in this
prospectus supplement reflects the initial pool of mortgage loans as of the cut-
off date.  The aggregate outstanding principal balance of the initial mortgage
loans as of the cut-off date is approximately $225,855,252.80.

 .    home equity revolving credit line loans to be sold to the issuer will be
     adjustable rate home equity revolving credit line loans evidenced by the
     related credit line agreements and secured by the related mortgages or
     deeds of trust on residential properties.

 .    No more than approximately 95.42% of the initial home equity revolving
     credit line loans (by aggregate principal balance as of the cut-off date)
     are secured by second or more junior mortgages or deeds of trust and the
     rest are secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust.

The unpaid principal balance of a home equity revolving credit line loan on any
day will be equal to:

 .    its cut-off date balance,

 .    plus any additional balances relating to that home equity revolving credit
     line loan sold to the issuer before that day,

 .    minus all collections credited against its principal balance in accordance
     with the related home equity revolving credit line loan since the cut-off
     date or, if applicable, subsequent cut-off date. The principal balance of a
     liquidated home equity revolving credit line loan after the final recovery
     of related liquidation proceeds will be zero.

The home equity loans to be sold to the issuer will be fixed rate closed-end
home equity loans evidenced by promissory notes and secured by mortgages or
deeds of trust on the related residential properties.  No more than
approximately 97.34% of the initial home equity loans (by aggregate principal
balance as of the cut-off date) are secured by second or more junior mortgages
or deeds of trust and the remainder are secured by first mortgages or deeds of
trust.  The initial home equity loans provide for substantially equal payments
in an amount sufficient to amortize the home equity loans over their terms.

                                      S-8
<PAGE>

As of the cut-off date, the home equity revolving credit line loans had the
following characteristics:

Number of loans                                             7,439
Aggregate principal                                         $185,922,184.30
 balance
Average principal                                           $24,992.90
 balance
Range of principal                                          $1,004.21 to
 balances                                                   $500,000.00
Weighted average                                            7.823%
 interest rate
Range of interest                                           5.000% to 14.000%
 rates
Weighted average                                            18.31%
 maximum interest rate
Weighted average                                            188 months
 original term
Weighted average                                            185 months
 remaining term

As of the cut-off date, the home equity loans had the following characteristics:

Number of loans                                                1,536
Aggregate principal                                            $39,933,068.50
 balance
Average principal                                              $25,998.09
 balance
Range of principal                                             $2,457.05 to
 balances                                                      $159,483.20
Weighted average
 interest                                                      10.412% rate
Range of interest                                              5.990% to 16.990%
 rates
Weighted average                                               163 months
 original term
Weighted average                                               162 months
 remaining term

See "Description of the Mortgage Loans" in this prospectus supplement.

                                      S-9
<PAGE>

Loan Rate


The loan rate of each mortgage loan is the per annum interest rate required to
be paid by the mortgagor under the terms of the related mortgage note or credit
line agreement.  The loan rate borne by each mortgage loan, after the completion
of any initial teaser period during which the loan rate may be fixed or set at a
discounted variable rate for a period of from three to six months, is:

 .    in the case of a home equity revolving credit line loan, adjustable on the
     date specified in the related credit line agreement to a rate based on an
     index; and

 .    in the case of a home equity loan, fixed as of the date of its origination.

Interest on each home equity revolving credit line loan is computed daily and
payable monthly on the average daily outstanding principal balance of that home
equity revolving credit line loan.  After any initial teaser period, the loan
rate on each home equity revolving credit line loan will be adjusted on each
adjustment date to a rate equal to the sum of the index and a fixed percentage
specified in the related credit line agreement, and is generally subject to a
maximum loan rate over the life of the home equity revolving credit line loan
specified in the related credit line agreement.  As of the cut-off date, the
weighted average loan rate for the home equity revolving credit line loans,
after the expiration of any applicable teaser periods, is approximately 10.498%
and for the home equity loans is approximately 10.412%.

We refer you to "Description of the Mortgage Loans--Initial HELOC
Characteristics" and "--Initial HEL Characteristics" in this prospectus
supplement for further information.

Mortgage Loan Groups

The mortgage loans sold and transferred to the issuer as of the closing date
will be divided into the following three loan groups:

 .    The first loan group will include home equity revolving credit line loans
     that have an aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the cut-off date
     of approximately $168,295,306.29. As to each loan in the first loan group
     secured by a first lien on the related property, the original principal
     balance was generally no more than $252,700 for single-family properties
     and $323,400 for two-family properties. As to each loan in the first loan
     group secured by a second lien on the related property, (1) the original
     principal balance was generally no more than $126,350 for single-family
     properties and $161,700 for two-family properties, and (2) if the related
     senior lien loan was owned by Fannie Mae at the time the second lien loan
     was originated, the sum of the original principal balance of the second
     lien loan and the outstanding principal balance of the related senior lien
     loan was generally no more than $252,700 for single-family properties and
     $323,400 for two-family properties.

 .    The second loan group will include home equity revolving credit line loans
     that have an aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the cut-off date
     of approximately $17,626,878.01 and will include loans that do not meet the
     restrictions applicable to the first loan group.

 .    The third loan group will include home equity loans and is expected to have
     an

                                      S-10
<PAGE>

     aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the cut-off date of
     approximately $39,933.068.50.

Payments on the Class A-1 and Class A-2 term notes will be based primarily on
amounts collected or received in respect of the home equity revolving credit
line loans in the first and second loan groups, respectively.  The variable
funding notes generally will be entitled to receive a portion of the collections
on the home equity revolving credit line loans in the first or second loan group
depending on the loan group into which the additional balances backing those
variable funding notes are added.  Payments on the Class A-3 term notes will be
based primarily on amounts collected or received in respect of the home equity
loans in the third loan group.

Except for the application of any funds on deposit in the reserve account as
described in this prospectus supplement, collections or amounts received in
respect of a loan group will not support or be available for payment to the
holders of term notes or variable funding notes backed by the mortgage loans in
any other loan group.

Pre-Funding Account

On the closing date, approximately $74,144,747 will be deposited into an account
designated the "pre-funding account."  Approximately $64,077,816 will be
allocated to purchasing home equity revolving credit line loans and $10,066,932
will be allocated to purchasing home equity loans.  This amount will come from
the proceeds of the sale of the term notes.  During the pre-funding period as
described in this prospectus supplement, funds on deposit in the pre-funding
account will be used by the issuer to buy mortgage loans from the seller from
time to time.

The pre-funding period will be the period from the closing date to the earliest
of:

 .    the date on which the amount on deposit in the pre-funding account is less
     than $50,000;

 .    May 28, 2000; or

 .    the occurrence of a rapid amortization event, as described in this
     prospectus supplement.

The mortgage loans sold to the trust after the closing date, as well as all
initial mortgage loans, will conform to certain specified characteristics.

Any amounts remaining in the pre-funding account at the end of the pre-funding
period in excess of $50,000 will be distributed as principal on the related term
notes on the following payment date.  Any remaining amounts in the pre-funding
account after the distribution of principal will be deposited into the funding
account.

We refer you to "Description of the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent
Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account" in this
prospectus supplement for further information.

Capitalized Interest Account

On the closing date, if required by MBIA, part of the proceeds of the sale of
the term notes will be deposited into an account designated the "capitalized
interest account," which will be held by the indenture trustee.  Amounts on
deposit in the capitalized interest account will be withdrawn on each payment
date during the pre-

                                      S-11
<PAGE>

funding period to cover any shortfall in interest payments on the term notes due
to the pre-funding feature during the pre-funding period. Any amounts remaining
in the capitalized interest account at the end of the pre- funding period will
be paid to the seller.

We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Capitalized Interest Account" in
this prospectus supplement for further information.

Funding Account

An account designated the "funding account" will be set up with the indenture
trustee on the closing date.  On each payment date during the revolving period
for each class of term notes, the indenture trustee will deposit principal
collections and excess spread for the related loan group into the funding
account, and will apply them first to buy additional balances arising under home
equity revolving credit line loans in the trust and thereafter to buy more
mortgage loans, to the extent they are available.  If not all principal
collections in the funding account have been applied to buy additional balances
and mortgage loans at the end of the revolving period for the term notes backed
by the home equity revolving credit line loans, the amount left in the funding
account will be paid to noteholders as a payment of principal.  During the
revolving periods, we expect that mortgage loans bought with amounts in the
funding account will be primarily home equity revolving credit line loans.

We refer you to "Description of the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent
Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account" in this
prospectus supplement for further information.

Interest Payments

Interest payments on each class of term notes will be made monthly on each
payment date, beginning in March 2000, at the respective note rate described on
page S-6 of this prospectus supplement.  Interest on the Class A-1 and Class A-2
term notes for each payment date will accrue from the preceding payment date,
or, in the case of the first payment date, from the closing date, through the
day before that payment date, on the basis of the actual number of days in that
interest period and a 360-day year.  The interest period for the Class A-3 term
notes for each payment date will be the calendar month preceding the month in
which that payment date occurs, on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months.

All interest payments on each class of notes for any payment date will be
allocated to the term notes and the variable funding notes pro rata based on
their respective interest accruals from collections with respect to the related
loan group.  The interest rate on the variable funding notes for any payment
date will not significantly exceed the note rates on the Class A-1 and Class A-2
term notes for the related interest period.

Principal Payments

With respect to any payment date during each revolving period, except with
respect to distributions of amounts on deposit in the pre-funding account at the
end of the pre-funding period in excess of $50,000.00, no principal will be paid
on the related class of term notes or variable funding notes, and all principal
collections and excess spread will be deposited into the funding account and
used to purchase additional balances relating to home equity revolving credit
line

                                      S-12
<PAGE>

loans and to purchase additional mortgage loans. On each payment date during the
managed amortization period for the term notes backed by the home equity
revolving credit line loans, the aggregate amount payable as principal of each
class of term notes and variable funding notes will be equal to principal
collections for the related loan group for that payment date that are not used
to purchase additional balances. The Class A-3 term notes will not have a
managed amortization period. On each payment date during the rapid amortization
period for each class of term notes, the aggregate amount payable as principal
for each class of term notes and variable funding notes will be equal to the
principal collections for the related loan group for that payment date. In
addition, on each payment date after the end of the revolving period for each
class of term notes, to the extent of funds available for that purpose, holders
of each class of term notes and the holders of the variable funding notes will
be entitled to get certain additional amounts in reduction of their note
balance, generally equal to liquidation loss amounts.

All principal payments due on the Class A-1 and Class A-2 term notes and each
class of variable funding notes will be allocated among those classes of notes
based on the principal collections in the related loan groups until their
outstanding principal balances are paid in full.  In no event will principal
payments on any class of notes on a payment date exceed the related principal
balance of such class of notes on that payment date.  On the final payment date,
principal will be due and payable on the notes in an amount equal to the related
principal balance remaining outstanding on that payment date.

As to each class of term notes backed by the home equity revolving credit line
loans, the revolving period will be the period beginning on the closing date and
ending on the earlier of February 28, 2001 and the occurrence of a managed
amortization event or certain rapid amortization events; the managed
amortization period will be the period beginning on the first payment date
following the end of the related revolving period and ending on the earlier of
February 28, 2005 and the occurrence of certain rapid amortization events; and
the rapid amortization period will be the period beginning on the earlier of the
first payment date following the end of the managed amortization period and the
occurrence of certain rapid amortization events, and ending upon the termination
of the issuer.  A managed amortization event will be deemed to occur on any date
on which the amount on deposit in the funding account equals or exceeds
$10,000,000.

As to the Class A-3 term notes, the revolving period will be the period
beginning on the closing date and ending on the earlier of June 28, 2000 and the
occurrence of certain rapid amortization events; and the rapid amortization
period will be the period beginning on the earlier of the first payment date
following the end of the related revolving period and the occurrence of certain
rapid amortization events, and ending upon the termination of the issuer.

We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Priority of Distributions" in
this prospectus supplement for a description of the allocation of principal
payments on the term notes.

                                      S-13
<PAGE>

Reserve Account

An account designated the "reserve account" will be set up with the indenture
trustee on the closing date.  On each payment date, if the aggregate
overcollateralization for all loan groups is less than the aggregate
overcollateralization target for all loan groups, the amount of any remaining
excess spread for each loan group will be deposited in the reserve account to be
applied to cover any unpaid current interest with respect to the term notes
backed by any loan group and any liquidation losses for each loan group not
otherwise covered by principal and interest collections from such loan group.
At the time, if any, that the aggregate overcollateralization for all loan
groups equals or exceeds the aggregate overcollateralization target for all loan
groups, any funds on deposit in the reserve account will no longer be applied to
cover unpaid current interest or liquidation losses.

We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Priority of Distributions" in
this prospectus supplement for further information.

Allocation of Payments on the Mortgage Loans

All collections on the mortgage loans will generally be allocated by the
servicer according to the terms of the related credit line agreements or
mortgage notes between amounts collected in respect of interest and principal.

We refer you to "The Agreements--The Servicing Agreement--P&I Collections" in
this prospectus supplement, which describes the calculation of principal
collections and interest collections on the mortgage loans for the collection
period related to each payment date.

With respect to each payment date, the portion of interest collections for each
loan group available to be applied towards the payment of interest on the
related class of notes will equal interest collections for such loan group for
such payment date.

The portion of principal collections for each loan group available to be applied
towards the payment of principal on the related class of notes will equal:

 .    at any time during the revolving periods, zero, except for amounts on
     deposit in the pre-funding account at the end of the pre-funding period in
     excess of $50,000.00,

 .    at any time during the managed amortization period, net principal
     collections on the home equity revolving credit line loans for that payment
     date, and

 .    at any time during the rapid amortization periods, principal collections
     for that loan group for that payment date.

During the revolving period for each class of term notes, principal collections
and excess spread for the related loan group will be applied by the trust to buy
mortgage loans and additional balances for that loan group, to the extent
mortgage loans and additional balances are available.  During the period from
the closing date to the beginning of the rapid amortization period for the term
notes backed by the home equity revolving credit line loans, principal
collections will also be applied to purchase additional balances for the related
loan group, to the extent additional balances are available.  Principal
collections will no longer be applied to acquire mortgage loans after the end of
the revolving periods and will no longer be applied to buy additional balances
during the rapid amortization period for the term notes

                                      S-14
<PAGE>

backed by the home equity revolving credit line loans.

We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Priority of Distributions" in
this prospectus supplement for a description of events that would cause the
rapid amortization period to begin.

Credit Enhancement

The credit enhancement provided for the benefit of the noteholders will consist
of:

 .    excess interest;

 .    overcollateralization and limited cross-collateralization; and

 .    the financial guaranty insurance policy.

We refer you to "The Enhancer" and "Description of the Policy" in this
prospectus supplement.

Optional Redemption

A principal payment may be made to redeem the notes upon the exercise by the
servicer of its option to purchase the mortgage loans in the trust fund after
the aggregate note balance of the notes is reduced to an amount less than or
equal to 10% of their initial aggregate note balance. The purchase price payable
by the servicer for the mortgage loans will be the sum of:

 .    the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans, or the
     fair market value of real estate acquired by foreclosure, plus accrued and
     unpaid interest thereon at the weighted average of the net loan rates of
     the mortgage loans through the day preceding the payment date of this
     purchase;

 .    an amount equal to any interest shortfalls plus accrued and unpaid interest
     on these interest shortfalls; and

 .    all amounts due and owing MBIA.

Securities--Maturity and Optional Redemption" in this prospectus supplement and
"The Agreements--Termination; Retirement of Securities" in the attached
prospectus for further information.

ERISA Considerations

The term notes are eligible for purchase by pension, profit-sharing or other
employee benefit plans as well as individual retirement accounts and certain
types of Keogh Plans.  However, any fiduciary or other investor of assets of a
plan that proposes to acquire or hold the term notes on behalf of or with assets
of any plan should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential
applicability of the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA and the
prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to the proposed investment.

We refer you to "ERISA Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and in the
attached prospectus for further information.

Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe llp, special tax counsel to the
depositor, for federal income tax purposes, the term notes will be characterized
as indebtedness, and neither the issuer, nor any portion of the issuer as
created and governed

                                      S-15
<PAGE>

pursuant to the terms and conditions of the trust agreement, will be
characterized as an association, or a publicly traded partnership, taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes, or as a "taxable mortgage pool"
within the meaning of section 7701(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. In addition, each noteholder, by its acceptance of a note, will agree
to treat that note as debt for federal, state and local tax purposes.

For further information regarding certain income tax considerations in respect
of an investment in the term notes, we refer you to "Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and "Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences" and "State and Other Tax Consequences" in the attached prospectus.

Ratings

It is a condition to the issuance of the term notes that they receive the
ratings shown on page S-6 of this prospectus supplement.  A security rating is
not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and may be subject to
revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization.  A
security rating does not address the frequency of prepayments of the mortgage
loans or draws on the home equity revolving credit line loans, the likelihood of
the receipt of any amounts in respect of interest shortfalls or any
corresponding effect on the yield to investors.

We refer you to "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "Ratings" in this
prospectus supplement for further information.

                                      S-16
<PAGE>

                                  Risk Factors

     The term notes are not suitable investments for all investors.  In
particular, you should not purchase the term notes unless you understand the
prepayment, credit, liquidity and market risks associated with the term notes.

     The term notes are complex securities.  You should possess, either alone or
together with an investment advisor, the expertise necessary to evaluate the
information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus in the context of your financial situation and tolerance for risk.

     You should carefully consider, among other things, the following factors in
connection with the purchase of the term notes.

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
      The mortgaged        Although the mortgage loans are secured by liens on mortgaged
      properties might     properties, this collateral may not give assurance of repayment of
      not be adequate      the mortgage loans comparable to the assurance of repayment that
      security for the     many first lien lending programs provide, and the mortgage loans,
      mortgage loans.      especially those with high combined loan-to-value ratios, may have
                           risk of repayment characteristics more similar to unsecured consumer
                           loans.

                           Approximately 95.76% (by aggregate principal balance as of the
                           cut-off date) of the initial mortgage loans are secured by second or
                           more junior mortgages that are subordinate to the rights of the
                           mortgagee under a senior mortgage or mortgages. The proceeds from
                           any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings will be
                           available to satisfy the outstanding principal balance of these
                           mortgage loans only to the extent that the claims of the senior
                           mortgages have been satisfied in full, including any related
                           foreclosure costs.  If the servicer determines that it would be
                           uneconomical to foreclose on the related mortgaged property, the
                           servicer may write off the entire outstanding principal balance of
                           the related mortgage loan.  These considerations will be
                           particularly applicable to mortgage loans secured by second or more
                           junior mortgages that have high combined loan-to-value ratios
                           because, in these cases, the servicer is more likely to determine
                           that foreclosure would be uneconomical.  These losses will be borne
                           by noteholders if the applicable credit enhancement is insufficient
                           to absorb them.

                           Defaults on mortgage loans are generally expected to occur with
                           greater frequency in their early years.  The rate of default of
                           mortgage loans secured by junior mortgages may be greater than that
                           of mortgage loans secured by senior mortgages on comparable
                           properties.
</TABLE>

                                      S-17
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
                           We cannot assure you that the values of the mortgaged properties
                           have remained or will remain at their levels on the dates of
                           origination of the related mortgage loans.  If the residential real
                           estate market experiences an overall decline in value, this could
                           extinguish the value of the interest of a junior mortgagee in the
                           mortgaged property before having any adverse effect on the interest
                           of the related senior mortgagees.

 Dependency on the         As a result of the above considerations, the underwriting standards
 creditworthiness of the   and procedures applicable to the mortgage loans, as well as the
 mortgagors.               repayment prospects of the mortgage loans, may be more dependent on
                           the creditworthiness of the borrower and less dependent on the
                           adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral than would be the
                           case under many first lien lending programs.  As to the mortgage
                           loans, future changes in the borrower's economic circumstances will
                           have a significant effect on the likelihood of repayment, since
                           additional draws on the home equity revolving credit line loans may
                           be made by the borrower in the future up to the applicable credit
                           limit.  Although the home equity revolving credit line loans are
                           generally subject to provisions whereby the servicer may reduce the
                           applicable credit limit as a result of a material adverse change in
                           the borrower's economic circumstances, the servicer generally will
                           not monitor for these changes and may not become aware of them until
                           after the borrower has defaulted.  Under certain circumstances, a
                           borrower with an home equity revolving credit line loan may draw his
                           entire credit limit in response to personal financial needs
                           resulting from an adverse change in circumstances.

                           Under the home equity program of the seller relating to the home
                           equity revolving credit line loans, the seller generally qualifies
                           mortgagors based on an assumed payment that reflects a loan rate
                           significantly lower than the related maximum loan rate.  The
                           repayment of any home equity revolving credit line loan may thus be
                           dependent on the ability of the related mortgagor to make larger
                           interest payments if the loan rate of the related mortgage loan is
                           adjusted during the life of the home equity revolving credit line
                           loan.

</TABLE>

                                      S-18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
                           Future changes in a borrower's economic circumstances may result
                           from a variety of unforeseeable personal factors, including loss of
                           employment, reduction in income, illness and divorce.  Any increase
                           in prevailing market interest rates may adversely affect a borrower
                           by increasing debt service on the related home equity revolving
                           credit line loan or other similar debt of the borrower.  In
                           addition, changes in the payment terms of any related senior
                           mortgage loan may adversely affect the borrower's ability to pay
                           principal and interest on the senior mortgage loan.  For example,
                           these changes may result if the senior mortgage loan is an
                           adjustable rate loan and the interest rate on the loan increases,
                           which may occur with or without an increase in prevailing market
                           interest rates if the increase is due to the phasing out of a
                           reduced initial rate.  Specific information about these senior
                           mortgage loans, other than the amount of these loans at origination
                           of the corresponding mortgage loan, is not available, and we are not
                           including it in this prospectus supplement.

                           General economic conditions, both on a national and regional basis,
                           will also have an impact on the ability of borrowers to repay their
                           mortgage loans.  Certain geographic regions of the United States
                           from time to time will experience weaker regional economic
                           conditions and housing markets, and, as a result, will experience
                           higher rates of loss and delinquency than mortgage loans generally.
                           For example, a region's economic condition and housing market may be
                           directly, or indirectly, adversely affected by natural disasters or
                           civil disturbances such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods,
                           eruptions or riots.  The economic impact of any of these types of
                           events may also be felt in areas beyond the region immediately
                           affected by the disaster or disturbance.  The mortgage loans may be
                           concentrated in these regions, and this concentration may present
                           risk considerations in addition to those generally present for
                           similar mortgage-backed securities without this concentration.  You
                           should note that approximately 38.10% and 10.73% (by aggregate
                           principal balance as of the cut-off date) of the initial mortgage
                           loans are secured by mortgaged properties located in the states of
                           California and Michigan, respectively.  In addition, any change in
                           the deductibility for federal income tax purposes of interest
                           payments on home equity loans may also have an adverse impact on the
                           ability of borrowers to repay their mortgage loans.

</TABLE>

                                      S-19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
 Loan rates may reduce     The note rate on each class of term notes backed by the home equity
 the note rate on each     revolving credit line loans will be a floating rate based on LIBOR,
 class of term notes       limited by the weighted average net loan rate on the mortgage loans
 backed by the home        in the related loan group.  The loan rates of the home equity
 equity revolving credit   revolving credit line loans adjust based on a different index.  As
 line loans.               such, if LIBOR rises, you could get interest at a rate less than
                           LIBOR plus the specified margin due to these limitations on the note
                           rate.  In addition, the weighted average loan rate of the mortgage
                           loans will change, and may decrease over time due to scheduled
                           amortization of the mortgage loans, prepayments of mortgage loans,
                           transfers to the issuer of subsequent mortgage loans and removal of
                           mortgage loans by the seller.  We cannot assure you that the
                           weighted average loan rate of the mortgage loans in any loan group
                           will not decrease after the date of initial issuance of the term
                           notes.

 Yield and prepayment      The yield to maturity of all classes of term notes will depend on
 considerations on the     the rate and timing of principal payments, including payments in
 term notes.               excess of required installments, prepayments or terminations,
                           liquidations and repurchases, on the mortgage loans, the rate and
                           timing of draws on the related home equity revolving credit line
                           loans, and the price you pay for your term notes.  This yield may be
                           adversely affected by a higher or lower than anticipated rate of
                           principal payments or draws on the related home equity revolving
                           credit line loans.  The mortgage loans may be prepaid in full or in
                           part without penalty.  The rate and timing of defaults on the
                           mortgage loans in a loan group will also affect the yield to
                           maturity of the related class of term notes.

                           During the revolving periods, as described in this prospectus
                           supplement, if the seller does not sell enough additional balances
                           on the mortgage loans and/or subsequent mortgage loans to the
                           issuer, the issuer will not fully apply amounts on deposit in the
                           funding account to the purchase of additional balances on the
                           mortgage loans and subsequent mortgage loans by the end of the
                           revolving period for the term notes backed by the home equity
                           revolving credit line loans.  These remaining amounts will be paid
                           to the holders of the term notes as principal on the first payment
                           date following the end of the revolving period for the term notes
                           backed by the home equity revolving credit line loans. See "Yield
                           and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus supplement.
</TABLE>

                                      S-20
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
 Limitations on the        We cannot assure you that, at any particular time, the seller will
 repurchase or             be able, financially or otherwise, to repurchase or replace
 replacement of            defective mortgage loans as described in this prospectus supplement.
 defective mortgage        Events relating to the seller and its operations could occur that
 loans by the seller.      would adversely affect the financial ability of the seller to
                           repurchase defective mortgage loans from the issuer, including the
                           termination of borrowing arrangements that provide the seller with
                           funding for its operations, or the sale or other disposition of all
                           or any significant portion of the seller's assets.  If the seller
                           does not repurchase or replace a defective mortgage loan, then the
                           servicer, on behalf of the issuer, will try to recover the maximum
                           amount possible with respect to that defective mortgage loan, and
                           any resulting delay or loss will be borne by the noteholders, to the
                           extent that the related credit enhancement does not cover this delay
                           or loss.

 Possible variations in    Each subsequent mortgage loan will satisfy the eligibility criteria
 the subsequent mortgage   referred to in this prospectus supplement at the time the seller
 loans from the initial    transfers it to the issuer.  However, the seller may originate or
 mortgage loans.           acquire subsequent mortgage loans using credit criteria different
                           from those it applied to the initial mortgage loans.  As such, these
                           subsequent mortgage loans may be of a different credit quality from
                           the initial mortgage loans.  Thus, after the transfer of subsequent
                           mortgage loans to the issuer, the aggregate characteristics of the
                           mortgage loans in each loan group that are part of the trust estate
                           may vary from those of the initial mortgage loans.  See "Description
                           of the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the
                           Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account" in this prospectus
                           supplement.

Legal considerations       The mortgage loans are secured by mortgages.  With respect to
 present certain risks.    mortgage loans that are secured by first mortgages, the servicer
                           may, under certain circumstances, agree to a new mortgage lien on
                           the related mortgaged property having priority over that mortgage.
                           Mortgage loans secured by second mortgages are entitled to proceeds
                           that remain from the sale of the related mortgaged property after
                           any senior mortgage loans and prior statutory liens have been
                           satisfied.  If these proceeds are insufficient to satisfy these
                           senior loans and prior liens in the aggregate, the issuer, and
                           accordingly, the noteholders, will bear the risk of delay in
                           distributions while the servicer obtains a deficiency judgment, to
                           the extent available in the related state, against the related
                           mortgagor, and also bear the risk of loss if the servicer cannot
                           obtain or realize upon that deficiency judgment.  See "Certain Legal
                           Aspects of the Loans" in the prospectus.
</TABLE>

                                      S-21
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
                           If the seller becomes insolvent, the bankruptcy trustee of the
                           seller, including the seller itself as a debtor-in-possession, may
                           try to recharacterize the seller's sale of the mortgage loans as a
                           borrowing by the seller secured by a pledge of the mortgage loans.
                           If the bankruptcy trustee, or the seller itself as a
                           debtor-in-possession, decided to challenge this transfer, you could
                           experience delays in payments on your term notes, and possible
                           reductions in the amount paid.  The depositor will warrant that the
                           transfer of its interest in the mortgage loans to the issuer is a
                           valid transfer and assignment of that interest.

                           If a conservator, receiver or trustee is appointed for the seller,
                           or if certain other events relating to the insolvency of the seller
                           occur, additional balances on the mortgage loans and subsequent
                           mortgage loans may no longer be transferred by the seller to the
                           issuer.  If this happens, an event of default under the trust
                           agreement and the indenture will occur, and the indenture trustee
                           will try to sell the mortgage loans, unless the enhancer or holders
                           of securities evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least
                           51% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the securities
                           instruct otherwise.  This would cause early payment of the term
                           notes.  If the only default to occur is an insolvency of the seller
                           or the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee, conservator or receiver
                           for the seller, the bankruptcy trustee, conservator or receiver,
                           including the seller itself as a debtor-in-possession, may have the
                           power to continue to require the seller to transfer additional
                           balances on the mortgage loans and subsequent mortgage loans to the
                           issuer, and thus, to prevent the early sale, liquidation or
                           disposition of the mortgage loans and the commencement of the rapid
                           amortization period.  In addition, a bankruptcy trustee, conservator
                           or receiver, including the seller itself as a debtor-in-possession,
                           may have the power to cause the early sale of the mortgage loans and
                           the early payment of the term notes or to prohibit the continued
                           transfer of additional balances on the mortgage loans and subsequent
                           mortgage loans to the issuer.

                           If the servicer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, the related
                           bankruptcy trustee, conservator or receiver may have the power to
                           prevent the appointment of a successor servicer.

</TABLE>

                                      S-22
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                        <C>
 The repurchase option of  In certain instances in which a mortgagor either:
 the servicer could        .       requests an increase in the credit limit on the
 result in an increase             related home equity revolving credit line loan
 in prepayments.                   above the limit stated in the credit line
                                   agreement;

                           .       requests to place a lien on the related
                                   mortgaged property senior to the lien of the
                                   related mortgage loan; or

                           .       refinances the senior lien resulting in a
                                   combined loan-to-value ratio above the previous
                                   combined loan-to-value ratio for that loan;



                           then the servicer will have the option to repurchase from the trust
                           estate the related mortgage loan at a price equal to the principal
                           balance of that mortgage loan at the time of repurchase, plus
                           accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of repurchase.
                           There are no limitations on the frequency of these repurchases or
                           the characteristics of the mortgage loans so repurchased.  These
                           repurchases may cause an increase in prepayments on the mortgage
                           loans, which may reduce the yield on the term notes.  In addition,
                           these repurchases may affect the characteristics of the mortgage
                           loans in the aggregate with respect to loan rates and credit quality.

 Limitations of, and the   Credit enhancement will be provided for the term notes in the form
 possible reduction and    of:
 substitution of, credit   .       excess interest collections, if available;
 enhancement.
                           .       overcollateralization and limited
                                   cross-collateralization; and

                           .       the policy, to the limited extent described in
                                   this prospectus supplement.

                           None of the seller, the depositor, the servicer, the indenture
                           trustee or any of their respective affiliates will be required to
                           take any other action to maintain, or have any obligation to replace
                           or supplement, this credit enhancement or any rating of the term
                           notes.  To the extent that losses are incurred on the mortgage loans
                           that are not covered by excess interest collections,
                           overcollateralization, cross-collateralization or the policy,
                           securityholders, including the holders of the term notes, will bear
                           the risk of those losses.

 Social, economic and      The ability of the issuer to purchase subsequent mortgage loans is
 other factors could       largely dependent upon whether mortgagors perform their payment and
 affect the purchase of    other obligations required by the related mortgage loans in order
 subsequent mortgage       that those mortgage loans meet the specified requirements for
 loans.                    transfer on a subsequent transfer date as a subsequent mortgage
                           loan.  The performance by these mortgagors may be affected as a
                           result of a
</TABLE>

                                      S-23
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                        <C>
                           variety of social and economic factors.  Economic
                           factors include interest rates, unemployment levels, the rate of
                           inflation and consumer perception of economic conditions generally.
                           However, we cannot predict whether or to what extent economic or
                           social factors will affect the performance by the related mortgagors
                           and the availability of subsequent mortgage loans.

 Limited liquidity of the  A secondary market for the term notes may not develop.  Even if a
 term notes may limit      secondary market does develop, it might not provide you with
 the ability to sell the   liquidity of investment or continue for the life of the term notes.
 term notes or realize a   Neither the underwriters nor any other person will have any
 desired yield.            obligation to make a secondary market in the term notes.
                           Illiquidity means investors may not be able to find a buyer for the
                           term notes readily or at prices that will enable them to realize a
                           desired yield.  Illiquidity can have a severe adverse effect on the
                           market value of the term notes.

 The limited assets of     The term notes will be payable solely from the assets of the trust
 the trust fund for        fund.  There can be no assurance that the market value of the assets
 making payments on the    in the trust fund will be equal to or greater than the total
 term notes may not be     principal amount of the term notes outstanding, plus accrued
 sufficient to             interest.  Moreover, if the assets of the trust fund are ever sold,
 distribute all payments   the sale proceeds will be applied first to reimburse the indenture
 due on the term notes.    trustee, servicer and enhancer for their unpaid fees and expenses
                           before any remaining amounts are distributed to noteholders.

                           In addition, at the times specified in this prospectus supplement,
                           mortgage loans may be released to the holders of the GMACM Home
                           Equity Loan-Backed Certificates, Series 2000-HE1.
                           Once released, those assets will no longer be available to make
                           payments to noteholders.

                           You will have no recourse against the depositor, the seller and
                           servicer, or any of their affiliates, if any required distribution
                           on the term notes is not made or for any other default.  The only
                           obligations of the seller with respect to the related trust fund or
                           the term notes would result from a breach of the representations and
                           warranties that the seller may make concerning the trust assets.
</TABLE>

                                      S-24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                        <C>
 Amounts left in the       Any amounts in excess of $50,000 remaining in the pre-funding
 pre-funding account at    account at the end of the pre-funding period will be distributed as
 the end of the            a prepayment of principal to the holders of the related term notes.
 pre-funding period will   As a result, the yield to maturity on your investment may be
 be used to prepay the     adversely affected.
 term notes.
</TABLE>

                                      S-25
<PAGE>

                                  Introduction

     The trust fund will be formed under the Trust Agreement between the
depositor and the owner trustee.  The issuer will issue $300,000,000 of GMACM
Home Equity Loan-Backed Term Notes, Series 2000-HE1.  These notes will be issued
under the Indenture.  In addition, under the Indenture, the issuer will issue
the GMACM Home Equity Loan-Backed Variable Funding Notes, Series 2000-HE1.
Under the Trust Agreement, the issuer will issue one class of GMACM Home Equity
Loan-Backed Certificates, Series 2000-HE1.  The term notes and the variable
funding notes are collectively referred to in this prospectus supplement as the
notes.  The notes and the certificates are collectively referred to in this
prospectus supplement as the securities.  Only the term notes are offered by
this prospectus supplement.

     We have defined certain significant terms in the section titled
"Description of the Securities--Glossary of Terms" in this prospectus
supplement.  Capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement but not
defined in this prospectus supplement shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the accompanying prospectus.  The term "Payment Account" used in the
prospectus relates to the term "Note Payment Account" as described in this
prospectus supplement.

                       Description of the Mortgage Loans

General

     The statistical information presented in this prospectus supplement relates
to the mortgage loans conveyed to the trust fund on the closing date, or initial
mortgage loans.  Unless otherwise indicated, all percentages set forth in this
prospectus supplement are based upon the outstanding principal balances of the
initial mortgage loans as of the cut-off date.  The "principal balance" of a
mortgage loan, other than a liquidated mortgage loan, on any day is equal to the
principal balance of that mortgage loan as of the cut-off date, plus (1) any
additional balances in respect of that mortgage loan conveyed to the trust fund,
or additional balances, minus (2) all collections credited against the principal
balance of that mortgage loan in accordance with the related credit line
agreement or mortgage note, as applicable, prior to that day, exclusive of the
pro rata portion thereof attributable to additional balances not conveyed to the
trust fund during the Rapid Amortization Period for the Floating Rate Term
Notes.  The "principal balance" of a liquidated mortgage loan after final
recovery of substantially all of the related liquidation proceeds which the
servicer reasonably expects to receive will be zero.

     Mortgage loans conveyed to the trust fund after the closing date, or
subsequent mortgage loans, will be selected using generally the same criteria as
that used to select the initial mortgage loans, and generally the same
representations and warranties will be made with respect thereto.  See
"Description of the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the
Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account" in this prospectus supplement.

     The initial mortgage loans will be divided into three Loan Groups as
follows:

     (1)  Loan Group I will include initial HELOCs that satisfy the following
          restrictions:

          .    As to each loan in Loan Group I secured by a first lien on the
               related property, the original principal balance was generally no
               more than $252,700 for single-family properties and $323,400 for
               two-family properties.

          .    As to each loan in Loan Group I secured by a second lien on the
               related property:

               (a)  the original principal balance was generally no more than
                    $126,350; and

               (b)  if the related senior lien loan was owned by Fannie Mae at
                    the time the second lien loan was originated, the sum of the
                    original principal balance of the second lien loan and the
                    outstanding principal balance of the related senior lien
                    loan was generally no more than $252,700 for single- family
                    properties and $323,400 for two-family properties.

                                      S-26
<PAGE>

          .    Any subsequent mortgage loans that are HELOCs and included in
               Loan Group I will also satisfy the above requirements.


     (2)  Loan Group II will include initial HELOCs that do not meet the
          restrictions applicable to Loan Group I, and any subsequent mortgage
          loans that are HELOCs and that are not included in Loan Group I.

     (3)  Loan Group III will include the initial HELs and any subsequent
          mortgage loans that are HELs.

     Payments on the Class A-1 and Class A-2 term notes will be based primarily
on amounts collected or received in respect of the HELOCs in Loan Groups I and
II, respectively.  The variable funding notes generally will be entitled to
receive a portion of the collections on the HELOCs in Loan Group I or II
depending on the Loan Group into which the additional balances backing the
variable funding notes are added.  Payments on the Class A-3 term notes will be
based primarily on amounts collected or received in respect of the HELs in Loan
Group III.

Initial HELOCs

     The initial HELOCs were originated or acquired by the seller, GMAC Mortgage
Corporation, or GMACM.  No more than 95.42% (by principal balance as of the cut-
off date) of the initial HELOCs are secured by second mortgages or deeds of
trust and the remainder of which by first mortgages or deeds of trust.  The
mortgaged properties securing the initial HELOCs consist primarily of
residential properties.  As to approximately 100.00% of the initial HELOCs, the
borrower represented at the time of origination that the related mortgaged
property would be owner occupied as a primary or second home.

     All percentages of the initial HELOCs described in this prospectus
supplement are approximate percentages determined, except as otherwise
indicated, by the aggregate principal balance as of the cut-off date of the
initial HELOCs.  Each initial HELOC is included in either Loan Group I or Loan
Group II.  Certain additional characteristics of the initial HELOCs in Loan
Groups I and II are set forth in Appendix A to this prospectus supplement.

     The principal balance as of the cut-off date of the initial HELOCs is
$185,922,184.30.  With respect to the initial HELOCs:

     .    as of the cut-off date, no initial HELOC is 30 days or more
          delinquent;

     .    the average principal balance as of the cut-off date is approximately
          $24,992.90;

     .    the minimum principal balance as of the cut-off date is $1,004.21;

     .    the maximum principal balance as of the cut-off date is $500,000.00;

     .    the lowest loan rate and the highest loan rate on the cut-off date are
          5.00% and 14.00% per annum, respectively;

     .    the weighted average loan rate on the cut-off date is approximately
          7.82% per annum;

     .    the minimum and maximum CLTV Ratios as of the cut-off date are 5.45%
          and 100.00%, respectively;

     .    the weighted average CLTV Ratio based on the principal balance as of
          the cut- off date of the initial HELOCs is approximately 80.22% as of
          the cut-off date;

     .    the latest scheduled maturity of any initial HELOC is December 18,
          2025;

     .    with respect to approximately 37.72% and approximately 12.24% of the
          initial HELOCs, the related mortgaged properties are located in the
          States of California and Michigan, respectively; and

     .    not more than 15.36% of the initial HELOCs do not require an Appraised
          Value.

                                      S-27
<PAGE>

Loan Terms of the HELOCs

     Interest on each HELOC is calculated based on the average daily balance
outstanding during the related billing cycle.

     Each HELOC has a loan rate that is subject to adjustment on each adjustment
date, as specified in the related credit line agreement or mortgage note, to
equal the sum of:

     .    the index; and

     .    the gross margin;

provided, however, that the loan rate on each initial HELOC will in no event be
greater than the maximum loan rate.

     As of the cut-off date, none of the initial HELOCs have a loan rate below
the Teaser Rate.  With respect to approximately 33.55% of the initial HELOCs,
the Teaser Rate will be equal to the prime rate less 1.00%.

     With respect to approximately 39.59% of the initial HELOCs, the gross
margin is adjustable from time to time based on the then outstanding balance.
These adjustments are 0.25% for balances of $25,001 through $50,000 and 0.50%
for balances of $50,001 or greater.

     In certain instances, the gross margins with respect to the initial HELOCs
have been discounted based on specific employee status with GM or its
subsidiaries at the time of origination of the initial HELOC, with no adjustment
in the event of any change in the status of the borrower.

     Each initial HELOC was either a 25-year mortgage loan, 15-year mortgage
loan, 10-year mortgage loan or 5-year mortgage loan.  The related mortgagor for
each initial HELOC may make a draw at any time during the Draw Period.  In
addition, with respect to certain of the initial HELOCs, the related mortgagor
will not be permitted to make any draw during the related Repayment Period.  The
Draw Period and the Repayment Period vary for the initial HELOCs based on each
loan's CLTV Ratio at origination, state of origination and original term to
maturity.  The 25-year mortgage loans, which comprise approximately 30.06% of
the initial HELOCs, have a Draw Period of 15 years and a Repayment Period of 10
years.  With respect to 15-year mortgage loans and 10-year mortgage loans with
CLTV Ratios of 90% or less, the Draw Period will be at any time during the term
of the loan and there will be no Repayment Period, except with respect to
approximately 1.46% of the initial HELOCs, all of which were originated in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, which will have a Draw Period for the first 5
years of the loan and a Repayment Period for the last 5 years of the loan with
respect to those 10-year mortgage loans and a Draw Period for the first 10 years
of the loan and a Repayment Period for the last 5 years of the loan with respect
to those 15-year mortgage loans.  With respect to the 5-year mortgage loans, the
Draw Period will be 5 years and there will be no Repayment Period.

     The maximum amount of each draw with respect to any HELOC is equal to the
excess, if any, of the credit limit of that HELOC over the outstanding principal
balance under the related credit line agreement at the time of that draw.  Each
HELOC may be prepaid in full or in part at any time and without penalty, but
with respect to each HELOC, the related mortgagor will have the right during the
related Draw Period to make a draw in the amount of any prepayment theretofore
made with respect to that HELOC.  Each mortgagor generally will have access to
make draws by check, subject to applicable law.  Generally, the credit line
agreement or mortgage related to each HELOC will, subject to applicable law,
contain a customary "due-on-sale" clause.

     As to each HELOC, the mortgagor's right to receive draws during the Draw
Period may be suspended, or the related credit limit may be reduced, for cause
under a number of circumstances, including, but not limited to:

     .    a materially adverse change in the mortgagor's financial
          circumstances;

     .    a decline in the value of the mortgaged property significantly below
          its appraised value at origination; or

     .    a payment default by the mortgagor.

                                      S-28
<PAGE>

However, generally such suspension or reduction will not affect the payment
terms for previously drawn balances. The servicer, GMAC Mortgage Corporation,
will have no obligation under the Servicing Agreement to investigate as to
whether any such circumstances have occurred and may have no knowledge of them.
Therefore, there can be no assurance that any mortgagor's ability to receive
draws will be suspended or reduced in the event that the foregoing circumstances
occur.

     In the event of default under a HELOC, the HELOC may be terminated and
declared immediately due and payable in full.  For this purpose, a default
includes, but is not limited to:

     .    the mortgagor's failure to make any payment as required;

     .    any action or inaction by the mortgagor that adversely affects the
          mortgaged property or the rights in the mortgaged property; or

     .    fraud or material misrepresentation by a mortgagor in connection with
          the HELOC.

     Prior to the related Repayment Period or prior to the date of maturity for
loans without Repayment Periods, the mortgagor for each HELOC will be obligated
to make monthly payments thereon in a minimum amount that generally will be
equal to the finance charge applicable to that mortgage loan for the related
billing cycle.  Except as described below, if that loan has a Repayment Period,
during that period, the mortgagor will be obligated to make monthly payments
consisting of principal installments which would substantially amortize the
principal balance by the maturity date, plus current finance charges and the sum
of any unpaid fees, insurance premiums and other charges, if any.  In addition,
certain mortgagors will be required to pay an annual fee of up to $35.  Payments
made by or on behalf of the mortgagor for each HELOC will be applied to any
unpaid finance charges that are due thereon, prior to application, to any unpaid
principal outstanding.

     None of the initial HELOCs are insured by mortgage insurance policies
covering all or a portion of any losses on each loan, subject to certain
limitations.

Initial HELOC Characteristics

     Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics of
the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off date.  Unless otherwise specified, all
principal balances of the initial HELOCs are as of the cut-off date and are
rounded to the nearest dollar.  Except as indicated otherwise, all percentages
are approximate percentages by aggregate principal balance as of the cut-off
date.  Entries in the tables may not add to 100.00% due to rounding.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Property Type



                                                                                                       Percent of
                                                                                                    Initial HELOCs by
                                                                      Principal Balance             Principal Balance
                                                Number of                 as of the                     as of the
Property Type                                 Initial HELOCs             Cut-Off Date                 Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                 --------------             ------------                 ------------
<S>                                      <C>                       <C>                             <C>
Condominium............................                505                $ 12,445,345.41                 6.69%
Duplex.................................                  2                      22,556.20                 0.01%
Manufactured Housing...................                  2                      26,997.90                 0.01%
PUD....................................                331                   9,272,451.44                 4.99%
Single Family..........................              6,568                 163,643,712.13                88.02%
Two Family.............................                 31                     511,121.22                 0.27%
                                                     -----                ---------------               ------
     Total.............................              7,439                $185,922,184.30               100.00%
</TABLE>

                                      S-29
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Occupancy Types


                                                                                                       Percent of
                                                                                                    Initial HELOCs by
                                                                      Principal Balance             Principal Balance
Occupancy                                       Number of                 as of the                     as of the
(as indicated by Borrower)                    Initial HELOCs             Cut-Off Date                 Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                    --------------             ------------                 ------------
<S>                                      <C>                       <C>                             <C>
Owner Occupied..........................            7,367                 $183,709,727.74                  98.81%
Non-Owner Occupied......................               72                    2,212,456.56                   1.19%
                                                    -----                 ---------------                 ------
     Total..............................            7,439                 $185,922,184.30                 100.00%


</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                               Principal Balances
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                               Initial HELOCs by
                                                                      Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                  Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Principal Balances ($)                 Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------------------------                 --------------          ------------              ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>                       <C>               <C>                           <C>
           $0.00   to     $25,000.00......          4,971             $  63,294,794.85              34.04%
      $25,000.01   to     $50,000.00......          1,755                63,435,917.25              34.12%
      $50,000.01   to     $75,000.00......            390                23,965,561.96              12.89%
      $75,000.01   to   $100,000.00.......            239                21,280,260.04              11.45%
     $100,000.01   to   $125,000.00.......             24                 2,729,812.36               1.47%
     $125,000.01   to   $150,000.00.......             30                 4,267,261.26               2.30%
     $150,000.01   to   $175,000.00.......              5                   804,339.91               0.43%
     $175,000.01   to   $200,000.00.......              8                 1,513,273.43               0.81%
     $200,000.01   to   $225,000.00.......             17                 4,630,963.24               2.49%
                                                       --                 ------------               ----
          Total...........................          7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%


</TABLE>

 .    The average principal balance of the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off date
     is approximately $24,992.90.

                                      S-30
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                          Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
Range of Combined                                  Number of               as of the                as of the
Loan-to-Value Ratios(%)                         Initial HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- -----------------------                         --------------           ------------             ------------
<S>     <C>            <C>                             <C>             <C>                            <C>
        0.000%  to     50.000%............             431             $  10,506,654.06               5.65%
       50.001%  to     60.000%............             299                 7,444,085.51               4.00%
       60.001%  to     70.000%............             589                15,785,733.14               8.49%
       70.001%  to     80.000%............           2,469                60,505,232.66              32.54%
       80.001%  to     90.000%............           2,405                54,435,097.66              29.28%
       90.001%  to   100.000%.............           1,246                37,245,381.27              20.03%
                                                     -----                -------------              ------
          Total...........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%


 .    The minimum and maximum CLTV Ratios of the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off
     date are approximately 5.45% and 100.00%, respectively, and the weighted
     average CLTV Ratio of the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off date is
     approximately 80.22%.

                           Geographical Distributions
                                                                                                  Percent of
                                                                                               Initial HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance         Principal Balance
                                                  Number of              as of the                 as of the
Location                                       Initial HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------                                       --------------           ------------              ------------
California..............................           2,434             $  70,122,024.98               37.72%
Michigan................................             924                22,750,565.97               12.24%
New Jersey..............................             266                 7,324,342.23                3.94%
Florida.................................             279                 6,509,687.19                3.50%
New York................................             224                 6,034,294.28                3.25%
Other...................................           3,312                73,181,269.65               39.36%
                                                   -----                -------------               ------
          Total.........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30              100.00%

</TABLE>


 .    "Other" includes states and the District of Columbia with under 3.00%
     concentrations individually.

                                      S-31
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Junior Ratios

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Junior Ratios (%)                       Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                       --------------          ------------              ------------
<S>    <C>              <C>                            <C>             <C>                            <C>
       0.00%  to        9.99%..............            884             $  16,631,094.80               8.95%
      10.00%  to      19.99%...............          3,228                64,378,407.69              34.63%
      20.00%  to      29.99%...............          1,788                50,096,646.49              26.94%
      30.00%  to      39.99%...............            831                27,479,224.90              14.78%
      40.00%  to      49.99%...............            344                11,905,491.94               6.40%
      50.00%  to      59.99%...............            177                 6,627,899.11               3.56%
      60.00%  to      69.99%...............             78                 3,665,512.42               1.97%
      70.00%  to      79.99%...............             49                 3,242,176.29               1.74%
      80.00%  to      89.99%...............             33                 1,120,090.15               0.60%
      90.00%  to    100.00%................             27                   775,640.51               0.42%
                                                        --                   ----------               -----
          Total...........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%


 .    The weighted average Junior Ratio of the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off
     date is approximately 25.44%.

                                   Loan Rates
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Loan Rates(%)                          Initial HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                          --------------           ------------             ------------
       0.001%  to      8.000%.............           5,657              $140,283,934.80              75.45%
       8.001%  to      9.000%.............              94                 2,057,192.82               1.11%
       9.001%  to    10.000%..............             411                 9,161,891.65               4.93%
      10.001%  to    11.000%..............             405                 8,982,902.50               4.83%
      11.001%  to    12.000%..............             297                 8,088,776.48               4.35%
      12.001%  to    13.000%..............             366                11,000,731.49               5.92%
      13.001%  to    14.000%..............             209                 6,346,754.56               3.41%
                                                       ---                 ------------               -----
          Total...........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average loan rate of the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off date
     is approximately 7.82%.

                                      S-32
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Fully Indexed Gross Margin

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
Range of Fully Indexed                             Number of               as of the                as of the
Gross Margins(%)                                 Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------                                 --------------          ------------              ------------
<S> <C>               <C>                                <C>           <C>                            <C>
   -1.000%      to   -0.001%..............               8             $     264,183.80               0.14%
   0.000%       to   1.000%...............           3,278                79,226,549.84              42.61%
   1.001%       to   2.000%...............           1,873                40,122,862.42              21.58%
   2.001%       to   3.000%...............             717                20,285,202.96              10.91%
   3.001%       to   4.000%...............             701                21,039,399.17              11.32%
   4.001%       to   5.000%...............             859                24,848,417.62              13.36%
   5.001%       to   6.000%...............               3                   135,568.49               0.07%
                                                         -                   ----------               -----
          Total...........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%

 .    The weighted average fully indexed gross margin of the initial HELOCs as of
     the cut-off date is approximately 2.00% per annum.

                            Credit Utilization Rates
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
Range of Credit                                    Number of               as of the                as of the
Utilization Rates (%)                            Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ---------------------                            --------------          ------------              ------------
  0.01%       to      30.00%...............          1,403             $  10,106,500.15               5.44%
30.01%        to      35.00%...............            230                 3,131,077.59               1.68%
35.01%        to      40.00%...............            249                 3,392,327.26               1.82%
40.01%        to      45.00%...............            195                 3,219,227.78               1.73%
45.01%        to      50.00%...............            242                 3,904,153.39               2.10%
50.01%        to      55.00%...............            233                 4,298,622.85               2.31%
55.01%        to      60.00%...............            228                 4,940,079.39               2.66%
60.01%        to      65.00%...............            212                 5,211,368.73               2.80%
65.01%        to      70.00%...............            215                 5,364,958.76               2.89%
70.01%        to      75.00%...............            310                 7,948,326.16               4.28%
75.01%        to      80.00%...............            265                 7,623,634.44               4.10%
80.01%        to      85.00%...............            239                 7,356,953.28               3.96%
85.01%        to      90.00%...............            266                 8,336,062.12               4.48%
90.01%        to      95.00%...............            247                 8,111,289.13               4.36%
95.01%        to    100.00%................          2,891               102,446,337.68              55.10%
100.01%     or      greater................             14                   531,265.59               0.29%
                                                        --                   ----------               -----
          Total...........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average credit utilization rate based on the credit limit of
     the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off date is approximately 83.07%.

                                      S-33
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Credit Limits

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Credit Limits ($)                       Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                       --------------          ------------              ------------
<S>        <C>          <C>                          <C>               <C>                           <C>
           $0.01  to    $  25,000.00.......          3,168             $  40,431,064.71              21.75%
      $25,000.01  to    $  50,000.00.......          2,987                73,994,291.54              39.80%
      $50,000.01  to    $  75,000.00.......            581                25,023,163.54              13.46%
      $75,000.01  to    $100,000.00........            541                28,746,271.77              15.46%
     $100,000.01  to    $125,000.00........             30                 2,556,933.68               1.38%
     $125,000.01  to    $150,000.00........             62                 5,913,038.26               3.18%
     $150,000.01  to    $175,000.00........              8                   825,565.86               0.44%
     $175,000.01  to    $200,000.00........             23                 2,111,581.00               1.14%
     $200,000.01  to    $225,000.00........              9                 1,563,706.64               0.84%
     $225,000.01  to    $250,000.00........             21                 2,566,276.62               1.38%
     $250,000.01  to    $275,000.00........              2                   511,302.89               0.28%
     $275,000.01  to    $300,000.00........              2                    94,224.69               0.05%
     $425,000.01  to    $450,000.00........              1                    27,416.33               0.01%
     $575,000.01  to    $600,000.00........              1                   325,175.50               0.17%
     $650,000.01  to    $675,000.00........              1                   500,000.00               0.27%
     $675,000.01  to    $700,000.00........              1                   236,860.05               0.13%
      $775000.01  to    $800,000.00........              1                   495,311.22               0.27%
                                                         -                   ----------
          Total............................          7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%

 .    The average of the credit limits of the initial HELOCs as of the cut-off
     date is approximately $38,434.65.


                               Maximum Loan Rates
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Maximum Loan Rates (%)                           Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                           --------------          ------------              ------------
      14.001%  to      15.000%.............            135            $    2,611,290.62               1.40%
      15.001%  to      16.000%.............            106                 2,476,548.76               1.33%
      17.001%  to      18.000%.............          1,722                40,095,804.67              21.57%
      18.001%  to      19.000%.............          5,476               140,738,540.25              75.70%
                                                     -----               --------------              ------
          Total............................          7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average maximum loan rate of the initial HELOCs as of the
     cut-off date is approximately 18.31%.

                                      S-34
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Months                                  Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ---------------                                  --------------          ------------              ------------
<S>  <C>              <C>                                <C>         <C>                              <C>
    0         to     60....................              7           $       123,100.93               0.07%
     61        to   120....................          4,202                88,264,585.37              47.47%
    121        to   180....................          1,300                40,233,335.81              21.64%
    241        to   300....................          1,927                57,100,762.19              30.71%
    301        +                                         3                   200,400.00               0.11%
                                                         -                   ----------               -----
          Total............................          7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%

 .    The weighted average months remaining to scheduled maturity of the initial
     HELOCs as of the cut-off date is approximately 185 months.

                                Origination Year
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Origination Year                                 Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------                                 --------------          ------------              ------------
 1990......................................              1           $         45,000.00              0.02%
1993.......................................              3                    41,185.12               0.02%
1994.......................................              2                     2,194.97               0.00%
1995.......................................              7                   116,779.63               0.06%
1996.......................................              4                    72,369.52               0.04%
1997.......................................             15                   134,407.54               0.07%
1998.......................................            109                 1,453,587.64               0.78%
1999.......................................          6,785               168,779,385.47              90.78%
2000.......................................            513                15,277,274.41               8.22%
                                                       ---                                            -----
          Total............................          7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%



                                  Lien Priority

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Lien Position                                    Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                    --------------          ------------              ------------
First....................................              213            $    8,508,190.89               4.58%
Second...................................            7,226               177,413,993.41              95.42%
                                                     -----               --------------              ------
          Total..........................            7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%
</TABLE>

                                      S-35
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              Debt-to-Income Ratios


                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                  Initial HELOCs by
                                                                         Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                     Number of               as of the                as of the
  Range of Debt-to-Income Ratios (%)               Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
  ----------------------------------               --------------          ------------              ------------
<S>   <C>               <C>                               <C>         <C>                              <C>
      0.00%      to     9.99%................             27          $       958,499.29               0.52%
     10.00%      to   19.99%.................            474               10,301,417.06               5.54%
     20.00%      to   29.99%.................          1,623               34,130,860.80              18.36%
     30.00%      to   39.99%.................          2,402               59,042,928.89              31.76%
     40.00%      to   49.99%.................          2,433               67,162,840.73              36.12%
     50.00%      to   59.99%.................            399               11,553,836.81               6.21%
     60.00%      to   69.99%.................             64                2,154,425.49               1.16%
     70.00%      to   79.99%.................              7                  242,647.79               0.13%
     80.00%      to   89.99%.................              3                  219,563.03               0.12%
     90.00%     +                                          7                  155,164.41               0.08%
                                                           -                  ----------               -----
            Total............................          7,439             $185,922,184.30             100.00%


                             Teaser Expiration Month

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Teaser Expiration Month                          Initial HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -----------------------                          --------------          ------------              ------------
No Teaser Date...........................            1,782             $  45,638,249.50              24.55%
February 2000............................            1,075                29,722,202.06              15.99%
March 2000...............................            1,346                39,219,321.59              21.09%
April 2000...............................              763                16,065,600.22               8.64%
May 2000.................................              873                16,473,069.27               8.86%
June 2000................................            1,264                30,358,021.65              16.33%
July 2000................................              333                 8,369,856.07               4.50%
February 2002............................                1                    11,885.85               0.01%
February 2010............................                1                    48,982.54               0.03%
May 2010.................................                1                    14,995.55               0.01%
                                                         -                    ---------               -----
          Total...........................           7,439              $185,922,184.30             100.00%


</TABLE>

                                      S-36
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               Documentation Type


                                                                                                     Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance         Principal Balance
                                                  Number of                as of the                 as of the
Documentation                                   Initial HELOCs            Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                   --------------            ------------              ------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>                             <C>
Standard.................................            4,815             $132,145,522.29                 71.08%
Family First Direct......................             688                13,934,944.30                  7.50%
No Income No Appraisal...................             923                13,863,239.38                  7.46%
No Income Verification...................             672                13,031,246.66                  7.01%
Select...................................             205                 9,669,820.39                  5.20%
Streamline...............................              23                 1,051,552.28                  0.57%
GM Expanded Family.......................              36                 1,038,377.03                  0.56%
Super Express............................              56                   896,118.74                  0.48%
Alternative..............................              13                   144,221.83                  0.08%
Express..................................               6                   128,907.86                  0.07%
Quick....................................               2                    18,233.54                  0.01%
                                                        -                    ---------                  -----
          Total...........................          7,439              $185,922,184.30                100.00%
</TABLE>


Initial HELs

     The initial HELs were originated or acquired by the seller generally in
accordance with the underwriting standards of the seller.  The initial HELs are
fixed rate, closed-end home equity loans evidenced by the related mortgage notes
and secured by the related mortgages on the related mortgaged properties.
Approximately 97.34% of the initial HELs (by aggregate principal balance as of
the cut-off date) are secured by second mortgages or deeds of trust and the
remainder are secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust.  The mortgaged
properties securing the initial HELs consist primarily of residential
properties.  As to 100.00% of the initial HELs, the borrower represented at the
time of origination that the related mortgaged property would be owner occupied
as a primary or second home.

     All percentages of the initial HELs described in this prospectus supplement
are approximate percentages determined, unless otherwise indicated, by the
aggregate principal balance as of the cut-off date of the initial HELs.  The
initial HELs are all part of Loan Group III.

     The principal balance as of the cut-off date of the initial HELs is
$39,933,068.50.  With respect to the initial HELs:

     .    as of the cut-off date, no initial HEL is 30 days or more delinquent;

     .    the average principal balance as of the cut-off date is approximately
          $25,998.09;

     .    the minimum principal balance as of the cut-off date is $2,457.05;

     .    the maximum principal balance as of the cut-off date is $159,483.20;

     .    the lowest loan rate and the highest loan rate on the cut-off date are
          5.99% and 16.99% per annum, respectively;

     .    the weighted average loan rate on the cut-off date is approximately
          10.41% per annum;

                                      S-37
<PAGE>

     .    the minimum and maximum CLTV Ratios as of the cut-off date are 6.00%
          and 100.00% respectively;

     .    the weighted average CLTV Ratio based on the principal balance as of
          the cut- off date of the initial HELs is approximately 78.40 % as of
          the cut-off date;

     .    the latest scheduled maturity of any initial HEL is February 1, 2030;

     .    with respect to 39.89% and 4.14% of the initial HELs, the related
          mortgaged properties are located in the States of California and
          Florida, respectively; and

     .    not more than 20.60% of the initial HELs do not require an Appraised
          Value.

Loan Terms of the HELs

     The loan rate of each initial HEL is the per annum interest rate required
to be paid by the mortgagor under the terms of the related mortgage note.  The
loan rate borne by each initial HEL is fixed as of the date of origination of
that initial HEL.

     Interest on each HEL is charged on that part of the principal which has not
been paid.  Interest is charged from the date the loan is advanced until the
full amount of the principal has been paid.  Interest on each HEL is calculated
on a daily basis.  The amount of the daily interest is equal to the annual
interest rate divided by the number of days in the year times the outstanding
principal balance.

     Each initial HEL had a term to maturity from the date of origination of not
more than 372 months.  The initial HELs provide for substantially equal payments
in an amount sufficient to amortize the HELs over their terms.

Initial HEL Characteristics

     Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics of
the initial HELs as of the cut-off date.  Unless otherwise specified, all
principal balances of the initial HELs are as of the cut-off date and are
rounded to the nearest dollar.  Except as indicated otherwise, all percentages
are approximate percentages by aggregate principal balance as of the cut-off
date.  Entries in the tables may not add to 100.00% due to rounding.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  Property Type
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                      Principal Balance         Principal Balance
                                                  Number of               as of the                 as of the
Property Type                                    Initial HELs            Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                    ------------            ------------             ------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>                            <C>
Condo.........................................        101              $  2,146,180.03                5.37%
Duplex - Fourplex.............................          6                   110,287.89                0.28%
Manufactured Housing..........................          5                    73,552.49                0.18%
PUD...........................................         60                 1,976,543.33                4.95%
Single Family.................................      1,354                35,402,053.23               88.65%
 Two Family...................................         10                   224,451.53                0.56%
                                                       --                   ----------                -----
          Total...............................      1,536               $39,933,068.50              100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      S-38
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Occupancy Types

                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELs by
                                                                      Principal Balance        Principal Balance
Occupancy                                         Number of               as of the                as of the
(as indicated by Borrower)                       Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                       ------------           ------------              ------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                         <C>
Owner Occupied..............................        1,528               $39,803,466.79              99.68%
Non-Owner Occupied..........................            8                   129,601.71               0.32%
                                                        -                   ----------               -----
          Total.............................        1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%


                               Principal Balances

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Principal Balances ($)                   Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------------------------                   ------------           ------------              ------------
        $0.00     to      $25,000.00.......            974               $16,035,612.13              40.16%
   $25,000.01     to      $50,000.00.......            453                16,318,028.77              40.86%
   $50,000.01     to      $75,000.00.......             86                 5,200,076.42              13.02%
   $75,000.01     to    $100,000.00........             16                 1,437,474.39               3.60%
  $100,000.01     to    $125,000.00........              3                   333,900.00               0.84%
  $125,000.01     to    $150,000.00........              3                   448,493.59               1.12%
  $150,000.01     to    $175,000.00........              1                   159,483.20               0.40%
                                                         -                   ----------               -----
          Total............................          1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%

 .    The average principal balance of the initial HELs as of the cut-off date is
     approximately $25,998.09.

                          Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of CLTV Ratios(%)                           Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -----------------------                           ------------           ------------              ------------
        0.001%  to      50.000%............            101              $  2,311,752.32               5.79%
       50.001%  to      60.000%............             81                 1,916,983.05               4.80%
       60.001%  to      70.000%............            146                 3,659,078.83               9.16%
       70.001%  to      80.000%............            494                12,822,238.16              32.11%
       80.001%  to      90.000%............            597                15,391,664.74              38.54%
       90.001%  to    100.000%.............            117                 3,831,351.40               9.59%
                                                       ---                 ------------               -----
          Total............................          1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%
</TABLE>


 .    The minimum and maximum CLTV Ratios of the initial HELs as of the cut-off
     date are approximately 6.00% and 100.00%, respectively, and the weighted
     average CLTV Ratio of the initial HELs as of the cut-off date is
     approximately 78.40%.

                                      S-39
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Geographical Distributions

                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                                Initial HELs by
                                                                     Principal Balance         Principal Balance
                                                  Number of              as of the                 as of the
Location                                        Initial HELs            Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------                                        ------------            ------------              ------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>                          <C>
California..................................         529               $15,927,610.04               39.89%
Florida.....................................          71                 1,654,290.22                4.14%
Michigan....................................          68                 1,474,161.34                3.69%
Texas.......................................          62                 1,423,570.15                3.56%
New York....................................          49                 1,371,559.06                3.43%
Georgia.....................................          43                 1,307,270.27                3.27%
Other.......................................         714                16,774,607.42               42.01%
                                                     ---                -------------               ------
          Total.............................       1,536               $39,933,068.50              100.00%


 .    "Other" includes states and the District of Columbia with under 3.00%
     concentrations individually.

                                                    Junior Ratios

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Junior Ratios (%)                        Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                        ------------           ------------              ------------
       0.00%  to      9.99%................            239              $  3,812,782.27               9.55%
      10.00%  to    19.99%.................            721                16,787,558.15              42.04%
      20.00%  to    29.99%.................            346                10,907,098.51              27.31%
      30.00%  to    39.99%.................            137                 4,744,404.56              11.88%
      40.00%  to    49.99%.................             55                 2,374,814.61               5.95%
      50.00%  to    59.99%.................             23                   791,449.20               1.98%
      60.00%  to    69.99%.................              5                   198,492.60               0.50%
      70.00%  to    79.99%.................              7                   196,773.19               0.49%
      80.00%  to    89.99%.................              2                    85,195.41               0.21%
      90.00%  to    99.99%.................              1                    34,500.00               0.09%
                                                         -                    ---------               -----
          Total............................          1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%

</TABLE>
 .    The weighted average Junior Ratio of the initial HELs as of the cut-off
     date is approximately 22.11%.

                                      S-40
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Loan Rates


                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Loan Rates(%)                            Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                            ------------           ------------              ------------
<S> <C>                 <C>                             <C>            <C>                            <C>
    0.001%       to     8.000%...............           30             $     335,094.26               0.84%
    8.001%       to     9.000%...............           18                   569,409.50               1.43%
    9.001%       to   10.000%................          605                16,270,524.75              40.74%
   10.001%       to   11.000%................          536                13,983,747.56              35.02%
   11.001%       to   12.000%................          264                 6,596,577.75              16.52%
   12.001%       to   13.000%................           81                 2,119,921.04               5.31%
   13.001%       to   14.000%................            1                    27,800.00               0.07%
   16.001%       to   17.000%................            1                    29,993.64               0.08%
                                                         -                    ---------               -----
          Total..............................        1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%

 .    The weighted average loan rate of the initial HELs as of the cut-off date
     is approximately 10.41%.


                     Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Range of Months                                   Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ---------------                                   ------------           ------------              ------------
        0    to       60......................         169              $  2,549,072.00               6.38%
       61    to     120.......................         405                 8,571,768.72              21.47%
      121    to     180.......................         753                21,803,986.42              54.60%
      181    to     240.......................         188                 6,220,002.76              15.58%
      241    to     300.......................           7                   213,436.47               0.53%
      301  +                                            14                   574,802.13               1.44%
                                                        --                   ----------               -----
          Total...............................       1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%

 .    The weighted average months remaining to scheduled maturity of the initial
     HELs as of the cut-off date is approximately 162 months.


                                  Lien Priority

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Lien Position                                     Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                     ------------           ------------              ------------
First......................................             32              $  1,063,235.31               2.66%
Second.....................................          1,504                38,869,833.19              97.34%
                                                     -----                -------------              ------
          Total............................          1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      S-41
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Origination Year

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Origination Year                                  Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------                                  ------------           ------------              ------------
<C>                                                      <C>          <C>                             <C>
1997.......................................              2            $       37,867.16               0.09%
1999.......................................          1,403                35,907,815.07              89.92%
2000.......................................            131                 3,987,386.27               9.99%
                                                       ---                 ------------               -----
          Total...........................           1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%


                              Debt-to-Income Ratios
                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial HELs by
                                                                         Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                     Number of               as of the                as of the
  Range of Debt-to-Income Ratios (%)                Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
  ----------------------------------                ------------           ------------              ------------
        0.00%   to     9.99%.................              6            $     180,450.20               0.45%
       10.00%   to   19.99%..................             47                1,140,738.56               2.86%
       20.00%   to   29.99%..................            258                5,765,240.38              14.44%
       30.00%   to   39.99%..................            488               12,424,866.26              31.11%
       40.00%   to   49.99%..................            642               17,608,829.31              44.10%
       50.00%   to   59.99%..................             86                2,490,557.96               6.24%
       60.00%   to   69.99%..................              9                  322,385.83               0.81%
                                                           -                  ----------               -----
            Total............................          1,536              $39,933,068.50             100.00%


                               Documentation Type

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial HELs by
                                                                       Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of               as of the                as of the
Documentation                                     Initial HELs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                     ------------           ------------              ------------
<S>                                               <C>                    <C>                       <C>
Standard..................................             980               $27,240,091.44              68.21%
No Income No Appraisal....................             350                 7,705,140.22              19.30%
No Income Verification....................              90                 2,471,670.73               6.19%
Family First Direct.......................              93                 1,883,810.91               4.72%
Super Express.............................              14                   308,783.15               0.77%
Select....................................               5                   223,748.82               0.56%
GM Expanded Family........................               3                    80,057.18               0.20%
Streamline................................               1                    19,766.05               0.05%
                                                         -                    ---------               -----
          Total...........................           1,536               $39,933,068.50             100.00%
</TABLE>

                                      S-42
<PAGE>

     The information set forth in the preceding sections is based upon
information provided by the seller and tabulated by the depositor.  The
depositor makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of that
information.

Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding Account and the Funding
Account

     The Purchase Agreement permits the issuer to acquire subsequent mortgage
loans.  Accordingly, the statistical characteristics of the entire pool of
mortgage loans upon the acquisition of the subsequent mortgage loans may vary
somewhat from the statistical characteristics of the initial mortgage loans as
of the cut-off date as presented in this prospectus supplement.  During the
Revolving Period for the Floating Rate Term Notes, it is expected that
subsequent mortgage loans acquired with amounts withdrawn from the Funding
Account will consist primarily of HELOCs and be included in Loan Groups I and/or
II.

     Each subsequent mortgage loan will have been underwritten substantially in
accordance with the criteria set forth in this prospectus supplement under
"Description of the Mortgage Loans--Underwriting Standards."  Subsequent
mortgage loans will be transferred to the issuer pursuant to subsequent transfer
agreements.  In connection with the purchase of subsequent mortgage loans on
each date subsequent mortgage loans are conveyed to the trust fund, or
subsequent transfer dates, the issuer will be required to pay to the seller from
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, the Custodial Account or the
Funding Account a cash purchase price of 100% of the principal balance thereof.
In each instance in which subsequent mortgage loans are transferred to the trust
fund pursuant to a subsequent transfer agreement, the issuer will designate a
cut-off date with respect to the subsequent mortgage loans acquired on that
date, or a subsequent transfer date.  The amount paid from the Pre-Funding
Account, the Custodial Account or the Funding Account, as applicable, on each
subsequent transfer date will not include accrued interest on the subsequent
mortgage loans.  Following each subsequent transfer date, the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans will increase by an amount equal to the
aggregate principal balance of the subsequent mortgage loans so acquired and the
amount in the Pre-Funding Account, the Custodial Account or the Funding Account,
as applicable, will decrease accordingly.

     Any conveyance of subsequent mortgage loans on a subsequent transfer date
is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to:

     (1)  each subsequent mortgage loan must satisfy the representations and
          warranties specified in the related subsequent transfer agreement and
          the Purchase Agreement;

     (2)  the seller will select subsequent mortgage loans in a manner that it
          reasonably believes is not adverse to the interests of the holders of
          the term notes, the holders of the variable funding notes or the
          Enhancer; and

     (3)  as of each subsequent cut-off date, each subsequent mortgage loan will
          satisfy the following criteria:

          .    the subsequent mortgage loan may not be 30 or more days
               contractually delinquent as of the related subsequent cut-off
               date;

          .    the original stated term to maturity of the subsequent mortgage
               loan will not exceed 360 months;

          .    the lien securing any subsequent mortgage loan must be a first or
               second lien priority;

          .    the subsequent mortgage loan must have an outstanding principal
               balance of at least $1,000 and no more than $511,000 as of the
               subsequent cut-off date;

          .    the subsequent mortgage loan will be underwritten substantially
               in accordance with the criteria set forth under "Description of
               the Mortgage Loans-- Underwriting Standards" in this prospectus
               supplement;

          .    the subsequent mortgage loan must have a CLTV Ratio at
               origination of no more than 100%;

          .    the subsequent mortgage loan shall not provide for negative
               amortization; and

                                      S-43
<PAGE>

          .    following the purchase of the subsequent mortgage loan by the
               issuer, the assets in the trust fund must have a weighted average
               loan rate, a weighted average remaining term to maturity and a
               weighted average CLTV Ratio at origination, as of each respective
               subsequent cut-off date, which would not vary materially from the
               initial mortgage loans included initially in the trust fund.

In addition, the indenture trustee will not agree to any transfer of subsequent
mortgage loans without the approval of the Enhancer, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld; provided, however that the Enhancer will provide notice
of approval or disapproval within 5 business days or the subsequent mortgage
loans will be deemed approved by the Enhancer.  Subsequent mortgage loans with
characteristics materially varying from those set forth above may be purchased
by the issuer and included in the trust fund with the approval of the Enhancer;
provided, however, that the addition of the subsequent mortgage loans will not
materially affect the aggregate characteristics of the entire pool of mortgage
loans.

     The Pre-Funding Account.  The indenture trustee will establish the Pre-
Funding Account and deposit $74,144,747 therein on the closing date from the net
proceeds of the sale of the securities.  Approximately $64,077,816 of the
initial amount deposited in the Pre-Funding Account will be allocated to
purchasing HELOCs and approximately $10,066,932 will be allocated to purchasing
HELs.  Monies in the Pre-Funding Account will be applied during the Pre-Funding
Period to purchase subsequent mortgage loans from the seller.  The Pre-Funding
Account will be part of the trust fund, but monies on deposit therein will not
be available to cover losses on or in respect of the mortgage loans.  Any
amounts in excess of $50,000 remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at
the end of the Pre-Funding Period will be transferred to the Note Payment
Account and distributed as principal on the related term notes on the next
Payment Date.  Any amounts remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at
the end of the Pre-Funding Period after the transfer to the Note Payment Account
will be deposited into the Funding Account.  Monies on deposit in the Pre-
Funding Account may be invested in Permitted Investments as provided in the
Servicing Agreement.  Net income on investment of funds in the Pre-Funding
Account will be deposited into or credited to the Capitalized Interest Account.
There can be no assurance that a sufficient number of subsequent mortgage loans
will be available for application of the entire amount on deposit in the Pre-
Funding Account.

     The Funding Account.  On the closing date, the indenture trustee will
establish the Funding Account.  On each Payment Date during the Revolving Period
for each class of term notes, the servicer will deposit Principal Collections
and Excess Spread for the related Loan Group into the Funding Account, and will
apply them first to buy additional balances arising under HELOCs already
included in the trust fund and thereafter to buy subsequent mortgage loans, to
the extent they are available.  During the Revolving Periods, we expect that
subsequent mortgage loans will be primarily HELOCs.  Principal Collections on
deposit in the Custodial Account prior to deposit into the Funding Account may
also be used to acquire additional balances and subsequent mortgage loans during
the Revolving Periods.

     The notes will be subject to redemption in part on the Payment Date
immediately succeeding the date on which the Revolving Period for the Floating
Rate Term Notes ends, in the event that any amounts remain on deposit in the
Funding Account, exclusive of any investment earnings thereon, after giving
effect to the purchase by the issuer of all subsequent mortgage loans and
additional balances, including any purchase on the date on which the Revolving
Period for the Floating Rate Term Notes ends.

     Purchase of Additional Balances.  During the Managed Amortization Period,
the servicer will apply Principal Collections to purchase additional balances,
however no more subsequent mortgage loans will be purchased.  During the Rapid
Amortization Period, no additional balances or subsequent mortgage loans will be
purchased.  Any collections in respect of draws made on HELOCs during the Rapid
Amortization Period will be the property of the seller and not the issuer and
will not constitute a part of Principal Collections.

Non-Recordation of Assignments

     Subject to the consent of the Enhancer, the seller will not be required to
record assignments of the mortgages to the indenture trustee in the real
property records of the states in which the related mortgaged properties are
located.  The seller will retain record title to the mortgages on behalf of the
indenture trustee and the securityholders.  Although the recordation of the
assignments of the mortgages in favor of the indenture trustee is

                                      S-44
<PAGE>

not necessary to effect a transfer of the mortgage loans to the indenture
trustee, if the seller were to sell, assign, satisfy or discharge any mortgage
loan prior to recording the related assignment in favor of the indenture
trustee, the other parties to the sale, assignment, satisfaction or discharge
may have rights superior to those of the indenture trustee. In some states, in
the absence of recordation of the assignments of the mortgages, the transfer to
the indenture trustee of the mortgage loans may not be effective against certain
creditors or purchasers from the seller or a trustee in bankruptcy thereof. If
those other parties, creditors or purchasers have rights to the mortgage loans
that are superior to those of the indenture trustee, securityholders could lose
the right to future payments of principal and interest to the extent that those
rights are not otherwise enforceable in favor of the indenture trustee under the
applicable mortgage documents.

Amendments to Mortgage Documents

     Subject to applicable law, the servicer may change the terms of the
mortgage documents at any time, provided that such changes:

     .    do not adversely affect the interests of the securityholders or the
          Enhancer; and

     .    are consistent with prudent business practice.

In addition, the Servicing Agreement will permit the servicer, with certain
limitations described therein, to increase the credit limit or reduce the gross
margin of a HELOC and to reduce the loan rate on a HEL.

Optional Removal of Mortgage Loans

     In certain instances in which a mortgagor either:

     .    requests an increase in the credit limit on the related HELOC above
          the limit stated in the related credit line agreement;

     .    requests to place a lien on the related mortgaged property senior to
          the lien of the related mortgage loan; or

     .    refinances the senior lien resulting in a CLTV Ratio above the
          previous CLTV Ratio for that loan;

the servicer will have the option to purchase from the trust fund the related
mortgage loan at a price equal to the Repurchase Price.  In addition, the
servicer will also have the option to purchase from the trust fund any mortgage
loan delinquent in payment for a period of sixty days or longer at a price equal
to the Repurchase Price.

Underwriting Standards

     All of the mortgage loans will be acquired by the depositor from the
seller.  The following is a brief description of the various underwriting
standards and procedures applicable to the mortgage loans.

     The seller's underwriting standards with respect to the mortgage loans
generally will conform to those published in the GMACM underwriting guidelines,
including the provisions of the GMACM underwriting guidelines applicable to the
GMAC Mortgage Home Equity Program.  The underwriting standards as set forth in
the GMACM underwriting guidelines are continually revised based on prevailing
conditions in the residential mortgage market and the market for mortgage
securities.

     The underwriting standards set forth in the GMACM underwriting guidelines
with respect to mortgage loans originated or acquired under the GMAC Mortgage
Home Equity Program provide for varying levels of documentation.  For standard
documented loans, such as the programs "Standard" and "Alternative," a
prospective borrower is required to fill out a detailed application providing
pertinent credit information, including tax returns if they are self-employed or
received income from dividends and interest, rental properties or other income
which can be verified via tax returns, and a credit report is obtained.  In
addition, a borrower may demonstrate income and employment directly by providing
alternative documentation in the form of a pay stub and a W-2.  These loans
require drive-by appraisals for property values of $500,000 or less, and full
appraisals for property values of more than $500,000 and for all three and four
unit properties.

                                      S-45
<PAGE>

     Under the GMACM underwriting guidelines, loans may also be originated under
the "Quick Program," a no income verification program for self-employed
borrowers.  For those loans, only a credit check and an appraisal are required.
Those loans are generally limited to a loan amount of $50,000 or less, and are
limited to primary residences.  In addition, the borrower may be qualified under
a "No Income/No Appraisal" program.  Under such a program, a credit check is
required, and the CLTV Ratio is limited to 80%, or 90% in the case of GM and GM
subsidiary employees under the "Family First Direct" program.  The borrower is
qualified on his or her stated income in the application, the CLTV Ratio is
based on a Stated Value, except that with respect to CLTV Ratios over 80% under
the "Family First Direct" program, the borrower must supply evidence of value.
The maximum loan under that program is generally limited to $40,000, or $250,000
under the "Family First Direct" program.  In addition, the borrower may be
qualified under a "No Income Verification" program.  Under that program, a
credit check is required, and the CLTV Ratio is limited to 90%.  The borrower is
qualified based on the income stated on the application.  Those loans are
generally limited to an amount of $100,000 or less, and are limited to primary
residences.  Those loans require drive-by appraisals for property values of
$500,000 or less, and full appraisals for property values of more than $500,000.

     In addition, the GMACM underwriting guidelines provide for loans under its
"Select" program to employees and retirees of GM.  These loans are made to
executives of GM or affiliates of GM, dealer principals and general managers
with a minimum annual base salary of $75,000 or to GM or GM affiliate retirees
with a minimum base retirement annual income of $60,000.  Underwriting is
subject to a maximum CLTV Ratio of 100% for primary residences and a maximum
CLTV Ratio of 80% for second homes, and a maximum loan amount of $250,000.  The
CLTV Ratio is based on the borrower's Stated Value and no appraisal is made for
CLTV Ratios of 80% or less.  The borrower must supply evidence of value when the
property value is under $500,000 and the CLTV Ratio is between 80% and 90%.  A
drive-by appraisal is required for a CLTV Ratio greater than 90% and a property
value under $500,000.  A full appraisal is required for a CLTV Ratio greater
than 90% with property values of $500,000 and above.

     The mortgage loans included in the mortgage pool generally were originated
subject to a maximum CLTV Ratio of 100.00%.  Additionally, loans were generally
originated with a maximum total monthly debt-to-income ratio of 45%, although
variances are permitted based on compensating factors.  There can be no
assurance that the CLTV Ratio or the debt-to-income ratio for any mortgage loans
will not increase from the levels established at origination.

     The underwriting standards set forth in the GMACM underwriting guidelines
with respect to mortgage loans originated under the GMACM Home Equity Program
may be varied in appropriate cases.  There can be no assurance that every
mortgage loan was originated in conformity with the applicable underwriting
standards in all material respects, or that the quality or performance of the
mortgage loans will be equivalent under all circumstances.

     GMACM's underwriting standards include a set of specific criteria pursuant
to which the underwriting evaluation is made.  However, the application of those
underwriting standards does not imply that each specific criterion was satisfied
individually.  Rather, a mortgage loan will be considered to be originated in
accordance with a given set of underwriting standards if, based on an overall
qualitative evaluation, the loan is in substantial compliance with those
underwriting standards.  For example, a mortgage loan may be considered to
comply with a set of underwriting standards, even if one or more specific
criteria included in the underwriting standards were not satisfied, if other
factors compensated for the criteria that were not satisfied or if the mortgage
loan is considered to be in substantial compliance with the underwriting
standards.

     Conformity with the applicable underwriting standards will vary depending
on a number of factors relating to the specific mortgage loan, including the
principal amount or credit limit, the CLTV Ratio, the loan type or loan program,
and the applicable credit score of the related borrower used in connection with
the origination of the mortgage loan, as determined based on a credit scoring
model acceptable to the seller.  Credit scores are not used to deny loans.
However, credit scores are used as a "tool" to analyze a borrower's credit.
Generally, credit scoring models provide a means for evaluating the information
about a prospective borrower that is available from a credit reporting agency.
The underwriting criteria applicable to any program under which the mortgage
loans may be originated may provide that qualification for the loan, the level
of review of the loan's documentation, or the

                                      S-46
<PAGE>

availability of certain loan features, such as maximum loan amount, maximum CLTV
Ratio, property type and use, and documentation level, may depend on the
borrower's credit score.

     The following is a brief description of the underwriting standards under
the GMACM Home Equity Program for standard documentation loan programs.
Initially, a prospective borrower, other than a trust if the trust is the
borrower, is required to fill out a detailed application providing pertinent
credit information.  As part of the application, the borrower is required to
provide a statement of income and expenses, as well as an authorization to apply
for a credit report which summarizes the borrower's credit history with
merchants and lenders and any record of bankruptcy.  The borrower generally must
show, among other things, a minimum of one year credit history reported on the
credit report and that no mortgage delinquencies, thirty days or greater, in the
past 12 months existed.  Borrowers who have less than a 12 month first mortgage
payment history may be subject to certain additional lending restrictions.  In
addition, under the GMACM Home Equity Program, generally borrowers with a
previous foreclosure or bankruptcy within the past five years may not be allowed
and a borrower generally must satisfy all judgments, liens and other legal
actions with an original amount of $1,000 or greater prior to closing.
Borrowers with a previous foreclosure or bankruptcy generally do not qualify for
a loan unless extenuating credit circumstances beyond their control are
documented.  In addition, an income verification is obtained.  If a prospective
borrower is self-employed, the borrower may be required to submit copies of
signed tax returns.  The borrower may also be required to authorize verification
of deposits at financial institutions where the borrower has accounts.  In the
case of a mortgage loan secured by a property owned by a trust, the foregoing
procedures may be waived where the related credit line agreement is executed on
behalf of the trust.

     An appraisal may be made of the mortgaged property securing each mortgage
loan.  The appraisal may be either a full appraisal, a drive-by appraisal or a
statistical property evaluation.  Any appraisals may be performed by appraisers
independent from or affiliated with the GMAC Mortgage Corporation or their
affiliates.  Appraisals, however, will not establish that the mortgaged
properties provide assurance of repayment of the mortgage loans.  See "Risk
Factors-The mortgaged properties might not be adequate security for the mortgage
loans" in this prospectus supplement.  If a full appraisal is required, the
appraiser may be required to inspect the property and verify that it is in good
condition and that construction, if new, has been completed.  If a drive-by
appraisal is required, the appraiser is only required to perform an exterior
inspection of the property.  The appraisal is based on various factors,
including the market value of comparable homes and the cost of replacing the
improvements.  In certain circumstances on or after September 1, 1999, a
statistical property evaluation may have been completed in lieu of a drive-by
appraisal by a third-party who performs an electronic comparison of the stated
value of the mortgaged properties with comparable properties in the area.  The
seller believes that no more than 20% (by aggregate principal balance as of the
cut-off date) of the initial mortgage loans are secured by mortgaged properties
which may have been appraised using the statistical property evaluation method.
Each appraisal is required to be dated no more than 180 days prior to the date
of approval of the mortgage loan; provided, that depending on the credit limit
for that mortgage loan, an earlier appraisal may be utilized if that appraisal
was made not earlier than one year prior to the date of origination of the
mortgage loan and the related appraiser certifies that the value of the related
mortgaged property has not declined since the date of the original appraisal or
if a field review or statistical property evaluation is obtained.  Title
searches are undertaken in most cases, and title insurance may be required on
all mortgage loans with credit limits in excess of $100,000.

     Under the GMACM Home Equity Program, the CLTV Ratio is generally calculated
by reference to the lower of the appraised value as so determined or the sales
price, if the mortgage loan is originated concurrently with the origination of a
first mortgage loan.  In all other cases, the value used is generally the
appraised value as so determined.

     Once all applicable employment, credit and property information is
received, a determination is made as to whether the prospective borrower has
sufficient monthly income available to meet the borrower's monthly obligations
on the proposed mortgage loan and other expenses related to the home, such as
property taxes and hazard insurance, and other financial obligations, including
debt service on any related mortgage loan secured by a senior lien on the
related mortgaged property.  For qualification purposes the monthly payment is
based solely on the payment of interest only on the loan.  The loan rate in
effect from the origination date of a mortgage loan to the first adjustment date
generally will be lower, and may be significantly lower, than the sum of the
then applicable index and gross margin.  The mortgage loans will not provide for
negative amortization.  Payment of the full outstanding principal balance at
maturity may depend on the borrower's ability to obtain refinancing or to sell
the

                                      S-47
<PAGE>

related mortgaged property prior to the maturity of the mortgage loan, and there
can be no assurance that such refinancing will be available to the borrower or
that such a sale will be possible.

    The underwriting standards set forth in the GMACM underwriting guidelines
may be varied in appropriate cases, including in "limited" or "reduced loan
documentation" mortgage loan programs.  Limited documentation programs,
including the programs "Streamline," "GM Expanded Family," "Super Express" and
"Express," generally permit fewer supporting documents to be obtained or waive
income, appraisals, asset and employment documentation requirements, and limited
documentation programs generally compensate for increased credit risk by placing
greater emphasis on either the review of the property to be financed or the
borrower's ability to repay the mortgage loan.  Generally, in order to be
eligible for a reduced loan documentation program, a borrower must have a good
credit history, and other compensating factors, such as a relatively low CLTV
Ratio, or other favorable underwriting factors, must be present and the
borrower's eligibility for the program may be determined by use of a credit
scoring model.

                            The Seller and Servicer

General

     GMAC Mortgage Corporation is the seller and servicer for all of the
mortgage loans.  The seller is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of General
Motors Acceptance Corporation and is one of the nation's largest mortgage
bankers.  The seller is engaged in the mortgage banking business, including the
origination, purchase, sale and servicing of residential loans.

     The notes do not represent an interest in or an obligation of the seller or
the servicer.  The seller's only obligations with respect to the notes will be
pursuant to certain limited representations and warranties made by the seller or
as otherwise provided in this prospectus supplement.

     The seller maintains its executive and principal offices at 100 Witmer
Road, Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044.  Its telephone number is (215) 682-1000.

     The servicer will be responsible for servicing the mortgage loans in
accordance with its program guide and the terms of the Servicing Agreement.  On
the closing date, the custodian will be The Bank of Maryland.

     Billing statements for HELOCs are mailed monthly by the servicer.  The
statement details the monthly activity on the related HELOC and specifies the
minimum payment due to the servicer and the available credit line.  Notice of
changes in the applicable loan rate are provided by the servicer to the
mortgagor with those statements.  All payments are due by the applicable due
date.

     For information regarding foreclosure procedures, see "The Seller and
Servicer--Realization Upon Defaulted Loans" in this prospectus supplement.
Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices may change over time
in accordance with the servicer's business judgment, changes in the servicer's
portfolio of real estate secured revolving credit line loans that it services
for its clients and applicable laws and regulations, and other considerations.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

     The servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called
for under the mortgage loans and will, consistent with the Servicing Agreement,
follow collection procedures which shall be normal and usual in its general
mortgage servicing activities with respect to mortgage loans comparable to the
mortgage loans included in the mortgage pool.  Consistent with that standard,
the servicer may in its discretion waive any prepayment charge in connection
with the prepayment of a mortgage loan or extend the due dates for payments due
on a mortgage loan, provided that the insurance coverage for that mortgage loan
or any coverage provided by any alternative credit enhancement will not be
adversely affected by the waiver or the extension.

                                      S-48
<PAGE>

     The servicer, at its option and in its sole discretion, may make advances
by depositing into the Custodial Account amounts representing installments of
interest on any mortgage loan that is delinquent as of the end of the related
Collection Period if the servicer believes that the advances will be recoverable
from payments on, or other proceeds of, that mortgage loan.  If the servicer
makes any optional advances of delinquent interest, the servicer shall be
entitled to reimburse itself by withdrawing those amounts from the Custodial
Account prior to any distribution of amounts on deposit therein to the
noteholders.

     In certain instances in which a mortgage loan is in default, or if default
is reasonably foreseeable, and if determined by the servicer to be in the best
interests of the Enhancer and the noteholders, the servicer may permit certain
modifications of the mortgage loan or make forbearances on the mortgage loan
rather than proceeding with foreclosure or repossession, if applicable.  In
making the determination, the loss that might result if the mortgage loan were
liquidated would be taken into account.  Any modifications may have the effect
of reducing the loan rate or extending the final maturity date of the mortgage
loan.  Any modified mortgage loan may remain in the trust fund, and the
reduction in collections resulting from the modification may result in reduced
distributions of interest, or other amounts, on, or may extend the final
maturity of, the notes.  In addition, if a HELOC is in default or, in the
judgment of the servicer a default is reasonably foreseeable, the servicer may,
through modification, convert the HELOC into a fully amortizing HEL.

     In any case in which mortgaged property subject to a mortgage loan is being
conveyed by the mortgagor, the servicer shall in general be obligated, to the
extent it has knowledge of the conveyance, to exercise its rights to accelerate
the maturity of the mortgage loan under any due-on-sale clause applicable
thereto, but only if the exercise of those rights is permitted by applicable law
and only to the extent it would not adversely affect or jeopardize coverage
under any applicable credit enhancement arrangements.  If the servicer is
prevented from enforcing the due-on-sale clause under applicable law or if the
servicer determines that it is reasonably likely that a legal action would be
instituted by the related mortgagor to avoid enforcement of the due-on-sale
clause, the servicer will enter into an assumption and modification agreement
with the person to whom the property has been or is about to be conveyed,
pursuant to which that person will become liable under the related credit line
agreement subject to certain specified conditions.  The original mortgagor may
be released from liability on a mortgage loan if the servicer shall has
determined in good faith that the release will not adversely affect the ability
to make full and timely collections on the related mortgage loan.  Any fee
collected by the servicer for entering into an assumption or substitution of
liability agreement will be retained by the servicer as additional servicing
compensation.  In connection with any assumption, the loan rate borne by the
related credit line agreement may not be altered.

     Mortgagors may, from time to time, request partial releases of the
mortgaged properties, easements, consents to alteration or demolition and other
similar matters.  The servicer may approve such a request if it has determined,
exercising its good faith business judgment in the same manner as it would if it
were the owner of the related mortgage loan, that the approval will not
adversely affect the security for, and the timely and full collectability of,
the related mortgage loan.  Any fee collected by the servicer for processing the
request will be retained by the servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The servicer is required to maintain a fidelity bond and errors and
omissions policy with respect to its officers and employees and other persons
acting on behalf of the servicer in connection with its activities under the
Servicing Agreement.

     The servicer may be subject to certain restrictions under the Servicing
Agreement with respect to the refinancing of a lien senior to a mortgage loan
secured by a lien on the related mortgaged property.  In addition, if a
mortgaged property did not have a lien senior to the related mortgaged loan as
of the cut-off date, then the servicer may not consent to the placing of a lien
senior to the mortgage loan on the related mortgaged property.

Realization Upon Defaulted Loans

     With respect to a mortgage loan secured by a lien on a mortgaged property
in default, the servicer will decide whether to foreclose upon the mortgaged
property or with respect to any such mortgage loan, write off the principal
balance of the mortgage loan as a bad debt or take an unsecured note, provided,
however, that if the servicer has actual knowledge that any mortgaged property
is affected by hazardous or toxic wastes or substances and that the acquisition
of the mortgaged property would not be commercially reasonable, then the
servicer shall not

                                      S-49
<PAGE>

cause the issuer or the indenture trustee to acquired title to that mortgaged
property in a foreclosure or similar proceeding. In connection with that
decision, the servicer will, following usual practices in connection with senior
and junior mortgage servicing activities or repossession and resale activities,
estimate the proceeds expected to be received and the expenses expected to be
incurred in connection with the foreclosure or repossession and resale to
determine whether a foreclosure proceeding or a repossession and resale is
appropriate. To the extent that a mortgage loan secured by a lien on a mortgaged
property is junior to another lien on the related mortgaged property, following
any default thereon, unless foreclosure proceeds for that mortgage loan are
expected to at least satisfy the related senior mortgage loan in full and to pay
foreclosure costs, it is likely that the mortgage loan will be written off as
bad debt with no foreclosure proceeding. See "Risk Factors--The mortgaged
properties might not be adequate security for the mortgage loans" in this
prospectus supplement. In the event that title to any mortgaged property is
acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the deed or
certificate of sale will be issued to the indenture trustee or to its nominee on
behalf of the noteholders. Notwithstanding any acquisition of title and
cancellation of the related mortgage loan, the REO Loan will be considered for
most purposes to be an outstanding mortgage loan held in the trust fund until
such time as the mortgage loan becomes a liquidated mortgage loan. Any income,
net of expenses and fees and other than gains described below, received by the
servicer on the related mortgaged property, prior to its disposition will be
deposited in the Custodial Account upon receipt and will be available at that
time for making payments to noteholders. The foregoing is subject to the proviso
that the servicer shall not be required to expend its own funds in connection
with any foreclosure or attempted foreclosure which is not completed or towards
the correction of any default on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration
of any property unless it shall determine that the expenditure will increase the
related Net Liquidation Proceeds.

     With respect to a mortgage loan secured by a lien on a mortgaged property
in default, the servicer may pursue foreclosure, or similar remedies, subject to
any senior lien positions and certain other restrictions pertaining to junior
loans concurrently with pursuing any remedy for a breach of a representation and
warranty made by the seller.  However, the servicer is not required to continue
to pursue both remedies if it determines that one remedy is more likely to
result in a greater recovery.  Upon the first to occur of final liquidation and
a repurchase or substitution pursuant to a breach of a representation and
warranty, the related mortgage loan will be removed from the trust fund.  The
servicer may elect to treat a defaulted mortgage loan as having been finally
liquidated if substantially all amounts expected to be received in connection
therewith have been received.  Any additional liquidation expenses relating to
that mortgage loan thereafter incurred will be reimbursable to the servicer from
any amounts otherwise payable to the noteholders, or may be offset by any
subsequent recovery related to that mortgage loan.  Alternatively, for purposes
of determining the amount of related liquidation proceeds to be paid to
noteholders, the amount of any loss or the amount required to be drawn under any
applicable form of credit enhancement, the servicer may take into account
minimal amounts of additional receipts expected to be received, as well as
estimated additional liquidation expenses expected to be incurred in connection
with the defaulted mortgage loan.

     The servicer has the option to purchase from the trust fund any mortgage
loan  that is in default for at least 60 days at the Repurchase Price.  If a
defaulted mortgage loan or REO Loan is not so removed from the trust fund, then,
upon the final liquidation thereof, if a loss is realized which is not covered
by any applicable form of credit enhancement or other insurance, the noteholders
will bear the loss.  However, if a gain results from the final liquidation of an
REO Loan which is not required by law to be remitted to the related mortgagor,
the servicer will be entitled to retain that gain as additional servicing
compensation.

Delinquency and Loss Experience of the Servicer's Portfolio

     The following tables summarize the delinquency and loss experience for all
home equity lines of credit loans originated by the seller.  The data presented
in the following tables is for illustrative purposes only, and there is no
assurance that the delinquency and loss experience of the mortgage loans in the
mortgage pool will be similar to that set forth below.

     The information in the tables below has not been adjusted to eliminate the
effect of the significant growth in the size of the servicer's HELOC loan
portfolio during the periods shown.  Accordingly, loss and delinquency as
percentages of aggregate principal balance of the HELOC loans serviced for each
period would be higher than those shown if certain of the home equity loans were
artificially isolated at a point in time and the information showed the activity
only with respect to those HELOC loans.

                                      S-50
<PAGE>

                        Delinquency and Loss Experience

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Home Equity Loan Portfolio Delinquency Experience
====================================================================================================

                                 At December 31, 1999    At December 31, 1998   At December 31, 1997
                                   $ Loans      % by $     $ Loans     % by $     $ Loans     % by $
                                --------------  -------  ------------  -------  ------------  -------
<S>                             <C>             <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
Number of Loans                                 40,566                 25,494                 20,159
Total Portfolio...............  $1,026,843,776  100.00%  $656,651,283  100.00%  $568,400,751  100.00%

Period of Delinquency:
   30-59 Days.................       8,196,006    0.80%     8,640,057    1.32%     8,367,782    1.47%
   60-89 Days.................       1,170,808    0.11%     2,193,177    0.33%     1,165,224    0.21%
   90+ Days...................       8,703,612    0.85%     2,033,104    0.31%     2,396,182    0.42%
Total Loans...................      18,070,427    1.76%    12,866,339    1.96%    11,929,188    2.10%

Foreclosure...................       3,099,772    0.30%     3,637,492    0.55%     3,333,258    0.59%
Foreclosed....................         393,032    0.04%       573,533    0.09%     1,951,334    0.34%
Total Loans in Foreclosure....       3,492,804    0.34%     4,211,025    0.64%     5,284,592    0.93%

Total Delinquent Loans........
                                $   21,563,281    2.10%  $ 17,077,364    2.60%  $ 17,213,780    3.03%
====================================================================================================

           Home Equity Loan Portfolio Loss and Foreclosure Experience
====================================================================================================

                                 At December 31, 1999    At December 31, 1998   At December 31, 1997
                                   $ Loans      % by $     $ Loans     % by $     $ Loans     % by $
                                --------------  ------   ------------  ------   ------------  ------
Number of Loans                                 40,566                 25,494                 20,159
Total Portfolio...............  $1,026,843,776  100.00%  $656,651,283  100.00%  $568,400,751  100.00%

Total Loans in Foreclosure....       3,492,804    0.34%     4,221,025    0.64%     5,284,592    0.64%


Net Chargeoffs for Period.....  $    1,121,386    0.11%  $  1,873,593    0.29%  $  1,332,166    0.29%
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     .    Performing loans in bankruptcy are not included in delinquency
          statistics.

Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses


     The Servicing Fee for each mortgage loan is payable out of the interest
payments on that mortgage loan.  The Servicing Fee rate for each mortgage loan
is 0.50% per annum.  The compensation to the servicer consists of:

     .    the Servicing Fee payable to the servicer in respect of its servicing
          activities; and

     .    other related compensation.

The servicer is obligated to pay certain ongoing expenses associated with its
servicing activities and incurred by the servicer in connection with its
responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement.

                                   The Issuer

     The GMACM Home Equity Loan Trust 2000-HE1 is a business trust established
under the laws of the State of Delaware, and will be created and governed by the
Trust Agreement, for the purposes described in this prospectus supplement.  The
Trust Agreement will constitute the "governing instrument" of the issuer under
the laws of the State of Delaware relating to business trusts.  The issuer will
not engage in any activity other than:

     .    acquiring and holding the mortgage loans and the other assets
          comprising the trust fund and proceeds therefrom;

     .    issuing the notes and the certificates;

                                      S-51
<PAGE>

     .    making payments on the notes and the certificates; and

     .    engaging in other activities that are necessary, suitable or
          convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or
          connected therewith.

     The Issuer's principal offices are at Rodney Square North, 1100 North
Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, in care of Wilmington Trust Company,
as owner trustee.

                               The Owner Trustee

     Wilmington Trust Company will be the owner trustee under the Trust
Agreement.  The owner trustee is a Delaware banking corporation, and its
principal offices are located in Wilmington, Delaware.

     Neither the owner trustee nor any director, officer or employee of the
owner trustee will be under any liability to the issuer or the securityholders
for taking any action or for refraining from the taking of any action in good
faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, that
none of the owner trustee or any director, officer or employee thereof will be
protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed upon them by
reason of their willful malfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance
of their duties, or by reason of their reckless disregard of their obligations
and duties under the Trust Agreement.  All persons into which the owner trustee
may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from
a merger or consolidation, will be the successor owner trustee under the Trust
Agreement.

     The commercial bank or trust company serving as owner trustee may have
normal banking relationships with the depositor, the seller and/or their
respective affiliates.

     The owner trustee may resign at any time, in which event the indenture
trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor owner trustee as set forth in
the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.  The indenture trustee may also remove
the owner trustee if the owner trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as
owner trustee under the Trust Agreement or if the owner trustee becomes
insolvent.  Upon becoming aware of such circumstances, the indenture trustee
will be obligated to appoint a successor owner trustee at the direction of the
Enhancer.  Any resignation or removal of the owner trustee and appointment of a
successor owner trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the
appointment by the successor owner trustee.

                             The Indenture Trustee

     Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, will be the indenture trustee
under the Indenture.  The principal offices of the indenture trustee are located
at Norwest Center, Sixth and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070, with
administrative offices located at 11000 Broken Land Parkway, Columbia, Maryland
21044.

     The indenture trustee may have normal banking relationships with the
depositor, the seller and/or their respective affiliates.

     The indenture trustee may resign at any time, in which event the owner
trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor indenture trustee as set forth
in the Indenture.  The owner trustee as set forth in the Indenture may also
remove the indenture trustee if the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to
continue as indenture trustee under the Indenture or if the indenture trustee
becomes insolvent.  Upon becoming aware of such circumstances, the owner trustee
will be obligated to appoint a successor indenture trustee with the consent of
the Enhancer.  If so specified in the Indenture, the indenture trustee may also
be removed at any time by the Enhancer or by the holders of a majority principal
balance of the notes.  Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and
appointment of a successor indenture trustee will not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment by the successor indenture trustee.

                                      S-52
<PAGE>

                                  The Enhancer

     The following information has been supplied by the Enhancer for inclusion
in this prospectus supplement.  Accordingly, the depositor, the seller, the
servicer and the indenture trustee do not make any representation as to the
accuracy and completeness of this information.

The Enhancer

     The Enhancer is the principal operating subsidiary of MBIA Inc., a New York
Stock Exchange listed company.  MBIA Inc. is not obligated to pay the debts of
or claims against the Enhancer.  The Enhancer is domiciled in the State of New
York and licensed to do business in and is subject to regulation under the laws
of all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands of the United
States and the Territory of Guam.  The Enhancer has two European branches, one
in the Republic of France and the other in the Kingdom of Spain.  New York has
laws prescribing minimum capital requirements, limiting classes and
concentrations of investments and requiring the approval of policy rates and
forms.  State laws also regulate the amount of both the aggregate and individual
risks that may be insured, the payment of dividends by the Enhancer, changes in
control and transactions among affiliates.  Additionally, the Enhancer is
required to maintain contingency reserves on its liabilities in specified
amounts and for specified periods of time.

Financial Information About the Enhancer

     The consolidated financial statements of the Enhancer, a wholly owned
subsidiary of MBIA Inc., and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1998, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MBIA Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1998, and the consolidated financial statements of the Enhancer and
its subsidiaries as of September 30, 1999 and for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 1999 and September 30, 1998 included in the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q of MBIA Inc. for the period ended September 30, 1999, are hereby
incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and shall be deemed to
be a part hereof.  Any statement contained in a document incorporated by
reference herein shall be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus
supplement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other
subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference herein
modifies or supersedes such statement.  Any statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part
of this prospectus supplement.

     All financial statements of the Enhancer and its subsidiaries included in
documents filed by MBIA Inc. pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subsequent to the date of this
prospectus supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of the
securities shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus
supplement and to be a part hereof from the respective dates of filing such
documents.

     The tables below present selected financial information of the Enhancer
determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by insurance regulatory authorities and generally accepted accounting
principles:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Statutory Accounting Practices
                                                                        -----------------------------------------------
                                                                             December 31,1998       September 30, 1999
                                                                          -----------------------  ---------------------
                                                                                 (Audited)              (Unaudited)
                                                                                          (In Millions)
<S>                                                                       <C>                      <C>
Admitted Assets.........................................................                  $6,521                 $6,930
Liabilities.............................................................                   4,231                  4,571
Capital and Surplus.....................................................                   2,290                  2,359
</TABLE>

                                      S-53
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
                                                                             December 31, 1998      September 30, 1999
                                                                          -----------------------  ---------------------
                                                                                 (Audited)              (Unaudited)
                                                                                            (In Millions)
<S>                                                                       <C>                      <C>
  Assets................................................................                  $7,488                 $7,422
  Liabilities...........................................................                   3,211                  3,234
  Shareholder's  Equity.................................................                   4,277                  4,188
</TABLE>

Where You Can Obtain Additional Information About the Enhancer


     Copies of the financial statements of the Enhancer incorporated by
reference herein and copies of the Enhancer's 1998 year-end audited financial
statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices are
available, without charge, from the Enhancer.  The address of the Enhancer is
113 King Street, Armonk, New York 10504.  The telephone number of the Enhancer
is (914) 273-4545.

Financial Strength Ratings of the Enhancer

     Moody's Investors Service, Inc. rates the financial strength of the
Enhancer "Aaa."

     Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., rates the financial strength of the Enhancer "AAA."

     Fitch IBCA, Inc. rates the financial strength of the Enhancer "AAA."

     Each rating of the Enhancer should be evaluated independently.  The ratings
reflect each respective rating agency's current assessment of the
creditworthiness of the Enhancer and its ability to pay claims on its policies
of insurance.  Any further explanation as to the significance of the above
ratings may be obtained only from the applicable rating agency.

     The above ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the notes,
and the ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
rating agencies.  Any downward revision or withdrawal of any of the above
ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the notes.  The
Enhancer does not guaranty the market price of the notes nor does it guaranty
that the ratings on the notes will not be revised or withdrawn.

                         Description of the Securities

General

     The Class A-1, Class A-2 and Class A-3 term notes, and the variable funding
notes, will be issued pursuant to the Indenture.  The certificates will be
issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

     The following summaries describe certain provisions of the securities, the
Indenture and the Trust Agreement.  These summaries do not purport to be
complete and are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by reference to,
the provisions of the applicable agreements.  Only the term notes are being
offered by this prospectus supplement.

     The notes will be secured by the trust fund, which will be pledged by the
issuer to the indenture trustee pursuant to the Indenture.  The trust fund will
consist of, without limitation:

     .    the mortgage loans, including all additional balances and any
          subsequent mortgage loans;

     .    all amounts on deposit in the Custodial Account, the Note Payment
          Account, the Distribution Account, the Capitalized Interest Account,
          the Pre-Funding Account, the Reserve Account and the Funding Account;

                                      S-54
<PAGE>

     .    the Policy; and

     .    all proceeds of the foregoing.

     Until the beginning of the Rapid Amortization Period for the Floating Rate
Term Notes, additional balances are expected to become assets of the trust fund.
Apart from the use of any funds in the Custodial Account and/or Funding Account
as described in this prospectus supplement to acquire additional balances,
neither the issuer nor the indenture trustee is obligated to fund any additional
balances.

     The variable funding notes will be issued to the seller and may be
transferred to an affiliate of the seller.  The Variable Funding Balance will be
increased from time to time until the commencement of the Rapid Amortization
Period for the Floating Rate Term Notes in consideration for additional balances
and, in some cases, subsequent mortgage loans sold to the issuer, if Principal
Collections in respect of the related Collection Period, and, during the
Revolving Period for the Floating Rate Term Notes, funds on deposit in the
Funding Account, are insufficient or unavailable to cover the full consideration
therefor.  In addition, the seller may, at its option, sell subsequent mortgage
loans to the issuer from time to time during the Revolving Period for the
Floating Rate Term Notes.  The consideration for any sale will be, after the
application of amounts, if any, on deposit in the Custodial Account and/or the
Funding Account, an increase in the Variable Funding Balance.  Notwithstanding
any of the foregoing, the Variable Funding Balance may not exceed the Maximum
Variable Funding Balance.  Initially, the Variable Funding Balance will be zero.
The variable funding notes generally will be entitled to receive a portion of
the collections on the HELOCs in Loan Groups I or II depending on the Loan Group
or Groups into which the additional balances backing the variable funding notes
are added.

Book-Entry Notes

     The term notes will initially be issued as book-entry notes.  Term Note
Owners may elect to hold their term notes through The Depository Trust Company,
or DTC, in the United States, or Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear System
in Europe if they are Participants in those systems, or indirectly through
organizations that are Participants in those systems.  The book-entry notes will
be issued in one or more securities that equal the aggregate Term Note Balance
of the term notes, and will initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co.,
the nominee of DTC.  Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear System will hold
omnibus positions on behalf of their Participants through customers' securities
accounts in the names of Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear System on the
books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold such positions
in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of
DTC.  Investors may hold beneficial interests in the book-entry notes in minimum
denominations representing Term Note Balances of $250,000 and in integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Except as described below, no Term Note
Owner will be entitled to receive a Definitive Note.  Unless and until
Definitive Notes are issued, it is anticipated that the only "Holder" of the
term notes will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Term Note Owners will not be
"Holders" or "Noteholders" as those terms are used in the Indenture.

     A Term Note Owner's ownership of a book-entry note will be recorded on the
records of the Securities Intermediary that maintains that Term Note Owner's
account for such purpose.  In turn, the Securities Intermediary's ownership of
the book-entry notes will be recorded on the records of DTC, or of a
Participating firm that acts as agent for the Securities Intermediary, the
interest of which will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if the Term
Note Owner's Securities Intermediary is not a DTC Participant, and on the
records of Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear System, as appropriate.

     Term Note Owners will receive all payments of principal of and interest on
the term notes from the indenture trustee through DTC and DTC Participants.
Except under the circumstances described below, while the term notes are
outstanding, under the DTC Rules, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the term notes and is
required to receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the
term notes.  Participants and indirect Participants with which Term Note Owners
have accounts with respect to term notes are similarly required to make book-
entry transfers and receive and transmit payments on behalf of their respective
Term Note Owners.  Accordingly, although Term Note Owners will not possess
physical certificates, the DTC Rules provide a mechanism by which Term Note
Owners will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.

                                      S-55
<PAGE>

     Term Note Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive Definitive
Notes representing their respective interests in the term notes, except under
the limited circumstances described below.  Unless and until Definitive Notes
are issued, Term Note Owners that are not Participants may transfer ownership of
their term notes only through Participants and indirect Participants by
instructing the Participants and indirect Participants to transfer the term
notes, by book-entry transfer, through DTC for the account of the purchasers of
the term notes, which account is maintained with the related Participants.
Under the DTC Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal procedures, transfers of
ownership of the term notes will be executed through DTC, and the accounts of
the respective Participants at DTC will be debited and credited.  Similarly, the
Participants and indirect Participants will make debits or credits, as the case
may be, on their records on behalf of the selling and purchasing Term Note
Owners.

     Under a book-entry format, Term Note Owners of the book-entry notes may
experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be
forwarded by the indenture trustee to Cede & Co.  Payments with respect to term
notes held through Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear System will be
credited to the cash accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg Participants or
Euroclear System Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by the related Depositary.  Such payments
will be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax
laws and regulations.  Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial
Intermediaries, the ability of a Term Note Owner to pledge book-entry notes to
persons or entities that do not participate in the Depositary system, or
otherwise take actions in respect of such book-entry notes, may be limited due
to the lack of physical certificates for such book-entry notes.  In addition,
the issuance of the term notes in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity
thereof in the secondary market, since certain potential investors may be
unwilling to purchase securities for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates.

     DTC has advised the indenture trustee that, unless and until Definitive
Notes are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders
of the book-entry notes under the Indenture only at the direction of one or more
Financial Intermediaries to the DTC accounts of which the book-entry notes are
credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Financial
Intermediaries the holdings of which include such book-entry notes.
Clearstream, Luxembourg or the Euroclear System operator, as the case may be,
will take any other action permitted to be taken by Term Note Owners under the
Indenture on behalf of a Clearstream, Luxembourg Participant or Euroclear System
Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and
subject to the ability of the related Depositary to effect such actions on its
behalf through DTC.

     Definitive Notes will be issued to Term Note Owners or their nominees,
rather than to DTC, if:

     .    the indenture trustee determines that the DTC is no longer willing,
          qualified or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as
          nominee and depository with respect to the book-entry notes and the
          indenture trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor;

     .    the indenture trustee elects to terminate the book-entry system
          through DTC; or

     .    after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Term Note Owners
          representing Percentage Interests aggregating at least a majority of
          the Term Note Balances of the term notes advise DTC through the
          Financial Intermediaries and the DTC Participants in writing that the
          continuation of the book-entry system through DTC, or a successor
          thereto, is no longer in the best interests of Term Note Owners.

     Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the indenture trustee will be required to notify all Term
Note Owners of the occurrence of such event and the availability through DTC of
Definitive Notes.  Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the book-entry notes and instructions for re-
registration, the indenture trustee will issue and authenticate Definitive
Notes, and thereafter the indenture trustee will recognize the holders of those
Definitive Notes as "Holders" and "Noteholders" under the Indenture.

     Although DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear System have agreed
to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of term notes
between and among Participants of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and the Euroclear
System, they will be under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.  See "Risk
Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in this prospectus supplement and "Description
of the Securities--Form of Securities" in the prospectus.

                                      S-56
<PAGE>

     Clearstream, Luxembourg was incorporated in 1970 as "Cedel S.A.," a company
with limited liability under Luxembourg law, or a societe anonyme.  Cedel S.A.
subsequently changed its name to Cedelbank.  On January 10, 2000, Cedelbank's
parent company, Cedel International, societe anonyme ("CI") merged its clearing,
settlement and custody business with that of Deutsche Borse Clearing AG ("DBC").
The merger involved the transfer by CI of substantially all of its assets and
liabilities (including its shares in CB) to a new Luxembourg company, New Cedel
International, societe anonyme ("New CI"), which is 50% owned by CI and 50%
owned by DBC's parent company Deutsche Borse AG.  The shareholders of these two
entities are banks, securities dealers and financial institutions.  Cedel
International currently has 92 shareholders, including U.S. financial
institutions or their subsidiaries.  No single entity may own more than 5
percent of Cedel International's stock.

     Further to the merger, the Board of Directors of New Cedel International
decided to re-name the companies in the group in order to give them a cohesive
brand name.  The new brand name that was chosen is "Clearstream."  Effective
January 14, 2000 New CI has been renamed "Clearstream International, societe
anonyme."  On January 18, 2000, Cedelbank was renamed "Clearstream Banking,
societe anonyme," and Cedel Global Services was renamed "Clearstream Services,
societe anonyme."

     On January 17, 2000 DBC was renamed "Clearstream Banking AG."  This means
that there are now two entities in the corporate group headed by Clearstream
International which share the name "Clearstream Banking," the entity previously
named "Cedelbank" and the entity previously named "Deutsche Borse Clearing AG."

     Clearstream, Luxembourg holds securities for its customers and facilitates
the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Clearstream,
Luxembourg customers through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of
Clearstream, Luxembourg customers, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates.  Transactions may be settled by  Clearstream,
Luxembourg in any of 36 currencies, including United States Dollars.
Clearstream, Luxembourg provides to its customers, among other things, services
for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally
traded securities and securities lending and borrowing.  Clearstream, Luxembourg
also deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries through
established depository and custodial relationships.  Clearstream, Luxembourg is
registered as a bank in Luxembourg, and as such is subject to regulation by the
Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier, `CSSF', which supervises
Luxembourg banks.  Clearstream, Luxembourg's customers are world-wide financial
institutions including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations.  Clearstream, Luxembourg's U.S.
customers are limited to securities brokers and dealers, and banks.  Currently,
Clearstream, Luxembourg has approximately 2,000 customers located in over 80
countries, including all major European countries, Canada, and the United
States.  Indirect access to Clearstream, Luxembourg is available to other
institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with an
account holder of Clearstream, Luxembourg.  Clearstream, Luxembourg has
established an electronic bridge with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
as the Operator of the Euroclear System (MGT/EOC) in Brussels to facilitate
settlement of trades between Clearstream, Luxembourg and MGT/EOC.

Payments on the Notes

     Payments on the notes will be made by the indenture trustee or the paying
agent on each Payment Date, commencing in March 2000.  Payments on the notes
will be made to the persons in the names of which such notes are registered at
the close of business on the day prior to each Payment Date, or, in the case of
the term notes, if the term notes are no longer book-entry notes, at the related
Record Date.  See "Description of the Securities--Form of Securities" in the
prospectus.  Payments will be made by wire transfer, check or money order mailed
to the address of the person entitled thereto, which, in the case of book-entry
notes, will be DTC or its nominee, as it appears on the note register, in the
amounts calculated as described in this prospectus supplement on the related
Determination Date.  However, the final payment in respect of the term notes, if
the term notes are no longer book-entry notes, will be made only upon
presentation and surrender thereof at the office or the agency of the indenture
trustee specified in the notice to noteholders of such final payment.  The
paying agent will initially be the indenture trustee.

Interest Payments on the Notes

     Interest payments will be made on the notes on each Payment Date at the
applicable Note Rate for the related Interest Period, subject to the limitations
set forth below, which may result in Interest Shortfalls.

                                      S-57
<PAGE>

     As to each class of Floating Rate term notes, the related "Note Rate" for
each Interest Period will be a floating rate equal to the least of:

     (1)  LIBOR plus a specified margin;

     (2)  the Net Loan Rate, as described below; and

     (3)  14.0% per annum.

The margins for the Class A-1 and Class A-2 term notes will be 0.25% per annum
and 0.28% per annum, respectively.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the margins
on the Class A-1 and Class A-2 term notes will increase to 0.50% per annum and
0.56% per annum, respectively, commencing on the related Step-up Date.

     As to the Class A-3 term notes, the Note Rate for each Interest Period will
be a fixed rate equal to 7.95% per annum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Note Rate on the Class A-3 term notes will increase by 0.50% to 8.45% per annum
commencing on the related Step-up Date.

     Further, on any Payment Date for which the related Note Rate on a class of
Floating Rate Term Notes has been determined pursuant to clause (2) of the
definition of Note Rate above, the Interest Shortfall created thereby will
accrue interest at the related Note Rate, as adjusted from time to time, and
will be paid on subsequent Payment Dates to the extent funds are available
therefor.  Interest Shortfalls will not be covered by the Policy and may remain
unpaid on the Final Payment Date.

     Interest on each class of Floating Rate Term Notes in respect of any
Payment Date will accrue during the related Interest Period on the basis of the
actual number of days in that Interest Period and a 360-day year.  Interest on
the Class A-3 term notes in respect of any Payment Date will accrue during the
related Interest Period on the basis of a 30-day calendar month and a 360-day
year.  Interest payments on each class of term notes will be funded from
Interest Collections on the mortgage loans in the related Loan Group and, if
necessary, from draws on the Policy.

     All interest payments on the notes in respect of any Payment Date will be
allocated to the term notes and the variable funding notes pro rata based on
their respective interest accruals.  The interest rate on the variable funding
notes for any Payment Date will not significantly exceed the Note Rates on the
Floating Rate Term Notes for the related Interest Period.

     On each Payment Date, LIBOR will be established by the indenture trustee.
The establishment of LIBOR as to each Interest Period by the indenture trustee
and the indenture trustee's calculation of the rate of interest applicable to
the notes for the related Interest Period will, in the absence of manifest
error, be final and binding.

Capitalized Interest Account

     On the closing date, if required by the Enhancer, a cash deposit will be
made into the Capitalized Interest Account from the proceeds of the sale of the
term notes.  On each Payment Date during the Pre-Funding Period, the indenture
trustee will transfer from the Capitalized Interest Account to the Note Payment
Account an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

     (1)  the sum of:

          .    the amount of interest accrued at the applicable Note Rate or
               Rates on the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of
               the preceding Payment Date, or as of the closing date, in the
               case of the first Payment Date; and

          .    the amount of the monthly fees paid to the Enhancer, the owner
               trustee and the indenture trustee;

     over

     (2)  the amount of reinvestment earnings on funds on deposit in the
          Pre-Funding Account;

to the extent amounts available in the Note Payment Account to pay interest on
the notes are insufficient.

                                      S-58
<PAGE>

     On the Payment Date following the end of the Pre-Funding Period, the
indenture trustee will distribute to the seller any amounts remaining in the
Capitalized Interest Account after taking into account withdrawals therefrom on
that Payment Date.  The Capitalized Interest Account will be closed following
that payment.

Principal Payments on the Notes

     No principal will be payable on any class of term notes during the related
Revolving Period, except to the limited extent described under "Description of
the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding
Account and the Funding Account" in this prospectus supplement where amounts on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Pre-Funding Period that
exceed $50,000 are distributed on the term notes, since during this period
Principal Collections and Excess Spread will be used to purchase additional
balances and subsequent mortgage loans.  On each Payment Date during the Managed
Amortization Period, principal will be payable on each class of Floating Rate
Term Notes and the variable funding notes in an amount equal to Net Principal
Collections for the related Loan Group for the related Collection Period.  On
each Payment Date during the Rapid Amortization Period for each class of notes,
principal will be payable on the notes in an amount equal to Principal
Collections for the related Loan Group for the related Collection Period.
During the Rapid Amortization Period, the seller will receive principal
distributions pari passu with noteholders in respect of payments of principal
allocable to additional balances created after the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period and not conveyed to the trust fund.  In addition, on each
Payment Date following the end of the Revolving Period for each class of notes,
to the extent of funds available therefor, holders of the related class of term
notes and the variable funding notes will be entitled to receive certain
additional amounts to be applied in reduction of the related Note Balances or
Variable Funding Balance, as applicable, equal to Liquidation Loss Amounts, as
described in this prospectus supplement.

     All principal payments due and payable on each class of Floating Rate Term
Notes and the variable funding notes for each Payment Date will be allocated
among those classes of notes based on the Principal Collections in the related
Loan Group until the related Note Balance or Variable Funding Balance thereof is
paid in full.  In no event will principal payments on any class of notes on a
Payment Date exceed the related Note Balance or Variable Funding Balance, as
applicable, on that Payment Date.  On the Final Payment Date, principal will be
due and payable on the notes in an amount equal to the related Note Balance or
Variable Funding Balance, as applicable, remaining outstanding on that Payment
Date.

Priority of Distributions

     On each Payment Date, from amounts withdrawn from the Custodial Account
(including any draw on the Policy for that Payment Date and any amounts paid
with respect to any limited reimbursement agreement), the following payments
will be made in the following order of priority:

     (1)  from P&I Collections for each Loan Group, to the Note Payment Account,
          for payment to the Holders of the related class of term notes and, as
          applicable, variable funding notes, pro rata, interest for the related
          Interest Period at the related Note Rate on the related Note Balance
          immediately prior to that Payment Date, other than any Interest
          Shortfalls;

     (2)  during the Amortization Periods, to the Note Payment Account, the
          Principal Distribution Amount for each Loan Group backing the Floating
          Rate Term Notes and variable funding notes for payment to the Holders
          of the related class or classes of notes; and the Principal
          Distribution Amount for Loan Group III for payment to the Holders of
          the Class A-3 term notes;

     (3)  the amount of the premium for the Policy to the Enhancer, with
          interest thereon, as provided in the Insurance Agreement; and

     (4)  to the Enhancer, to reimburse it for prior draws made on the Policy,
          with interest thereon, as provided in the Insurance Agreement;

                                      S-59
<PAGE>

     (5)  during the Revolving Periods, to the Funding Account, the amount, but
          not in excess of the related Group Excess Spread for each Loan Group
          backing the Floating Rate Term Notes and variable funding notes,
          necessary to be applied on that Payment Date so that the
          Overcollateralization Amount for the related Loan Group backing the
          Floating Rate Term Notes and variable funding notes is not less than
          the Overcollateralization Target Amount for each such Loan Group; and
          the amount, but not in excess of the Group Excess Spread for Loan
          Group III, necessary to be applied on that Payment Date so that the
          Overcollateralization Amount for Loan Group III is not less than the
          Overcollateralization Target Amount for Loan Group III;

     (6)  during the Amortization Periods, to the Note Payment Account, the
          amount, but not in excess of the related Group Excess Spread for each
          Loan Group backing the Floating Rate Term Notes and variable funding
          notes, necessary to be applied on that Payment Date for payment to the
          holders of the related class or classes of notes so that the
          Overcollateralization Amount for the related Loan Group backing the
          Floating Rate Term Notes and variable funding notes is not less than
          the Overcollateralization Target Amount for each such Loan Group; and
          the amount, but not in excess of the Group Excess Spread for Loan
          Group III, necessary to be applied on that Payment Date for payment to
          the holders of the Class A-3 term notes so that the
          Overcollateralization Amount for Loan Group III is not less than the
          Overcollateralization Target Amount for Loan Group III;

     (7)  if the aggregate Overcollateralization Amount for all Loan Groups is
          less than the aggregate Overcollateralization Target Amount for all
          Loan Groups, the remaining Group Excess Spread for each Loan Group
          shall be deposited in the Reserve Account to be applied from time to
          time pursuant to clause (8) below; and, at the time, if any, that the
          aggregate Overcollateralization Amount for all Loan Groups equals or
          exceeds the aggregate Overcollateralization Target Amount for all Loan
          Groups, the remaining Group Excess Spread for each Loan Group,
          together with any funds then on deposit in the Reserve Account, shall
          be applied pursuant to clauses (9) through (12) below;

     (8)  to the Note Payment Account from funds on deposit in the Reserve
          Account, the sum, but not in excess of the amount, if any, then on
          deposit in the Reserve Account, of:

          (a)  any shortfalls in current interest for any class of term notes
               and, as applicable, variable funding notes that have not been
               paid to the related Holders pursuant to clause (1) above on that
               Payment Date or prior Payment Dates, other than any Interest
               Shortfalls; and

          (b)  any Liquidation Loss Amounts for each Loan Group not otherwise
               covered by payments pursuant to clause (2) above on that Payment
               Date or prior Payment Dates, for payment to the holders of the
               related class or classes of term notes and, as applicable,
               variable funding notes, pro rata, based on the amount of unpaid
               interest and/or Liquidation Loss Amounts;

                                      S-60
<PAGE>

     (9)  to the Enhancer, any other amounts owed the Enhancer pursuant to the
          Insurance Agreement;

     (10) from any remaining Group Excess Spread for each Loan Group, to the
          Note Payment Account, for payment to the holders of the related class
          or classes of term notes and, as applicable, variable funding notes,
          pro rata, any Interest Shortfalls not previously paid, together with
          interest thereon at the related Note Rate, based on the amount
          remaining unpaid with respect to the related class or classes of term
          notes;

     (11) during the Amortization Periods, to the indenture trustee, certain
          other amounts owing to the indenture trustee by the servicer to the
          extent remaining unpaid; and

     (12) any remaining amount, to the Distribution Account, for distribution to
          the certificateholders;

provided, that on the Final Payment Date, the amount to be paid pursuant to
clause (2) above will be equal to the sum of the aggregate Term Note Balance and
the Variable Funding Balance immediately prior to that Payment Date.

     For purposes of the foregoing, the Note Balance or Variable Funding
Balance, as applicable, of each class of notes on each Payment Date during the
Amortization Periods for that class of notes will be reduced by the pro rata
portion allocable to those notes of all Liquidation Loss Amounts for that
Payment Date, but only to the extent that the Liquidation Loss Amounts are not
otherwise covered by payments made pursuant to clauses (2) or (8) above or by a
draw on the Policy and the Overcollateralization Amount for the related Loan
Group or Groups for that Payment Date is zero.  In the event of any reduction of
the Note Balance of any class of term notes, the amount of the principal
reductions allocated to the term notes will be payable to the noteholders on
later Payment Dates only to the extent of any excess cashflow remaining on those
later Payment Dates.

     An affiliate of the Enhancer will enter into a limited reimbursement
agreement whereby some amounts payable under the Policy will be reimbursed to
the Enhancer, or if directed by the Enhancer, will be paid directly to the
issuer by a third party.  The issuer will not be a party to the limited
reimbursement agreement and will have no rights with respect to the limited
reimbursement agreement.  In the event amounts are not paid to the issuer under
the limited reimbursement agreement, the Enhancer will nevertheless remain
obligated to make all payments required to be made under the Policy as described
in this Prospectus Supplement.  In addition, the amount of the draw under the
Policy will be reduced by any amount paid directly to the issuer under the
limited reimbursement agreement.

Optional Transfers of Mortgage Loans to Holders of Certificates

     Subject to the conditions specified in the Servicing Agreement, on any
Payment Date 100% of the holders of the certificates may, but will not be
obligated to, remove certain mortgage loans from the trust fund without prior
notice to the noteholders.  Mortgage loans so designated will be removed only
upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Servicing Agreement,
including, among other things, that:

     .    with respect to each related Loan Group as of the applicable Payment
          Date, after giving effect to the removal of the applicable mortgage
          loans, the Overcollateralization Amount will equal or exceed the
          Overcollateralization Target Amount;

     .    the mortgage loans to be removed are selected at random and each
          holder of the certificates represents and warrants that no selection
          procedures that the holder of the certificates reasonably believes are
          adverse to the interests of the noteholders or the Enhancer were used
          by the holder of the certificates in selecting the mortgage loans to
          be removed;

     .    the Enhancer shall have certain approval rights as set forth in the
          Servicing Agreement; and

     .    notice of the removal of mortgage loans is given to the Rating
          Agencies.

Reserve Account

     On or after the closing date the indenture trustee will establish the
Reserve Account.  On each Payment Date, the indenture trustee will transfer from
the Reserve Account to the Note Payment Account the amount, but not

                                      S-61
<PAGE>

in excess of the amount, if any, then on deposit in the Reserve Account, of any
unpaid current interest for any class of notes on that Payment Date or prior
Payment Dates, or any Liquidation Loss Amounts for each Loan Group not otherwise
covered by the payment of the Principal Distribution Amount for that Loan Group
on that Payment Date or prior Payment Dates. The Reserve Account will be funded
only from amounts representing the Excess Spread, if any, for each Loan Group
remaining after the Excess Spread is applied towards the creation and/or
maintenance of overcollateralization with respect to that Loan Group. Moneys on
deposit in the Reserve Account may be invested in Permitted Investments as
provided in the Servicing Agreement. Net income on the investment of funds in
the Reserve Account will be retained in the Reserve Account.

Overcollateralization and Cross-collateralization

     The cashflow mechanics of the trust fund are intended to create
overcollateralization by depositing the Excess Spread in the Funding Account
during the Revolving Periods and applying it to acquire additional balances
and/or subsequent mortgage loans and by using a portion or all of the Excess
Spread to make principal payments on the notes during the Amortization Periods.
The application of Excess Spread will continue until the Overcollateralization
Amount for a Loan Group equals the Overcollateralization Target Amount for that
Loan Group at which point the application of Excess Spread will cease unless
necessary on a later Payment Date to increase the amount of
overcollateralization to the target level.  In addition, the
Overcollateralization Target Amount may be permitted to step down in the future,
in which case a portion of the Excess Spread will not be used to acquire
additional balances and/or subsequent mortgage loans or paid to the holders of
the notes but will instead be distributed to the holders of the certificates.
As a result of these mechanics, the weighted average lives of the notes will be
different than they would have been in the absence of these mechanics.

     The cashflow mechanics of the trust fund are intended to provide limited
cross-collateralization by depositing any remaining Excess Spread in the Reserve
Account and applying it to cover any unpaid current interest for any class of
notes or any remaining Liquidation Loss Amounts that are not otherwise covered
by P&I Collections with respect to the related Loan Group.  Application of any
remaining Excess Spread will continue until the aggregate Overcollateralization
Amount for all Loan Groups equals or exceeds the aggregate Overcollateralization
Target Amount for all Loan Groups at which point any funds on deposit in the
Reserve Account will be applied in accordance with the normal distribution
priorities.  The trapping of any remaining Excess Spread in the Reserve Account
may resume on a later Payment Date or Dates if the aggregate
Overcollateralization Amount for all Loan Groups falls below the aggregate
Overcollateralization Target Amount for all Loan Groups.

     To the extent that the protection provided by the application of Excess
Spread and the availability of overcollateralization  and limited cross-
collateralization are exhausted and if payments are not made under the Policy as
required, noteholders may incur a loss on their investments.

The Paying Agent

     The paying agent will initially be the indenture trustee.  The paying agent
will have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Note Payment Account
for the purpose of making payments to the noteholders.

Maturity and Optional Redemption

     The notes will be payable in full on the Final Payment Date, to the extent
of the aggregate outstanding Note Balance on that date, if any. In addition, a
principal payment may be made in redemption of the notes upon the exercise by
the servicer of its option to purchase the mortgage loans together with the
related assets of the trust fund after the aggregate Note Balance of the notes
is reduced to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the initial aggregate Note
Balance. The purchase price of the mortgage loans that are not REO Loans will be
the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans and accrued
and unpaid interest thereon, including any Interest Shortfalls and interest
thereon, at the weighted average of the loan rates of the mortgage loans through
the day preceding the Payment Date on which the purchase occurs, together with
all amounts due and owing the Enhancer with respect to the notes. The purchase
price of the REO Loans will be the sum of the fair market values of the REO
Loans on the Payment Date on which the purchase occurs.

                                      S-62
<PAGE>

Glossary of Terms

     Below are abbreviated definitions of significant capitalized terms used in
this prospectus supplement.  Capitalized terms used in this prospectus
supplement but not defined in this prospectus supplement shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the accompanying prospectus.  The Servicing Agreement,
Indenture and Trust Agreement may each contain more complete definitions of the
terms used in this prospectus supplement and reference should be made to those
agreements for a more complete understanding of these terms.

     "Aggregate Balance Differential" means, with respect to any Payment Date
and any variable funding note, the sum of the Balance Differentials that have
been added to the Variable Funding Balance of that variable funding note prior
to that Payment Date.

     "Amortization Periods" means the Managed Amortization Period and the Rapid
Amortization Period.

     "Appraised Value" means, with respect to any mortgage loan, the appraised
value of the related mortgaged property determined in the appraisal used in the
origination of that mortgage loan, which may have been obtained at an earlier
time; provided that if the mortgage loan was originated simultaneously with a
senior lien on the related mortgaged property, the Appraised Value shall be the
lesser of the appraised value at the origination of the senior lien and the
sales price for the related mortgaged property.

     "Balance Differential" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the amount,
if any, by which the sum of the aggregate principal balance of all subsequent
mortgage loans and the amount of any additional balances transferred to the
Trust Estate and included in Loan Groups I and/or II during the related
Collection Period exceeds the aggregate Principal Collections for the previous
Collection Period.

     "Capitalized Interest Account" means an account established and held by the
indenture trustee designated the "capitalized interest account."

     "Clearstream, Luxembourg" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, 67 Bd
Grande-Duchesse Charlotte, L-2967 Luxembourg.

     "CLTV Ratio" means, with respect to each HELOC, the ratio, expressed as a
percentage of:

     (1)  the sum of:

          .    the credit limit thereof; and

          .    any outstanding principal balance, at the origination of that
               HELOC, of all other mortgage loans, if any, secured by senior or
               subordinate liens on the related mortgaged property;

     over

     (2)  the Appraised Value, or, when not available, the Stated Value, of that
          HELOC.
     With respect to each HEL, the CLTV Ratio generally will be the ratio,
expressed as a percentage, of:

     (1)  the sum of:

          .    the initial principal balance of that HEL; and

          .    any outstanding principal balance, at origination of that HEL, of
               all other mortgage loans, if any, secured by senior or
               subordinate liens on the related mortgaged property;
     over

     (2)  the Appraised Value, or, when not available, the Stated Value of that
          HEL.

     "Collection Period" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the calendar
month preceding the month of that Payment Date.

                                      S-63
<PAGE>

     "Deficiency Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount if
any, equal to the sum of:

     .    the amount by which the aggregate amount of accrued interest on the
          notes, excluding any Relief Act Shortfalls for that Payment Date, at
          the respective Note Rates on that Payment Date exceeds the amount on
          deposit in the Note Payment Account available for interest
          distributions on that Payment Date; and

     .    (1)  with respect to any Payment Date that is not the Final Payment
               Date, any Liquidation Loss Amount for that Payment Date, to the
               extent not included in the Principal Distribution Amount for that
               Payment Date or a reduction in the overcollateralization amount;
               or

          (2)  on the Final Payment Date, the aggregate outstanding balance of
               the notes to the extent otherwise not paid on that date.

     "Deleted Loan" means a defective mortgage loan that has been removed from
the trust fund pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

     "Depositary" means DTC.

     "Determination Date" means the 18th day of each month, or if the 18th day
is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

     "Distribution Account" means the account established pursuant to the Trust
Agreement for the deposit of amounts distributable to the holders of the
certificates.

     "Draw Period" means, with respect to each mortgage loan, the period stated
in the related credit line agreement.

     "DTC Rules" means the rules, regulations and procedures creating and
affecting DTC and its operations.

     "Eligible Substitute Loan" means a mortgage loan substituted by the seller
for a Deleted Loan and assigned to the same Loan Group as the Deleted Loan,
which mortgage loan must, on the date of the substitution:

     .    have an outstanding principal balance, or in the case of a
          substitution of more than one mortgage loan for a Deleted Loan, an
          aggregate outstanding principal balance, not in excess of the
          principal balance of the related Deleted Loan;

     .    have a loan rate, Net Loan Rate and, if applicable, gross margin no
          lower than and not more than 1% in excess of the loan rate, Net Loan
          Rate and gross margin, respectively, of the related Deleted Loan;

     .    have a CLTV Ratio at the time of substitution no higher than that of
          the Deleted Loan at the time of substitution;

     .    have a remaining term to maturity not more than one year earlier and
          not later than the remaining term to maturity of the Deleted Loan;

     .    comply with each representation and warranty as to the mortgage loans
          set forth in the Purchase Agreement, deemed to be made as of the date
          of substitution; and

     .    satisfy certain other conditions specified in the Indenture.

     "Enhancer" means MBIA Insurance Corporation.

     "Excess Spread" means, with respect to each Loan Group, the related Group
Excess Spread for that Loan Group.

     "Final Payment Date" means the final Payment Date occurring in February
2030.

                                      S-64
<PAGE>

     "Floating Rate Term Notes" means the Class A-1 and Class A-2 term notes.

     "Funding Account" means the account established by the indenture trustee in
its name designated the "funding account."

     "GM" means General Motors Corporation.

     "Group Excess Spread" means, with respect to any Payment Date and Loan
Group and without taking into account any draw on the Policy for that Payment
Date, the excess, if any, of:

     .    Interest Collections for the related Collection Period with respect to
          mortgage loans in that Loan Group;

     over

     .    the sum of:

          (1)  the portion of the Servicing Fee and the premium for the Policy
               allocable to that Loan Group for the related Payment Date; and

          (2)  the amounts paid on that Payment Date to the holders of the term
               notes and, with respect to Loan Groups I and II only, the
               variable funding notes pursuant to clause (1) of the payment
               priorities described under "Description of the
               Securities--Priority of Distributions" in this prospectus
               supplement.

     "HEL" means each fixed rate home equity loan included in the mortgage pool.

     "HELOC" means each adjustable rate home equity revolving credit line loan
included in the mortgage pool.

     "Indenture" means the indenture, dated as of the closing date, between the
issuer and the indenture trustee.

     "Initial Mortgage Documents" means the initial mortgage loans, the related
loan agreements, also referred to as credit line agreements, evidencing the
HELOCs, the related mortgage notes, the mortgages and other related documents.

     "Insurance Agreement" means the insurance agreement dated as of February 1,
2000, among the Enhancer, the seller, the depositor, the servicer, the indenture
trustee and the issuer.

     "Insured Amount" means, as of any Payment Date, any Deficiency Amount plus
any Preference Amount.

     "Interest Collections" means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount
equal to the sum of:

     .    the amounts collected during the related Collection Period, including
          Net Liquidation Proceeds, allocated to interest pursuant to the terms
          of the related credit line agreements or mortgage notes, as
          applicable, exclusive of the pro rata portion thereof attributable to
          additional balances not conveyed to the trust fund during the Rapid
          Amortization Period for the Floating Rate Term Notes, reduced by the
          servicing fees for that Collection Period, plus amounts in respect of
          any optional servicer advance pursuant to the terms of the Servicing
          Agreement; and

     .    the interest portion of:

          (1)  the Repurchase Price for any Deleted Loans; and

          (2)  the cash purchase price paid in connection with any optional
               purchase of the mortgage loans by the servicer.

     "Interest Period" means, with respect to the Floating Rate Term Notes and
any Payment Date, the period from the preceding Payment Date, or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, from the closing date, through the day

                                      S-65
<PAGE>

preceding that Payment Date. "Interest Period" means, with respect to the Class
A-3 term notes and any Payment Date, the calendar month preceding the month in
which that Payment Date occurs.

         "Interest Shortfall" means, with respect to a class of Floating Rate
Term Notes, the excess of:

          .    the amount of interest that would have accrued on that class of
               Floating Rate Term Notes during the related Interest Period had
               that amount been based on LIBOR plus the related margin for that
               class, but not at a rate in excess of 14.0% per annum;

         over

          .    the interest actually accrued on that class of Floating Rate Term
               Notes during that Interest Period.

         "Junior Ratio" means, with respect to each HELOC, the ratio, expressed
as a percentage, of the credit limit of that HELOC to the sum of:

          .    the greater of the principal balance as of the cut-off date or
               the credit limit, if applicable, of that HELOC; and

          .    the principal balance of any related senior mortgage loan at
               origination of that HELOC.

         "LIBOR" means, with respect to any Interest Period other than the first
Interest Period, a rate equal to the rate for United States dollar deposits for
one month that appears on the Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.,
London, England time, on the second LIBOR Business Day prior to the first day of
that Interest Period. With respect to the first Interest Period, LIBOR means a
rate equal to the rate for United States dollar deposits for one month that
appears on the Telerate Screen Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London, England time,
two LIBOR Business Days prior to the closing date. If no quotations can be
obtained and no Reference Bank Rate is available, LIBOR will be LIBOR applicable
to the preceding Payment Date.

         "LIBOR Business Day" means any day other than:

          .    a Saturday or a Sunday; or

          .    a day on which banking institutions in the city of London,
               England are required or authorized by law to be closed.

         "Liquidation Loss Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date and
any liquidated mortgage loan in a Loan Group, the unrecovered principal balance
of that liquidated mortgage loan at the end of the related Collection Period in
which that mortgage loan became a liquidated mortgage loan, after giving effect
to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection with that liquidated mortgage
loan.

         "Loan Group" means each of the three loan groups as described in this
prospectus supplement.

         "Managed Amortization Event" means the event deemed to occur on any
date on which the amount on deposit in the Funding Account equals or exceeds
$10,000,000.

         "Managed Amortization Period" means, with respect to each class of
Floating Rate Term Notes, the period beginning on the first Payment Date
following the end of the related Revolving Period and ending on the earlier of:

          .    February 28, 2005; and

          .    the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event.

The Class A-3 term notes will not have a Managed Amortization Period.

         "Maximum Variable Funding Balance" means $65,000,000.

         "Net Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to any mortgage loan,
the proceeds, excluding amounts drawn on the Policy, received in connection with
the liquidation of that mortgage loan, whether through trustee's sale,
foreclosure sale or otherwise, reduced by related expenses, but not including
the portion, if any, of the amount

                                      S-66
<PAGE>

that exceeds the principal balance of the mortgage loan at the end of the
Collection Period immediately preceding the Collection Period in which the
mortgage loan became a liquidated mortgage loan.

         "Net Loan Rate" means, with respect to any Payment Date and Loan Group
I or II, the weighted average of the loan rates of the mortgage loans in each
such Loan Group as of the first day of the calendar month in which the related
Interest Period begins, net of the premium rate on the Policy, the rate of the
fee of the servicer and, beginning on the thirteenth Payment Date, 0.50%,
adjusted to an effective rate reflecting interest calculated on the basis of a
360-day year assumed to consist of twelve 30-day months.

         "Net Principal Collections" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the excess, if any, of Principal Collections for Loan Groups I and II for that
Payment Date over the aggregate amount of additional balances created during the
related Collection Period and conveyed to the issuer, or, during each Rapid
Amortization Period, Principal Collections for the related Loan Group for that
date. After the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period for the Floating
Rate Term Notes, Principal Collections for Loan Groups I and II for a Collection
Period will no longer be applied to acquire additional balances during that
Collection Period.

         "Note Balance" means the Term Note Balance and/or the Variable Funding
Balance, as the context requires.

         "Note Payment Account" means the account established pursuant to the
Indenture for the deposit of amounts distributable to the holders of the notes.

         "Note Rate" means, with respect to each term note, the rate of interest
borne by that note as described under "Description of the Securities--Interest
Payments on the Notes" in this prospectus supplement.

         "Overcollateralization Amount" means, with respect to any Loan Group
and any Payment Date, the amount, if any, by which the outstanding principal
balance of the mortgage loans in that Loan Group as of the close of business on
the last day of the related Collection Period, together with the related portion
of the property of the issuer allocable to that Loan Group, including the
allocable portion of the amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, the
Funding Account and the Reserve Account, exceeds the Note Balance of the related
class of term notes, together with, in the case of Loan Groups I and II only,
the portion, if any, of the variable funding notes related to that Loan Group.

         "Overcollateralization Target Amount" means, with respect to any Loan
Group and any Payment Date prior to the thirtieth (30th) Payment Date, an amount
equal to the sum of:

          .    at least 1.75% of the Note Balance of the related class of term
               notes as of the closing date, together with, in the case of Loan
               Groups I and II only, the portion, if any, of the variable
               funding notes related to that Loan Group, after taking into
               account the payment of the Principal Distribution Amount for that
               Loan Group on the related Payment Date; and

          .    100% of the principal balances of all mortgage loans in that Loan
               Group that are 180 or more days contractually delinquent as of
               the last day of the related Collection Period;

and thereafter, means the amount as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the
terms of the Indenture.

         "P&I Collections" means, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount
equal to the sum of:

          .    Interest Collections for that Payment Date; and

          .    during the Managed Amortization Period for the Floating Rate Term
               Notes, Net Principal Collections for that Payment Date, and
               during the Rapid Amortization Period, Principal Collections for
               that Payment Date.

         "Participants" means participants in the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg systems.

         "Payment Date" means the 25th day of each month or, if such day is not
a business day, then the next succeeding business day.

                                      S-67
<PAGE>

         "Plan" means any pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan
as well as an individual retirement account and certain types of Keogh Plans.

         "Policy" means the financial guaranty insurance policy provided by the
Enhancer, dated as of February 28, 2000.

         "Pool Balance" means, with respect to any date, the aggregate of the
sum of the principal balances of all mortgage loans as of that date and amounts,
if any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

         "Preference Amount" means any amount previously distributed to a
noteholder on the notes that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a
voidable preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to the United States
Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.), as amended from time to time, in accordance with a
final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

         "Pre-Funding Account" means the account established by the indenture
trustee in its name designated the "pre-funding account."

         "Pre-Funding Period" means the period from the closing date to the
earliest of:

          .    the date on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding
               Account is less than $50,000;

          .    May 28, 2000; or

          .    the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event.

         "Principal Collections" means, with respect to any Payment Date, an
amount equal to the sum of:

          .    the amount collected during the related Collection Period,
               including Net Liquidation Proceeds allocated to principal
               pursuant to the terms of the related credit line agreements or
               mortgage notes, as applicable, exclusive of the pro rata portion
               thereof attributable to additional balances not conveyed to the
               trust fund during the Rapid Amortization Period for the Floating
               Rate Term Notes; and

          .    the principal portion of the Repurchase Price for any Deleted
               Loans, any amounts required to be deposited in the Custodial
               Account by the seller pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; and the
               cash purchase price paid in connection with any optional purchase
               of the mortgage loans by the servicer.

         "Principal Distribution Amount" means, with respect to any Loan Group
and any Payment Date:

          .    during the Revolving Period, the amount, if any, transferred from
               the Pre-Funding Account to the Note Payment Account relating to
               that Loan Group at the end of the Pre-Funding Period;

          .    during the Managed Amortization Period, Net Principal Collections
               for the mortgage loans in that Loan Group; and

          .    during the Rapid Amortization Period, Principal Collections for
               the mortgage loans in that Loan Group;

         provided, that on any Payment Date during the Amortization Periods, the
Principal Distribution Amount shall also include an amount equal to the
aggregate Liquidation Loss Amounts, if any, for the mortgage loans in the
related Loan Group.

         "Purchase Agreement" means the mortgage loan purchase agreement, dated
as of the cut-off date, among the seller, the depositor, as purchaser, the
issuer and the indenture trustee.

         "Rapid Amortization Event" means the occurrence of any one of the
following events:

          (1)  the failure on the part of the seller:

                                      S-68
<PAGE>

          .    to make any payment or deposit required to be made under the
               Purchase Agreement within five (5) business days after the date
               the payment or deposit is required to be made; or

          .    to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants
               or agreements of the seller set forth in the Purchase Agreement,
               which failure continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60)
               days after written notice thereof to the seller, and the failure
               materially and adversely affects the interests of the Enhancer or
               the securityholders; provided, that a Rapid Amortization Event
               will not be deemed to occur if the seller has repurchased or
               caused to be repurchased or substituted for the related mortgage
               loans or all mortgage loans, as applicable, during that period in
               accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2)  any representation or warranty made by the seller in the Purchase Agreement
     shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made and
     shall continue to be incorrect in any material respect for the related cure
     period specified in the Servicing Agreement after written notice and as a
     result of which the interests of the Enhancer or the securityholders are
     materially and adversely affected ; provided, that a Rapid Amortization
     Event will not be deemed to occur if the seller has repurchased or caused
     to be repurchased or substituted for the related mortgage loans or all
     mortgage loans, as applicable, during that period in accordance with the
     provisions of the Indenture;

(3)  the entry against the seller of a decree or order by a court or agency or
     supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the
     appointment of a trustee, conservator, receiver or liquidator in any
     insolvency, conservatorship, receivership, readjustment of debt,
     marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the
     winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any decree
     or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive
     days;

(4)  the seller shall voluntarily submit to proceedings under any federal or
     state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or code relating to the
     seller or the issuer or relating to all or substantially all of its
     property or the seller or the issuer shall admit in writing its inability
     to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take
     advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an
     assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment
     of its obligations;

(5)  the issuer becomes subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange
     Commission as an investment company within the meaning of the Investment
     Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(6)  a servicing default occurs and is unremedied under the Servicing Agreement
     and a qualified successor servicer has not been appointed;

(7)  the occurrence of a draw on the Policy and the failure by the servicer to
     reimburse the Enhancer for any amount owed to the Enhancer pursuant to the
     Insurance Agreement on account of the draw, which failure continues
     unremedied for a period of 90 days after written notice to the servicer;

(8)  the issuer is determined to be an association or a publicly traded
     partnership taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; or

(9)  an event of default under the Insurance Agreement, except for a default by
     the Enhancer, unless the Enhancer cannot be replaced without additional
     expense.

         In the case of any event described in (1), (2), (6), (7) or (9), a
Rapid Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred only if, after any
applicable grace period described in those clauses, either the indenture
trustee, the Enhancer or securityholders evidencing not less than 51% of the
aggregate Note Balance of the securities, by written notice to the depositor,
the servicer and the owner trustee, and to the indenture trustee, if given by
the securityholders, declare that a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred as of
the date of the notice. In the case of any event described in clauses (3), (4),
(5) or (8), a Rapid Amortization Event will be deemed to have occurred without
any notice or other action on the part of the indenture trustee, the Enhancer or
the securityholders immediately upon the occurrence of the event; provided, that
any Rapid Amortization Event may be waived and deemed of no effect

                                      S-69
<PAGE>

with the written consent of the Enhancer and each Rating Agency, subject to the
satisfaction of any conditions to that waiver.

     "Rapid Amortization Period" means, with respect to each class of Floating
Rate Term Notes, the period beginning on the earlier of:

     .    the first Payment Date following the end of the Managed Amortization
          Period; and

     .    the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event;

and ending upon the termination of the issuer. With respect to the Class A-3
term notes, "Rapid Amortization Period" means the period beginning on the
earlier of:

     .    the first Payment Date following the end of the related Revolving
          Period; and

     .    the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event;

and ending upon the termination of the issuer.

     "Rating Agencies" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

     "Record Date" means, with respect to the Floating Rate Term Notes and any
Payment Date, the close of business on the last business day preceding that
Payment Date, and with respect to the Class A-3 term notes and any Payment Date,
the last day of the calendar month preceding that Payment Date.

     "Reference Bank" means each of Barclays Bank plc, National Westminster Bank
and Bankers Trust Company.

     "Reference Bank Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period, as
follows: the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one
sixteenth of one percent) of the offered rates for United States dollar deposits
for one month which are offered by the Reference Banks as of 11:00 a.m., London,
England time, on the second LIBOR Business Day prior to the first day of such
Interest Period to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of
one month in amounts approximately equal to the sum of the outstanding Note
Balance of the notes; provided, that at least two Reference Banks provide that
rate. If fewer than two offered rates appear, the Reference Bank Rate will be
the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by one or more major banks in New York
City, selected by the indenture trustee after consultation with the servicer and
the Enhancer, as of 11:00 a.m., New York time, on that date for loans in U.S.
Dollars to leading European Banks for a period of one month in amounts
approximately equal to the aggregate Note Balance of the notes. If no quotations
can be obtained, the Reference Bank Rate will be the Reference Bank Rate
applicable to the preceding Interest Period.

     "Relief Act Shortfalls" means current interest shortfalls resulting from
the application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as
amended.

     "REO Loan" means a mortgage loan where title to the related mortgaged
property has been obtained by the trustee or its nominee on behalf of the
noteholders of the related series.

     "Repayment Period" means, with respect to each mortgage loan, the time
period stated in the related credit line agreement during which draws can no
longer be made.

     "Repurchase Price" means, with respect to any mortgage loan, the amount
equal to the principal balance of that mortgage loan at the time of the removal,
plus accrued and unpaid interest on that mortgage loan to the date of removal.

     "Reserve Account" means the reserve account established by the indenture
trustee.

     "Revolving Period" means, with respect to each class of Floating Rate Term
Notes, the period beginning on the closing date and ending on the earlier of:

                                      S-70
<PAGE>

          .    February 28, 2001; and

          .    the occurrence of a Managed Amortization Event or a Rapid
               Amortization Event.

With respect to the Class A-3 term notes, the "Revolving Period" means the
period beginning on the closing date and ending on the earlier of:

          .    June 28, 2000; and

          .    the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event.

         "Securities Intermediary" means, with respect to each Term Note Owner,
the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other securities intermediary
that maintains that Term Note Owner's account.

         "Servicing Agreement" means the servicing agreement, dated as of the
closing date, among the servicer, the issuer and the indenture trustee.

         "Servicing Fee" means, with respect to each mortgage loan, the fee paid
to the servicer in respect of its servicing activities in connection with that
mortgage loan.

         "Stated Value" means, with respect to each mortgage loan for which the
documentation type is known, the stated value of the related mortgaged property
given by the related mortgagor in his or her application.

         "Step-up Date" means, with respect to any class of term notes, the
first Payment Date on which the aggregate Term Note Balance of that class of
term notes is less than 10% of the initial aggregate Term Note Balance of that
Class.

         "Teaser Rate" means, with respect to each mortgage loan with an
adjustable loan rate, the rate equal to the sum of the related index and the
related gross margin, which is in effect during the first 6 months of the term
of that mortgage loan.

         "Telerate Screen Page 3750" means the display page so designated on the
Bridge Telerate Capital Markets Report, or such other page as may replace page
3750 on such service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered
rates of major banks. If the rate does not appear on that page, or some other
page as may replace that page on such service, or if the service is no longer
offered, some other service for displaying LIBOR or comparable rates as may be
selected by the indenture trustee after consultation with the servicer, the rate
will be the Reference Bank Rate.

         "Term Note Balance" means, with respect to any Payment Date and any
term note, the initial principal balance of that term note reduced by all
payments of principal of that term note prior to the related Payment Date.

         "Term Note Owners" means Persons acquiring beneficial ownership
interests in the term notes.

         "Trust Agreement" means the trust agreement, dated as of the closing
date, between the depositor and the owner trustee.

         "Trust Estate" means the mortgage loans included in the assets of the
issuer.

         "Underwriting Agreement" means the underwriting agreement, dated the
date of this prospectus supplement, between Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., as
representative of the underwriters listed therein, and the depositor.

         "Variable Funding Balance" means, with respect to any Payment Date and
any variable funding note, the initial principal balance of that variable
funding note:

          .    increased by the Aggregate Balance Differential for that variable
               funding note immediately prior to the related Payment Date; and

          .    reduced by all distributions of principal thereon prior to that
               Payment Date.

                                      S-71
<PAGE>

                            Description of the Policy

         The following information has been supplied by the Enhancer for
inclusion in this prospectus supplement. The Enhancer does not accept any
responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus supplement or
any information or disclosure contained in this prospectus supplement, or
omitted from this prospectus supplement, other than with respect to the accuracy
of the information regarding the Policy and the Enhancer set forth under the
headings "Description of the Policy" and "The Enhancer" in this prospectus
supplement. Additionally, the Enhancer makes no representation regarding the
notes or the advisability of investing in the notes. No representation is made
by the depositor, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the underwriter or any of
their affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of the information in those
sections.

         The Enhancer, in consideration of the payment of a premium and subject
to the terms of the Policy, thereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees
to any noteholder that an amount equal to each full and complete Insured Amount
will be received from the Enhancer by the indenture trustee or its successors,
as indenture trustee for the noteholders, on behalf of the noteholders, for
distribution by the indenture trustee to each noteholder of that noteholder's
proportionate share of the Insured Amount.

         The Enhancer's obligations under the Policy, with respect to a
particular Insured Amount, will be discharged to the extent funds equal to the
applicable Insured Amount are received by the indenture trustee, whether or not
those funds are properly applied by the indenture trustee. Insured Amounts will
be made only at the time set forth in the Policy, and no accelerated Insured
Amounts will be made regardless of any acceleration of the notes, unless the
acceleration is at the sole option of the Enhancer.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Policy does not cover
shortfalls, if any, attributable to the liability of the trust fund or the
indenture trustee for withholding taxes, if any, including interest and
penalties in respect of any liability for withholding taxes, Interest Shortfalls
or Relief Act Shortfalls.

         The Enhancer will pay any Insured Amount that is a Preference Amount on
the business day following receipt on a business day by the Enhancer's fiscal
agent of the following:

          .    a certified copy of the order requiring the return of a
               preference payment;

          .    an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Enhancer that the order
               is final and not subject to appeal;

          .    an assignment in a form that is reasonably required by the
               Enhancer, irrevocably assigning to the Enhancer all rights and
               claims of the noteholder relating to or arising under the notes
               against the debtor which made the preference payment or otherwise
               with respect to the preference payment; and

          .    appropriate instruments to effect the appointment of the Enhancer
               as agent for the noteholder in any legal proceeding related to
               the preference payment, which instruments are in a form
               satisfactory to the Enhancer;

provided that if these documents are received after 12:00 p.m., New York time,
on that business day, they will be deemed to be received on the following
business day. Payments by the Enhancer will be disbursed to the receiver or the
trustee in bankruptcy named in the final order of the court exercising
jurisdiction on behalf of the noteholder and not to any noteholder directly
unless the noteholder has returned principal or interest paid on the notes to
the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case that payment will be
disbursed to the noteholder.

         The Enhancer will pay any other amount payable under the Policy no
later than 12:00 p.m., New York time, on the later of the Payment Date on which
the related Deficiency Amount is due or the third business day following receipt
in New York, New York on a business day by State Street Bank and Trust Company,
N.A., as fiscal agent for the Enhancer or any successor fiscal agent appointed
by the Enhancer of a notice from the indenture trustee specifying the Insured
Amount which is due and owing on the applicable Payment Date, provided that if
the notice is received after 12:00 p.m., New York time, on that business day, it
will be deemed to be received on the following business day. If any notice
received by the Enhancer's fiscal agent is not in proper form or is otherwise
insufficient for the purpose of making a claim under the Policy, it will be
deemed not to have been received by the

                                      S-72
<PAGE>

Enhancer's fiscal agent for the purposes of this paragraph, and the Enhancer or
the fiscal agent, as the case may be, will promptly so advise the indenture
trustee and the indenture trustee may submit an amended notice.

         Insured Amounts due under the Policy, unless otherwise stated in the
Policy, will be disbursed by the Enhancer's fiscal agent to the indenture
trustee, on behalf of the noteholders, by wire transfer of immediately available
funds in the amount of the Insured Amount less, in respect of Insured Amounts
related to Preference Amounts, any amount held by the indenture trustee for the
payment of the Insured Amount and legally available therefor.

         The fiscal agent is the agent of the Enhancer only and the fiscal agent
will in no event be liable to noteholders for any acts of the fiscal agent or
any failure of the Enhancer to deposit or cause to be deposited sufficient funds
to make payments due under the Policy.

         Subject to the terms of the Servicing Agreement, the Enhancer will be
subrogated to the rights of each noteholder to receive payments under the notes
to the extent of any payment by the Enhancer under the Policy.

         Capitalized terms used in the Policy and not otherwise defined in the
Policy shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture as of the date of
execution of the Policy, without giving effect to any subsequent amendment or
modification to the Indenture unless the amendment or modification has been
approved in writing by the Enhancer.

         The Policy is not cancelable for any reason. The premium on the Policy
is not refundable for any reason including payment, or provision being made for
payment, prior to the maturity of the notes.

         The Policy is being issued under and pursuant to, and will be construed
under, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict
of laws principles thereof.

         The insurance provided by the Policy is not covered by the
Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in Article 76 of the New
York Insurance Law.

         A form of the Policy is attached to this prospectus supplement as
Appendix B.

                       Yield and Prepayment Considerations

         The yield to maturity of a note will depend on the price paid by the
related noteholder for that note, the note Rate, the rate and timing of
principal payments, including payments in excess of the monthly payment made by
the related mortgagor, prepayments in full or terminations, liquidations and
repurchases, on the mortgage loans in the related Loan Group and, in the case of
the HELOCs, the rate and timing of draws and the allocations thereof.

         In general, if a term note is purchased at a premium over its face
amount and payments of principal of such term note occur at a rate faster than
that assumed at the time of purchase, the purchaser's actual yield to maturity
will be lower than that anticipated at the time of purchase. Conversely, if a
term note is purchased at a discount from its face amount and payments of
principal of such term note occur at a rate that is slower than that assumed at
the time of purchase, the purchaser's actual yield to maturity will be lower
than originally anticipated.

         With respect to certain HELOCs, the loan rate at origination may be
below the rate that would result from the sum of the then-applicable index and
gross margin. Under the GMACM underwriting guidelines, mortgagors are generally
qualified based on an assumed payment which reflects a rate significantly lower
than the maximum rate. The repayment of any HELOC may thus be dependent on the
ability of the borrower to make larger interest payments following the
adjustment of the loan rate.

         For any mortgage loans secured by junior mortgages, any inability of
the mortgagor to pay off the balance thereof may also affect the ability of the
mortgagor to obtain refinancing at any time of any related senior mortgage loan,
thereby preventing a potential improvement in the mortgagor's circumstances.
Under the Servicing Agreement the servicer may be restricted or prohibited from
consenting to any refinancing of any related senior

                                      S-73
<PAGE>

mortgage loan, which in turn could adversely affect the mortgagor's
circumstances or result in a prepayment or default under the corresponding
junior mortgage loan.

         In addition to the mortgagor's personal economic circumstances, a
number of factors, including homeowner mobility, job transfers, changes in the
mortgagor's housing needs, the mortgagor's net equity in the mortgaged property,
changes in the value of the mortgaged property, national and regional economic
conditions, enforceability of due-on-sale clauses, prevailing market interest
rates, servicing decisions, solicitations and the availability of mortgage
funds, seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers or changes in the
deductibility for federal income tax purposes of interest payments on home
equity loans, may affect the rate and timing of principal payments on the
mortgage loans or draws on the HELOCs. There can be no assurance as to the rate
of principal payments on the mortgage loans or draws on the HELOCs. The mortgage
loans may be prepaid in full or in part without penalty. The rate of principal
payments and the rate of draws may fluctuate substantially from time to time.
Generally, home equity loans are not viewed by borrowers as permanent financing.
Due to the unpredictable nature of both principal payments and draws on the
HELOCs, the rates of principal payments net of draws on the HELOCs may be much
more volatile than for typical first lien mortgage loans.

         The yield to maturity of the term notes, and the rate and timing of
principal payments on the mortgage loans or draws on the HELOCs, may also be
affected by a wide variety of specific terms and conditions applicable to the
respective programs under which the mortgage loans were originated. For example,
the HELOCs may provide for future draws to be made only in specified minimum
amounts, or alternatively may permit draws to be made by check in any amount. A
pool of mortgage loans including HELOCs subject to the latter provisions may be
likely to remain outstanding longer with a higher aggregate principal balance
than a pool of mortgage loans including HELOCs with the former provisions,
because of the relative ease of making new draws. Furthermore, the HELOCs may
provide for interest rate changes on a daily or monthly basis, or may have gross
margins that may vary under certain circumstances over the term of the loan. In
extremely high market interest rate scenarios, term notes backed by mortgage
loans including HELOCs with adjustable rates subject to substantially higher
maximum rates than typically apply to adjustable rate first mortgage loans may
experience rates of default and liquidation substantially higher than those that
have been experienced on other adjustable rate mortgage loan pools.

         As a result of the payment terms of the HELOCs, there may be no
principal payments on any class of Floating Rate Term Notes in any given month.
In addition, it is possible that the aggregate draws on HELOCs may exceed the
aggregate payments with respect to principal on the mortgage loans for the
related period. Each class of the Floating Rate Term Notes provide for a period
during which all or a portion of the Principal Collections on the mortgage loans
are reinvested in additional balances and/or subsequent mortgage loans or are
accumulated in a trust account pending commencement of an amortization period
with respect to that class of term notes.

         The Servicing Agreement permits 100% of the holders of the
certificates, at their option, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions
specified in the Servicing Agreement, to remove certain mortgage loans from the
trust fund at any time during the life of the trust fund, so long as the
aggregate amount of mortgage loans in the related Loan Group, after giving
effect to the removal of the applicable mortgage loans, is not less than the
Overcollateralization Target Amount. Removals of mortgage loans may affect the
rate at which principal is distributed to noteholders by reducing the overall
Pool Balance and thus the amount of Principal Collections. See "Description of
the Securities--Optional Transfers of Mortgage Loans to Holders of the
Certificates" in this prospectus supplement.

         The mortgage loans generally will contain due-on-sale provisions
permitting the related mortgagee to accelerate the maturity of a mortgage loan
upon sale or certain transfers by the mortgagor of the underlying mortgaged
property. The servicer will generally enforce any due-on-sale clause to the
extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or proposed conveyance of the
underlying mortgaged property and it is entitled to do so under applicable law.
The extent to which mortgage loans are assumed by purchasers of the mortgaged
properties rather than prepaid by the related mortgagors in connection with the
sales of the mortgaged properties will affect the weighted average life of the
term notes. See "The Seller and Servicer--Collection and Other Servicing
Procedures" in this prospectus supplement for a description of certain
provisions of the Servicing Agreement that may affect the prepayment experience
on the mortgage loans.

                                      S-74
<PAGE>

         On the closing date, the indenture trustee will establish the
Pre-Funding Account. Amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will come
from the proceeds of the sale of the term notes. During the Pre-Funding Period,
funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be used by the issuer to buy
subsequent mortgage loans from the seller from time to time. Any amounts in
excess of $50,000 remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the
Pre-Funding Period will be distributed as principal on the related term notes on
the following Payment Date. All remaining amounts will be deposited into the
Funding Account for the purchase of additional balances and subsequent mortgage
loans. The issuer believes that substantially all of the amounts in the
Pre-Funding Account will be used to purchase subsequent mortgage loans. It is
unlikely however, that the aggregate principal amount of subsequent mortgage
loans purchased by the trust fund will be identical to the amounts on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account, and consequently, noteholders may receive some
prepayment of principal. See "Description of the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of
Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account" in
this prospectus supplement.

         The servicer may allow the refinancing of a mortgage loan in the trust
fund by accepting prepayments for that mortgage loan and permitting a new loan
to the same borrower secured by a mortgage on the same property, which may be
originated by the servicer or by an unrelated entity. In the event of a
refinancing, the new loan would not be included in the trust fund and,
therefore, the refinancing would have the same effect as a prepayment in full of
the related mortgage loan. The servicer may, from time to time, implement
programs designed to encourage refinancing. These programs may include, without
limitation, modifications of existing loans, general or targeted solicitations,
the offering of pre-approved applications, reduced origination fees or closing
costs, or other financial incentives. Targeted solicitations may be based on a
variety of factors, including the credit of the borrower or the location of the
mortgaged property. In addition, the servicer may encourage refinancing of
mortgage loans, including defaulted mortgage loans, under which creditworthy
borrowers assume the outstanding indebtedness of the defaulted mortgage loans
which may be removed from the trust fund. As a result of these programs:

          .    the rate of principal prepayments of the mortgage loans may be
               higher than would otherwise be the case; and

          .    in some cases, the average credit or collateral quality of the
               mortgage loans remaining in the trust fund may decline.

         Investors in the term notes should note that in certain instances in
which a mortgagor either:

          .    requests an increase in the credit limit on the related HELOC
               above the limit stated in the related credit line agreement;

          .    requests to place a lien on the related mortgaged property senior
               to the lien of the related mortgage loan; or

          .    refinances the senior lien resulting in a CLTV Ratio above the
               previous CLTV Ratio for that loan;

the servicer will have the option to purchase from the trust fund the related
mortgage loan at the Repurchase Price. There are no limitations on the frequency
of the repurchases or the characteristics of the mortgage loans so repurchased.
In addition, on any Payment Date the seller, in its capacity as the holder of
the certificates, may designate certain mortgage loans for removal from the
trust fund. Those repurchases may lead to an increase in prepayments on the
mortgage loans in the trust fund, which may reduce the yield on the term notes.
In addition, repurchases may affect the characteristics of the mortgage loans in
the trust fund in the aggregate with respect to loan rates and credit quality.

         Although the loan rates on the HELOCs are subject to periodic
adjustments, the adjustments generally:

          .    will not increase the loan rates over a fixed maximum rate during
               the life of any HELOC; and

          .    will be based on an index, which may not rise and fall
               consistently with prevailing market interest rates, plus the
               related gross margin, which may vary under certain circumstances,
               and which may be different from margins being used at the time
               for newly originated adjustable rate mortgage loans.

As a result, the loan rates on the HELOCs at any time may not equal the
prevailing rates for similar, newly originated adjustable rate home equity
mortgage loans and accordingly the rate of principal payments, if any, and

                                      S-75
<PAGE>

draws on the HELOCs may be lower or higher than would otherwise be anticipated.
There can be no certainty as to the rate of principal payments on the mortgage
loans or draws on the HELOCs during any period or over the life of the term
notes.

         The yield to investors on each class of Floating Rate Term Notes will
be sensitive to fluctuations in the level of LIBOR and the related Note Rate
will be capped. See "Risk Factors--Loan rates may reduce the note rate on each
class of term notes backed by the adjustable rate home equity revolving credit
line loans" in this prospectus supplement.

         With respect to the indices used in determining the Note Rates for the
term notes or the loan rates of the underlying mortgage loans, a number of
factors affect the performance of each index and may cause an index to move in a
manner different from other indices. To the extent that an index may reflect
changes in the general level of interest rates less quickly than other indices,
in a period of rising interest rates, increases in the yield to the holders of
the term notes due to the rising interest rates may occur later than that which
would be produced by other indices, and in a period of declining rates, an index
may remain higher than other market interest rates which may result in a higher
level of prepayments of the mortgage loans, which, in the case of HELOCs, adjust
in accordance with that index, than of mortgage loans which adjust in accordance
with other indices.

         The timing of changes in the rate of principal payments on a term note
may significantly affect an investor's actual yield to maturity, even if the
average rate of principal payments experienced over time is consistent with an
investor's expectation. In general, the earlier a payment of principal on a term
note, the greater will be the effect on an investor's yield to maturity. As a
result, the effect on an investor's yield of principal payments occurring at a
rate higher or lower than the rate anticipated by the investor during the period
immediately following the issuance of the term notes would not be fully offset
by a subsequent like reduction or increase in the rate of principal payments.

         The rate and timing of defaults on the mortgage loans will also affect
the rate and timing of principal payments on the mortgage loans and thus the
yield on the term notes. There can be no assurance as to the rate of losses or
delinquencies on any of the mortgage loans, however, the rate of losses and
delinquencies are likely to be higher than those of traditional first lien
mortgage loans, particularly in the case of mortgage loans with high CLTV Ratios
or low Junior Ratios. To the extent that any losses are incurred on any of the
mortgage loans that are not covered by the applicable credit enhancements,
holders of the term notes will bear all risk of losses resulting from default by
mortgagors. Even where the Policy covers all losses incurred on the mortgage
loans, the effect of losses may be to increase prepayment rates on the mortgage
loans, thus reducing the weighted average life and affecting the yield to
maturity.

         Amounts on deposit in the Funding Account may be used during the
Revolving Periods to acquire additional balances and subsequent mortgage loans.
In the event that, at the end of the Revolving Period for the Floating Rate Term
Notes, any amounts on deposit in the Funding Account have not been used to
acquire subsequent mortgage loans or additional balances, then the notes will be
prepaid in part on the following Payment Date.

         "Weighted average life" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security to the date of distribution to
the investor thereof of each dollar distributed in reduction of principal of
that security, assuming no losses. The weighted average life of the term notes
will be influenced by, among other factors, the rate of principal payments, and,
with respect to the HELOCs, the rate of draws, on the mortgage loans.

         The primary source of information available to investors concerning the
term notes will be the monthly statements discussed in this prospectus
supplement under "The Agreements--The Trust Agreement and the Indenture--Reports
to Noteholders," which will include information as to the outstanding Term Note
Balance. There can be no assurance that any additional information regarding the
term notes will be available through any other source. In addition, the
depositor is not aware of any source through which price information about the
term notes will be generally available on an ongoing basis. The limited nature
of information regarding the term notes may adversely affect the liquidity of
the term notes, even if a secondary market for the term notes becomes available.

                                      S-76
<PAGE>

         The constant prepayment rate, or CPR, model is used in this prospectus
supplement with respect to the HELOCs. The CPR model assumes that the
outstanding principal balance of a pool of mortgage loans prepays at a specified
constant annual rate of CPR. In generating monthly cash flows, this rate is
converted to an equivalent constant monthly rate. To assume 35% CPR or any other
CPR percentage is to assume that the stated percentage of the Pool Balance is
prepaid over the course of a year. With respect to the HELs, the prepayment
model used in this prospectus supplement, referred to as PPC, assumes an initial
5% CPR that increases each month by 1.8182% per annum until it reaches 25% CPR
in month 12. No representation is made that the mortgage loans will prepay at
that or any other rate.

         The tables set forth below are based on a CPR or PPC, as applicable,
constant draw rate, in the case of the HELOCs, and which, for purposes of the
assumptions, is the amount of additional balances drawn each month as an
annualized percentage of the Pool Balance outstanding at the beginning of that
month, and optional termination assumptions as indicated in the tables below and
further assume that the initial HELOCs and initial HELs consist of mortgage
loans having the following characteristics:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                  Original Term      Remaining Term
                           Balance           Gross WAC            Net WAC            (months)           (months)
                           -------           ---------            -------            --------           --------
<S>                      <C>                    <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Group I HELOCs.....      $225,000,000           10.838%            10.338%             190                 187

Group II HELOCs.....      $25,000,000            9.887%             9.387%             172                 170

HELs................      $50,000,000           10.412%             9.912%             163                 162

</TABLE>


          In addition, it was assumed that:

          (1)  payments are made in accordance with the description set forth in
               this prospectus supplement under "Description of the
               Securities--Priority of Distributions";

          (2)  payments on the notes will be made on the 25th day of each
               calendar month regardless of the day on which the Payment Date
               actually occurs commencing in March 2000;

          (3)  no extension past the scheduled maturity date of a mortgage loan
               is made;

          (4)  no delinquencies or defaults occur;

          (5)  in the case of the HELOCs, monthly draws are calculated under
               each of the assumptions as set forth in the tables below before
               giving effect to prepayments;

          (6)  the mortgage loans pay on the basis of a 30-day month and a
               360-day year;

          (7)  there is no restriction on the Maximum Variable Funding Balance;

          (8)  no Rapid Amortization Event or Managed Amortization Event occurs;

          (9)  each mortgage loan is payable monthly;

          (10) the closing date is February 28, 2000;

          (11) for each Payment Date, LIBOR is equal to 5.88% per annum;

          (12) the initial Term Note Balance is as set forth on the cover page
               of this prospectus supplement;

          (13) all principal payments due and payable on the Floating Rate Term
               Notes and the variable funding notes related to each Loan Group
               will be allocated to those classes on a pro rata basis; and

          (14) the optional termination for each class of term notes is based
               upon the Term Note Balance of that particular class declining to
               an amount less than or equal to 10% of that class' initial Term
               Note Balance.



                                      S-77
<PAGE>
        The actual characteristics and performance of the mortgage loans will
likely differ from the assumptions used in constructing the tables set forth
below, which are hypothetical in nature and are provided only to give a general
sense of how the principal cash flows might behave under varying prepayment and,
in the case of the HELOCs, draw scenarios. For example, it is very unlikely that
the mortgage loans will prepay and/or experience draws at a constant rate until
maturity or that all mortgage loans will prepay and/or experience draws at the
same rate. Moreover, the diverse remaining terms to stated maturity of the
mortgage loans could produce slower or faster principal distributions than
indicated in the tables at the various assumptions specified, even if the
weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of the mortgage loans is as
assumed. Any difference between these assumptions and the actual characteristics
and performance of the mortgage loans, or actual prepayment experience, will
affect the percentages of initial Term Note Balances outstanding over time and
the weighted average life of the term notes. Neither the CPR or PPC models nor
any other prepayment model or assumption purports to be an historical
description of prepayment experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of
prepayment of any pool of mortgage loans, including the mortgage loans included
in the mortgage pool. Variations in the actual prepayment experience and the
principal balances of the mortgage loans that prepay may increase or decrease
each weighted average life shown in the following tables. These variations may
occur even if the average prepayment experience of all mortgage loans equals the
CPR or PPC, as applicable.

                                      S-78
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 Percentage of Initial Class A-1 Term Note Balance


Payment Date                                                           Percentage of Balance
- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    CPR                            10%        25%        30%        35%       40%        45%        50%
- -------------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Initial....................................        100        100        100        100       100        100        100
February 2001..............................        100        100        100        100       100        100        100
February 2002..............................         97         81         75         70        64         59         53
February 2003..............................         94         65         56         48        41         35         29
February 2004..............................         90         52         42         34        26         20         15
February 2005..............................         86         41         31         23        17         12          8
February 2006..............................         73         29         21         14         9          6          4
February 2007..............................         61         20         13          9         5          3          1
February 2008..............................         51         14          9          5         3          1          *
February 2009..............................         41         10          5          3         1          *          *
February 2010..............................         33          6          3          2         1          *          0
February 2011..............................         25          4          2          1         *          0          0
February 2012..............................         19          2          1          *         0          0          0
February 2013..............................         13          1          *          *         0          0          0
February 2014..............................          7          1          *          0         0          0          0
February 2015..............................          2          *          0          0         0          0          0
February 2016..............................          0          0          0          0         0          0          0
Weighted Average Life to 10% call (years)..       8.34       4.57       3.92       3.42      3.03       2.73       2.48
Weighted Average Life to maturity (years)..       8.44       4.76       4.10       3.58      3.18       2.86       2.59

</TABLE>


 .    The table above was calculated with the assumptions that:
     (1)  except where indicated, no optional termination is exercised; and
     (2)  in the case of the HELOCs, a gross CPR as disclosed above less a
          constant draw rate of 10.0%.

 .    All percentages listed in the table above are rounded to the nearest 1%.

 .    Use of a "*" in the table above denotes a value that is less than 1% but
     greater than 0.

                                      S-79
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 Percentage of Initial Class A-2 Term Note Balance

Payment Date                                                             Percentage of Balance
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                      CPR                             10%       25%        30%       35%       40%        45%       50%
- ------------------------------------------------ --------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Initial........................................       100       100        100       100       100        100       100
February 2001..................................       100       100        100       100       100        100       100
February 2002..................................        96        80         75        69        64         58        53
February 2003..................................        92        63         55        47        40         34        28
February 2004..................................        87        50         41        33        26         20        15
February 2005..................................        82        39         30        22        16         11         8
February 2006..................................        68        27         19        13         9          6         3
February 2007..................................        56        19         12         8         5          3         1
February 2008..................................        45        12          8         4         2          1         *
February 2009..................................        35         8          5         2         1          *         *
February 2010..................................        27         5          3         1         *          *         0
February 2011..................................        19         3          1         *         *          0         0
February 2012..................................        12         1          1         *         0          0         0
February 2013..................................         6         *          *         0         0          0         0
February 2014..................................         1         0          0         0         0          0         0
February 2015..................................         0         0          0         0         0          0         0
February 2016..................................         0         0          0         0         0          0         0
Weighted Average Life to 10% call (years)......      7.70      4.43       3.82      3.36      2.99       2.70      2.46
Weighted Average Life to maturity (years)......      7.77      4.60       3.99      3.51      3.13       2.82      2.57

</TABLE>



 .    The table above was calculated with the assumptions that:
     (1)  except where indicated, no optional termination is exercised; and
     (2)  in the case of the HELOCs, a gross CPR as disclosed above less a
          constant draw rate of 10.0%.

 .    All percentages listed in the table above are rounded to the nearest 1%.

 .    Use of a "*" in the table above denotes a value that is less than 1% but
     greater than 0.

                                      S-80
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 Percentage of Initial Class A-3 Term Note Balance

Payment Date                                                             Percentage of Balance
- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                      PPC                              0%       50%        75%      100%      125%       150%      175%
- ------------------------------------------------ --------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Initial........................................       100       100        100       100       100        100       100
February 2001..................................        96        90         86        83        79         75        71
February 2002..................................        92        75         67        59        51         44        38
February 2003..................................        88        62         51        42        34         26        20
February 2004..................................        83        51         39        30        22         16        11
February 2005..................................        77        42         30        21        14          9         5
February 2006..................................        71        34         22        14         9          5         3
February 2007..................................        64        27         16        10         5          3         1
February 2008..................................        57        21         12         6         3          1         *
February 2009..................................        49        16          8         4         2          *         0
February 2010..................................        40        11          5         2         1          0         0
February 2011..................................        30         7          3         1         *          0         0
February 2012..................................        19         4          1         *         0          0         0
February 2013..................................         6         1          *         0         0          0         0
February 2014..................................         0         0          0         0         0          0         0
Weighted Average Life to 10% call (years)......      8.23      4.79       3.78      3.07      2.57       2.20      1.92
Weighted Average Life to maturity (years)......      8.26      4.93       3.96      3.25      2.74       2.35      2.04
</TABLE>


 .    The table above was calculated with the assumptions that:
     (1)  except where indicated, no optional termination is exercised; and
     (2)  in the case of the HELs, a percentage of PPC as disclosed above.

 .    All percentages listed in the table above are rounded to the nearest 1%.

 .    Use of a "*" in the table above denotes a value that is less than 1% but
     greater than 0.

                                      S-81
<PAGE>

                                 The Agreements

The Purchase Agreement

         The initial mortgage loans to be transferred to the issuer by the
depositor were or will be purchased by the depositor from the seller pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement. The following summary describes certain terms of the
Purchase Agreement. The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject
to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the
Purchase Agreement. See "The Agreements" in the prospectus.

         Under the Purchase Agreement, the seller has agreed to transfer,
without recourse, to the depositor the initial mortgage loans and related
additional balances. Pursuant to an assignment by the depositor executed on the
closing date, upon the transfer to the depositor, the initial mortgage loans
will be transferred, without recourse, by the depositor to the issuer, as well
as the depositor's rights in, to and under the Purchase Agreement, which will
include the obligation, except during the Rapid Amortization Period, to purchase
additional balances relating to the initial mortgage loans. Subsequent mortgage
loans are intended to be purchased by the issuer from the seller on or before
May 28, 2000, as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, from funds on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account. Subsequent mortgage loans are also intended to be
purchased, under certain circumstances, by the issuer from the seller from funds
on deposit in the Funding Account. The Purchase Agreement will provide that the
subsequent mortgage loans must conform to certain specified characteristics
described above under "Description of the Mortgage Loans--Conveyance of
Subsequent Mortgage Loans; the Pre-Funding Account and the Funding Account." For
a general description of the seller, see "The Seller and Servicer" in this
prospectus supplement.

         Transfer of Mortgage Loans. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the
seller will transfer and assign, without recourse, to the depositor all of its
right, title and interest in and to the Initial Mortgage Documents and all of
the additional balances thereafter created prior to the commencement of the
Rapid Amortization Period. The purchase price of the initial mortgage loans is a
specified amount payable by the depositor, as provided in the Purchase
Agreement. The purchase price paid for any subsequent mortgage loans by the
indenture trustee, at the direction of the issuer, from amounts on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate
principal balances of the subsequent mortgage loans as of the date so
transferred, as identified on the mortgage loan schedule attached to the related
subsequent transfer agreement provided by the seller. The purchase price of each
additional balance is the amount of the related new advance and is payable by
the issuer, either in cash, including withdrawals from the Funding Account, or
in the form of an increase in the Variable Funding Balance of the variable
funding notes, and, in certain circumstances, the issuance of additional
variable funding notes, as provided in the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture.

         The Purchase Agreement will require that, within the time period
specified in the Purchase Agreement, the seller deliver to the indenture
trustee, as the issuer's agent for such purpose, the mortgage loans and the
Initial Mortgage Documents. In lieu of delivery of original mortgages, the
seller may deliver true and correct copies of the original mortgages that have
been certified as to authenticity by the appropriate county recording office
where those mortgages were recorded.

         Representations and Warranties. The seller will represent and warrant
to the depositor, and to the issuer with respect to any subsequent mortgage
loans, that, among other things:

          .    the information with respect to the mortgage loans set forth in
               the schedule attached to the Purchase Agreement is true and
               correct in all material respects; and

          .    immediately prior to the sale of the initial mortgage loans to
               the depositor and the subsequent mortgage loans to the issuer,
               the seller was the sole owner and holder of the mortgage loans
               free and clear of any and all liens and security interests.

                                      S-82
<PAGE>

         The seller will also represent and warrant to the depositor, and to the
issuer with respect to any subsequent mortgage loans, that, among other things,
as of the closing date and the related subsequent transfer date with respect to
any subsequent mortgage loans:

          .    the Purchase Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
               obligation of the seller; and

          .    the Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid transfer and
               assignment of all right, title and interest of the seller in and
               to the initial mortgage loans or the subsequent mortgage loans,
               as applicable, and the proceeds thereof.

         Within 150 days of the closing date or the related subsequent transfer
date with respect to any subsequent mortgage loans, the custodian will review or
cause to be reviewed the mortgage loans and the Initial Mortgage Documents and
if any mortgage loan or Initial Mortgage Document is found to be defective in
any material respect which may materially and adversely affect the value of the
related mortgage loan or the interests of the indenture trustee, as pledgee of
the trust fund, the securityholders or the Enhancer in that mortgage loan and
the defect is not cured within 90 days following notification thereof to the
seller and the issuer by the custodian, the seller will be obligated under the
Purchase Agreement to deposit the Repurchase Price into the Custodial Account.
In lieu of any deposit into the Custodial Account, the seller may substitute an
Eligible Substitute Loan. Any purchase or substitution will result in the
removal of the defective mortgage loan from the trust fund. The obligation of
the seller to remove a Deleted Loan from the trust fund is the sole remedy
regarding any defects in the mortgage loans and Initial Mortgage Documents
available to the issuer, the certificateholders, or the owner trustee on behalf
of the certificateholders, and the noteholders, or the indenture trustee on
behalf of the noteholders, against the seller.

         In connection with the substitution of an Eligible Substitute Loan, the
seller will be required to deposit in the Custodial Account an amount equal to
the excess of the principal balance of the related Deleted Loan over the
principal balance of that Eligible Substitute Loan.

         In addition, the seller will be obligated to deposit the Repurchase
Price or substitute an Eligible Substitute Loan with respect to a mortgage loan
as to which there is a material breach of a representation or warranty in the
Purchase Agreement and the breach is not cured by the seller within the time
provided in the Purchase Agreement.

         In addition, the seller has made representations and warranties to the
depositor with respect to the initial mortgage loans and will make certain
representations and warranties to the issuer with respect to any subsequent
mortgage loans. The representations and warranties of the seller will be
assigned to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the noteholders, and
therefore a breach of the representations and warranties of the seller will be
enforceable on behalf of the trust fund.

         The representations and warranties will generally include, among other
things, that:

          .    as of the cut-off date, or related subsequent transfer date, with
               respect to any subsequent mortgage loans, the information set
               forth in a schedule of the related mortgage loans is true and
               correct in all material respects as of the date or dates
               respecting which the information is furnished;

          .    the seller was the sole holder and owner of the mortgage loans
               free and clear of any and all liens and security interests;

          .    to the best of seller's knowledge, each mortgage loan complied in
               all material respects with all applicable local, state and
               federal laws;

          .    no mortgage loan is 30 days or more delinquent in payment of
               principal and interest; and

          .    to the best of seller's knowledge, there is no delinquent
               recording or other tax or fee or assessment lien against any
               related mortgaged property.

         The depositor will assign to the owner trustee all of its right, title
and interest in the Purchase Agreement, insofar as the Purchase Agreement
relates to the representations and warranties made by the seller in respect of
the initial mortgage loans and any remedies provided for with respect to any
breach of the representations and warranties. If the seller cannot cure a breach
of any representation or warranty made by it in respect of a mortgage loan which
materially and adversely affects the interests of the noteholders or the
Enhancer in that mortgage loan,

                                      S-83
<PAGE>

within 90 days after notice from the servicer, the seller will be obligated to
repurchase the mortgage loan at the Repurchase Price.

         As to any mortgage loan required to be purchased by the seller as
provided above, rather than purchase the mortgage loan, the seller may, at its
sole option, remove the Deleted Loan from the trust fund and substitute in its
place an Eligible Substitute Loan.

         Assignment of the Mortgage Loans. On the closing date, the depositor
will cause the initial mortgage loans to be assigned without recourse to the
trust fund and on any subsequent transfer date the seller will cause the related
subsequent mortgage loans to be assigned without recourse to the indenture
trustee, as assignee of the owner trustee, on behalf of the trust fund, together
with all principal and interest received on or with respect to the mortgage
loans after the cut-off date or related subsequent cut-off date with respect to
any subsequent mortgage loans, other than principal and interest due on or
before the cut-off date or related subsequent cut-off date. The owner trustee,
on behalf of the trust fund, will, concurrently with the assignment, grant a
security interest in the trust fund to the indenture trustee to secure the
notes. Each initial mortgage loan will be identified in a schedule appearing as
an exhibit to the Purchase Agreement and each subsequent mortgage loan will be
identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related subsequent
transfer agreement. These schedules will include, among other things,
information as to the principal balance of each initial mortgage loan as of the
cut-off date or of any subsequent mortgage loans as of the subsequent cut-off
date, as well as information respecting the loan rate, the currently scheduled
monthly payment of principal and interest, the maturity of the related credit
line agreement or mortgage note, as applicable, and the CLTV Ratio at
origination or modification.

         The seller will, as to each mortgage loan, deliver to the custodian the
legal documents relating to that mortgage loan that are in possession of the
seller, which will include the following:

          (1)  the credit line agreement or mortgage note, as applicable, and
               any modification or amendment thereto, endorsed without recourse
               in blank;

          (2)  the mortgage, or a copy of the mortgage certified by an officer
               of the servicer for any mortgage not returned from the public
               recording office, with evidence of recording indicated thereon;

          (3)  an assignment in recordable form of the mortgage; and

          (4)  if applicable, any riders or modifications to the credit line
               agreement or mortgage note, as applicable, and mortgage, together
               with certain other documents at the times as set forth in the
               related agreement.

The assignments may be blanket assignments covering mortgages secured by
mortgaged properties located in the same county, if permitted by law. With the
exception of items (1), (2) and (3), the seller may not be required to deliver
one or more of the documents if the documents are missing from the files of the
party from whom the related mortgage loans were purchased.

         Review of Mortgage Loans. Bank of Maryland will be the custodian with
respect to the mortgage loans pursuant to a custodial agreement and will
maintain possession of and review documents relating to the mortgage loans as
the agent of the indenture trustee or, following payment in full of the notes
and discharge of the Indenture, the owner trustee.

         The custodian will hold the documents relating to the mortgage loans in
trust for the benefit of the holders of the securities and will review the
documents within 150 days. If any document is found to be defective in any
material respect, the custodian will be required to notify the indenture
trustee, as pledgee of the issuer. The indenture trustee will be required to
then notify the seller. If the seller cannot cure the defect 90 days after
notice of the defect is given to the seller, the seller will be required to,
within 90 days, either repurchase the related mortgage loan or any property
acquired in respect thereof from the indenture trustee, or substitute for that
mortgage loan a new mortgage loan in accordance with the standards set forth in
this prospectus supplement. The depositor will not be obligated to purchase or
substitute for the defective mortgage loan if the seller defaults on its
obligation to do so. The obligation to repurchase or substitute for a mortgage
loan constitutes the sole remedy available to the noteholders or the indenture
trustee for a material defect in a constituent document. Any mortgage loan not
so purchased or substituted for shall remain in the trust fund.

                                      S-84
<PAGE>

The Servicing Agreement

         The following summary describes certain terms of the Servicing
Agreement. The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Servicing
Agreement. See "The Agreements" in the prospectus.

         All of the mortgage loans will initially be serviced by the servicer,
but may be subserviced by one or more subservicers designated by the servicer
pursuant to subservicing agreements between the servicer and any future
subservicers. For a general description of the servicer and its activities, and
certain information concerning the servicer's delinquency experience on
residential mortgage loans, see "The Seller and Servicer--Delinquency and Loss
Experience of the Servicer's Portfolio" in this prospectus supplement.

         P&I Collections. All collections on the mortgage loans will generally
be allocated in accordance with the related credit line agreements or mortgage
notes, as applicable, between amounts collected in respect of interest and
amounts collected in respect of principal.

         The servicer will be required to establish and maintain the Custodial
Account. On each Determination Date, the servicer will determine the aggregate
amounts required to be withdrawn from the Custodial Account and deposited into
the Note Payment Account and the Distribution Account prior to the close of
business on the business day next succeeding each Determination Date.

         The servicer will make withdrawals from the Custodial Account,
including but not limited to the following, and deposit the withdrawn amounts as
follows:

          .    to the Note Payment Account, an amount equal to the P&I
               Collections on the business day prior to each Payment Date; and

          .    to pay to itself or the seller various reimbursement amounts and
               other amounts as provided in the Servicing Agreement.

         Events of Default;  Rights Upon Event of Default. A servicing default
under the Servicing Agreement generally will include:

          .    any failure by the servicer to deposit to the Custodial Account,
               Funding Account, Reserve Account, Distribution Account or the
               Note Payment Account any required payment which continues
               unremedied for five (5) business days after the date upon which
               written notice of the failure shall have been given to the
               servicer by the issuer or the indenture trustee, or to the
               servicer, the issuer and the indenture trustee by the Enhancer;

          .    any failure by the servicer duly to observe or perform in any
               material respect any other of its covenants or agreements in the
               Servicing Agreement which continues unremedied for 45 days after
               the date upon which written notice of the failure shall have been
               given to the servicer by the Issuer or the indenture trustee, or
               to the servicer, the issuer and the indenture trustee by the
               Enhancer;

          .    certain events of insolvency, bankruptcy, readjustment of debt,
               marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings
               regarding the servicer and certain actions by the servicer
               indicating its insolvency or inability to pay its obligations;
               and

          .    certain other events relating to the servicer.

         So long as a servicing default under the Servicing Agreement remains
unremedied, either the depositor, the Enhancer, so long as it is not in default
of its payment obligations under the Policy, or the indenture trustee may, by
written notification to the servicer and to the issuer or the indenture trustee,
as applicable, terminate all of the rights and obligations of the servicer under
the Servicing Agreement, other than any right of the servicer as securityholder
and other than the right to receive servicing compensation and expenses for
servicing the mortgage loans during any period prior to the date of termination,
and reimbursement of other amounts the servicer is entitled to withdraw from the
Custodial Account, whereupon the indenture trustee, within 90 days of the
termination, will succeed to all responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the
servicer under the Servicing Agreement, other than the obligation to

                                      S-85
<PAGE>

purchase mortgage loans under certain circumstances, and will be entitled to
similar compensation arrangements. In the event that the indenture trustee would
be obligated to succeed the servicer but is unwilling so to act, it may appoint,
or if it is unable so to act, it shall appoint, or petition a court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of an approved mortgage servicing institution
with a net worth of at least $10,000,000 to act as successor to the servicer
under the Servicing Agreement; provided that any successor servicer shall be
acceptable to the Enhancer, as evidenced by the Enhancer's prior written
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further
that the appointment of any successor servicer will not result in the
qualification, reduction or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to the notes by
the Rating Agencies, if determined without regard to the Policy. Pending the
appointment of a successor servicer, the indenture trustee is obligated to act
as servicer unless prohibited by law from so acting. The indenture trustee and
the successor servicer may agree upon the servicing compensation to be paid,
which in no event may be greater than the compensation to the initial servicer
under the Servicing Agreement.

         Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses. The principal servicing
compensation to be paid to the servicer in respect of its servicing activities
will be equal to 0.50% per annum, based on the aggregate principal balance of
the mortgage loans. The servicer will retain all assumption fees and late
payment charges, to the extent collected from mortgagors, and any benefit which
may accrue as a result of the investment of funds in the Custodial Account, the
Note Payment Account or the Distribution Account.

         The servicer, or, if specified in the Servicing Agreement, the
indenture trustee on behalf of the trust fund, will pay or cause to be paid
certain ongoing expenses associated with the trust fund and incurred by it in
connection with its responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement, including,
without limitation, payment of the fees of the Enhancer, payment of the fees and
disbursements of the indenture trustee, the owner trustee, the custodian, the
note registrar and any paying agent, and payment of expenses incurred in
enforcing the obligations of the seller. If the servicer is not the same person
as the seller, the servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of expenses
incurred in enforcing the obligations of the seller under certain limited
circumstances. In addition, as indicated in the preceding section, the servicer
will be entitled to reimbursements for certain expenses incurred by it in
connection with liquidated mortgage loans and in connection with the restoration
of mortgaged properties, that right of reimbursement being prior to the rights
of noteholders to receive any related liquidation proceeds, including insurance
proceeds.

         Evidence as to Compliance. The Servicing Agreement provides for
delivery on or before a specified date in each year, to the depositor, the
Enhancer and the indenture trustee, of an annual statement signed by an officer
of the servicer to the effect that the servicer has fulfilled in all material
respects the minimum servicing standards set forth in the Uniform Single
Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers throughout the preceding year or, if
there has been a material default in the fulfillment of any servicing
obligation, the statement shall specify each known default and the nature and
status thereof. The statement may be provided as a single form making the
required statements as to the Servicing Agreement along with other similar
agreements.

         The Servicing Agreement also provides that on or before a specified
date in each year, beginning on the first date that is at least a specified
number of months after the cut-off date, a firm of independent public
accountants will furnish a statement to the depositor and the indenture trustee
to the effect that, on the basis of an examination by that firm conducted
substantially in compliance with the standards established by the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the servicing of mortgage loans under
the related agreements, including the Servicing Agreement, was conducted
substantially in compliance with the minimum servicing standards set forth in
the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers, to the extent that
procedures in the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers are
applicable to the servicing obligations set forth in the related agreements,
except for any significant exceptions or errors in records that shall be
reported in the statement.

         Copies of the annual statement of an officer of the servicer may be
obtained by noteholders without charge upon written request to the servicer, at
the address indicated in the monthly statement to noteholders.

         Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer. The Servicing Agreement
provides that the servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under
the Servicing Agreement except upon a determination that performance of its
obligations and duties is no longer permissible under applicable law or except
in connection with a permitted transfer of servicing. No such resignation will
become effective until the indenture trustee or a successor servicer has assumed
the servicer's obligations and duties under the Servicing Agreement.

                                      S-86
<PAGE>

         The Servicing Agreement also provides that, except as set forth below,
neither the servicer nor any director, officer, employee or agent of the
servicer will be under any liability to the trust fund or the noteholders for
any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith
pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided,
however, that neither the servicer nor any such person will be protected against
any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance,
bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties thereunder. The Servicing Agreement
further provides that the servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent
of the servicer is entitled to indemnification by the trust fund and will be
held harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with
any legal action relating to the Servicing Agreement, other than any loss,
liability or expense incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties thereunder or by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, the
Servicing Agreement provides that the servicer will not be under any obligation
to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal or administrative action that is not
incidental to its respective duties under the Servicing Agreement and which in
its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability. The servicer may,
however, in its discretion undertake any action which it may deem necessary or
desirable with respect to the Servicing Agreement and the rights and duties of
the parties thereto and the interests of the noteholders thereunder. In that
event, the legal expenses and costs of the action and any liability resulting
from the action will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the trust fund and
the servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed out of funds otherwise payable to
noteholders.

         Any person into which the servicer may be merged or consolidated, any
person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the servicer is a
party or any person succeeding to the business of the servicer will be the
successor of the servicer under the Servicing Agreement, provided that resulting
entity meets the requirements set forth in the Servicing Agreement. In addition,
notwithstanding the prohibition on its resignation, the servicer may assign its
rights and delegate its duties and obligations under the Servicing Agreement to
any person reasonably satisfactory to the Enhancer and meeting the requirements
set forth in the Servicing Agreement; provided, that consent to any assignment
may not be unreasonably withheld. In the case of any assignment, the servicer
will be released from its obligations under the Servicing Agreement, exclusive
of liabilities and obligations incurred by it prior to the time of the
assignment.

         Amendment. The Servicing Agreement may be amended by the parties
thereto, provided that any amendment be accompanied by a letter from each Rating
Agency that the amendment will not result in the qualification, reduction or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to the notes, if determined without
regard to the Policy, and provided further, that the consent of the Enhancer and
the indenture trustee shall be obtained.

The Trust Agreement and the Indenture

         The following summary describes certain terms of the Trust Agreement
and the Indenture. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject
to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the respective provisions of
the Trust Agreement and the Indenture. See "The Agreements" in the prospectus.

         The Trust Fund. Simultaneously with the issuance of the notes, the
issuer will pledge the trust fund to the indenture trustee as collateral for the
notes. As pledgee of the mortgage loans, the indenture trustee will be entitled
to direct the issuer in the exercise of all rights and remedies of the trust
fund against the seller under the Purchase Agreement and against the servicer
under the Servicing Agreement.

         Reports To Noteholders. The indenture trustee will, to the extent
information is provided to it by the servicer pursuant to the terms of the
Servicing Agreement, make available to each holder of the term notes, at its
address listed on the note register maintained with the indenture trustee, and
each Rating Agency, the Enhancer and the depositor, a report setting forth
certain amounts relating to the term notes for each Payment Date, including,
among other things:

          (1)  the amount of principal, if any, payable on that Payment Date to
               the holders of the term notes;

          (2)  the amount of interest payable on that Payment Date to the
               holders of the term notes and the amount, if any, of Interest
               Shortfalls;

          (3)  the Term Note Balance after giving effect to any payment of
               principal on that Payment Date;

          (4)  the P & I Collections for each Loan Group for the related
               Collection Period;

                                      S-87
<PAGE>

          (5)  the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in each
               Loan Group as of the end of the preceding Collection Period;

          (6)  the balance of the Pre-Funding Account as of the end of the
               preceding Collection Period;

          (7)  the balances of the Funding Account, Capitalized Interest Account
               and Reserve Account as of the end of the preceding Collection
               Period;

          (8)  the aggregate principal balance of all subsequent mortgage loans
               transferred pursuant to a subsequent transfer agreement since the
               closing date;

          (9)  the Overcollateralization Amount for each Loan Group as of the
               end of the preceding Collection Period; and

          (10) the amount paid, if any, under the Policy for that Payment Date.

In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above, the
amounts will be expressed as a dollar amount per $25,000 in face amount of term
notes.

         The indenture trustee will make the reports to holders of the term
notes, and, at its option, any additional files containing the same information
in an alternative format, available each month to holders of the term notes, and
other parties to the Indenture via the indenture trustee's internet website and
its fax-on-demand service. The indenture trustee's fax-on-demand service may be
accessed by calling (301) 815-6610. The indenture trustee's internet website
shall initially be located at www.ctslink.com. Assistance in using the website
or the fax-on-demand service can be obtained by calling the indenture trustee's
customer service desk at (301) 815-6600. Parties that are unable to use the
above distribution options are entitled to have a paper copy mailed to them via
first class mail by calling the customer service desk and indicating they would
like to receive a paper copy. The indenture trustee shall have the right to
change the way the reports to holders of the term notes are distributed in order
to make the distribution more convenient and/or more accessible and the
indenture trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above
parties regarding any changes.

         Certain  Covenants.  The Indenture will provide that the issuer may not
consolidate or merge with or into any other entity, unless:

          (1)  the entity formed by or surviving the consolidation or merger is
               organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the
               District of Columbia;

          (2)  the surviving entity expressly assumes, by an indenture
               supplemental to the Indenture, the issuer's obligation to make
               due and punctual payments upon the notes and the performance or
               observance of any agreement and covenant of the issuer under the
               Indenture;

          (3)  no event of default under the Indenture shall have occurred and
               be continuing immediately after the merger or consolidation;

          (4)  the issuer has received consent of the Enhancer and has been
               advised that the ratings of the notes, without regard to the
               Policy, then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn by any
               Rating Agency as a result of the merger or consolidation;

          (5)  any action that is necessary to maintain the lien and security
               interest created by the Indenture has been taken;

          (6)  the issuer has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that
               the consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax
               consequence to the issuer or to any noteholder or
               certificateholder; and

          (7)  the issuer has delivered to the indenture trustee an officer's
               certificate and an opinion of counsel each stating that the
               consolidation or merger and the supplemental indenture comply
               with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent, as provided
               in the Indenture, relating to the transaction have been complied
               with.

          The issuer will not, among other things:

          (1)  except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, sell, transfer,
               exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the issuer;

                                      S-88
<PAGE>

          (2)  claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal and
               interest payable in respect of the notes, other than amounts
               withheld under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
               applicable state law, or assert any claim against any present or
               former holder of notes because of the payment of taxes levied or
               assessed upon the issuer;

          (3)  permit the validity or effectiveness of the Indenture to be
               impaired or permit any person to be released from any covenants
               or obligations with respect to the notes under the Indenture
               except as may be expressly permitted thereby; or

          (4)  permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
               mortgage or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or
               otherwise arise upon or burden the assets of the issuer or any
               part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

         The Issuer may not engage in any activity other than as specified under
"The Issuer" in this prospectus supplement.

         Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default. An event of default
under the Indenture includes:

          (1)  a default for five (5) days or more in the payment of any
               principal of or interest on any note;

          (2)  there occurs a default in the observance or performance in any
               material respect of any covenant or agreement of the issuer made
               in the Indenture, or any representation or warranty of the issuer
               made in the Indenture or in any certificate delivered pursuant to
               or in connection with the Indenture proving to have been
               incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same
               shall have been made that has a material adverse effect on the
               noteholders or the Enhancer, and the default shall continue or
               not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of
               which the representation or warranty was incorrect shall not have
               been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a period of 30 days after
               there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to
               the issuer by the indenture trustee or to the issuer and the
               indenture trustee by the holders of at least 25% of the
               outstanding Note Balance of the notes or the Enhancer, a written
               notice specifying the default or incorrect representation or
               warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that the
               notice is a notice of default under the Indenture;

          (3)  there occurs the filing of a decree or order for relief by a
               court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the
               issuer or any substantial part of the trust fund in an
               involuntary case under any applicable federal or state
               bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
               effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
               custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the
               issuer or for any substantial part of the trust fund, or ordering
               the winding-up or liquidation of the issuer's affairs, and the
               decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period
               of 60 consecutive days; or

          (4)  there occurs the commencement by the issuer of a voluntary case
               under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
               other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by
               the issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary
               case under any such law, or the consent by the issuer to the
               appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
               assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of
               the issuer or for any substantial part of the assets of the trust
               fund, or the making by the issuer of any general assignment for
               the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the issuer generally
               to pay its debts as those debts become due, or the taking of any
               action by the issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

         If an event of default with respect to the notes at the time
outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the indenture trustee, acting on
the direction of at least 51% of the noteholders, the Enhancer or the holders of
notes representing a majority of the aggregate Note Balance, with the written
consent of the Enhancer, may declare all notes to be due and payable
immediately. Such declaration may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded and
annulled by the Enhancer or the holders of notes representing a majority of the
aggregate Note Balance, with the written consent of the Enhancer.

         If, following an event of default with respect to the notes, the notes
have been declared to be due and payable, the indenture trustee, acting on the
direction of at least 51% of the noteholders, with the written consent of the
Enhancer, notwithstanding any acceleration, may elect to maintain possession of
the collateral securing the notes

                                      S-89
<PAGE>

and to continue to apply payments on the collateral as if there had been no
declaration of acceleration if the collateral continues to provide sufficient
funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes as they would
have become due if there had not been a declaration. In addition, the indenture
trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the notes
following an event of default, unless:

          .    all noteholders consent to the sale;

          .    the proceeds of the sale or liquidation are sufficient to pay in
               full the principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid, on
               the outstanding notes and to reimburse the Enhancer at the date
               of the sale; or

          .    the indenture trustee determines that the collateral would not be
               sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the notes
               as payments would have become due if the notes had not been
               declared due and payable, and the indenture trustee obtains the
               consent of the holders of notes representing 66 2/3% of the then
               aggregate Note Balance and the Enhancer.

         In the event that the indenture trustee liquidates the collateral in
connection with an event of default, the Indenture provides that the indenture
trustee will have a prior lien on the proceeds of any liquidation for unpaid
fees and expenses. As a result, upon the occurrence of an event of default, the
amount available for payments to the noteholders would be less than would
otherwise be the case. However, the indenture trustee may not institute a
proceeding for the enforcement of its lien except in connection with a
proceeding for the enforcement of the lien of the Indenture for the benefit of
the noteholders after the occurrence of an event of default.

         In the event the principal of the notes is declared due and payable as
described above, the holders of any notes issued at a discount from par may be
entitled to receive no more than an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount
of the related note less the amount of the discount that is unamortized.

         No noteholder generally will have any right under the Indenture to
institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture unless:

          (1)  the holder previously has given to the indenture trustee written
               notice of default and the continuance thereof;

          (2)  the holders of any note evidencing not less than 25% of the
               aggregate Percentage Interests constituting that note:

               .    have made written request upon the indenture trustee to
                    institute the proceeding in its own name as indenture
                    trustee thereunder; and

               .    have offered to the indenture trustee reasonable indemnity;

          (3)  the indenture trustee has neglected or refused to institute any
               proceeding for 60 days after receipt of the request and
               indemnity; and

          (4)  no direction inconsistent with the written request has been given
               to the indenture trustee during the 60 day period by the holders
               of a majority of the outstanding principal balances of that note,
               except as otherwise provided for in the related agreement with
               respect to the Enhancer.

However, the indenture trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of
the trusts or powers vested in it by the Indenture or to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction of any of the holders of the notes, unless the noteholders have
offered to the indenture trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the
costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

         Amendment and Modification of Trust Agreement and Indenture. The Trust
Agreement may be amended from time to time by the parties thereto provided that
any amendment be accompanied by an opinion of counsel addressed to the owner
trustee and the Enhancer to the effect that the amendment:

          .    complies with the provisions of the Trust Agreement; and

          .    will not cause the trust fund to be subject to an entity level
               tax.

                                      S-90
<PAGE>

         With the consent of the holders of a majority of each of the
outstanding term notes and variable funding notes and the Enhancer, the issuer
and the indenture trustee may execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions
to, change in any manner or eliminate any provisions of, the Indenture, or
modify, except as provided below, in any manner the rights of the noteholders.
However, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected
thereby and the Enhancer, no supplemental indenture will:

          (1)  change the due date of any installment of principal of or
               interest on any note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the
               interest rate specified thereon or change any place of payment
               where or the coin or currency in which any note or any interest
               thereon is payable;

          (2)  impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of certain
               provisions of the Indenture regarding payment;

          (3)  reduce the percentage of the aggregate Note Balance of the
               outstanding notes, the consent of the holders of which is
               required for any supplemental indenture or the consent of the
               holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with
               certain provisions of the Indenture or of certain defaults
               thereunder and their consequences as provided for in the
               Indenture;

          (4)  modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the
               voting of notes held by the issuer, the depositor or an affiliate
               of any of them;

          (5)  decrease the percentage of the aggregate Note Balance required to
               amend the sections of the Indenture which specify the applicable
               percentage of the Note Balance necessary to amend the Indenture
               or certain other related agreements;

          (6)  modify any of the provisions of the Indenture in a manner as to
               affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest
               or principal due on any note, including the calculation of any of
               the individual components of such calculation; or

          (7)  permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or, except as
               otherwise contemplated by the Indenture, on a parity with the
               lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for
               the notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in
               the Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any
               collateral or deprive the holder of any note of the security
               afforded by the lien of the Indenture.

         The issuer and the indenture trustee may also enter into supplemental
indentures, with the consent of the Enhancer and without obtaining the consent
of the noteholders, for the purpose of, among other things, curing any ambiguity
or correcting or supplementing any provision in the Indenture that may be
inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture.

         Termination; Redemption of Term Notes. The obligations created by the
Trust Agreement, other than certain limited payment and notice obligations of
the owner trustee and the depositor, respectively, will terminate upon the
payment to the related securityholders, including the notes issued pursuant to
the Indenture, of all amounts held by the servicer and required to be paid to
the securityholders and the payment of all amounts due and owing the Enhancer
under the Insurance Agreement following the earliest of:

          .    the final distribution of all moneys or other property or
               proceeds of the trust fund in accordance with the terms of the
               Indenture and the Trust Agreement;

          .    the Final Payment Date; or

          .    the purchase by the servicer of all mortgage loans pursuant to
               the Servicing Agreement. See "Description of the
               Securities--Maturity and Optional Redemption" in this prospectus
               supplement.

         The Indenture will be discharged, except with respect to certain
continuing rights specified in the Indenture, upon the distribution to
noteholders of all amounts required to be distributed pursuant to the Indenture.

         Certain Matters Regarding the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer. Neither
the indenture trustee nor any director, officer or employee of the indenture
trustee will be under any liability to the issuer or the noteholders for any
action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith
pursuant to the Indenture or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that
none of the indenture trustee and any director, officer or employee thereof will

                                      S-91
<PAGE>

be protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful malfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the Indenture.
Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the indenture trustee
and any director, officer, employee or agent of the indenture trustee will be
indemnified by the issuer and held harmless against any loss, liability or
expense incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or
defending any legal action, commenced or threatened, relating to the Indenture
other than any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of willful
malfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under the
Indenture or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under
the Indenture. All persons into which the indenture trustee may be merged or
with which it may be consolidated or any person resulting from any merger or
consolidation will be the successor of the indenture trustee under the
Indenture.


                                 Use of Proceeds

         The proceeds from the sale of the term notes will be used, together
with the proceeds from the sale of the variable funding notes and the
certificates to the seller, to purchase the initial mortgage loans from the
depositor and, subsequently, to purchase certain subsequent mortgage loans as
described in this prospectus supplement.


                   Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans

         A federal circuit court decision may adversely affect the indenture
trustee's interest in the mortgage loans included in the trust fund even if the
mortgage loans constitute chattel paper. In a federal court case in the Tenth
Circuit, the court's decision included language to the effect that accounts sold
by an entity which subsequently became bankrupt remained property of the
debtor's bankruptcy estate. Sales of chattel paper, like sales of accounts, are
governed by Article 9 of the UCC. If the seller is subject to the federal
bankruptcy code and becomes a debtor under the federal bankruptcy code, and a
court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit and apply that reasoning
to chattel paper, noteholders could experience a delay in, or reduction of,
distributions as to the mortgage loans that constitute chattel paper and were
sold to the trust fund.

                    Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations

         The following is a general discussion of anticipated material federal
income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the term
notes offered under this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
This discussion has been prepared with the advice of Orrick, Herrington &
Sutcliffe LLP as counsel to the depositor. This discussion is directed solely to
noteholders that hold the term notes as capital assets within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and does not
purport to discuss all federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to
particular categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special
rules, including banks, insurance companies, foreign investors, tax-exempt
organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, mutual funds, real estate
investment trusts, natural persons, cash method taxpayers, S corporations,
estates and trusts, investors that hold the notes as part of a hedge, straddle
or, an integrated or conversion transaction, or holders whose "functional
currency" is not the United States dollar. Also, it does not address alternative
minimum tax consequences or the indirect effects on the holders of equity
interests in a noteholder. Further, the authorities on which this discussion,
and the opinion referred to below, are based are subject to change or differing
interpretations, which could apply retroactively. Taxpayers and preparers of tax
returns should be aware that under applicable Treasury regulations a provider of
advice on specific issues of law is not considered an income tax return preparer
unless the advice:

          .    is given as to events that have occurred at the time the advice
               is rendered and is not given as to the consequences of
               contemplated actions; and

          .    is directly relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax
               return.

Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their tax advisors and tax return
preparers regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even where the
anticipated tax treatment has been discussed in this prospectus supplement
and/or the accompanying prospectus.

         In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, potential investors
should consider the state and local tax consequences, if any, of the

                                      S-92
<PAGE>

purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes. See "State and Other Tax
Consequences" in this prospectus supplement. Noteholders are advised to consult
their tax advisors concerning the federal, state, local or other tax
consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes
offered under this prospectus.

         In the opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, special tax
counsel to the depositor, for federal income tax purposes, the term notes will
be characterized as indebtedness, and neither the issuer nor any portion of the
issuer will be characterized as an association, or a publicly traded
partnership, taxable as a corporation or as a taxable mortgage pool within the
meaning of Section 7701(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         The following discussion is based in part upon the rules governing
original issue discount that are described in Sections 1271-1273 and 1275 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and in the Treasury regulations
issued under these sections, referred to as the "OID Regulations." The OID
Regulations do not adequately address various issues relevant to, and in some
instances provide that they are not applicable to, securities such as the term
notes. For purposes of this tax discussion, references to a "noteholder" or a
"holder" are to the beneficial owner of a term note.

Status as Real Property Loans

         Notes held by a domestic building and loan association will not
constitute "loans . . . secured by an interest in real property" within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended; and notes held by a real estate investment trust will not constitute
"real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and interest on notes will not be considered
"interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property" within the
meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

Original Issue Discount

         The term notes are not expected to be considered issued with original
issue discount since the principal amount of the term notes will not exceed
their issue price by more than a de minimis amount. The stated interest thereon
will be taxable to a noteholder as ordinary interest income when received or
accrued in accordance with the noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the
OID Regulations, a holder of a note issued with a de minimis amount of original
issue discount must include the discount in income, on a pro rata basis, as
principal payments are made on the note.

         The original issue discount, if any, on a note would be the excess of
its stated redemption price at maturity over its issue price. The issue price of
a particular class of notes will be the first cash price at which a substantial
amount of notes of that class is sold, excluding sales to bond houses, brokers
and underwriters, on the closing date. If less than a substantial amount of a
particular class of notes is sold for cash on or prior to the closing date, the
issue price of the class will be treated as the fair market value of that class
on the closing date. Under the OID Regulations, the stated redemption price of a
note is equal to the total of all payments to be made on the note other than
"qualified stated interest." "Qualified stated interest" includes interest that
is unconditionally payable at least annually at a single fixed rate, or in the
case of a variable rate debt instrument, at a "qualified floating rate," an
"objective rate," a combination of a single fixed rate and one or more
"qualified floating rates" or one "qualified inverse floating rate," or a
combination of "qualified floating rates" that typically does not operate in a
manner that accelerates or defers interest payments on the note.

         In the case of notes bearing adjustable note rates, the determination
of the total amount of original issue discount and the timing of the inclusion
of original issue discount will vary according to the characteristics of the
notes. In general terms original issue discount is accrued by treating the note
rate of the notes as fixed and making adjustments to reflect actual note rate
payments.

         Some classes of the notes may provide for the first interest payment on
these notes to be made more than one month after the date of issuance, a period
which is longer than the subsequent monthly intervals between interest payments.
Assuming the "accrual period," as defined in the fourth paragraph below, for
original issue discount is each monthly period that ends on a Payment Date, in
some cases, as a consequence of this "long first accrual period," some or all
interest payments may be required to be included in the stated redemption price
of the note and accounted for as original issue discount.

                                      S-93
<PAGE>

         In addition, if the accrued interest to be paid on the first Payment
Date is computed for a period that begins prior to the closing date, a portion
of the purchase price paid for a note will reflect the accrued interest. In
those cases, information returns to the noteholders and the IRS will be based on
the position that the portion of the purchase price paid for the interest
accrued during periods prior to the closing date is treated as part of the
overall purchase price of the note, and not as a separate asset the purchase
price of which is recovered entirely out of interest received on the next
distribution date, and that portion of the interest paid on the first
distribution date in excess of interest accrued for a number of days
corresponding to the number of days from the closing date to the first
distribution date should be included in the stated redemption price of the note.
However, the OID Regulations state that all or some portion of the accrued
interest may be treated as a separate asset the cost of which is recovered
entirely out of interest paid on the first distribution date. It is unclear how
an election to do so would be made under the OID Regulations and whether the
election could be made unilaterally by a noteholder.

         Notwithstanding the general definition of original issue discount,
original issue discount on a note will be considered to be de minimis if it is
less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price of the note multiplied by its
weighted average maturity. For this purpose, the weighted average maturity of
the note is computed as the sum of the amounts determined, as to each payment
included in the stated redemption price of the note, by multiplying (1) the
number of complete years, rounding down for partial years, from the issue date
until the payment is expected to be made, possibly taking into account a
prepayment assumption, by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount
of the payment, and the denominator of which is the stated redemption price at
maturity of the note. Under the OID Regulations, original issue discount of only
a de minimis amount, other than de minimis original issue discount attributable
to a so-called "teaser" interest rate or an initial interest holiday, will be
included in income as each payment of stated principal is made, based on the
product of the total amount of the de minimis original issue discount and a
fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the principal payment and the
denominator of which is the outstanding stated principal amount of the note. The
OID Regulations also would permit a noteholder to elect to accrue de minimis
original issue discount into income currently based on a constant yield method.
See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations--Market Discount" in this
prospectus supplement for a description of the election under the OID
Regulations.

         If original issue discount on a note is in excess of a de minimis
amount, the holder of the note must include in ordinary gross income the sum of
the "daily portions" of original issue discount for each day during its taxable
year on which it held the note, including the purchase date but excluding the
disposition date. In the case of an original holder of a note, the daily
portions of original issue discount will be determined as follows.

         As to each "accrual period," that is, each period that ends on a date
that corresponds to a distribution date and begins on the first day following
the immediately preceding accrual period, or in the case of the first period,
begins on the closing date, a calculation will be made of the portion of the
original issue discount that accrued during this accrual period. The portion of
original issue discount that accrues in any accrual period will equal the
excess, if any, of (1) the sum of (A) the present value, as of the end of the
accrual period, of all of the distributions remaining to be made on the note, if
any, in future periods and (B) the distributions made on the note during the
accrual period of amounts included in the stated redemption price, over (2) the
adjusted issue price of the note at the beginning of the accrual period. The
present value of the remaining distributions referred to in the preceding
sentence will be calculated using a discount rate equal to the original yield to
maturity of the notes, and possibly assuming that distributions on the note will
be received in future periods based on the trust assets being prepaid at a rate
equal to a prepayment assumption. For these purposes, the original yield to
maturity of the note would be calculated based on its issue price and possibly
assuming that distributions on the note will be made in all accrual periods
based on the trust assets being prepaid at a rate equal to a prepayment
assumption. The adjusted issue price of a note at the beginning of any accrual
period will equal the issue price of the note, increased by the aggregate amount
of original issue discount that accrued on the note in prior accrual periods,
and reduced by the amount of any distributions made on the note in prior accrual
periods of amounts included in its stated redemption price. The original issue
discount accruing during any accrual period, computed as described above, will
be allocated ratably to each day during the accrual period to determine the
daily portion of original issue discount for that day. Although the issuer will
calculate original issue discount, if any, based on its determination of the
accrual periods, a noteholder may, subject to some restrictions, elect other
accrual periods.

         A subsequent purchaser of a note that purchases the note at a price,
excluding any portion of the price attributable to accrued qualified stated
interest, less than its remaining stated redemption price will also be required
to include in gross income the daily portions of any original issue discount
relating to the note. However, each daily

                                      S-94
<PAGE>

portion will be reduced, if the cost is in excess of its "adjusted issue price,"
in proportion to the ratio that excess bears to the aggregate original issue
discount remaining to be accrued on the note. The adjusted issue price of a note
on any given day equals:

          .    the adjusted issue price, or, in the case of the first accrual
               period, the issue price, of the note at the beginning of the
               accrual period which includes that day, plus

          .    the daily portions of original issue discount for all days during
               the accrual period prior to that day, less

          .    any principal payments made during the accrual period relating to
               the note.

Market Discount

         A noteholder that purchases a note at a market discount, that is,
assuming the note is issued without original issue discount, at a purchase price
less than its remaining stated principal amount, will recognize gain upon
receipt of each distribution representing stated principal. In particular, under
Section 1276 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the noteholder,
in most cases, will be required to allocate the portion of each distribution
representing stated principal first to accrued market discount not previously
included in income, and to recognize ordinary income to that extent.

         A noteholder may elect to include market discount in income currently
as it accrues rather than including it on a deferred basis in accordance with
the foregoing. If made, the election will apply to all market discount bonds
acquired by the noteholder on or after the first day of the first taxable year
to which the election applies. In addition, the OID Regulations permit a
noteholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount, including de minimis
market or original issue discount, and premium in income as interest, based on a
constant yield method. If this election were made for a note with market
discount, the noteholder would be deemed to have made an election to include
currently market discount in income for all other debt instruments having market
discount that the noteholder acquires during the taxable year of the election or
after that year, and possibly previously acquired instruments. Similarly, a
noteholder that made this election for a note that is acquired at a premium
would be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium for all debt
instruments having amortizable bond premium that the noteholder owns or
acquires. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences--Premium" in this
prospectus supplement. Each of these elections to accrue interest, discount and
premium for a note on a constant yield method would be irrevocable.

         However, market discount for a note will be considered to be de minimis
for purposes of Section 1276 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
if the market discount is less than 0.25% of the remaining principal amount of
the note multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity remaining after
the date of its purchase. In interpreting a similar rule for original issue
discount on obligations payable in installments, the OID Regulations refer to
the weighted average maturity of obligations, and it is likely that the same
rule will be applied for market discount, possibly taking into account a
prepayment assumption. If market discount is treated as de minimis under this
rule, it appears that the actual discount would be treated in a manner similar
to original issue discount of a de minimis amount. See "Certain Federal Income
Tax Consequences--Original Issue Discount" in this prospectus supplement.

         Section 1276(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
specifically authorizes the Treasury Department to issue regulations providing
for the method for accruing market discount on debt instruments, the principal
of which is payable in more than one installment. Until regulations are issued
by the Treasury Department, some rules described in the legislative history to
Section 1276 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Committee
Report, apply. The Committee Report indicates that in each accrual period market
discount on notes should accrue, at the noteholder's option: (1) on the basis of
a constant yield method, or (2) in the case of a note issued without original
issue discount, in an amount that bears the same ratio to the total remaining
market discount as the stated interest paid in the accrual period bears to the
total amount of stated interest remaining to be paid on the notes as of the
beginning of the accrual period. Moreover, any prepayment assumption used in
calculating the accrual of original issue discount is also used in calculating
the accrual of market discount. Because the regulations referred to in this
paragraph have not been issued, it is not possible to predict what effect these
regulations might have on the tax treatment of a note purchased at a discount in
the secondary market. Further, it is uncertain whether a prepayment assumption
would be required to be used for the notes if they were issued with original
issue discount.

                                      S-95
<PAGE>

         To the extent that notes provide for monthly or other periodic
distributions throughout their term, the effect of these rules may be to require
market discount to be includible in income at a rate that is not significantly
slower than the rate at which the discount would accrue if it were original
issue discount. Moreover, in any event a holder of a note typically will be
required to treat a portion of any gain on the sale or exchange of the note as
ordinary income to the extent of the market discount accrued to the date of
disposition under one of the foregoing methods, less any accrued market discount
previously reported as ordinary income.

         Further, under Section 1277 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, a holder of a note may be required to defer a portion of its interest
deductions for the taxable year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or
continued to purchase or carry a note purchased with market discount. For these
purposes, the de minimis rule referred to in the third preceding paragraph
applies. Any deferred interest expense would not exceed the market discount that
accrues during that taxable year and is, in most cases, allowed as a deduction
not later than the year in which the market discount is includible in income. If
the holder elects to include market discount in income currently as it accrues
on all market discount instruments acquired by that holder in that taxable year
or after that year, the interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

Premium

         If a holder purchases a note for an amount greater than its remaining
principal amount, the holder will be considered to have purchased the note with
amortizable bond premium equal in amount to the excess, and may elect to
amortize the premium using a constant yield method over the remaining term of
the note and to offset interest otherwise to be required to be included in
income relating to that note by the premium amortized in that taxable year. If
this election is made, it will apply to all debt instruments having amortizable
bond premium that the holder owns or subsequently acquires. The OID Regulations
also permit noteholders to elect to include all interest, discount and premium
in income based on a constant yield method. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Market Discount" in this prospectus supplement. The Committee
Report states that the same rules that apply to accrual of market discount,
which rules may require use of a prepayment assumption in accruing market
discount for notes without regard to whether the notes have original issue
discount, would also apply in amortizing bond premium under Section 171 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Realized Losses

         Under Section 166 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
both corporate and noncorporate holders of the notes that acquire those notes in
connection with a trade or business should be allowed to deduct, as ordinary
losses, any losses sustained during a taxable year in which their notes become
wholly or partially worthless as the result of one or more realized losses on
the trust assets. However, it appears that a noncorporate holder that does not
acquire a note in connection with a trade or business will not be entitled to
deduct a loss under Section 166 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, until the holder's note becomes wholly worthless, that is, until its
outstanding principal balance has been reduced to zero, and that the loss will
be characterized as a short-term capital loss.

         Each holder of a note will be required to accrue interest and original
issue discount for that note, without giving effect to any reductions in
distributions attributable to defaults or delinquencies on the trust assets
until it can be established that any reduction ultimately will not be
recoverable. As a result, the amount of taxable income reported in any period by
the holder of a note could exceed the amount of economic income actually
realized by the holder in that period. Although the holder of a note eventually
will recognize a loss or reduction in income attributable to previously accrued
and included income that, as the result of a realized loss, ultimately will not
be realized, the law is unclear as to the timing and character of the loss or
reduction in income.

Sales of Notes

         If a note is sold, the selling noteholder will recognize gain or loss
equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and its adjusted
basis in the note. The adjusted basis of a note, in most cases, will equal the
cost of that note to that noteholder, increased by the amount of any original
issue discount or market discount previously reported by the noteholder for that
note and reduced by any amortized premium and any principal payment received by
the noteholder. Except as provided in the following three paragraphs, any gain
or loss will be

                                      S-96
<PAGE>

capital gain or loss, provided the note is held as a capital asset, in most
cases, property held for investment, within the meaning of Section 1221 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         Gain recognized on the sale of a note by a seller who purchased the
note at a market discount will be taxable as ordinary income in an amount not
exceeding the portion of the discount that accrued during the period the note
was held by the holder, reduced by any market discount included in income under
the rules described in this prospectus supplement under "Certain Federal Income
Tax Considerations--Market Discount" and "--Premium."

         A portion of any gain from the sale of a note that might otherwise be
capital gain may be treated as ordinary income to the extent that the note is
held as part of a "conversion transaction" within the meaning of Section 1258 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A conversion transaction
generally is one in which the taxpayer has taken two or more positions in the
same or similar property that reduce or eliminate market risk, if substantially
all of the taxpayer's return is attributable to the time value of the taxpayer's
net investment in the transaction. The amount of gain so realized in a
conversion transaction that is recharacterized as ordinary income generally will
not exceed the amount of interest that would have accrued on the taxpayer's net
investment at 120% of the appropriate "applicable Federal rate," which rate is
computed and published monthly by the IRS, at the time the taxpayer enters into
the conversion transaction, subject to appropriate reduction for prior inclusion
of interest and other ordinary income items from the transaction.

         Finally, a taxpayer may elect to have net capital gain taxed at
ordinary income rates rather than capital gains rates in order to include any
net capital gain in total net investment income for the taxable year, for
purposes of the rule that limits the deduction of interest on indebtedness
incurred to purchase or carry property held for investment to a taxpayer's net
investment income.

Backup Withholding

         Payments of interest and principal, as well as payments of proceeds
from the sale of notes, may be subject to the "backup withholding tax" under
Section 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, at a rate of 31%
if recipients of the payments fail to furnish to the payor information,
including their taxpayer identification numbers, or otherwise fail to establish
an exemption from the tax. Any amounts deducted and withheld from a distribution
to a recipient would be allowed as a credit against the recipient's federal
income tax. Furthermore, penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of
payments that is required to supply information but that does not do so in the
proper manner.

         The issuer will report to the holders and to the IRS for each calendar
year the amount of any "reportable payments" during that year and the amount of
tax withheld, if any, relating to payments on the notes.

Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors

         Interest paid on a note to a nonresident alien individual, foreign
partnership or foreign corporation that has no connection with the United States
other than holding notes, known as nonresidents, will normally qualify as
portfolio interest and will be exempt from federal income tax, except, in
general, where (1) the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10%
or more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer, or (2) the recipient
is a controlled foreign corporation to which the issuer is a related person.
Upon receipt of appropriate ownership statements, the issuer normally will be
relieved of obligations to withhold tax from the interest payments. These
provisions supersede the generally applicable provisions of United States law
that would otherwise require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate, unless this
rate were reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty, on, among other
things, interest and other fixed or determinable, annual or periodic income paid
to nonresidents. For these purposes a noteholder may be considered to be related
to the issuer by holding a certificate or by having common ownership with any
other holder of a certificate or any affiliate of that holder.

New Withholding Regulations

         The Treasury Department has issued new regulations referred to as the
"New Withholding Regulations," which make modifications to the withholding,
backup withholding and information reporting rules described above in the three
preceding paragraphs. The New Withholding Regulations attempt to unify
certification requirements and modify reliance standards. The New Withholding
Regulations will generally be effective for payments made

                                      S-97
<PAGE>

after December 31, 2000, subject to transition rules. Prospective investors are
urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the New Withholding Regulations.

                        State and Other Tax Consequences

         In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences," potential investors should consider
the state and local tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and
disposition of the term notes offered by this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus. State tax law may differ substantially from the
corresponding federal tax law, and the discussion above does not purport to
describe any aspect of the tax laws of any state or other jurisdiction.
Therefore, prospective investors should consult their tax advisors about the
various tax consequences of investments in the notes offered by this prospectus.

                              ERISA Considerations

         The term notes are eligible for purchase by any Plan. Any fiduciary or
other investor of Plan assets that proposes to acquire or hold the term notes on
behalf of or with assets of any Plan should consult with its counsel with
respect to the potential applicability of the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to the proposed investment. See
"ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.

         Each purchaser of a term note, by its acceptance of the term note,
shall be deemed to have represented that the acquisition and holding of the term
note by the purchaser does not constitute or give rise to a prohibited
transaction under section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, for which no statutory, regulatory or administrative
exemption is available. See "ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.

         The term notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the
underwriters, the depositor, the servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner
trustee, the Enhancer or any of their affiliates:

          .    has investment or administrative discretion with respect to the
               Plan assets;

          .    has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives,
               investment advice regarding the Plan assets, for a fee and under
               an agreement or understanding that the advice will serve as a
               primary basis for investment decisions regarding the Plan assets
               and will be based on the particular investment needs for the
               Plan; or

          .    is an employer maintaining or contributing to the Plan.

         On January 5, 2000, the DOL published final regulations under Section
401(c) of ERISA. The final 401(c) Regulations will take effect on July 5, 2001.

         The sale of any of the term notes to a Plan is in no respect a
representation by the issuer or the underwriters that the investment meets all
relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or
any particular Plan, or that the investment is appropriate for Plans generally
or any particular Plan.


                                Legal Investment

         The term notes will not constitute "mortgage related securities" for
purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended.
Accordingly, many institutions with legal authority to invest in
mortgage-related securities may not be legally authorized to invest in the term
notes. No representation is made herein as to whether the term notes constitute
legal investments for any entity under any applicable statute, law, rule,
regulation or order. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult with their
counsel concerning the status of the term notes as legal investments for such
purchasers prior to investing in the term notes. See "Legal Investment Matters"
in the prospectus.

                                      S-98
<PAGE>

                                  Underwriting

         Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement, the underwriters have agreed to purchase, and the depositor has
agreed to sell to the underwriters, the term notes.

         In the Underwriting Agreement, the underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase
all of the term notes if any of the term notes are purchased.

         The distribution of the term notes by the underwriters may be effected
from time to time in one or more negotiated transactions or otherwise, at
varying prices to be determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to the depositor
from the sale of the term notes, before deducting expenses payable by the
depositor, will be approximately 99.77% of the aggregate Term Note Balance as of
the closing date.

         The depositor has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of
those liabilities. The depositor is an affiliate of an underwriter, Newman &
Associates, Inc.

         The underwriters intend to make a secondary market in the term notes,
but have no obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary
market for the term notes will develop, or if it does develop, that it will
provide holders of the term notes with liquidity of investment at any particular
time or for the life of the term notes. The term notes will not be listed on any
securities exchange.

         Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
prospectus supplement and prospectus from either underwriter or a request by
that investor's representative within the period during which there is an
obligation to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus, the depositor or
the applicable underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered,
without charge, a paper copy of the prospectus supplement and prospectus.

         Until 90 days from the date of this prospectus supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the term notes, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus
supplement and prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                                     Experts

         The consolidated balance sheets of MBIA Insurance Corporation and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 and the related
consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholder's equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998,
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, have been incorporated
herein in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP independent
accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.

                                  Legal Matters

         Certain legal matters with respect to the term notes will be passed
upon for the depositor by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, New York, New York
and for the underwriters by Brown & Wood, LLP, New York, New York.


                                     Ratings

         It is a condition to issuance the term notes that they be rated "Aaa"
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or Moody's, and "AAA" by Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or Standard &
Poor's. The depositor has not requested a rating on the term notes by any rating
agency other than Moody's and Standard & Poor's. However, there can be no
assurance as to whether any other rating agency will rate the term notes or, if
it does, what rating would be assigned by any other rating agency. Any rating on
the term notes by another rating agency could be lower than the ratings assigned
to the term notes by Moody's and Standard

                                      S-99
<PAGE>

& Poor's. A securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by the
holders of the term notes of distributions on the mortgage loans. The rating
takes into consideration the structural, legal and tax aspects associated with
the certificates and the term notes, but does not address Interest Shortfalls.
The ratings on the term notes do not constitute statements regarding the
possibility that the holders of the term notes might realize a lower than
anticipated yield. A securities rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or
hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
assigning rating organization. Each securities rating should be evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.

                                     S-100
<PAGE>

                                   Appendix A

            Initial HELOCs -- Characteristics of Loan Groups I and II

Initial Group I HELOC Characteristics

         Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics
of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I as of the cut-off date. Unless otherwise
specified, all principal balances of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I are as
of the cut-off date and are rounded to the nearest dollar. Except as otherwise
indicated, all percentages are approximate percentages by the aggregate
principal balance as of the cut-off date of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I.
Entries in the tables may not add to 100.00% due to rounding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Property Type of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                           Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                    Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                              Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Property Type                                   Group I HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                   --------------          ------------              ------------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>                             <C>
Condominium...............................              493             $11,775,331.91                  7.00%
Duplex....................................                2                  22,556.20                  0.01%
Manufactured Housing......................                2                  26,997.90                  0.02%
PUD.......................................              324               8,632,006.32                  5.13%
Single Family.............................            6,389             147,327,292.74                 87.54%
Two-Family................................               31                 511,121.22                  0.30%
                                                         --                 ----------                  -----
          Total...........................            7,241            $168,295,306.29                100.00%



                                       Occupancy Types of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                           Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                    Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
Occupancy                                     Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
(as indicated by Borrower)                      Group I HELOCs          Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                      --------------          ------------              ------------
Owner Occupied............................           7,173             $166,471,849.73                 98.92%
Non-Owner Occupied........................              68                1,823,456.56                  1.08%
                                                        --                ------------                  -----
          Total...........................           7,241             $168,295,306.29                100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                      Principal Balances of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                           Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                    Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                              Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Range of Principal Balances ($)                Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------------------------                --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>        <C>          <C>                         <C>                 <C>                            <C>
           $0.00  to    $25,000.00.......           4,925               $62,692,979.11                 37.25%
      $25,000.01  to    $50,000.00.......           1,717                61,948,280.51                 36.81%
      $50,000.01  to    $75,000.00.......             373                22,889.412.10                 13.60%
      $75,000.01  to    $100,000.00......             208                18,495,135.87                 10.99%
     $100,000.01  to    $125,000.00......              13                 1,475,799.12                  0.88%
     $125,000.01  to    $150,000.00......               3                   442,234,97                  0.26%
     $150,000.01  to    $175,000.00......               1                   151,464.61                  0.09%
     $175,000.01  to    $200,000.00......               1                   200,000.00                  0.12%
                                                        -                   ----------                  -----
          Total..........................           7,241              $168,295,306.29                100.00%

 .    The average principal balance of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I as of
     the cut-off date is approximately $23,242.00.


                                Combined Loan-to-Value Rations of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial Group I
                                                                                                    HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
Range of Combined                              Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Loan-to-Value Ratios(%)                         Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -----------------------                         --------------           ------------              ------------
        0.000%  to    50.000%.............            423                $ 9,742,369.57                   5.79%
       50.001%  to    60.000%.............            291                  6,320,114.43                   3.76%
       60.001%  to    70.000%.............            569                 13,583,652.21                   8.07%
       70.001%  to    80.000%.............          2,360                 51,427,591.28                  30.56%
       80.001%  to    90.000%.............          2,365                 51,258,006.73                  30.46%
       90.001%  to    100.000%............          1,233                 35,963,572.07                  21.37%
                                                    -----                 -------------                  ------
          Total...........................          7,241               $168,295,306.29                 100.00%

 .    The minimum and maximum CLTV Ratios of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I
     as of the cut-off date are approximately 5.45% and 100.00%, respectively,
     and the weighted average CLTV Ratio of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I
     as of the cut-off date is approximately 80.63%.


                                   Geographical Distributions of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                     Percent of
                                                                                              Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                      Principal Balance as        Principal Balance
                                                Number of Initial            of the                   as of the
Location                                         Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------                                         --------------           ------------              ------------
California...............................             2,368               $63,963,594.68                 38.01%
Michigan.................................               863                18,222,136.77                 10.83%
New Jersey...............................               257                 6,316,952.97                  3.75%
Florida..................................               275                 6,194,548.53                  3.68%
New York.................................               222                 5,648,294.28                  3.36%
Other....................................             3,256                67,949,779.06                 40.38%
                                                      -----                -------------                 ------
          Total...........................            7,241              $168,295,306.29                100.00%

 .    "Other" includes states and the District of Columbia with under 3.00%
     concentrations individually.

</TABLE>

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         Junior Ratios of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Range of Junior Ratios (%)                      Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                      --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>    <C>          <C>                               <C>                 <C>                             <C>
       0.00%  to    9.99%.................            882                 $16,483,094.80                  9.79%
      10.00%  to    19.99%................          3,198                  62,961,637.00                 37.41%
      20.00%  to    29.99%................          1,753                  47,424,922.67                 28.18%
      30.00%  to    39.99%................            782                  23,475,850.87                 13.95%
      40.00%  to    49.99%................            316                   8,359,300.09                  4.97%
      50.00%  to    59.99%................            154                   4,485,639.62                  2.67%
      60.00%  to    69.99%................             67                   2,542,180.84                  1.51%
      70.00%  to    79.99%................             37                   1,124,708.94                  0.67%
      80.00%  to    89.99%................             27                     678,532.04                  0.40%
      90.00%  to    100.00%...............             25                     759,439.42                  0.45%
                                                       --                     ----------                  -----
          Total...........................          7,241                $168,295.306.29                100.00%

 .    The weighted average Junior Ratio of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I as
     of the cut-off date is approximately 23.49%.


                                          Loan Rates of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Range of Loan Rates(%)                          Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                          --------------           ------------              ------------
       0.001%  to    8.000%...............           5,496               $125,230,610.03                 74.41%
       8.001%  to    9.000%...............              91                  1,837,864.80                  1.09%
       9.001%  to    10.000%..............             398                  8,475,816.44                  5.04%
      10.001%  to    11.000%..............             395                  8,191,588.05                  4.87%
      11.001%  to    12.000%..............             291                  7,691,271.18                  4.57%
      12.001%  to    13.000%..............             364                 10,861,284.87                  6.45%
      13.001%  to    14.000%..............             206                  6,006,870.92                  3.57%
                                                       ---                  ------------                  -----
          Total...........................           7,241               $168,295,306.29                100.00%

 .    The weighted average loan rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I as of
     the cut-off date is approximately 7.88%.

</TABLE>

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Fully Indexed Gross Margin of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
 Range of Fully Indexed Gross Margins(%)        Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
 ---------------------------------------        --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>                  <C>                                 <C>               <C>                            <C>
          Less than  0.000%...............               7                 $  243,683.80                  0.14%
   0.000%       to   1.000%...............           3,152                 67,069,417.07                 39.85%
   1.001%       to   2.000%...............           1,831                 37,261,039.86                 22.14%
   2.001%       to   3.000%...............             703                 19,158,396.42                 11.38%
   3.001%       to   4.000%...............             691                 20,048,033.61                 11.91%
   4.001%       to   5.000%...............             854                 24,379,167.04                 14.49%
   5.001%       to   6.000%...............               3                    135,568.49                  0.08%
                                                         -                    ----------                  -----
          Total...........................           7,241               $168,295,306.29                100.00%

 .    The weighted average fully indexed gross margin of the initial HELOCs in
     Loan Group I as of the cut-off date is approximately 2.09% per annum.


                                   Credit Utilization Rates of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
Range of Credit                                Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Utilization Rates (%)                           Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                          --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>                  <C>                             <C>                  <C>                             <C>
  0.01%        to    30.00%...............           1,351                $ 9,145,692.64                  5.43%
30.01%         to    35.00%...............             220                  2,497,497.33                  1.48%
35.01%         to    40.00%...............             245                  3,180,786.98                  1.89%
40.01%         to    45.00%...............             189                  2,795,297.50                  1.66%
45.01%         to    50.00%...............             238                  3,577,880.61                  2.13%
50.01%         to    55.00%...............             227                  3,865,487.43                  2.30%
55.01%         to    60.00%...............             221                  4,202,899.15                  2.50%
60.01%         to    65.00%...............             205                  4,294,593.03                  2.55%
65.01%         to    70.00%...............             210                  4,854,281.41                  2.88%
70.01%         to    75.00%...............             303                  7,258,975.80                  4.31%
75.01%         to    80.00%...............             258                  6,578,475.95                  3.91%
80.01%         to    85.00%...............             231                  6,372,645.29                  3.79%
85.01%         to    90.00%...............             263                  7,979,480.18                  4.74%
90.01%         to    95.00%...............             241                  7,369,521.37                  4.38%
95.01%         to    100.00%..............           2,825                 93,790,526.03                 55.73%
100.01% or greater.......................               14                    531,265.59                  0.32%
                                                        --                    ----------                  -----
          Total...........................           7,241               $168,295,306.29                100.00%

</TABLE>


 .    The weighted average credit utilization rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan
     Group I as of the cut-off date, based on the credit limits of the initial
     HELOCs in Loan Group I as of the cut-off date is approximately 83.39%.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Credit Limits of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Range of Credit Limits ($)                      Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                      --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>         <C>          <C>                         <C>                 <C>                             <C>
            $0.01  to    $  25,000.00.....           3,167               $40,419,064.71                  24.02%
       $25,000.01  to    $  50,000.00.....           2,962                73,303,829.48                  43.56%
       $50,000.01  to    $  75,000.00.....             569                24,411,158.25                  14.50%
       $75,000.01  to    $100,000.00......             504                26,864,230.40                  15.96%
      $100,000.01  to    $125,000.00......              28                 2,315,284.08                   1.38%
      $125,000.01  to    $150,000.00......               6                   694,122.83                   0.41%
      $175,000.01  to    $200,000.00......               3                   229,016.23                   0.14%
      $225,000.01  to    $250,000.00......               2                    58,600.31                   0.03%
                                                         -                    ---------                   -----
          Total...........................           7,241              $168,295,306.29                 100.00%

 .    The average of the credit limits of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group I as
     of the cut-off date is approximately $35,378.22.


                                      Maximum Loan Rates of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                              Number of Initial             of the                  as of the
Maximum Loan Rates (%)                          Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                          --------------           ------------              ------------
      14.001%  to   15.000%..............             134                $ 2,566,007.77                  1.52%
      15.001%  to   16.000%..............             105                  2,386,049.11                  1.42%
      17.001%  to   18.000%..............           1,646                 34,544,278.83                 20.53%
      18.001%  to   19.000%..............           5,356                128,798,970.58                 76.53%
                                                    -----                --------------                 ------
          Total..........................           7,241               $168,295,306.29                100.00%

 .    The weighted average maximum loan rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group
     I as of the cut-off date is approximately 18.31%.


                            Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Range of Months                                 Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ---------------                                 --------------           ------------              ------------
    0        to    60.....................              7                 $  123,100.93                   0.07%
    61       to    120....................          4,070                 76,789,703.04                  45.63%
   121       to    180....................          1,285                 38,711,065.56                  23.00%
   241       to    300....................          1,877                 52,621,036.76                  31.27%
301 or greater...........................               2                     50,400.00                   0.03%
                                                        -                     ---------                   -----
          Total...........................          7,241               $168,295,306.29                 100.00%

</TABLE>
 .    The weighted average months remaining to scheduled maturity of the initial
     HELOCs in Loan Group I as of the cut-off date is approximately 187 months.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Origination Year of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                             Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as        Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                   as of the
Origination Year                                Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- ----------------                                --------------           ------------              ------------
<C>                                                      <C>              <C>                             <C>
1990.....................................                1                $   45,000.00                   0.03%
1993.....................................                2                    34,735.12                   0.02%
1994.....................................                2                     2,194.97                   0.00%
1995.....................................                7                   116,779.63                   0.07%
1996.....................................                4                    72,369.52                   0.04%
1997.....................................               15                   134,407.54                   0.08%
1998.....................................              106                 1,422,281.64                   0.85%
1999.....................................            6,614               152,882,256.06                  90.84%
2000.....................................              490                13,585,281.81                   8.07%
                                                       ---                -------------                   -----
          Total...........................           7,241              $168,295,306.29                 100.00%



                                         Lien Priority of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Lien Position                                   Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                   --------------           ------------              ------------
First....................................              212                $ 8,372,190.89               4.97%
Second...................................            7,029                159,923,115.40              95.03%
                                                     -----                --------------              ------
          Total...........................           7,241               $168,295,306.29             100.00%


                                     Debt-to-Income Ratios of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                              Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
  Range of Debt-to-Income Ratios (%)              Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
  ----------------------------------              --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>                                               <C>                     <C>                        <C>
       0.00%  to     9.99%..................            26                $  710,290.01                   0.42%
      10.00%  to   19.99%...................           462                 8,739,230.05                   5.19%
      20.00%  to   29.99%...................         1,592                32,201,613.49                  19.13%
      30.00%  to   39.99%...................         2,336                52,899,833.11                  31.43%
      40.00%  to   49.99%...................         2,359                60,920,723.07                  36.20%
      50.00%  to   59.99%...................           390                10,842,160.07                   6.44%
      60.00%  to   69.99%...................            60                 1,514,081.26                   0.90%
      70.00%  to   79.99%...................             7                   242,647.79                   0.14%
      80.00%  to   89.99%...................             2                    69,563.03                   0.04%
    90.00%    or   greater.................              7                   155,164.41                   0.09%
                                                         -                   ----------                   -----
            Total...........................         7,241              $168,295,306.29                 100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Teaser Expiration Month of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                            Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                     Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                               Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Teaser Expiration Month                         Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -----------------------                         --------------           ------------              ------------
<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>                             <C>
No Teaser................................            1,745               $43,064,696.26                  25.59%
February 2000............................            1,052                27,829,753.62                  16.54%
March 2000...............................            1,292                33,930,271.42                  20.16%
April 2000...............................              740                14,301,696.52                   8.50%
May 2000.................................              859                14,424,739.63                   8.57%
June 2000................................            1,230                27,224,982.26                  16.18%
July 2000................................              320                 7,443,302.64                   4.42%
February 2002............................                1                    11,885.85                   0.01%
February 2010............................                1                    48,982.54                   0.03%
May 2010.................................                1                    14,995.55                   0.01%
                                                         -                    ---------                   -----
          Total...........................           7,241              $168,295,306.29                 100.00%


                                      Documentation Type of Group I HELOC Loans
                                                                                                   Percent of
                                                                                           Initial Group I HELOCs by
                                                                    Principal Balance as       Principal Balance
                                              Number of Initial            of the                  as of the
Documentation                                  Group I HELOCs           Cut-Off Date              Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                  --------------           ------------              ------------
Standard.................................            4,706              $121,739,406.07                   72.34%
No Income No Appraisal...................              919                13,722,559.75                    8.18%
Family First Direct......................              663                12,595,767.36                    7.48%
No Income Verification...................              662                12,579,802.86                    7.47%
Select...................................              162                 4,861,611.57                    2.89%
GM Expanded Family.......................               35                   892,150.90                    0.53%
Super Express............................               54                   884,718.74                    0.53%
Streamline...............................               19                   677,925.81                    0.40%
Alternative..............................               13                   144,221.83                    0.09%
Express..................................                6                   128,907.86                    0.08%
Quick....................................                2                    18,233.54                    0.01%
                                                         -                    ---------                    -----
          Total..........................            7,241              $168,295,306.29                  100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

Initial Group II HELOC Characteristics

         Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics
of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II as of the cut-off date. Unless otherwise
specified, all principal balances of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II are as
of the cut-off date and are rounded to the nearest dollar. Except as indicated
otherwise, all percentages are approximate percentages by aggregate principal
balance as of the cut-off date. Entries in the tables may not add to 100.00% due
to rounding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Property Type of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial Group II
                                                                                                     HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance as    Principal Balance as
                                                Number of Initial             of the                  of the
Property Type                                    Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date            Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                    ---------------           ------------            ------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>                              <C>
Single-Family Dwelling....................               179              $16,316,419.39                   92.57%
PUD.......................................                 7                  640,445.12                    3.63%
Condominium...............................                12                  670,013.50                    3.80%
                                                          --                  ----------                    -----
          Total...........................               198              $17,626,878.01                  100.00%


                                       Occupancy Types of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial Group II
                                                                                                     HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance as    Principal Balance as
Occupancy                                       Number of Initial             of the                  of the
(as indicated by Borrower)                       Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date            Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                       ---------------           ------------            ------------
Owner Occupied.............................              194              $17,237,878.01                   97.79%
Non-Owner Occupied.........................                4                  389,000.00                    2.21%
                                                           -                  ----------                    -----
          Total...........................               198              $17,626,878.01                  100.00%


                                     Principal Balances of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial Group II
                                                                                                     HELOCs by
                                                                        Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                Number of Initial           as of the                as of the
Range of Principal Balances ($)                  Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date            Cut-Off Date
- -------------------------------                  ---------------           ------------            ------------
           $0.00  to        $25,000.00.....               46                $ 601,815.74                  3.41%
      $25,000.01  to        $50,000.00.....               38                1,487,636.74                  8.44%
      $50,000.01  to        $75,000.00.....               17                1,076,149.86                  6.11%
      $75,000.01  to      $100,000.00......               31                2,785,124.17                 15.80%
     $100,000.01  to      $125,000.00......               11                1,254,013.24                  7.11%
     $125,000.01  to      $150,000.00......               27                3,825,026.29                 21.70%
     $150,000.01  to      $175,000.00......                4                  652,875.30                  3.70%
     $175,000.01  to      $200,000.00......                7                1,313,273.43                  7.45%
 $200,000.01 and greater..................                17                4,630,963.24                 26.27%
                                                          --                ------------                 ------
          Total...........................               198              $17,626,878.01                100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The average principal balance of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II as of
     the cut-off date is approximately $89,024.64.

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                        Principal Balance as      Principal Balance
Range of Combined                                Number of Initial             of the                 as of the
Loan-to-Value Ratios (%)                          Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- ------------------------                          ---------------           ------------             ------------
<S>    <C>              <C>                                <C>                <C>                          <C>
       0.000%  to       50.000%..............              8                  $ 764,284.49                 4.34%
      50.001%  to       60.000%..............              8                  1,123,971.08                 6.38%
      60.001%  to       70.000%..............             20                  2,202,080.93                12.49%
      70.001%  to       80.000%..............            109                  9,077,641.38                51.50%
      80.001%  to       90.000%..............             40                  3,177,090.93                18.02%
      90.001%  to      100.000%..............             13                  1,281,809.20                 7.27%
                                                          --                  ------------                 -----
          Total.............................             198                $17,626.878.01               100.00%

 .    The minimum and maximum CLTV Ratios of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II
     as of the cut-off date are approximately 17.41% and 100.00%, respectively,
     and the weighted average CLTV Ratio of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II
     as of the cut-off date is approximately 76.30%.


                                   Geographical Distributions of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                        Percent of
                                                                                                     Initial Group II
                                                                                                         HELOCs by
                                                                            Principal Balance        Principal Balance
                                                   Number of Initial            as of the                as of the
Location                                            Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- --------                                            ---------------           ------------             ------------
California...................................               66                $6,158,430.30                  34.94%
Michigan.....................................               61                 4,528,429.20                  25.69%
New Jersey...................................                9                 1,007,389.26                   5.72%
Washington...................................                4                   986,713.30                   5.60%
Colorado.....................................                7                   806,706.59                   4.58%
Other........................................               51                 4,139,209.36                  23.48%
                                                            --                 ------------                  ------
          Total.............................               198               $17,626,878.01                 100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    "Other" includes states and the District of Columbia with under 3.00%
     concentrations individually.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Junior Ratios of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Range of Junior Ratios (%)                        Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                        ---------------           ------------             ------------
<S>    <C>             <C>                                 <C>                <C>                          <C>
       0.00%  to      9.99%...................              2                 $ 148,000.00                 0.84%
      10.00%  to     19.99%...................             30                 1,416,770.69                 8.04%
      20.00%  to     29.99%...................             35                 2,671,723.82                15.16%
      30.00%  to     39.99%...................             49                 4,003,374.03                22.71%
      40.00%  to     49.99%...................             28                 3,546,191.85                20.12%
      50.00%  to     59.99%...................             23                 2,142,259,49                12.15%
      60.00%  to     69.99%...................             11                 1,123,331.58                 6.37%
      70.00%  to     79.99%...................             12                 2,117,467.35                12.01%
      80.00%  to     89.99%...................              6                   441,558.11                 2.51%
      90.00%  to     100.00%..................              2                    16,201.09                 0.09%
                                                            -                    ---------                 -----
          Total...............................            198               $17,626,878.01               100.00%

 .    The weighted average Junior Rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II as
     of the cut-off date is approximately 44.05%.


                                          Loan Rates of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Range of Loan Rates(%)                            Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                            ---------------           ------------             ------------
       0.001%  to     8.000%..................            161               $15,053,324.77                85.40%
       8.001%  to     9.000%..................              3                   219,328.02                 1.24%
       9.001%  to    10.000%..................             13                   686,075.21                 3.89%
      10.001%  to    11.000%..................             10                   791,314.45                 4.49%
      11.001%  to    12.000%..................              6                   397,505.30                 2.26%
      12.001%  to    13.000%..................              2                   139,446.62                 0.79%
      13.001%  to    14.000%..................              3                   339,883.64                 1.93%
                                                            -                   ----------                 -----
          Total...............................            198               $17,626,878.01               100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average loan rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II as of
     the cut-off date is approximately 7.27%.


                                      A-10
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Fully Indexed Gross Margin of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
   Range of Fully Indexed Gross Margins(%)        Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
   ---------------------------------------        ---------------           ------------             ------------
<S>        <C>                                             <C>                <C>                          <C>
 Less than 0.00%............................               1                  $  20,500.00                 0.12%
   0.000%      to    1.000%..................            126                 12,157,132.77                68.97%
   1.001%      to    2.000%..................             42                  2,861,822.56                16.24%
   2.001%      to    3.000%..................             14                  1,126,806.54                 6.39%
   3.001%      to    4.000%..................             10                    991,365.56                 5.62%
   4.001%      to    5.000%..................              5                    469,250.58                 2.66%
                                                                                ----------                 -----
          Total.............................             198                $17,626,878.01               100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average fully indexed gross margin of the initial HELOCs in
     Loan Group II as of the cut-off date is approximately 1.14% per annum.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Credit Utilization Rates of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Range of Credit Utilization Rates (%)             Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- -------------------------------------             ---------------           ------------             ------------
<S>                  <C>                                  <C>                 <C>                          <C>
   0.01%      to     30.00%..................             52                  $ 960,807.51                 5.45%
  30.01%      to     35.00%..................             10                    633,580.26                 3.59%
  35.01%      to     40.00%..................              4                    211,540.28                 1.20%
  40.01%      to     45.00%..................              6                    423,930.28                 2.41%
  45.01%      to     50.00%..................              4                    326,272.78                 1.85%
  50.01%      to     55.00%..................              6                    433,135.42                 2.46%
  55.01%      to     60.00%..................              7                    737,180.24                 4.18%
  60.01%      to     65.00%..................              7                    916,775.70                 5.20%
  65.01%      to     70.00%..................              5                    510,677.35                 2.90%
  70.01%      to     75.00%..................              7                    689,350.36                 3.91%
  75.01%      to     80.00%..................              7                  1,045,158.49                 5.93%
  80.01%      to     85.00%..................              8                    984,307.99                 5.58%
  85.01%      to     90.00%..................              3                    356,581.94                 2.02%
  90.01%      to     95.00%..................              6                    741,767.76                 4.21%
  95.01%      to     100.00%.................             66                  8,655,811.65                49.11%
                                                          --                  ------------                ------
          Total.............................             198                $17,626,878.01               100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average credit utilization rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan
     Group II as of the cut-off date, based on the credit limits of the initial
     HELOCs in Loan Group II as of the cut-off date is approximately 80.00%.

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Credit Limits of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Range of Credit Limits ($)                        Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- --------------------------                        ---------------           ------------             ------------
           $0.01  to     $25,000.00..........              1                  $  12,000.00                 0.07%
      $25,000.01  to     $50,000.00..........             25                    690,462.06                 3.92%
      $50,000.01  to     $75,000.00..........             12                    612,005.29                 3.47%
      $75,000.01  to     $100,000.00.........             37                  1,882,041.37                10.68%
     $100,000.01  to     $125,000.00.........              2                    241,649.60                 1.37%
     $125,000.01  to     $150,000.00.........             56                  5,218,915.43                29.61%
     $150,000.01  to     $175,000.00.........              8                    825,565.86                 4.68%
     $175,000.01  to     $200,000.00.........             20                  1,882,564.77                10.68%
     $200,000.01  to     $225,000.00.........              9                  1,563,706.64                 8.87%
     $225,000.01  to     $250,000.00.........             19                  2,507,676.31                14.23%
     $250,000.01  to     $275,000.00.........              2                    511,302.89                 2.90%
     $275,000.01  to     $300,000.00.........              2                     94,224.69                 0.53%
     $425,000.01  to     $450,000.00.........              1                     27,416.33                 0.16%
     $575,000.01  to     $600,000.00.........              1                    325,175.50                 1.84%
     $650,000.01  to     $675,000.00.........              1                    500,000.00                 2.84%
     $675,000.01  to     $700,000.00.........              1                    236,860.05                 1.34%
     $775,000.01  to     $800,000.00.........              1                    495,311.22                 2.81%
                                                           -                    ----------                 -----
          Total.............................             198                $17,626,878.01               100.00%


 .    The average of the credit limits of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group II as
     of the cut-off date is approximately $150,210.61.


                                      Maximum Loan Rates of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Maximum Loan Rates (%)                            Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- ----------------------                            ---------------           ------------             ------------
<S>                                               <C>                      <C>                        <C>
      14.001%  to     15.000%................              1                  $  45,282.85                 0.26%
      15.001%  to     16.000%................              1                     90,499.65                 0.51%
      17.001%  to     18.000%................             76                  5,551,525.84                31.49%
      18.001%  to     19.000%................            120                 11,939,569.67                67.74%
                                                         ---                 -------------                ------
          Total.............................             198                $17,626,878.01               100.00%

</TABLE>

 .    The weighted average maximum loan rate of the initial HELOCs in Loan Group
     II as of the cut-off date is approximately 18.32%.

                                      A-13
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Range of Months                                   Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- ---------------                                   ---------------           ------------             ------------
<C>             <C>                                      <C>                <C>                           <C>
61         to   120..........................            132                $11,474,882.33                65.10%
121        to   180..........................             15                  1,522,270.25                 8.64%
241        to   300..........................             50                  4,479,725.43                25.41%
301        to   greater......................              1                    150,000.00                 0.85%
                                                           -                    ----------                 -----
          Total.............................             198                $17,626,878.01               100.00%

 .    The weighted average months remaining to scheduled maturity of the initial
     HELOCs in Loan Group II as of the cut-off date is approximately 170 months.


                                      Origination Year of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Origination Year                                  Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- ----------------                                  ---------------           ------------             ------------
1993..........................................             1                  $   6,450.00                  0.04%
1998..........................................             3                     31,306.00                  0.18%
1999..........................................           171                 15,897,129.41                 90.19%
2000..........................................            23                  1,691,992.60                  9.60%
                                                          --                  ------------                  -----
          Total.............................             198                $17,626,878.01                100.00%


                                        Lien Priority of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Lien Position                                     Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                     ---------------           ------------             ------------
<S>                                                <C>                       <C>                      <C>
First.....................................                  1                  $ 136,000.00                0.77%
Second....................................                197                 17,490,878.01               99.23%
                                                          ---                 -------------               ------
          Total...........................                198                $17,626,878.01              100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      A-14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Debt-to-Income Ratios of Group II HELOC Loans
                                                                                                       Percent of
                                                                                                    Initial Group II
                                                                                                        HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance         Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the                 as of the
  Range of Debt-to-Income Ratios (%)              Group II HELOCs            Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
  ----------------------------------              ---------------            ------------             ------------
<S>      <C>      <C>                                      <C>               <C>                            <C>
         0.00% to 9.99%......................              1                 $  248,209.28                  1.41%
        10.00% to 19.99%.....................             12                  1,562,187.01                  8.86%
        20.00% to 29.99%.....................             31                  1,929,247.31                 10.94%
        30.00% to 39.99%.....................             66                  6,143,095.78                 34.85%
        40.00% to 49.99%.....................             74                  6,242,117.66                 35.41%
        50.00% to 59.99%.....................              9                    711,676.74                  4.04%
        60.00% to 69.99%.....................              4                    640,344.23                  3.63%
        80.00% to 89.99%.....................              1                    150,000.00                  0.85%
                                                           -                    ----------                  -----
            Total............................            198                $17,626,878.01                100.00%


                                   Teaser Expiration Month of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                      Percent of
                                                                                                   Initial Group II
                                                                                                      HELOCs by
                                                                          Principal Balance       Principal Balance
                                                 Number of Initial            as of the               as of the
Teaser Expiration Month                           Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date             Cut-Off Date
- -----------------------                           ---------------           ------------             ------------
No Teaser                                                 37                  $2,573,553.24                14.60%
February 2000...............................              23                   1,892,448.44                10.74%
March 2000..................................              54                   5,289,050.17                30.01%
April 2000..................................              23                   1,763,903.70                10.01%
May 2000                                                  14                   2,048,329.64                11.62%
June 2000                                                 34                   3,133,039.39                17.77%
July 2000                                                 13                     926,553.43                 5.26%
                                                          --                     ----------                 -----
          Total.............................             198                 $17,626,878.01               100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      A-15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Documentation Type of Group II HELOC Loans

                                                                                                    Percent of
                                                                                                 Initial Group II
                                                                                                     HELOCs by
                                                                       Principal Balance as    Principal Balance as
                                                Number of Initial             of the                  of the
Documentation                                    Group II HELOCs           Cut-Off Date            Cut-Off Date
- -------------                                    ---------------           ------------            ------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>                             <C>
Standard...................................              109              $10,406,116.22                  59.04%
Select.....................................               43                4,808,208.82                  27.28%
Family First Direct........................               25                1,339,176.94                   7.60%
No Income Verification.....................               10                  451,443.80                   2.56%
Streamline.................................                4                  373,626.47                   2.12%
GM Expanded Family.........................                1                  146,226.13                   0.83%
No Income No Appraisal.....................                4                   90.679.63                   0.51%
Super Express..............................                2                   11,400.00                   0.06%
                                                           -                   ---------                   -----
          Total...........................               198              $17,626,878.01                 100.00%

</TABLE>

                                      A-16
<PAGE>

                                   Appendix B

                                 Form of Policy

OBLIGATIONS:    $[                        ]              POLICY NUMBER: [ ]
                 ------------------------                                -



         MBIA Insurance Corporation (the "Insurer"), in consideration of the
payment of the premium and subject to the terms of this Note Guaranty Insurance
Policy (this "Policy"), hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to any
Owner that an amount equal to each full and complete Insured Amount will be
received from the Insurer by Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, or
its successors, as indenture trustee for the Owners (the "Indenture Trustee"),
on behalf of the Owners, for distribution by the Indenture Trustee to each Owner
of each Owner's proportionate share of the Insured Amount. The Insurer's
obligations hereunder with respect to a particular Insured Amount shall be
discharged to the extent funds equal to the applicable Insured Amount are
received by the Indenture Trustee, whether or not those funds are properly
applied by the Indenture Trustee. Insured Amounts will be made only at the time
set forth in the Policy, and no accelerated Insured Amounts will be made
regardless of any acceleration of the notes, unless the acceleration is at the
sole option of the Insurer.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, this Policy does not cover
shortfalls, if any, attributable to the liability of the trust fund or the
Indenture Trustee for withholding taxes, if any (including interest and
penalties in respect of any such liability), Interest Shortfalls or Relief Act
Shortfalls.

         The Insurer will pay any Insured Amount that is a Preference Amount on
the Business Day following receipt on a Business Day by the Fiscal Agent (as
described below) of (a) a certified copy of the order requiring the return of a
preference payment, (b) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Insurer that
such order is final and not subject to appeal, (c) an assignment in such form as
is reasonably required by the Insurer, irrevocably assigning to the Insurer all
rights and claims of the Owner relating to or arising under the Obligations
against the debtor which made such preference payment or otherwise with respect
to such preference payment and (d) appropriate instruments to effect the
appointment of the Insurer as agent for such Owner in any legal proceeding
related to such preference payment, such instruments being in a form
satisfactory to the Insurer, provided that if such documents are received after
12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Business Day, they will be deemed to be
received on the following Business Day. Such payments shall be disbursed to the
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy named in the final order of the court
exercising jurisdiction on behalf of the Owner and not to any Owner directly
unless such Owner has returned principal or interest paid on the Obligations to
such receiver or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case such payment shall be
disbursed to such Owner.

         The Insurer will pay any other amount payable hereunder no later than
12:00 noon, New York City time, on the later of the Payment Date on which the
related Deficiency Amount is due or the third Business Day following receipt in
New York, New York on a Business Day by State Street Bank and Trust Company,
N.A., as Fiscal Agent for the Insurer, or any successor fiscal agent appointed
by the Insurer (the "Fiscal Agent"), of a Notice (as described below), provided
that if such Notice is received after 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such
Business Day, it will be deemed to be received on the following Business Day. If
any such Notice received by the Fiscal Agent is not in proper form or is
otherwise insufficient for the purpose of making claim hereunder, it shall be
deemed not to have been received by the Fiscal Agent for purposes of this
paragraph, and the Insurer or the Fiscal Agent, as the case may be, shall
promptly so advise the Indenture Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may submit an
amended Notice.

         Insured Amounts due hereunder, unless otherwise stated herein, will be
disbursed by the Fiscal Agent to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owners
by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the amount of the Insured
Amount less, in respect of Insured Amounts related to Preference Amounts, any
amount held by the Indenture Trustee for the payment of such Insured Amount and
legally available therefor.

         The Fiscal Agent is the agent of the Insurer only, and the Fiscal Agent
shall in no event be liable to Owners for any acts of the Fiscal Agent or any
failure of the Insurer to deposit, or cause to be deposited, sufficient funds to
make payments due under this Policy.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

         Subject to the terms of the Agreement, the Insurer shall be subrogated
to the rights of each Owner to receive payments under the Obligations to the
extent of any payment by the Insurer hereunder.

         As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

         "Agreement" means the Indenture dated as of February [ ], 2000, among
the GMACM Home Equity Loan Trust 2000-HE1, as Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee,
as indenture trustee, without regard to any amendment or supplement thereto,
unless such amendment or supplement has been approved in writing by the Insurer.

         "Business Day" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or a Sunday (b)
a day on which the Insurer is closed or (c) a day on which banking institutions
in New York City or in the city in which the corporate trust office of the
Indenture Trustee under the Agreement is located are authorized or obligated by
law or executive order to close.

         "Deficiency Amount" means (a) with respect to any Payment Date, the
amount by which the aggregate amount of accrued interest on the notes (excluding
any Relief Act Shortfalls for such Payment Date) at the respective Note Rates on
such Payment Date exceeds the amount on deposit in the Note Payment Account
available for interest distributions on such Payment Date and (b)(i) with
respect to any Payment Date that is not the Final Payment Date, any Liquidation
Loss Amount for such Payment Date, to the extent not included in the Principal
Distribution Amount on such Payment Date or a reduction in the
overcollateralization amount or (ii) on the Final Payment Date, the aggregate
outstanding balance of the notes to the extent otherwise not paid on such date.

         "Insured Amount" means (a) as of any Payment Date, any Deficiency
Amount and (b) any Preference Amount.

         "Notice" means the telephonic or telegraphic notice, promptly confirmed
in writing by facsimile substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto,
the original of which is subsequently delivered by registered or certified mail,
from the Indenture Trustee specifying the Insured Amount which shall be due and
owing on the applicable Payment Date.

         "Owner" means each noteholder (as defined in the Agreement) who, on the
applicable Payment Date, is entitled under the terms of the applicable notes to
payment thereunder.

         "Preference Amount" means any amount previously distributed to an Owner
on the Obligations that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a voidable
preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy
Code (11 U.S.C.), as amended from time to time in accordance with a final
nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

         Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement as of the date of
execution of this Policy, without giving effect to any subsequent amendment to
or modification of the Agreement unless such amendment or modification has been
approved in writing by the Insurer.

         Any notice hereunder or service of process on the Fiscal Agent may be
made at the address listed below for the Fiscal Agent or such other address as
the Insurer shall specify in writing to the Indenture Trustee.

         The notice address of the Fiscal Agent is 15th Floor, 61 Broadway, New
York, New York 10006, Attention: Municipal Registrar and Paying Agency, or such
other address as the Fiscal Agent shall specify to the Indenture Trustee in
writing.

         THIS POLICY IS BEING ISSUED UNDER AND PURSUANT TO, AND SHALL BE
CONSTRUED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

         The insurance provided by this Policy is not covered by the
Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in Article 76 of the New
York Insurance Law.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>

         This Policy is not cancelable for any reason. The premium on this
Policy is not refundable for any reason, including payment, or provision being
made for payment, prior to maturity of the Obligations.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Insurer has caused this Policy to be executed
and attested this [ ] day of [ ], [ ].

                                            MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION

                                            By_________________________

                                            Title______________________

Attest:


By _______________________________

     Secretary

                                      B-3
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                           TO NOTE GUARANTY INSURANCE

                           POLICY NUMBER:  [________]

                           NOTICE UNDER NOTE GUARANTY

                      INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER:  [________]

State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., as Fiscal Agent

  for MBIA Insurance Corporation

15th Floor

61 Broadway

New York, NY  10006

Attention:  Municipal Registrar and

  Paying Agency

MBIA Insurance Corporation

113 King Street

Armonk, NY  10504

     The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of [NAME OF INDENTURE TRUSTEE],
as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), hereby certifies to State Street
Bank and Trust Company, N.A. (the "Fiscal Agent") and MBIA Insurance Corporation
(the "Insurer"), with reference to Note Guaranty Insurance Policy Number:
[_________________] (the "Policy") issued by the Insurer in respect of the $[  ]
GMACM Home Equity Loan Trust 2000-HE1 (the "Obligations"), that:

          (a) the Indenture Trustee is the indenture trustee under the Servicing
     Agreement, dated as of February [ ], 2000, among GMAC Home Equity Loan
     Trust 2000-HE1, as Issuer, GMAC Mortgage Corporation, as Servicer, and the
     Indenture Trustee, as indenture trustee for the Owners;

          (b) the amount due under clause (a) of the definition of Deficiency
     Amount for any Payment Date occurring on [_________________] (the
     "Applicable Payment Date") is $[_________________];

          (c) the amount due under clause (b) of the definition of Deficiency
     Amount for the Applicable Payment Date is $[_________________];

          (d) the sum of the amounts listed in paragraphs (b) and (c) above is
     $[ ] (the "Deficiency Amount");

          (e) the amount previously distributed payments on the Obligations that
     is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a voidable preference by a
     trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code in accordance with a
     final nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction is
     $[_________________] (the "Preference Amount");

          (f) the total Insured Amount due is $[___________], which amount
     equals the sum of the Deficiency Amount and the Preference Amount;

          (g) the Indenture Trustee is making a claim under and pursuant to the
     terms of the Policy for the dollar amount of the Insured Amount set forth
     in (d) above to be applied to the payment of the Deficiency Amount for the
     Applicable Payment Date in accordance with the Agreement and for the dollar
     amount of the Insured Amount set forth in (e) above to be applied to the
     payment of any Preference Amount; and

          (h) the Indenture Trustee directs that payment of the Insured Amount
     be made to the following account by bank wire transfer of federal or other
     immediately available funds in accordance with the terms of the Policy:
     [INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ACCOUNT NUMBER].

                                      B-4
<PAGE>

     Any capitalized term used in this Notice and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Policy.

Any Person Who Knowingly And With Intent To Defraud Any Insurance Company Or
Other Person Files An Application For Insurance Or Statement Of Claim Containing
Any Materially False Information, Or Conceals For The Purpose Of Misleading,
Information Concerning Any Fact Material Thereto, Commits A Fraudulent Insurance
Act, Which Is A Crime, And Shall Also Be Subject To A Civil Penalty Not To
Exceed Five Thousand Dollars And The Stated Value Of The Claim For Each Such
Violation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Indenture Trustee has executed and delivered this
Notice under the Policy as of the [_____] day of [_________________], [_____].

                                 [NAME OF INDENTURE TRUSTEE], as Indenture
                                 Trustee

                                 By___________________________________

                                 Title________________________________

                                      B-5
<PAGE>

                                  $300,000,000

                           GMAC MORTGAGE CORPORATION
                              Seller and Servicer

                     GMACM HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 2000-HE1
                                     Issuer

                   Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc.
                                   Depositor

           GMACM Home Equity Loan-Backed Term Notes, Series 2000-HE1


                           -------------------------

                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                           -------------------------


                                  Underwriters

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.                               Newman & Associates, Inc.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the
prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must not
be relied upon. This prospectus supplement and the prospectus do not constitute
an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than
the term notes offered hereby, nor an offer of the term notes in any state or
jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, such offer would be unlawful.
The delivery of this prospectus supplement or the prospectus at any time does
not imply that information herein or therein is correct as of any time
subsequent to its date; however, if any material change occurs while this
prospectus supplement or the prospectus is required by law to be delivered,
this prospectus supplement or the prospectus will be amended or supplemented
accordingly.

Until May 25, 2000, all dealers selling the term notes, whether or not
participating in this distribution, will deliver a prospectus supplement and
the prospectus to which it relates. This delivery requirement is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.



PROSPECTUS

MORTGAGE ASSET-BACKED PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES AND

ASSET-BACKED NOTES

RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

Depositor

The  depositor may  periodically  form  separate  trusts to issue  securities in
series, secured by assets of that trust.

OFFERED                CERTIFICATES  The  securities in a series will consist of
                       certificates or notes  representing  interests in a trust
                       and will be paid only from the assets of that trust. Each
                       series may include  multiple  classes of securities  with
                       differing   payment   terms   and   priorities.    Credit
                       enhancement will be provided for all offered securities.

TRUST ASSETS Each trust will consist primarily of:

     mortgage loans secured by first or junior liens on one- to four-family
     residential properties;

     home equity  revolving  lines of credit secured by first or junior liens on
     one- to four-family residential  properties,  including partial balances of
     those lines of credit;

     home improvement installment sales contracts and installment loan
     agreements, either unsecured or secured;

     manufactured housing installment sales contracts and installment loan
     agreements; or

     mortgage  or  asset-backed  securities  backed  by,  and  whole or  partial
     participations in, the types of assets listed above.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT
THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                       February 22, 2000


<PAGE>

      IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND

                     THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

    We provide information to you about the securities in two separate documents
that provide progressively more detail:

     this prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may not
     apply to your series of securities; and

     the accompanying prospectus supplement,  which describes the specific terms
     of your series of securities.

IF THE DESCRIPTION OF YOUR SECURITIES IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
DIFFERS FROM THE RELATED DESCRIPTION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE

INFORMATION IN THAT PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

    You should rely only on the information  provided in this prospectus and the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  including the information  incorporated by
reference.  See  'Additional  Information',  'Reports  to  Securityholders'  and
'Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference' in this prospectus.  You can
request  information  incorporated by reference from Residential  Asset Mortgage
Products,  Inc.  by  calling  us at  (612)  832-7000  or  writing  to us at 8400
Normandale Lake Boulevard, Suite 600, Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55437. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not offering
the securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

    Some  capitalized  terms used in this prospectus are defined in the Glossary
beginning on page 116.

                              -------------------

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    <TABLE>

                                   <CAPTION>

                                         PAGE

                                         ----
<S>                                      <C>

Introduction...........................    4
The Trusts.............................    4
    General............................    4
    Characteristics of Loans...........    6
    Revolving Credit Loans.............   12
    The Contracts......................   14
    Mexico Loans.......................   15
    The Mortgaged Properties...........   16
    The Agency Securities..............   17
    Private Securities.................   18
Trust Asset Program....................   19
    Underwriting Standards.............   19
    The Negotiated Conduit Asset
      Program..........................   23
Description of the Securities..........   25
    General............................   25
    Form of Securities.................   25
    Assignment of Loans................   27
    Representations with Respect to
      Loans............................   29
    Repurchases of Loans...............   30
    Limited Right of Substitution......   32
    Certain Insolvency and Bankruptcy
      Issues...........................   33
    Assignment of Agency or Private
      Securities.......................   33
    Excess Spread and Excluded
      Spread...........................   33
    Payments on Loans..................   34
    Withdrawals from the Custodial
      Account..........................   36
    Distributions of Principal and
      Interest on the Securities.......   37
    Advances...........................   38
    Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.....   39
    Funding Account....................   39
    Reports to Securityholders.........   40
    Servicing and Administration of
      Loans............................   41
Description of Credit Enhancement......   45
    General............................   45
    Letters of Credit..................   46
    Subordination......................   47
    Overcollateralization..............   48
    Mortgage Pool Insurance Policies...   48
    Special Hazard Insurance
      Policies.........................   50
    Bankruptcy Bonds...................   50
    Reserve Funds......................   51
    Financial Guaranty Insurance
      Policies; Surety Bonds...........   51
    Maintenance of Credit
      Enhancement......................   52
    Reduction or Substitution of Credit
      Enhancement......................   52
Other Financial Obligations Related to
  the Securities.......................   53
    Swaps and Yield Supplement
      Agreements.......................   53
    Purchase Obligations...............   53
Insurance Policies on Loans............   54
    Primary Insurance Policies.........   54
    Standard Hazard Insurance on
      Mortgaged Properties.............   55
    Standard Hazard Insurance on
      Manufactured Homes...............   56
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>

                                         PAGE

                                         ----
<S>                                      <C>

    Description of FHA Insurance Under
      Title I..........................   57
    FHA Mortgage Insurance.............   59
    VA Mortgage Guaranty...............   59
The Depositor..........................   60
Residential Funding Corporation........   60
The Agreements.........................   60
    Events of Default; Rights Upon
      Event of Default.................   61
    Amendment..........................   64
    Termination; Retirement of
      Securities.......................   65
    The Trustee........................   66
    The Owner Trustee..................   66
    The Indenture Trustee..............   66
Yield Considerations...................   67
Maturity and Prepayment
  Considerations.......................   70
Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans.....   74
    The Mortgage Loans.................   74
    The Manufactured Housing
      Contracts........................   83
    The Home Improvement Contracts.....   85
    Enforceability of Certain
      Provisions.......................   86
    Consumer Protection Laws...........   87
    Applicability of Usury Laws........   87
    Environmental Legislation..........   87
    Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
      Act of 1940......................   88
    Default Interest and Limitations on
      Prepayments......................   89
    Forfeitures in Drug and RICO
      Proceedings......................   89
    Negative Amortization Loans........   89
Material Federal Income Tax
  Consequences.........................   90
    General............................   90
    Classification of REMICs and
      FASITs...........................   90
    Taxation of Owners of REMIC and
      FASIT Regular Certificates.......   91
    Pass-through Entities Holding FASIT
      Regular Certificates.............   96
    Taxation of Owners of REMIC
      Residual Certificates............   96
    Backup Withholding with Respect to
      Securities.......................  104
    Foreign Investors in Regular

      Certificates.....................  104
State and Other Tax Consequences.......  105
ERISA Considerations...................  105
    ERISA Plan Asset Regulations.......  106
    Prohibited Transaction

      Exemptions.......................  107
    Insurance Company General

      Accounts.........................  110
    Representations From Investing

      Plans............................  110
    Tax-Exempt Investors...............  111
    Consultation with Counsel..........  111
Legal Investment Matters...............  112
Use of Proceeds........................  113
Methods of Distribution................  113
Legal Matters..........................  114
Financial Information..................  114
Additional Information.................  114
Reports to Securityholders.............  115
Incorporation of Certain Information by
  Reference............................  115
Glossary...............................  116

</TABLE>

                                       3


<PAGE>

                                  INTRODUCTION

    The securities offered may be sold from time to time in series.  Each series
of certificates will represent in the aggregate the entire beneficial  ownership
interest  in,  and  each  series  of  notes  in  the  aggregate  will  represent
indebtedness of, a trust  consisting  primarily of the trust assets described in
the following section. The trust assets will have been acquired by the depositor
from  one or more  affiliated  or  unaffiliated  institutions.  Each  series  of
certificates  will be issued under a pooling and servicing  agreement  among the
depositor,  the trustee and master  servicer or servicer,  or a trust  agreement
between  the  depositor  and  trustee,  all as  specified  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  Each series of notes will be issued  under an indenture
between  the  related  trust  and  the  indenture   trustee   specified  in  the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  Unless the context  indicates  otherwise,
references in this  prospectus to the trustee refer to the indenture  trustee in
the case of a series of notes. The trust assets for each series of notes will be
held in a trust under a trust  agreement  and  pledged  under the  indenture  to
secure a series of notes as described in this prospectus and in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.  The ownership of the trust fund for each series of notes
will be  evidenced  by  certificates  issued  under the trust  agreement,  which
certificates are not offered by this prospectus.

                                   THE TRUSTS

GENERAL

    As  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the trust for a
series of securities will consist primarily of a segregated pool of assets.  The
trust assets will primarily include any combination of the following:

     one-  to  four-family  first  or  junior  lien  mortgage  loans,  including
     closed-end home equity loans, Home Loans and Cooperative Loans;

     one- to  four-family  first or junior lien home equity  revolving  lines of
     credit, which are referred to in this prospectus as revolving credit loans,
     including partial balances of revolving credit loans;

     home   improvement   installment   sales  contracts  and  installment  loan
     agreements,  which are referred to in this  prospectus as home  improvement
     contracts, that are either unsecured or secured by first or junior liens on
     one- to  four-family  residential  properties or by purchase money security
     interests  in the home  improvements  financed  by those  home  improvement
     contracts;

     manufactured  housing  installment  sales  contracts and  installment  loan
     agreements,  which  are  referred  to in this  prospectus  as  manufactured
     housing contracts, secured by security interests in manufactured homes;

     partial balances of, or partial interests in, any of the assets described
     above;

     Agency Securities and private securities, which as used in this prospectus,
     are  mortgage-backed  or asset-backed  securities  issued by entities other
     than Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae that represent  interests in or
     are secured by any of the assets  described above,  including  pass-through
     certificates, participation certificates or other instruments that evidence
     interests in or are secured by these assets;

     all payments and collections  derived from the trust assets described above
     after  the  related  cut-off  date,  other  than  Excluded  Spread or other
     interest retained by the depositor or any of its affiliates with respect to
     any trust asset,  as from time to time are  identified  as deposited in the
     Custodial Account and in the related Payment Account;

     property  acquired by  foreclosure  on the  mortgaged  properties  or other
     security for the trust assets or deed in lieu of foreclosure,  and portions
     of proceeds from the  disposition of any related  Additional  Collateral or
     Pledged Assets;

     hazard insurance policies and primary insurance policies, if any; and

     any one or a combination,  if applicable and to the extent specified in the
     accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  of  a  letter  of  credit,  purchase
     obligation, mortgage pool insurance policy, contract pool insurance policy,
     special  hazard  insurance  policy,  bankruptcy  bond,  financial  guaranty
     insurance policy,  derivative products, surety bond or other type of credit
     enhancement as described under 'Description of Credit Enhancement.'

                                       4


<PAGE>

    Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, mortgage
loans includes:

     mortgage  loans or closed-end  home equity loans secured by first or junior
     liens on one- to four- family residential properties;

     Home Loans; and

     Cooperative Loans.

    Unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise,  as  used  in  this  prospectus,
Contracts includes:

     manufactured housing contracts; and

     home improvement contracts.

    The mortgage loans, revolving credit loans and, if applicable, the contracts
will be  evidenced by mortgage  notes  secured by  mortgages,  deeds of trust or
other similar  security  instruments  creating  first or junior liens on one- to
four-family  residential  properties.  Unless the context  indicates  otherwise,
mortgage  notes  includes   Cooperative   Notes;   mortgages  includes  security
agreements for Cooperative Notes; and mortgaged properties may include shares in
the  related  Cooperative  and  the  related  proprietary  leases  or  occupancy
agreements  securing  Cooperative  Notes.  In  addition,  if  specified  in  the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement  relating  to a  series  of  securities,  a
mortgage pool may contain Additional  Collateral Loans or Pledged Asset Mortgage
Loans that are  secured,  in  addition  to the related  mortgaged  property,  by
Additional Collateral or Pledged Assets.

    The mortgage loans, revolving credit loans and the contracts are referred to
in this  prospectus  collectively  as the loans.  In connection with a series of
securities  backed by revolving  credit loans,  if the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement indicates that the pool consists of certain balances of the revolving
credit loans,  then the term 'revolving  credit loans' in this prospectus refers
only to those balances.

    If specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the trust underlying
a series of securities may include private securities. The private securities in
the trust may have been issued  previously by the depositor or an affiliate,  an
unaffiliated  financial  institution  or other entity engaged in the business of
mortgage lending or a limited purpose corporation  organized for the purpose of,
among other things,  acquiring  and  depositing  loans into trusts,  and selling
beneficial  interests  in those  trusts.  As to any  series of  securities,  the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement  will include a description  of any private
securities  along with any  related  credit  enhancement,  and the trust  assets
underlying  those private  securities will be described  together with any other
trust assets included in the pool relating to that series.

    Each trust asset will be selected by the  depositor  for inclusion in a pool
from among those purchased by the depositor from any of the following sources:

     directly or through its affiliates, including Residential Funding
     Corporation;

     sellers who are affiliates of the depositor including HomeComings Financial
     Network,   Inc.,   Residential  Money  Centers,  Inc.,  and  GMAC  Mortgage
     Corporation; or

     savings banks,  savings and loan  associations,  commercial  banks,  credit
     unions,  insurance  companies or similar  institutions  that are supervised
     and/or examined by a federal or state  authority,  lenders  approved by the
     United States  Department of Housing and Urban  Development,  known as HUD,
     mortgage bankers,  investment  banking firms, the Federal Deposit Insurance
     Corporation, known as the FDIC, or other regulated and unregulated mortgage
     loan  originators or sellers,  including  brokers,  not affiliated with the
     depositor, all as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The sellers may include state or local government  housing finance agencies.
If so described in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the depositor may
issue one or more classes of  securities  to a seller as  consideration  for the
purchase of the trust assets  securing such series of  securities.  If a pool is
composed of trust assets  acquired by the depositor  directly from sellers other
than Residential Funding  Corporation,  the accompanying  prospectus  supplement
will specify the extent of trust assets so acquired.

    The trust  assets may also be  delivered  to the  depositor  in a Designated
Seller  Transaction.  Those  securities  may be sold in  whole or in part to any
designated  seller  identified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  in
exchange for the related trust assets,  or may be offered under any of the other
methods  described in this  prospectus  under  'Methods of  Distributions.'  The
accompanying  prospectus  supplement for a Designated  Seller  Transaction  will
include  information  provided by the  designated  seller  about the  designated
seller, the trust assets and the underwriting standards applicable to the loans.
None of the depositor, Residential Funding

                                       5


<PAGE>

Corporation,  GMAC Mortgage Corporation or any of their affiliates will make any
representation or warranty with respect to the trust assets sold in a Designated
Seller Transaction,  or any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of
the  information  provided by the designated  seller,  unless that entity is the
designated seller. GMAC Mortgage Corporation, an affiliate of the depositor, may
be a designated seller.

    Any  seller,   including  any  designated  seller,  or  Residential  Funding
Corporation  may  retain  or  acquire  any  Excluded  Balances  for any  related
revolving  credit loans, or any loan secured by a mortgage senior or subordinate
to any loan included in any pool.

    The  depositor  will  cause the trust  assets  constituting  each pool to be
assigned without  recourse to the trustee named in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, for the benefit of the holders of all of the securities of a series.
The master  servicer or servicer,  which may be an  affiliate of the  depositor,
named in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement will service the loans, either
directly or through  subservicers under a servicing agreement and will receive a
fee for its services.  See 'The Trusts' and  'Description of the Securities.' As
to  those  loans  serviced  by the  master  servicer  or a  servicer  through  a
subservicer,  the master servicer or servicer, as applicable, will remain liable
for its servicing  obligations under the related  servicing  agreement as if the
master  servicer or servicer alone were servicing the trust assets.  In addition
to or in place of the master  servicer or servicer  for a series of  securities,
the accompanying  prospectus  supplement may identify an  Administrator  for the
trust. The Administrator may be an affiliate of the depositor. All references in
this  prospectus to the master servicer and any discussions of the servicing and
administration  functions of the master  servicer or servicer will also apply to
the Administrator to the extent  applicable.  The master servicer's  obligations
relating  to the  trust  assets  will  consist  principally  of its  contractual
servicing  obligations  under the related  pooling and  servicing  agreement  or
servicing agreement, including its obligation to use its best efforts to enforce
purchase  obligations of Residential  Funding Corporation or, in some instances,
the  designated  seller  or  seller,  as  described  in  this  prospectus  under
'Description of the Securities --  Representations  with Respect to Loans' and '
- -- Assignment of Loans' or under the terms of any private securities.

CHARACTERISTICS OF LOANS

    The loans may be secured  by  mortgages  or deeds of trust,  deeds to secure
debt or other similar security instruments creating a first or junior lien on or
other  interests  in the related  mortgaged  properties.  Cooperative  Loans are
evidenced by  promissory  notes  secured by a first or junior lien on the shares
issued by  Cooperatives  and on the  related  proprietary  leases  or  occupancy
agreements   granting  exclusive  rights  to  occupy  specific  units  within  a
Cooperative.

    The loans may include loans insured by the Federal  Housing  Administration,
known as FHA, a division of HUD,  loans  partially  guaranteed  by the  Veterans
Administration, known as VA, and loans that are not insured or guaranteed by the
FHA or VA. As described in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the loans may
include one or more of the following:

     adjustable rate loans, known as ARM loans;

     negatively amortizing ARM loans;

     Balloon Loans;

     Convertible Mortgage Loans;

     Buy-Down Loans;

     Additional Collateral Loans;

     Pledged Asset Mortgage Loans;

     simple interest loans;

     actuarial loans;

     delinquent loans;

     re-performing loans;

     Mexico Loans;

     Cooperative Loans;

                                       6

<PAGE>

     High Cost Loans;

     GPM Loans;

     GEM Loans;

     fixed rate loans;

     loans that have been modified;

     loans that provide for payment on a bi-weekly or other non-monthly basis
     during the term of the loan; and

     loans that  provide for the  reduction  of the  interest  rate based on the
     payment performance of the loans.

    The accompanying  prospectus supplement will provide information  concerning
the types and  characteristics  of the loans and other  assets  included  in the
related trust. Each prospectus  supplement  applicable to a series of securities
will include  information to the extent then  available to the depositor,  as of
the related cut-off date, if appropriate,  on an approximate basis. No more than
five percent (5%) of the trust assets by aggregate  principal  balance as of the
cut-off date will have characteristics  that deviate from those  characteristics
described  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.   Other  trust  assets
available  for purchase by the depositor  may have  characteristics  which would
make them  eligible for  inclusion in a pool but were not selected for inclusion
in a pool at that time.

    The information in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement may include,  if
applicable:

     the aggregate principal balance of the loans;

     the type of property securing the loans and related lien priority, if any;

     the original or modified and/or remaining terms to maturity of the loans;

     the range of principal balances of the loans at origination or
     modification;

     the  aggregate  credit limits and the range of credit limits of the related
     credit line agreements in the case of revolving credit loans;

     the range of the years of origination of the loans;

     the earliest origination or modification date and latest maturity date of
     the loans;

     the loan-to-value ratios, known as LTV ratios, or the combined LTV ratios
     of the loans, as applicable;

     the weighted average loan rate and range of loan rates borne by the loans;

     the  applicable  index,  the range of gross margins,  the weighted  average
     gross margin, the frequency of adjustments and maximum loan rate;

     the geographic distribution of the mortgaged properties;

     the number and percentage of home improvement contracts that are partially
     insured by the FHA under Title I;

     the weighted average junior ratio and Credit Utilization Rate;

     the weighted average and range of debt-to-income ratios;

     the distribution of loan purposes; and

     the range of Credit Scores.

    A Current  Report on Form 8-K will be available on request to holders of the
related  series of  securities  and will be  filed,  together  with the  related
pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or  trust  agreement,  for  each  series  of
certificates,  or the related trust agreement and indenture,  for each series of
notes, with the Securities and Exchange Commission within fifteen days after the
initial  issuance of the securities.  The composition and  characteristics  of a
pool containing  revolving credit loans may change from time to time as a result
of any Draws made after the related  cut-off date under the related  credit line
agreements  that are  included  in the  pool.  If trust  assets  are added to or
deleted from the trust after the date of the accompanying  prospectus supplement
other than as a result of any Draws,  the addition or deletion  will be noted in
the Form 8-K. Additions or deletions of this type, if any, will be made prior to
the closing date.

                                       7

<PAGE>

    In some cases,  loans may be prepaid by the  borrowers  at any time  without
payment  of any  prepayment  fee or  penalty.  The  prospectus  supplement  will
disclose  whether a  material  portion  of the loans  provide  for  payment of a
prepayment  charge if the borrower prepays within a specified time period.  This
charge may affect the rate of prepayment.  The master  servicer or servicer will
be entitled to all prepayment  charges and late payment charges  received on the
loans and those  amounts  will not be available  for payment on the  securities.
However,  some states' laws restrict the  imposition of prepayment  charges even
when the loans  expressly  provide for the  collection  of those  charges.  As a
result,  it is possible  that  prepayment  charges may not be collected  even on
loans that provide for the payment of these charges.

    Some of the loans may be 'equity  refinance' loans, as to which a portion of
the proceeds are used to refinance an existing loan, and the remaining  proceeds
may be retained by the borrower or used for purposes  unrelated to the mortgaged
property. Alternatively, the loans may be 'rate and term refinance' loans, as to
which  substantially  all of the proceeds,  net of related costs incurred by the
borrower,  are used to refinance an existing loan or loans,  which may include a
junior lien,  primarily  in order to change the interest  rate or other terms of
the existing loan.

    The loans may be loans that have been  consolidated  and/or have had various
terms  changed,  loans that have been converted  from  adjustable  rate loans to
fixed rate loans, or  construction  loans which have been converted to permanent
loans. If a loan is a modified loan,  references to origination  typically shall
refer to the date of modification.

  ARM Loans

    In most cases,  ARM loans will have an original or modified term to maturity
of not more than 30 years. The loan rate for ARM loans usually adjusts initially
after a specified  period  subsequent to the initial payment date and thereafter
at either one-month,  three-month,  six-month, one-year or other intervals, with
corresponding  adjustments in the amount of monthly  payments,  over the term of
the loan,  and at any time is equal the sum of a fixed  percentage  described in
the related mortgage note, known as the gross margin,  and an index,  subject to
the maximum rate specified in the mortgage note and permitted by applicable law.
The accompanying  prospectus supplement will describe the relevant index and the
highest,  lowest  and  weighted  average  gross  margin for the ARM loans in the
related pool.  The  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  will also indicate any
periodic  or lifetime  limitations  on changes in any per annum loan rate at the
time of any  adjustment.  An ARM loan may  include a  provision  that allows the
borrower to convert the adjustable  loan rate to a fixed rate at specified times
during the term of the ARM loan. The index or indices for a particular pool will
be specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement and may include one of
the following indexes:

     the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
     maturity of six months, one year or other terms to maturity;

     the weekly auction average investment yield of U.S. Treasury bills of
     various maturities;

     the daily bank prime loan rate made available by the Federal Reserve Board;

     the cost of funds of member institutions of any of the regional Federal
     Home Loan Banks;

     the interbank  offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits in the London market,
     each  calculated  as of a  date  prior  to  each  scheduled  interest  rate
     adjustment  date which will be  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
     supplement; or

     the  weekly  average  of  secondary  market  interest  rates  on  six-month
     negotiable certificates of deposit.

    ARM loans have features  that provide  different  investment  considerations
than fixed-rate  loans.  Adjustable loan rates can cause payment  increases that
may exceed some borrowers' capacity to cover those payments. Some ARM loans, may
be teaser  loans,  with an  introductory  rate that is lower  than the rate that
would be in  effect  if the  applicable  index  and  gross  margin  were used to
determine  the  loan  rate.  As a  result  of the  introductory  rate,  interest
collections  on the loans may  initially be lower than  expected.  Commencing on
their first adjustment date, the loan rates on the teaser loans will be based on
the applicable  index and gross margin,  subject to any rate caps  applicable to
the first adjustment date. An ARM loan may provide that its loan rate may not be
adjusted  to a rate  above  the  applicable  maximum  loan  rate  or  below  the
applicable minimum loan rate, if any, for the ARM loan. In addition, some of the
ARM loans may provide for  limitations on the maximum amount by which their loan
rates may adjust for any single adjustment period. Some ARM loans provide for

                                       8

<PAGE>

limitations  on the amount of scheduled  payments of principal and interest,  or
may have other  features  relating to payment  adjustment  as  described  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

  Negatively Amortizing ARM Loans

    Certain ARM loans may be subject to negative  amortization from time to time
prior to their maturity.  Negative  amortization  results if the accrued monthly
interest exceeds the scheduled payment. In addition, negative amortization often
results from either the  adjustment  of the loan rate on a more  frequent  basis
than the adjustment of the scheduled  payment or the application of a cap on the
size of the scheduled payment. If the scheduled payment is not sufficient to pay
the accrued monthly interest on a negative  amortization ARM loan, the amount of
accrued  monthly  interest  that exceeds the  scheduled  payment on the loans is
added to the principal  balance of the ARM loan, bears interest at the loan rate
and is repaid from future scheduled payments.

    Negatively  amortizing  ARM  loans  in most  cases  do not  provide  for the
extension of their original stated maturity to accommodate changes in their loan
rate.  Investors  should be aware that a loan  secured  by a junior  lien may be
subordinate to a negatively amortizing senior loan. An increase in the principal
balance of the loan secured by a senior lien on the related  mortgaged  property
may cause the sum of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the senior loan and
the  outstanding  principal  balance of the junior loan to exceed the sum of the
principal  balances  at  the  time  of  origination  of  the  junior  loan.  The
accompanying prospectus supplement will specify whether the ARM loans underlying
a series allow for negative  amortization  and the percentage,  if known, of any
loans that are  subordinate  to any related senior loan that allows for negative
amortization.

  Balloon Loans

    With respect to Balloon Loans,  payment of the Balloon Amount,  which, based
on the  amortization  schedule of those loans,  is expected to be a  substantial
amount  and  will  typically  depend  on  the  mortgagor's   ability  to  obtain
refinancing of the related mortgage loan or to sell the mortgaged property prior
to the  maturity of the Balloon  Loan.  The ability to obtain  refinancing  will
depend on a number of  factors  prevailing  at the time  refinancing  or sale is
required,  including,  without  limitation,  real estate values, the mortgagor's
financial  situation,  the level of available  mortgage loan interest rates, the
mortgagor's  equity in the  related  mortgaged  property,  tax laws,  prevailing
general  economic  conditions  and the terms of any related  first lien mortgage
loan. Neither the depositor,  the master servicer or servicer,  the trustee,  as
applicable,  nor any of their  affiliates  will be  obligated  to  refinance  or
repurchase any mortgage loan or to sell the mortgaged property.

  Convertible Mortgage Loans

    On any conversion of a Convertible Mortgage Loan, the depositor,  the master
servicer or servicer or a third party may be obligated to purchase the converted
mortgage  loan.  Alternatively,  if  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, the depositor,  Residential Funding Corporation or another party may
agree to act as remarketing agent for the converted  mortgage loans and, in that
capacity,  to use its best  efforts  to  arrange  for the sale of the  converted
mortgage  loans  under  specified  conditions.  On the  failure  of any party so
obligated  to  purchase  any  converted  mortgage  loan,  the  inability  of any
remarketing agent to arrange for the sale of any converted  mortgage loan or the
unwillingness of the remarketing  agent to exercise any election to purchase any
converted  mortgage loan for its own account,  the related pool will  thereafter
include both fixed rate and adjustable  rate mortgage loans. If specified in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  neither the depositor nor any other party
will be obligated to repurchase or remarket any converted mortgage loan, and, as
a result, converted mortgage loans will remain in the related pool.

  Buy-Down Loans

    In the case of Buy-Down  Loans,  the monthly  payments  made by the borrower
during the Buy-Down Period will be less than the scheduled  monthly  payments on
the mortgage loan, the resulting difference to be made up from:

     Buy-Down Funds contributed by the seller of the mortgaged property or
     another source and placed in the Buy-Down Account;

                                       9

<PAGE>

     if the Buy-Down Funds are contributed on a present value basis, investment
     earnings on the Buy-Down Funds; or

     additional  buydown  funds to be  contributed  over time by the  borrower's
     employer or another source.

  Additional Collateral Loans

    If stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a trust will contain
Additional Collateral Loans. The Additional Collateral  Requirement will in most
cases  terminate  when  the LTV  Ratio  of the  mortgage  loan is  reduced  to a
predetermined level, which in most cases shall not be more than 75%, as a result
of a reduction in the loan amount  caused by principal  payments by the borrower
under the  mortgage  loan or an increase in the  appraised  value of the related
mortgaged property.

    The  servicer  of the  Additional  Collateral  Loan  will  be  required,  in
accordance with the master servicer's or servicer's  servicing guidelines or its
normal servicing procedures,  to attempt to realize on any Additional Collateral
if the related Additional Collateral Loan is liquidated on default. The right to
receive   proceeds  from  the  realization  of  Additional   Collateral  on  any
liquidation will be assigned to the related  trustee.  No assurance can be given
as to the amount of proceeds, if any, that might be realized from the Additional
Collateral and thereafter remitted to the trustee.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  an
insurance  company  whose  claims-paying  ability  is  rated  by  at  least  one
nationally recognized rating agency in a rating category at least as high as the
highest  long-term  rating  category  assigned  to one or  more  classes  of the
applicable  series of securities  will have issued a limited purpose surety bond
insuring any  deficiency in the amounts  realized by the  Additional  Collateral
Loan seller from the liquidation of Additional  Collateral,  up to the amount of
the Additional Collateral Requirement.  For additional considerations concerning
the  Additional  Collateral  Loans,  see 'Certain  Legal Aspects of Loans -- The
Mortgage Loans -- Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders'
in this prospectus.

  Pledged Asset Mortgage Loans

    If stated in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a mortgage pool may
include  Pledged  Asset  Mortgage  Loans.  Each Pledged  Asset will be held by a
custodian  for the  benefit of the  trustee  for the trust in which the  related
Pledged  Asset  Mortgage  Loan is  held,  and  will be  invested  in  investment
obligations  permitted  by the  rating  agencies  rating the  related  series of
securities. The amount of the Pledged Assets will be determined by the seller in
accordance with its underwriting  standards,  but in most cases will not be more
than an amount that, if applied to reduce the original  principal balance of the
mortgage  loan,  would  reduce  that  principal  balance to less than 70% of the
appraised value of the mortgaged property.

    If,  following a default by the borrower and the  liquidation of the related
mortgaged property, there remains a loss on the related mortgage loan, a limited
liability company will be required to pay to the master servicer or the servicer
on behalf of the trustee the amount of that loss,  up to the pledged  amount for
that mortgage loan. If the borrower becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding,
there is a significant  risk that the Pledged Assets will not be available to be
paid to the  securityholders.  At the borrower's request, and in accordance with
some  conditions,  the Pledged Assets may be applied as a partial  prepayment of
the mortgage loan. The Pledged Assets will be released to the limited  liability
company  if the  outstanding  principal  balance of the  mortgage  loan has been
reduced by the amount of the Pledged Assets.

  Actuarial Loans

    Monthly payments made by or on behalf of the borrower for each loan, in most
cases, will be one-twelfth of the applicable loan rate times the unpaid
principal balance, with any remainder of the payment applied to principal. This

is known as an actuarial loan.

  Simple Interest Loans

    If specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a portion of the
loans  underlying a series of securities may be simple  interest loans. A simple
interest loan provides the  amortization  of the amount  financed under the loan
over a series of equal monthly payments,  except, in the case of a Balloon Loan,
the final

                                       10


<PAGE>

payment.  Each monthly  payment  consists of an installment of interest which is
calculated  on the  basis  of the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the  loan
multiplied by the stated loan rate and further  multiplied  by a fraction,  with
the  numerator  equal to the  number  of days in the  period  elapsed  since the
preceding  payment of interest was made and the denominator  equal to the number
of days in the annual period for which interest accrues on the loan. As payments
are received under a simple  interest loan, the amount received is applied first
to  interest  accrued to the date of payment  and then the  remaining  amount is
applied to pay any unpaid fees and then to reduce the unpaid principal  balance.
Accordingly, if a borrower pays a fixed monthly installment on a simple interest
loan before its  scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to
interest for the period since the  preceding  payment was made will be less than
it would have been had the payment  been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of
the  payment   applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid   principal   balance   will  be
correspondingly  greater.  On the other hand, if a borrower pays a fixed monthly
installment  after its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment  allocable
to interest for the period since the preceding  payment was made will be greater
than it  would  have  been  had the  payment  been  made as  scheduled,  and the
remaining portion, if any, of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal
balance will be  correspondingly  less. If each scheduled payment under a simple
interest  loan is made on or prior to its  scheduled  due  date,  the  principal
balance of the loan will amortize more quickly than scheduled.  However,  if the
borrower consistently makes scheduled payments after the scheduled due date, the
loan will  amortize  more slowly than  scheduled.  If a simple  interest loan is
prepaid,  the  borrower  is  required  to  pay  interest  only  to the  date  of
prepayment.  The variable  allocations  among principal and interest of a simple
interest  loan may affect the  distributions  of  principal  and interest on the
securities, as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

  Delinquent Loans

    Some pools may  include  loans that are one or more months  delinquent  with
regard to payment of principal  or interest at the time of their  deposit into a
trust. The accompanying  prospectus  supplement will set forth the percentage of
loans  that are so  delinquent.  Delinquent  loans are more  likely to result in
losses than loans that have a current payment status.

  Re-Performing Loans

    The term  're-performing  loans'  includes  (i)  repayment  plan  loans  and
bankruptcy  plan loans that had  arrearages of at least three  monthly  payments
when the repayment  plan was entered into,  and (ii) trial  modification  loans.
These  loans may be  acquired  by a  designated  seller or  Residential  Funding
Corporation  from a wide variety of sources through bulk or periodic sales.  The
re-performing loans were originally either:

     acquired by the designated seller or Residential Funding Corporation as a
     performing loan;

     acquired under Residential Funding Corporation's negotiated conduit asset
     program; or

     acquired by the designated seller or Residential  Funding  Corporation as a
     delinquent loan with a view toward establishing a repayment plan.

    In the case of loans that are acquired by Residential Funding Corporation as
delinquent  loans  with  a  view  toward   establishing  a  repayment  plan,  no
determination  is made as to whether the loans  complied  with the  underwriting
criteria of any specific origination program. In each case, however, at the time
of purchase,  every loan is evaluated by Residential Funding  Corporation.  This
evaluation includes obtaining at least validation of the related property value,
a review of the  credit  and  collateral  files,  and a review of the  servicing
history  on the loan.  The  information  is used to assess  both the  borrower's
willingness and capacity to pay, and the underlying  collateral  value. The rate
of default on  re-performing  loans is more likely to be higher than the rate of
default on loans that have not previously been in arrears.

    Repayment  Plan Loans and  Bankruptcy  Plan Loans.  Some of the loans may be
loans  where the  borrower  in the past has  failed to pay one or more  required
scheduled monthly payments or tax and insurance  payments,  and the borrower has
entered into either a repayment  plan, or a confirmed  bankruptcy plan in a case
under Chapter 13 of Title 11 of the United States Code,  known as the Bankruptcy
Code,  under  which  the  borrower  has  agreed  to repay  these  arrearages  in
installments  under a schedule,  in exchange for the related master  servicer or
servicer  agreeing not to foreclose on the related  mortgaged  property or other
security.  For each loan subject to a repayment plan, or a confirmed  bankruptcy
plan,  the  borrower  shall  have made at least an  aggregate  of its three most
recent scheduled monthly payments prior to the cut-off date.

                                       11

<PAGE>

    The right to receive all  arrearages  payable under the repayment  plan will
not be included as part of the trust and,  accordingly,  payments  made on these
arrearages will not be payable to the  securityholders.  The borrowers under any
confirmed  bankruptcy  plan  will make  separate  payments  for their  scheduled
monthly  payments and for their  arrearages.  The borrowers  under any repayment
plan will make a single payment,  which will be applied first to their scheduled
monthly payment and second to the arrearage. In either case, the master servicer
or servicer may immediately commence foreclosure if, in the case of a bankruptcy
plan,  both payments are not received and the  bankruptcy  court has  authorized
that action or, in the case of a repayment  plan, the payment is insufficient to
cover both the monthly payment and the arrearage.

    Trial Modification  Loans. Some of the loans may be loans where the borrower
in the past has failed to pay three or more required scheduled monthly payments,
and the  borrower has entered into a trial  modification  agreement.  Under this
arrangement:

     the borrower agrees to pay a reduced monthly payment for a specified trial
     period typically lasting 3 to 6 months;

     if the  borrower  makes all  required  monthly  payments  during  the trial
     period,  at the end of the trial  period,  the original  loan terms will be
     modified to reflect terms stated in the trial modification  agreement.  The
     modifications  may include a reduced interest rate, the forgiveness of some
     arrearages,  the  capitalization  of some  arrearages,  an extension of the
     maturity, or a provision for a balloon payment at maturity;

     if the borrower makes all required  payments  during the trial period,  the
     monthly  payment  amount will continue to be the monthly  payment in effect
     during the trial period, with no additional repayment of arrearages; and

     if the borrower fails to make any of the required payments during the trial
     period,  the modified terms will not take effect,  and a foreclosure action
     may be  commenced  immediately.  None of the  depositor,  the  seller,  the
     designated seller, the master servicer or the servicer, as applicable, will
     have  any   obligation   to   repurchase   the  related  loan  under  those
     circumstances.

    For each trial  modification loan, the borrower shall have made at least its
aggregate of the three most recent scheduled  monthly payments as of the cut-off
date under the terms of the trial modification agreement.

REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS

  General

    The revolving  credit loans will be originated  under credit line agreements
subject to a maximum amount or credit limit. In most instances, interest on each
revolving  credit loan will be  calculated  based on the average  daily  balance
outstanding  during the billing  cycle.  The billing cycle in most cases will be
the calendar month preceding a due date. Each revolving  credit loan will have a
loan rate that is subject to  adjustment  on the day  specified  in the  related
mortgage note,  which may be daily or monthly,  equal to the sum of the index on
the day  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and the gross
margin   specified  in  the  related   mortgage  note,   which  may  vary  under
circumstances if stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  subject to
the maximum rate  specified in the mortgage note and the maximum rate  permitted
by applicable  law. If specified in the  prospectus  supplement,  some revolving
credit  loans may be teaser loans with an  introductory  rate that is lower than
the rate that would be in effect if the  applicable  index and gross margin were
used to determine the loan rate. As a result of the introductory rate,  interest
collections  on the loans may  initially be lower than  expected.  Commencing on
their first adjustment date, the loan rates on the teaser loans will be based on
the applicable index and gross margin. The index or indices will be specified in
the related  prospectus  supplement and may include one of the indices mentioned
under ' -- Characteristics of Loans,' in this prospectus.

    Unless specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  each revolving
credit loan will have a term to  maturity  from the date of  origination  of not
more than 25 years.  The borrower for each revolving credit loan may make a Draw
under the related  credit  line  agreement  at any time during the Draw  Period.
Unless specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the Draw Period will
not be more than 15  years.  Unless  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  for each revolving credit loan, if the Draw Period is less than the
full  term of the  revolving  credit  loan,  the  related  borrower  will not be
permitted to make any Draw during the Repayment  Period.  Prior to the Repayment
Period, or prior to the date of maturity for loans without Repayment

                                       12

<PAGE>

Periods,  the borrower for each revolving  credit loan will be obligated to make
monthly  payments on the revolving  credit loan in a minimum amount as specified
in the related  mortgage note, which usually will be the finance charge for each
billing cycle as described in the second following paragraph.  In addition, if a
revolving credit loan has a Repayment Period,  during this period,  the borrower
is required to make monthly payments  consisting of principal  installments that
would substantially  amortize the principal balance by the maturity date, and to
pay any current finance charges and additional charges.

    The borrower for each revolving credit loan will be obligated to pay off the
remaining  account  balance  on  the  related  maturity  date,  which  may  be a
substantial  principal amount.  The maximum amount of any Draw for any revolving
credit  loan is  equal to the  excess,  if any,  of the  credit  limit  over the
principal  balance  outstanding under the mortgage note at the time of the Draw.
Draws  will be  funded  by the  master  servicer  or  servicer  or other  entity
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    Unless  specified  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  for  each
revolving credit loan:

     the finance charge for any billing cycle, in most cases,  will be an amount
     equal to the aggregate of, as calculated for each day in the billing cycle,
     the  then-applicable  loan rate  divided  by 365  multiplied  by that day's
     principal balance,

     the account  balance on any day in most cases will be the  aggregate of the
     unpaid  principal of the revolving credit loan outstanding at the beginning
     of the day,  plus all related Draws funded on that day and  outstanding  at
     the beginning of that day, plus the sum of any unpaid  finance  charges and
     any unpaid fees,  insurance premiums and other charges,  collectively known
     as additional charges,  that are due on the revolving credit loan minus the
     aggregate of all payments and credits that are applied to the  repayment of
     any Draws on that day, and

     the  principal  balance  on any day  usually  will be the  related  account
     balance minus the sum of any unpaid finance charges and additional  charges
     that are due on the revolving credit loan.

    Payments  made by or on behalf of the  borrower  for each  revolving  credit
loan, in most cases, will be applied,  first, to any unpaid finance charges that
are due on the revolving credit loan,  second, to any unpaid additional  charges
that are due thereon, and third, to any related Draws outstanding.

    The mortgaged  property  securing each revolving credit loan will be subject
to the  lien  created  by the  related  loan in the  amount  of the  outstanding
principal  balance of each related Draw or portion thereof,  if any, that is not
included in the related  pool,  whether made on or prior to the related  cut-off
date or  thereafter.  The lien will be the same rank as the lien  created by the
mortgage   relating  to  the  revolving  credit  loan,  and  monthly   payments,
collections and other recoveries under the credit line agreement  related to the
revolving  credit loan will be allocated as described in the related  prospectus
supplement among the revolving credit loan and the outstanding principal balance
of each Draw or  portion  of Draw  excluded  from the pool.  The  depositor,  an
affiliate of the depositor or an unaffiliated seller may have an interest in any
Draw or portion  thereof  excluded from the pool. If any entity with an interest
in a Draw or  portion  thereof  excluded  from  the pool or any  other  Excluded
Balance  were to become a debtor under the  Bankruptcy  Code and  regardless  of
whether the  transfer  of the  related  revolving  credit  loan  constitutes  an
absolute  assignment,  a  bankruptcy  trustee or creditor of such entity or such
entity as a debtor-in-possession could assert that such entity retains rights in
the  related  revolving  credit  loan  and  therefore  compel  the  sale of such
revolving  credit loan,  including any Trust Balance,  over the objection of the
trust and the securityholders. If that occurs, delays and reductions in payments
to the trust and the securityholders could result.

    In most cases,  each revolving credit loan may be prepaid in full or in part
at any time and without  penalty,  and the related  borrower will have the right
during the related  Draw  Period to make a Draw in the amount of any  prepayment
made for the revolving  credit loan.  The mortgage  note or mortgage  related to
each  revolving  credit  loan will  usually  contain a  customary  'due-on-sale'
clause.

    As to each revolving  credit loan,  the  borrower's  rights to receive Draws
during the Draw Period may be suspended, or the credit limit may be reduced, for
cause under a limited number of circumstances, including, but not limited to:

     a materially adverse change in the borrower's financial circumstances;

     a decline in the value of the mortgaged property significantly below its
     appraised value at origination; or

     a payment default by the borrower.

                                       13

<PAGE>

However,  as to each  revolving  credit loan, a suspension or reduction  usually
will not affect the payment  terms for  previously  drawn  balances.  The master
servicer or the servicer, as applicable,  will have no obligation to investigate
as to whether any of those  circumstances have occurred or may have no knowledge
of their  occurrence.  Therefore,  there can be no assurance that any borrower's
ability  to  receive  Draws  will  be  suspended  or  reduced  if the  foregoing
circumstances  occur. In the event of default under a revolving  credit loan, at
the discretion of the master servicer or servicer, the revolving credit loan may
be  terminated  and  declared  immediately  due and  payable  in full.  For this
purpose, a default includes but is not limited to:

     the borrower's failure to make any payment as required;

     any action or inaction by the borrower that materially and adversely
     affects the mortgaged property or the rights in the mortgaged property; or

     any fraud or material misrepresentation by a borrower in connection with
     the loan.

    The master servicer or servicer will have the option to allow an increase in
the credit limit  applicable  to any  revolving  credit loan in certain  limited
circumstances.  In most cases,  the master  servicer  or  servicer  will have an
unlimited ability to allow increases provided that the specified  conditions are
met including:

     a new appraisal or other indication of value is obtained; and

     the new combined  LTV ratio is less than or equal to the original  combined
     LTV ratio.

    If a new appraisal is not obtained and the other conditions in the preceding
sentence are met, the master  servicer or servicer will have the option to allow
a credit limit increase for any revolving credit loan subject to the limitations
described in the related agreement.

    The  proceeds of the  revolving  credit loans may be used by the borrower to
improve  the  related  mortgaged  properties,  may be  retained  by the  related
borrowers or may be used for purposes unrelated to the mortgaged properties.

  Allocation of Revolving Credit Loan Balances

    For any series of securities  backed by revolving  credit loans, the related
trust may  include  either (i) the entire  principal  balance of each  revolving
credit loan outstanding at any time,  including  balances  attributable to Draws
made after the related cut-off date, or (ii) the Trust Balance of each revolving
credit loan.

    The accompanying prospectus supplement will describe the specific provisions
by which  payments and losses on any revolving  credit loan will be allocated as
between the Trust Balance and any Excluded  Balance.  Typically,  the provisions
(i) may provide that  principal  payments made by the borrower will be allocated
as between  the Trust  Balance  and any  Excluded  Balance  either on a pro rata
basis, or first to the Trust Balance until reduced to zero, then to the Excluded
Balance,  or  according  to  other  priorities  specified  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  and (ii) may provide that interest payments, as well as
liquidation  proceeds or similar  proceeds  following a default and any Realized
Losses,  will be allocated between the Trust Balance and any Excluded Balance on
a pro rata basis or according to other priorities  specified in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.

    Even where a trust initially  includes the entire  principal  balance of the
revolving credit loans, the related agreement may provide that after a specified
date or on the  occurrence  of  specified  events,  the  trust  may not  include
balances  attributable to additional  Draws made  thereafter.  The  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  will  describe  these  provisions as well as the related
allocation provisions that would be applicable.

THE CONTRACTS

  Home Improvement Contracts

    The trust for a series may include a contract pool  evidencing  interests in
home improvement  contracts.  The home improvement contracts may be conventional
home  improvement  contracts  or, to the extent  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  the home improvement contracts may be partially insured
by the FHA under Title I.

                                       14


<PAGE>

    In most cases, the home  improvement  contracts will be fully amortizing and
may have fixed loan rates or  adjustable  loan rates and may  provide  for other
payment characteristics as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The home improvements  securing the home improvement  contracts may include,
but are not limited to, replacement windows,  house siding, new roofs,  swimming
pools, satellite dishes, kitchen and bathroom remodeling goods and solar heating
panels. The proceeds of contracts under the Title I Program may be used only for
permitted  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, the alteration,  repair or
improvement of residential property,  the purchase of a manufactured home and/or
lot on which to place that home, or cooperative interest in the home and/or lot.

    Home improvements, unlike mortgaged properties, in most cases, depreciate in
value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is possible, especially in
the case of home improvement contracts with high LTV ratios at origination, that
the market value of a home  improvement  may be lower than the principal  amount
outstanding under the related contract.

  Manufactured Housing Contracts

    The trust for a series may include a contract pool  evidencing  interests in
manufactured  housing contracts  originated by one or more manufactured  housing
dealers,  or  the  other  entity  or  entities  described  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The manufactured  housing contracts may be conventional
manufactured  housing contracts or manufactured housing contracts insured by the
FHA or partially  guaranteed by the VA. Each manufactured  housing contract will
be secured by a manufactured  home. The manufactured  housing  contracts will be
fully  amortizing or, if specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
Balloon Loans.

    The  manufactured  homes securing the  manufactured  housing  contracts will
consist of  'manufactured  homes'  within the meaning of 42 U.S.C.  'SS'5402(6),
which are treated as 'single  family  residences'  for the purposes of the REMIC
provisions  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  or Internal  Revenue  Code.
Accordingly,  a  manufactured  home  will be a  structure  built on a  permanent
chassis,  which is transportable in one or more sections and customarily used at
a fixed  location,  has a minimum of 400 square feet of living space and minimum
width in excess of 8 1/2 feet,  is  designed  to be used as a  dwelling  with or
without a permanent  foundation  when connected to the required  utilities,  and
includes  the  plumbing,  heating,  air  conditioning,  and  electrical  systems
contained therein.

    Manufactured homes, unlike mortgaged properties,  in most cases,  depreciate
in value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is possible, especially
in  the  case  of  manufactured  housing  contracts  with  high  LTV  ratios  at
origination,  that the market value of a manufactured home may be lower than the
principal amount outstanding under the related contract.

MEXICO LOANS

    Each Mexico Loan will be secured by the beneficial  ownership  interest in a
separate  trust,  the sole asset of which is a residential  property  located in
Mexico.  The  residential  property may be a second home,  vacation  home or the
primary residence of the borrower. The borrower of a Mexico Loan may be a U.S.

borrower or an international borrower.

    Because  of the  uncertainty  and  delays in  foreclosing  on real  property
interests in Mexico and because non-Mexican  citizens are prohibited from owning
real  property  located  in some areas of  Mexico,  the  nature of the  security
interest and the manner in which the Mexico  Loans are secured  differ from that
of mortgage  loans  typically made in the United  States.  Record  ownership and
title to the Mexican  property  will be held in the name of a Mexican  financial
institution  acting as Mexican  trustee for a Mexican trust under the terms of a
trust agreement. The trust agreement will be governed by Mexican law and will be
filed (in Spanish) in the real property records in the jurisdiction in which the
property is located. The original term of the Mexican trust will be 50 years and
will be renewable at the option of the borrower.  To secure the repayment of the
Mexico Loan,  the lender is named as a  beneficiary  of the Mexican  trust.  The
lender's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust grants to the lender the right
to direct the Mexican trustee to transfer the borrower's  beneficial interest in
the  Mexican  trust or to  terminate  the  Mexican  trust  and sell the  Mexican
property.  The borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust grants to the
borrower the right to use,  occupy and enjoy the Mexican  property so long as it
is not in default of its obligations relating to the Mexico Loan.

                                       15

<PAGE>

    As security for repayment of the Mexico Loan, under the loan agreement,  the
borrower grants to the lender a security  interest in the borrower's  beneficial
interest in the  Mexican  trust.  If the  borrower  is  domiciled  in the United
States,  the  borrower's  beneficial  interest  in the Mexican  trust  should be
considered under  applicable  state law to be an interest in personal  property,
not real property,  and, accordingly,  the lender will file financing statements
in the appropriate state to perfect the lender's security interest.  Because the
lender's security interest in the borrower's  beneficial interest in the Mexican
trust is not, for purposes of  foreclosing  on that  collateral,  an interest in
real property, the depositor either will rely on its remedies that are available
in the United States under the applicable  Uniform  Commercial Code, or UCC, and
under the trust agreement and foreclose on the collateral securing a Mexico Loan
under the UCC, or direct the  Mexican  trustee to conduct an auction to sell the
borrower's   beneficial  interest  or  the  Mexican  property  under  the  trust
agreement.  If a borrower is not a resident of the United  States,  the lender's
security interest in the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust may
be  unperfected  under the UCC. If the lender  conducts  its  principal  lending
activities in the United States, the loan agreement will provide that rights and
obligations  of the  borrower and the lender  under the loan  agreement  will be
governed under applicable United States state law. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of
the Loans -- The Mortgage Loans.'

    In  connection  with the  assignment  of a Mexico Loan into a trust  created
under the related  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or trust  agreement,  the
depositor will transfer to the trustee, on behalf of the securityholders, all of
its right,  title and interest in the  mortgage  note,  the lender's  beneficial
interest in the Mexican trust, the lender's  security interest in the borrower's
beneficial  interest in the Mexican  trust,  and its interest in any policies of
insurance on the Mexico Loan or the Mexican property. The percentage of mortgage
loans,  if any,  that are Mexico  Loans will be  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

THE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

    The  mortgaged  properties  will  consist  primarily of attached or detached
individual   dwellings,    Cooperative   dwellings,   individual   or   adjacent
condominiums,  townhouses,  duplexes, row houses, modular housing,  manufactured
homes,  individual  units  or  two-  to  four-unit  dwellings  in  planned  unit
developments and two- to four-family dwellings.  Each mortgaged property,  other
than a Cooperative  dwelling or Mexican property,  will be located on land owned
by the borrower or, if specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, land
leased by the borrower.  The ownership of the Mexican properties will be held in
a Mexican trust.  Attached  dwellings may include structures where each borrower
owns the land on which the unit is built with the remaining  adjacent land owned
in common.  Mortgaged  properties may also include  dwellings on  non-contiguous
properties,  multiple dwellings on one property,  or dwelling units subject to a
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement in an apartment  building  owned by a
Cooperative. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement securing a Cooperative
Loan is  subordinate,  in most  cases,  to any  blanket  mortgage on the related
cooperative apartment building or on the underlying land.  Additionally,  in the
case of a Cooperative Loan, the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement may be
terminated and the cooperative shares may be cancelled by the Cooperative if the
tenant-stockholder fails to pay maintenance or other obligations or charges owed
by the tenant-stockholder. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans.'

    Mortgaged   properties   consisting  of  modular  housing,   also  known  as
pre-assembled,  pre-fabricated,  sectional or pre-built homes, are factory built
and constructed in two or more three dimensional  sections,  including  interior
and exterior finish, plumbing, wiring and mechanical systems. On completion, the
modular  home is  transported  to the property  site to be joined  together on a
permanent foundation.

    Mortgaged  properties  consisting  of  manufactured  homes  must be  legally
classified as real estate,  have the wheels and axles removed and be attached to
a  permanent  foundation  and may not be  located  in a mobile  home  park.  The
manufactured  homes will also have other  characteristics  as  specified  in the
prospectus supplement.

    The  mortgaged  properties  may be located in any of the fifty  states,  the
District  of  Columbia or the  Commonwealth  of Puerto  Rico.  In  addition,  if
specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the trust  assets  may
contain  Mexico  Loans,  which are  secured  by  interests  in  trusts  that own
residential  properties  located in Mexico. The Mexico Loans will not exceed ten
percent  (10%) by  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  mortgage  loans in any
mortgage pool as of the cut-off date  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

    The mortgaged properties may be owner occupied or non-owner occupied and may
include vacation homes, second homes and investment  properties.  The percentage
of loans secured by mortgaged properties that are

                                       16

<PAGE>

owner-occupied will be disclosed in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  The
basis for any  statement  that a given  percentage  of the loans are  secured by
mortgaged properties that are owner-occupied will be one of the following:

     the making of a  representation  by the borrower at  origination  of a loan
     that the  borrower  intends  to use the  mortgaged  property  as a  primary
     residence for at least the first six months of occupancy,

     a representation by the originator of the loan, which may be based solely
     on the above clause, or

     the fact that the mailing address for the borrower is the same as the
     address of the mortgaged property.

Any representation and warranty regarding owner-occupancy may be based solely on
this  information.  Loans secured by investment  properties,  including  two- to
four-unit  dwellings,  may also be secured by an  assignment of leases and rents
and operating or other cash flow guarantees relating to the loans.

    A  mortgaged  property  securing a loan may be  subject to the senior  liens
securing one or more conventional  mortgage loans at the time of origination and
may be subject to one or more junior liens at the time of  origination  or after
that  origination.  Loans  evidencing liens junior or senior to the loans in the
trust will likely not be included in the related trust,  but the  depositor,  an
affiliate of the depositor or an unaffiliated seller may have an interest in the
junior or senior loan.

THE AGENCY SECURITIES

  Government National Mortgage Association

    Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate  instrumentality of the United States
within HUD.  Section 306(g) of Title III of the National Housing Act of 1934, as
amended,  referred to in this prospectus as the Housing Act,  authorizes  Ginnie
Mae to  guarantee  the  timely  payment  of the  principal  of and  interest  on
securities  representing  interests in a pool of  mortgages  insured by the FHA,
under the Housing Act or under Title V of the Housing Act of 1949,  or partially
guaranteed  by the VA  under  the  Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act of  1944,  as
amended, or under Chapter 37 of Title 38, United States Code.

    Section  306(g) of the Housing Act provides  that 'the full faith and credit
of the  United  States is pledged to the  payment  of all  amounts  which may be
required to be paid under any guarantee under this subsection.' In order to meet
its obligations  under that  guarantee,  Ginnie Mae may, under Section 306(d) of
the Housing Act, borrow from the United States Treasury an amount that is at any
time  sufficient  to enable  Ginnie Mae to  perform  its  obligations  under its
guarantee.   See  'Additional  Information'  for  the  availability  of  further
information regarding Ginnie Mae and Ginnie Mae securities.

  Ginnie Mae Securities

    In most cases, each Ginnie Mae security relating to a series, which may be a
Ginnie Mae I Certificate or a Ginnie Mae II Certificate as referred to by Ginnie
Mae, will be a 'fully modified pass-through'  mortgage-backed certificate issued
and serviced by a mortgage  banking company or other financial  concern approved
by Ginnie Mae,  except any stripped  mortgage-backed  securities  guaranteed  by
Ginnie Mae or any REMIC securities issued by Ginnie Mae. The  characteristics of
any Ginnie Mae securities  included in the trust for a series of securities will
be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

    Freddie  Mac is a corporate  instrumentality  of the United  States  created
under Title III of the Emergency  Home Finance Act of 1970,  as amended,  or the
Freddie  Mac Act.  Freddie  Mac was  established  primarily  for the  purpose of
increasing  the  availability  of mortgage  credit for the  financing  of needed
housing.  The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently consists of purchasing
first-lien, conventional,  residential mortgage loans or participation interests
in mortgage  loans and reselling the mortgage  loans so purchased in the form of
guaranteed  mortgage  securities,  primarily  Freddie Mac  securities.  In 1981,
Freddie  Mac  initiated  its  Home  Mortgage  Guaranty  Program  under  which it
purchases  mortgage loans from sellers with Freddie Mac securities  representing
interests in the mortgage loans so purchased.  All mortgage  loans  purchased by
Freddie  Mac must  meet  certain  standards  set forth in the  Freddie  Mac Act.
Freddie Mac is confined to  purchasing,  so far as  practicable,  mortgage loans
that it deems to be of the quality and type that generally meets the purchase

                                       17

<PAGE>

standards imposed by private institutional  mortgage investors.  See 'Additional
Information' for the availability of further  information  regarding Freddie Mac
and Freddie Mac securities.  Neither the United States nor any agency thereof is
obligated to finance  Freddie Mac's  operations or to assist  Freddie Mac in any
other manner.

  Freddie Mac Securities

    In most cases, each Freddie Mac security relating to a series will represent
an undivided  interest in a pool of mortgage  loans that  typically  consists of
conventional loans, but may include FHA loans and VA loans, purchased by Freddie
Mac, except any stripped  mortgage backed securities issued by Freddie Mac. Each
of those pools will consist of mortgage  loans,  substantially  all of which are
secured by one- to  four-family  residential  properties or, if specified in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  are secured by  multi-family  residential
properties.  The  characteristics of any Freddie Mac Securities  included in the
trust  for a  series  of  securities  will  be set  forth  in  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

  Federal National Mortgage Association

    Fannie  Mae  is  a  federally  chartered  and  privately  owned  corporation
organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage  Association  Charter
Act (12  U.S.C.  'SS'1716  et seq.).  It is the  nation's  largest  supplier  of
residential  mortgage funds. Fannie Mae was originally  established in 1938 as a
United  States  government  agency  to  provide  supplemental  liquidity  to the
mortgage  market and was  transformed  into a  stockholder-owned  and  privately
managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968. Fannie Mae provides funds to
the mortgage  market  primarily by  purchasing  home  mortgage  loans from local
lenders,   thereby   replenishing  their  funds  for  additional  lending.   See
'Additional  Information' for the availability of further information respecting
Fannie Mae and Fannie Mae securities.  Although the Secretary of the Treasury of
the  United  States  has  authority  to  lend  Fannie  Mae up to  $2.25  billion
outstanding  at any time,  neither the United  States nor any agency  thereof is
obligated to finance  Fannie  Mae's  operations  or to assist  Fannie Mae in any
other manner.

  Fannie Mae Securities

    In most cases,  each Fannie Mae security relating to a series will represent
a  fractional  undivided  interest in a pool of mortgage  loans formed by Fannie
Mae,  except any  stripped  mortgage  backed  securities  issued by Fannie  Mae.
Mortgage loans underlying Fannie Mae securities will consist of fixed,  variable
or adjustable  rate  conventional  mortgage  loans or fixed-rate FHA loans or VA
loans.  Those  mortgage  loans may be secured by either one- to  four-family  or
multi-family  residential  properties.  The  characteristics  of any  Fannie Mae
securities included in the trust for a series of securities will be set forth in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

PRIVATE SECURITIES

    Any private  securities  underlying any securities  will (i) either (a) have
been previously registered under the Securities Act, or (b) will be eligible for
sale under Rule 144(k) under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and (ii)
will be acquired in secondary  market  transactions  from persons other than the
issuer or its affiliates. Alternatively, if the private securities were acquired
from their issuer or its  affiliates,  or were issued by the depositor or any of
its  affiliates,  then the  private  securities  will be  registered  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the same time as the securities.

    For any  series  of  securities  backed  by  private  securities  or  Agency
Securities,  the  entity  that  administers  the  private  securities  or Agency
securities  may be referred  to as the  manager,  if stated in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.  References in this prospectus to Advances to be made and
other actions to be taken by the master  servicer or servicer in connection with
the loans may include  Advances  made and other actions taken under the terms of
the private  securities.  Each security offered by this prospectus will evidence
an interest in only the related  pool and  corresponding  trust,  and not in any
other pool or trust related to securities issued in this prospectus.

    In addition,  as to any series of securities secured by private  securities,
the private  securities  may consist of an ownership  interest in a  structuring
entity  formed by the  depositor  for the  limited  purpose of holding the trust
assets  relating to a series of securities.  This special  purpose entity may be
organized  in the form of a trust,  limited  partnership  or  limited  liability
company, and will be structured in a manner that will insulate the holders

                                       18



<PAGE>

of securities from  liabilities of the special  purpose  entity.  The provisions
governing the special  purpose  entity will restrict the special  purpose entity
from  engaging in or  conducting  any  business  other than the holding of trust
assets and the  issuance of  ownership  interests  in the trust  assets and some
incidental  activities.  Any  ownership  interest  will  evidence  an  ownership
interest in the related  trust assets as well as the right to receive  specified
cash flows  derived from the trust  assets,  as  described  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The  obligations  of the  depositor as to any ownership
interest will be limited to some  representations and warranties relating to the
trust  assets,  as described in this  prospectus.  Credit  support of any of the
types described in this prospectus under 'Description of Credit Enhancement' may
be  provided  for the  benefit  of any  ownership  interest,  if  stated  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

                               TRUST ASSET PROGRAM

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

  General

    The  depositor  expects that the  originator  of each of the loans will have
applied,  consistent  with  applicable  federal and state laws and  regulations,
underwriting  procedures intended to evaluate the borrower's credit standing and
repayment  ability  and/or the value and  adequacy  of the  related  property as
collateral.  The depositor expects that any FHA loans or VA loans will have been
originated  in  compliance  with  the  underwriting  policies  of the FHA or VA,
respectively.  The underwriting criteria applied by the originators of the loans
included  in a pool may  vary  significantly  among  sellers.  The  accompanying
prospectus  supplement will describe most aspects of the underwriting  criteria,
to the extent known by the  depositor,  that were applied by the  originators of
the loans.  In most cases,  the depositor  will have less  detailed  information
concerning  the  origination  of  seasoned  loans  than it will have  concerning
newly-originated loans.

    The underwriting  standards of any particular originator typically include a
set of specific criteria by which the underwriting  evaluation is made. However,
the application of the underwriting  standards does not imply that each specific
criterion was satisfied  individually.  Rather,  a loan will be considered to be
originated in accordance with a given set of underwriting standards if, based on
an overall qualitative  evaluation,  the loan is in substantial  compliance with
the underwriting standards. For example, a loan may be considered to comply with
a set of underwriting standards,  even if one or more specific criteria included
in the underwriting  standards were not satisfied,  if other factors compensated
for the criteria  that were not  satisfied or if the loan is considered to be in
substantial  compliance  with  the  underwriting  standards.  In the  case  of a
Designated Seller  Transaction,  the applicable  underwriting  standards will be
those of the designated  seller or of the  originator of the loans,  and will be
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The depositor  anticipates that loans,  other than the Mexico Loans and some
loans secured by mortgaged  properties located in Puerto Rico, included in pools
for certain series of securities will have been originated based on underwriting
standards and  documentation  requirements  that are less  restrictive  than for
other mortgage loan lending programs.  In such cases,  borrowers may have credit
histories that contain  delinquencies  on mortgage and/or  consumer debts.  Some
borrowers may have initiated  bankruptcy  proceedings  within a few years of the
time of origination of the related loan. In addition, some loans with LTV ratios
over 80% will not be  required  to have and may not have the  benefit of primary
mortgage  insurance.  Loans and  contracts  that are  secured  by  junior  liens
generally  will not be  required  by the  depositor  to be  covered  by  primary
mortgage insurance. Likewise, loans included in a trust may have been originated
in connection  with a governmental  program under which  underwriting  standards
were  significantly less stringent and designed to promote home ownership or the
availability  of affordable  residential  rental  property  regardless of higher
risks of default and losses.  As discussed above, in evaluating  seasoned loans,
the depositor may place  greater  weight on payment  history or market and other
economic trends and less weight on underwriting factors usually applied to newly
originated loans.

  Loan Documentation

    In most  cases,  under a  traditional  'full  documentation'  program,  each
borrower will have been required to complete an application  designed to provide
to the original lender pertinent credit information  concerning the borrower. As
part of the description of the borrower's financial condition, the borrower will
have  furnished  information,  which may or may not be verified,  describing the
borrower's assets, liabilities, income, credit

                                       19


<PAGE>

history and employment  history,  and furnished an  authorization to apply for a
credit report that summarizes the borrower's available credit history with local
merchants and lenders and any record of  bankruptcy.  The borrower may also have
been required to authorize  verifications of deposits at financial  institutions
where the borrower  had demand or savings  accounts.  In the case of  investment
properties,  only  income  derived  from the  mortgaged  property  may have been
considered  for  underwriting  purposes,  rather than the income of the borrower
from other  sources.  For  mortgaged  property  consisting of vacation or second
homes,  no income derived from the property will typically have been  considered
for underwriting purposes.

    The  underwriting  standards  applied by originators in some cases allow for
loans to be supported by alternative documentation. For alternatively documented
loans, a borrower may  demonstrate  income and employment  directly by providing
alternative  documentation  in the form of copies of the  borrower's own records
relating to income and  employment,  rather than  having the  originator  obtain
independent verifications from third parties, such as the borrower's employer or
mortgage servicer.

    As described in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  some loans may have
been originated under 'limited  documentation'  or 'no  documentation'  programs
that require less  documentation  and  verification  than do  traditional  'full
documentation'  programs.  Under a  limited  documentation  or no  documentation
program,  minimal or no  investigation  into the  borrower's  credit history and
income profile is undertaken by the originator and the underwriting may be based
primarily  or entirely  on an  appraisal  or other  valuation  of the  mortgaged
property and the LTV or combined LTV ratio at origination.

  Appraisals

    The  adequacy  at  origination  of a  mortgaged  property  as  security  for
repayment  of the  related  loan  will  typically  have  been  determined  by an
appraisal.  Appraisers may be either staff appraisers employed by the originator
or independent  appraisers selected in accordance with guidelines established by
or acceptable to the  originator.  The  appraisal  procedure  guidelines in most
cases will have  required the  appraiser or an agent on its behalf to personally
inspect the  property and to verify  whether the property was in good  condition
and that construction,  if new, had been substantially  completed. The appraisal
will have  considered  a market  data  analysis  of recent  sales of  comparable
properties and, when deemed  applicable,  an analysis based on income  generated
from the  property or  replacement  cost  analysis  based on the current cost of
constructing or purchasing a similar  property.  In certain  instances,  the LTV
ratio or  combined  LTV  ratio  may have been  based on the  appraised  value as
indicated  on  a  review  appraisal  conducted  by  the  seller  or  originator.
Alternatively,  as specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  values
may be supported by:

     a statistical valuation;

     a broker's price opinion;

     an automated appraisal, drive by appraisal or other certification of value;

     or

     a statement of value by the borrower.

    A statistical valuation estimates the value of the property as determined by
a form of appraisal  which uses a  statistical  model to estimate the value of a
property.  The  stated  value  will be value of the  property  as  stated by the
related  borrower in his or her application.  Unless otherwise  specified in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  an appraisal of any manufactured home will
not be required.

  Loan-to-Value and Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios

    In the case of each  first  lien  loan made to  finance  the  purchase  of a
mortgaged property,  the Loan-to-Value Ratio, or LTV ratio, in most cases is the
ratio,  expressed as a percentage,  of the original  principal  amount or credit
limit,  as  applicable,  of the related loan to the lesser of (1) the  appraised
value determined in an appraisal obtained at origination of the related loan and
(2) the sales price for the related mortgaged property,  except that in the case
of some employee or preferred  customer loans,  the denominator of the ratio may
be the sales price.

    In the  case  of some  non-purchase  first  lien  mortgage  loans  including
refinance, modified or converted mortgage loans, the LTV ratio at origination is
defined as the ratio, expressed as a percentage,  of the principal amount of the
mortgage loan to either the appraised value determined in an appraisal  obtained
at the time of

                                       20

<PAGE>

refinancing,  modification  or conversion or, if no appraisal has been obtained,
the value of the  related  mortgaged  property  which  value  generally  will be
supported by either:

     a representation by the related seller as to value;

     an appraisal or other valuation obtained prior to origination; or

     the sales price, if the related mortgaged property was purchased within the
     previous twelve months.

    In the case of some mortgage loans seasoned for over twelve months,  the LTV
ratio may be determined at the time of purchase from the related seller based on
the ratio of the  current  loan  amount to the  current  value of the  mortgaged
property as determined by an appraisal or other valuation.

    For any loan secured by a junior lien on the related mortgaged property, the
combined LTV ratio, in most cases, will be the ratio, expressed as a percentage,
of (A) the sum of (1) the original  principal  balance or the credit  limit,  as
applicable, and (2) the principal balance of any related senior mortgage loan at
origination  of the loan  together with any loan  subordinate  to it, to (B) the
appraised value of the related mortgaged  property.  The appraised value for any
junior lien loan will be the appraised value of the related  mortgaged  property
determined in the appraisal used in the origination of the loan,  which may have
been  obtained  at  an  earlier  time.  However,  if  the  loan  was  originated
simultaneously  with or not  more  than 12  months  after a  senior  lien on the
related mortgaged property, the appraised value will in most cases be the lesser
of the appraised value at the origination of the senior lien and the sales price
for the mortgaged property.

    As to each loan  secured by a junior  lien on the  mortgaged  property,  the
junior  ratio will be the ratio,  expressed  as a  percentage,  of the  original
principal balance or the credit limit, as applicable,  of the loan to the sum of
(1) the original  principal  balance or the credit limit, as applicable,  of the
loan and (2) the principal  balance of any related senior loan at origination of
the  loan.  The  credit  utilization  rate  for  any  revolving  credit  loan is
determined  by dividing  the cut-off  date  principal  balance of the  revolving
credit loan by the credit limit of the related credit line agreement.

    Some of the loans which are subject to negative  amortization  will have LTV
ratios  that will  increase  after  origination  as a result  of their  negative
amortization. In the case of some seasoned loans, the values used in calculating
LTV ratios may no longer be accurate  valuations  of the  mortgaged  properties.
Some mortgaged  properties may be located in regions where property  values have
declined significantly since the time of origination.

    The underwriting  standards applied by an originator  typically require that
the  underwriting  officers be satisfied  that the value of the  property  being
financed,  as indicated by an appraisal or other acceptable  valuation method as
described above,  currently supports,  except with respect to Home Loans, and is
anticipated to support in the future the outstanding loan balance. In fact, some
states where the mortgaged properties may be located have 'anti-deficiency' laws
requiring,  in general,  that lenders providing credit on single family property
look solely to the  property  for  repayment  in the event of  foreclosure.  See
'Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the  Loans.'  Any of  these  factors  could  change
nationwide  or merely  could affect a locality or region in which all or some of
the mortgaged properties are located. However,  declining values of real estate,
as experienced  periodically in certain  regions,  or increases in the principal
balances of some loans,  such as GPM Loans and negative  amortization ARM loans,
could  cause the  principal  balance of some or all of these loans to exceed the
value of the mortgaged properties.

  Credit Scores

    Credit Scores are obtained by some mortgage  lenders in connection with loan
applications to help assess a borrower's credit-worthiness.  In addition, Credit
Scores may be obtained by  Residential  Funding  Corporation  or the  designated
seller after the  origination of a loan if the seller does not provide a current
Credit Score. Credit Scores are obtained from credit reports provided by various
credit  reporting  organizations,  each of which may employ  differing  computer
models and methodologies.

    The Credit  Score is designed  to assess a  borrower's  credit  history at a
single  point in time,  using  objective  information  currently on file for the
borrower at a particular  credit reporting  organization.  Although each scoring
model  varies,   typically  Credit  Scores  range  from   approximately  350  to
approximately  840,  with higher scores  indicating  an  individual  with a more
favorable credit history compared to an individual with a lower score.  However,
a Credit Score purports only to be a measurement of the relative  degree of risk
a borrower represents

                                       21

<PAGE>

to a lender,  i.e., a borrower with a higher score is statistically  expected to
be less  likely to default in payment  than a borrower  with a lower  score.  In
addition,  it should be noted that Credit  Scores were  developed  to indicate a
level of default  probability over a two-year period,  which in most cases, does
not correspond to the life of a loan.  Furthermore,  many Credit Scores were not
developed  specifically  for use in  connection  with  mortgage  loans,  but for
consumer loans in general,  and assess only the borrower's  past credit history.
Therefore,  in most cases,  a Credit Score may not take into  consideration  the
differences   between  mortgage  loans  and  consumer  loans,  or  the  specific
characteristics  of the related  loan,  including  the LTV ratio or combined LTV
ratio, as applicable,  the collateral for the loan, or the debt to income ratio.
There can be no assurance  that the Credit  Scores of the  borrowers  will be an
accurate  predictor of the  likelihood of repayment of the related loans or that
any borrower's Credit Score would not be lower if obtained as of the date of the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

  Application of Underwriting Standards

    Based on the data provided in the application and certain verifications,  if
required,  and the  appraisal or other  valuation of the mortgaged  property,  a
determination  will have been  generally  made by the  original  lender that the
borrower's monthly income would be sufficient to enable the borrower to meet its
monthly  obligations  on the loan and other  expenses  related to the  property.
Examples of other expenses  include  property  taxes,  utility  costs,  standard
hazard  and  primary  mortgage  insurance,  maintenance  fees and  other  levies
assessed by a Cooperative, if applicable, and other fixed obligations other than
housing expenses including, in the case of loans secured by a junior lien on the
related mortgaged property, payments required to be made on any senior mortgage.
The  originator's  guidelines  for  loans  will,  in most  cases,  specify  that
scheduled  payments  on a loan  during the first year of its term plus taxes and
insurance,  including primary mortgage insurance,  and all scheduled payments on
obligations  that extend beyond one year,  including  those  mentioned above and
other fixed obligations,  would equal no more than specified  percentages of the
prospective borrower's gross income. The originator may also consider the amount
of liquid assets available to the borrower after  origination.  The loan rate in
effect from the  origination  date of an ARM loan or other types of loans to the
first adjustment date are likely to be lower,  and may be  significantly  lower,
than the sum of the then applicable index and Note Margin. Similarly, the amount
of the monthly payment on Buy-Down Loans,  GEM Loans or other graduated  payment
loans will, and on negative  amortization loans may, increase  periodically.  If
the  borrowers'  incomes  do not  increase  in an amount  commensurate  with the
increases in monthly  payments,  the  likelihood  of default will  increase.  In
addition,  in the case of either ARM loans or  graduated  payment or other loans
that are  subject to  negative  amortization,  due to the  addition  of deferred
interest  the  principal  balances  of those  loans are more  likely to equal or
exceed the value of the underlying mortgaged properties,  thereby increasing the
likelihood  of defaults and losses.  For Balloon  Loans,  payment of the Balloon
Amount will depend on the  borrower's  ability to obtain  refinancing or to sell
the mortgaged  property prior to the maturity of the Balloon Loan, and there can
be no  assurance  that  refinancing  will be available to the borrower or that a
sale will be possible.

    In some  circumstances,  the loans have been made to  employees or preferred
customers of the  originator  for which,  in  accordance  with the  originator's
mortgage  loan  programs,   income,  asset  and  employment   verifications  and
appraisals may not have been required.  As to loans made under any employee loan
program maintained by Residential Funding Corporation, GMAC Mortgage Corporation
or any of their affiliates, in limited circumstances preferential note rates may
be allowed.

    A portion of the loans may be  purchased  in  negotiated  transactions,  and
those  negotiated  transactions  may be governed by agreements,  known as master
commitments,  relating  to ongoing  purchases  of loans by  Residential  Funding
Corporation or the designated  seller,  from sellers who will represent that the
loans have been originated in accordance with  underwriting  standards agreed to
by Residential  Funding  Corporation or the  designated  seller,  as applicable.
Residential Funding Corporation or the designated seller, as the case may be, on
behalf of the depositor or a designated third party, will normally review only a
limited  portion  of the  loans in any  delivery  from the  related  seller  for
conformity with the applicable underwriting standards. A portion of loans may be
purchased  from sellers who may represent that the loans were  originated  under
underwriting  standards  acceptable to  Residential  Funding  Corporation or the
designated  seller.  Loans purchased  under  Residential  Funding  Corporation's
negotiated conduit asset program are not typically  purchased pursuant to master
commitments.

                                       22


<PAGE>

    The level of review by Residential  Funding  Corporation,  if any, will vary
depending  on  several  factors,  including  its  experience  with  the  seller.
Residential  Funding  Corporation,  on behalf of the  depositor,  typically will
review a portion of the loans  constituting  the pool for a series of securities
for conformity with Residential Funding Corporation's  underwriting standards or
applicable  underwriting  standards  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  and to assess  the  likelihood  of  repayment  of the loan from the
various  sources for such  repayment,  including  the  borrower,  the  mortgaged
property,  and primary mortgage insurance,  if any. In reviewing seasoned loans,
or loans that have been outstanding for more than 12 months, Residential Funding
Corporation  may  take  into  consideration,  in  addition  to or in lieu of the
factors  described above,  the borrower's  actual payment history in assessing a
borrower's   current  ability  to  make  payments  on  the  loan.  In  addition,
Residential Funding Corporation may conduct additional  procedures to assess the
current  value of the  mortgaged  properties.  Those  procedures  may consist of
statistical  valuations,  drive-by  appraisals  or real  estate  broker's  price
opinions.  The  depositor  may also  consider a specific  area's  housing  value
trends.  These alternative  valuation methods are not necessarily as reliable as
the type of borrower  financial  information  or  appraisals  that are typically
obtained at  origination.  In its  underwriting  analysis,  Residential  Funding
Corporation  may also  consider  the  applicable  Credit  Score  of the  related
borrower used in connection  with the origination or acquisition of the loan, as
determined  based  on a  credit  scoring  model  acceptable  to  the  depositor.
Residential  Funding  Corporation will not undertake any review of loans sold to
the depositor in a Designated Seller Transaction.

THE NEGOTIATED CONDUIT ASSET PROGRAM

    Some of the loans  included in a trust may have been  acquired and evaluated
under Residential Funding  Corporations'  negotiated conduit asset program.  The
negotiated  conduit  asset program  targets  loans with  document  deficiencies,
program violations,  unusual property types,  seasoned loans,  delinquent loans,
and loans not eligible for Residential Funding  Corporations' other programs. In
most  cases,  the  negotiated  conduit  asset  program  loans  fall  into  three
categories: Portfolio Programs, Program Violations and Seasoned Loans.

    Portfolio  Programs:  These loans are originated by various  originators for
their own  mortgage  loan  portfolio  and not under any of  Residential  Funding
Corporation's   standard   programs  or  any  other  secondary  market  program.
Typically,  these  loans are  originated  under  programs  offered by  financial
depository  institutions that were designed to provide the financial institution
with a competitive  origination  advantage.  This is achieved by permitting loan
terms and  underwriting  criteria  that did not conform with  typical  secondary
market  standards,  with the  intention  that these  loans  would be held in the
originating  institution's  portfolio rather than sold in the secondary  market.
However,  for various reasons including merger or acquisition or other financial
considerations  specific to the originating  institution,  that  institution may
offer the loans for sale, and the loans are then acquired by Residential Funding
Corporation in the secondary market.

    Program  Violations:  These loans are  originated  for sale in the secondary
market with the intention that the loans will meet the criteria and underwriting
guidelines  of  a  standard  loan  purchase   program  of  Residential   Funding
Corporation,  Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or another secondary market  participant.
However,  after  origination it may be determined that the loans do not meet the
requirements of the intended  program for any of a number of reasons,  including
the failure to reach required  loan-to-value  ratios,  debt-to-income  ratios or
credit scores, or because the mortgage file has document deficiencies.

    Seasoned Loans: These loans are acquired by Residential  Funding Corporation
through  the  exercise  of a right  to  repurchase  loans  in a pool  previously
securitized  by the depositor or any of its  affiliates,  or are other  seasoned
loans. In most cases, these loans are seasoned longer than twelve months. Due to
the length of time since  origination,  no assurance  can be given as to whether
such loans will  conform  with current  underwriting  criteria or  documentation
requirements.  Although at origination some of the loans may have been purchased
through  one  of  Residential  Funding  Corporation's   standard  loan  purchase
programs,  seasoned  loans are typically not  purchased  through these  programs
because these programs  require  current  information  regarding the mortgagor's
credit and the property value.

    Evaluation Standards for Negotiated Conduit Asset Program Loans: Every
negotiated conduit asset program loan is evaluated by Residential Funding
Corporation to determine whether the characteristics of the loan, the borrower
and the collateral, taken as a whole, represent a prudent lending risk. The

factors considered include:

     the mortgage loan's payment terms and characteristics,

                                       23

<PAGE>

     negotiated conduit asset program

     the borrower's credit score,

     the value of the mortgaged property which may be estimated using a broker's
     price opinion or a statistical valuation,

     the credit and legal documentation associated with the loan,

     the seasoning of the loan,

     a reevaluation of the financial capacity, eligibility and experience of the
     seller and/or servicer of the loan, and

     the representations and warranties made by the seller.

    In most cases,  Residential  Funding  Corporation  orders an updated  credit
score for each loan  reviewed.  For seasoned  loans,  an updated credit score is
ordered  for the  primary  borrower  as  reported  on the tape data or loan file
submitted  by the  seller.  Periodic  quality  control  reviews  are  performed.
Broker's  price  opinions  are obtained  if,  among other  reasons,  the loan is
delinquent or the principal  balance of the mortgage loan exceeds  $400,000.  In
addition,  statistical  property valuations and drive-by appraisals may be used,
or a review may be done of the original appraisal.

    Many of the negotiated  conduit asset program loans include  characteristics
representing  underwriting  deficiencies  as  compared to other  mortgage  loans
originated in compliance  with standard  origination  programs for the secondary
mortgage market. In addition,  some of the mortgaged  properties for these loans
are  not  typically  permitted  in the  secondary  market,  including  mixed-use
properties,  incomplete  properties,  properties with deferred maintenance,  and
properties with excess acreage.

    The  negotiated  conduit  asset  program loans may have missing or defective
loan documentation.  Neither Residential Funding Corporation nor the seller will
be obligated to  repurchase a negotiated  conduit  asset program loan because of
such missing or defective documentation unless the omission or defect materially
interferes with the servicer's or master servicer's  ability to foreclose on the
related mortgaged property.

                                       24


<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

    The securities will be issued in series.  Each series of certificates or, in
some  instances,  two or more  series of  certificates,  will be issued  under a
pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or,  in the case of  certificates  backed by
private securities,  a trust agreement,  similar to one of the forms filed as an
exhibit to the  registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, for the certificates of which this prospectus is a part. Each series of
notes will be issued under an indenture between the related trust and the entity
named in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement as indenture  trustee for the
series.  A form of  indenture  has been filed as an exhibit to the  registration
statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  for the notes of which
this  prospectus  forms  a  part.  In the  case of each  series  of  notes,  the
depositor, the related trust and the entity named in the accompanying prospectus
supplement  as  master  servicer  for the  series  will  enter  into a  separate
servicing  agreement.  Each pooling and servicing  agreement,  trust  agreement,
servicing  agreement,  and  indenture  will be  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  as an  exhibit  to a Form  8-K.  The  following  summaries
(together with additional  summaries under 'The Agreements'  below) describe all
material  terms  and  provisions  relating  to the  securities  common  to  each
agreement. All references to an 'agreement' and any discussion of the provisions
of any agreement applies to pooling and servicing agreements,  trust agreements,
servicing agreements and indentures, as applicable. The summaries do not purport
to be  complete  and are  subject  to, and are  qualified  in their  entirety by
reference to, all of the provisions of related  agreement for each trust and the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

    Each series of  securities  may consist of any one or a  combination  of the
following:

     a single class of securities;

     one or more classes of senior  securities,  of which one or more classes of
     securities  may be senior in right of payment to any other class or classes
     of  securities  subordinate  to it, and as to which some  classes of senior
     securities  may be  senior  to  other  classes  of  senior  securities,  as
     described in the respective prospectus supplement;

     one  or  more  classes  of  mezzanine   securities  which  are  subordinate
     securities but which are senior to other classes of subordinate  securities
     relating to such distributions or losses;

     one or more  classes  of strip  securities  which will be  entitled  to (a)
     principal  distributions,  with  disproportionate,  nominal or no  interest
     distributions or (b) interest distributions, with disproportionate, nominal
     or no principal distributions;

     two or more classes of securities which differ as to the timing, sequential
     order,  rate,  pass-through rate or amount of distributions of principal or
     interest or both, or as to which  distributions of principal or interest or
     both on any class may be made on the  occurrence  of specified  events,  in
     accordance  with a schedule or  formula,  including  'planned  amortization
     classes'  and  'targeted   amortization   classes,'  or  on  the  basis  of
     collections from designated  portions of the pool, which series may include
     one or more classes of accrual  securities for which some accrued  interest
     will not be distributed but rather will be added to their principal balance
     on the  distribution  date,  which will be  specified  in the  accompanying
     prospectus supplement; or

     other types of classes of securities, as described in the accompanying
     prospectus supplement.

    Credit support for each series of securities  will be provided by a mortgage
pool insurance policy, special hazard insurance policy,  bankruptcy bond, letter
of   credit,    purchase    obligation,    reserve    fund,    excess    spread,
overcollateralization, financial guaranty insurance policy, derivative products,
surety bond or other credit  enhancement  as  described  under  'Description  of
Credit  Enhancement,'  or by  the  subordination  of  one  or  more  classes  of
securities  as  described   under   'Description   of  Credit   Enhancement   --
Subordination' or by any combination of the foregoing.

FORM OF SECURITIES

    As specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the securities of
each series will be issued either as physical  securities or in book-entry form.
If issued as physical  securities,  the securities  will be in fully  registered
form  only  in  the  denominations  specified  in  the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, and will be

                                       25

<PAGE>

transferable  and  exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the certificate
registrar  appointed  under the  related  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or
indenture to register the  certificates.  No service charge will be made for any
registration of exchange or transfer of securities,  but the trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental  charge. The
term  securityholder  or holder  refers to the entity  whose name appears on the
records of the security  registrar or, if applicable,  a transfer  agent, as the
registered  holder of the  certificate,  except as  otherwise  indicated  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

     If issued in book-entry form, the classes of a series of securities will be
initially  issued  through the  book-entry  facilities of The  Depository  Trust
Company,  or DTC,  or  Clearstream  Bank,  societe  anonyme,  formerly  known as
Cedelbank, SA, or Clearstream,  or the Euroclear System (in Europe) if they are
participants of those systems,  or indirectly  through  organizations  which are
participants  in those systems,  or through any other  depository or facility as
may be specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  As to any class of
book-entry  securities so issued,  the record holder of those securities will be
DTC's nominee. Clearstream and Euroclear System will hold omnibus positions on
behalf  of  their  participants   through  customers'   securities  accounts  in
Clearstream's and Euroclear  System's names on the books of their  respective
depositaries,  which in turn will hold those positions in customers'  securities
accounts  in  the   depositaries'   names  on  the  books  of  DTC.   DTC  is  a
limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York,
which  holds  securities  for its DTC  participants,  which  include  securities
brokers and dealers,  banks,  trust  companies  and clearing  corporations.  DTC
together with the Clearstream and Euroclear System participating organizations
facilitates  the clearance and  settlement  of securities  transactions  between
participants   through   electronic   book-entry  changes  in  the  accounts  of
participants.   Other  institutions  that  are  not  participants  but  indirect
participants  which  clear  through or maintain a  custodial  relationship  with
participants have indirect access to DTC's clearance system.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  no
beneficial  owner in an interest in any book-entry  security will be entitled to
receive a security representing that interest in registered,  certificated form,
unless  either  (i) DTC  ceases to act as  depository  for that  security  and a
successor  depository is not obtained,  or (ii) the depositor elects in its sole
discretion to discontinue the registration of the securities  through DTC. Prior
to any such event,  beneficial owners will not be recognized by the trustee, the
master  servicer  or the  servicer  as holders  of the  related  securities  for
purposes  of the  related  agreement,  and  beneficial  owners  will  be able to
exercise their rights as owners of their securities only indirectly through DTC,
participants  and indirect  participants.  Any beneficial  owner that desires to
purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer any interest in book-entry  securities may
do so only through DTC, either directly if the beneficial owner is a participant
or indirectly through  participants and, if applicable,  indirect  participants.
Under the  procedures  of DTC,  transfers  of the  beneficial  ownership  of any
book-entry  securities  will be  required  to be made in  minimum  denominations
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. The ability of a beneficial
owner to pledge  book-entry  securities  to  persons  or  entities  that are not
participants  in the  DTC  system,  or to  otherwise  act  with  respect  to the
securities, may be limited because of the lack of physical securities evidencing
the securities and because DTC may act only on behalf of participants.

     Because of time zone differences,  the securities  account of a Clearstream
or  Euroclear  System  participant  as a  result  of a  transaction  with  a DTC
participant,  other  than a  depositary  holding  on  behalf of  Clearstream  or
Euroclear  System,  will be credited during a subsequent  securities  settlement
processing  day,  which  must be a business  day for  Clearstream  or  Euroclear
System,  as the case may be,  immediately  following  the DTC  settlement  date.
Credits or any transactions in those  securities  settled during this processing
will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear  System  participant  or Clearstream
participants  on that business day.  Cash received in  Clearstream  or Euroclear
System  as a  result  of  sales  of  securities  by  or  through  a  Clearstream
participant or Euroclear System participant to a DTC participant, other than the
depositary for Clearstream or Euroclear  System,  will be received with value on
the DTC settlement  date,  but will be available in the relevant  Clearstream or
Euroclear  System cash account only as of the business day following  settlement
in DTC.

     Transfers  between  participants  will occur in accordance  with DTC rules.
Transfers  between  Clearstream  participants and Euroclear System  participants
will occur in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly or  indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand,  and directly or  indirectly  through  Clearstream
participants or Euroclear System participants, on the other, will be effected in
DTC  in  accordance   with  DTC  rules  on  behalf  of  the  relevant   European
international clearing system

                                       26


<PAGE>

by the  relevant  depositaries;  however,  the cross  market  transactions  will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in that  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines defined with respect to European
time.  The  relevant  European   international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to its
depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering
or receiving  securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in accordance
with  normal  procedures  for  same  day  funds  settlement  applicable  to DTC.
Clearstream participants  and Euroclear  System  participants may not deliver
instructions directly to the depositaries.

    Clearstream,  as a  professional  depository,  holds  securities  for its
participating  organizations  and  facilitates  the clearance and  settlement of
securities  transactions  between Clearstream participants through electronic
book-entry   changes  in  accounts  of  Clearstream  participants,   thereby
eliminating  the need for physical  movement of  securities.  As a  professional
depository,  Clearstream is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg  Monetary
Institute.

    Euroclear  System  was  created  to  hold  securities  for  participants  of
Euroclear System and to clear and settle  transactions  between Euroclear System
participants  through  simultaneous   electronic   book-entry  delivery  against
payment,  thereby  eliminating the need for physical  movement of securities and
any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Euroclear
System operator is the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York,  under contract with the clearance  cooperative,  Euroclear  System
Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian co-operative  corporation.  All operations are
conducted by the Euroclear System operator,  and all Euroclear System securities
clearance  accounts and  Euroclear  System cash  accounts are accounts  with the
Euroclear System operator, not the clearance cooperative.

    The clearance cooperative  establishes policy for Euroclear System on behalf
of Euroclear System  participants.  The Euroclear System operator is the Belgian
branch of a New York banking  corporation  which is a member bank of the Federal
Reserve  System.  As a result,  it is  regulated  and  examined  by the Board of
Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  and  the  New  York  State  Banking
Department,  as well as the Belgian  Banking  Commission.  Securities  clearance
accounts and cash accounts with the  Euroclear  System  operator are governed by
the terms and  conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  System and the  related
operating  procedures of the Euroclear  System and  applicable  Belgian law. The
terms and conditions  govern  transfers of securities and cash within  Euroclear
System,  withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear System,  and receipts
of payments for  securities  in Euroclear  System.  All  securities in Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without  attribution of specific  securities
to specific securities clearance accounts.

    Distributions on the book-entry  securities will be forwarded by the trustee
to  DTC,  and  DTC  will  be  responsible  for  forwarding   those  payments  to
participants,  each of which will be responsible  for disbursing the payments to
the beneficial owners it represents or, if applicable, to indirect participants.
Accordingly,  beneficial owners may experience delays in the receipt of payments
relating to their  securities.  Under DTC's  procedures,  DTC will take  actions
permitted to be taken by holders of any class of book-entry securities under the
related  agreement  only at the direction of one or more  participants  to whose
account the  book-entry  securities  are credited and whose  aggregate  holdings
represent  no less than any minimum  amount of  percentage  interests  or voting
rights required  therefor.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions for any action of
securityholders  of any class to the extent that  participants  authorize  those
actions. None of the master servicer, the servicer,  the depositor,  the trustee
or any of their respective  affiliates will have any liability for any aspect of
the  records  relating to or payments  made on account of  beneficial  ownership
interests in the  book-entry  securities,  or for  maintaining,  supervising  or
reviewing any records relating to those beneficial ownership interests.

ASSIGNMENT OF LOANS

    At the time of issuance of a series of securities,  the depositor will cause
the loans and any other  assets  included  in the  related  trust to be assigned
without  recourse to the trustee or owner  trustee or its nominee,  which may be
the custodian,  together with,  unless specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  all principal  and interest  received on the trust assets after the
cut-off  date,  but not  including  principal  and interest due on or before the
cut-off date or any Excluded Spread.  Each loan will be identified in a schedule
appearing as an exhibit to the related  agreement.  Each  schedule of loans will
include,  among other things,  information  as to the principal  balance of each
loan as of the cut-off date, as well as  information  respecting  the loan rate,
the currently

                                       27


<PAGE>

scheduled  monthly  payment of  principal  and  interest,  the  maturity  of the
mortgage note and the LTV ratio or combined LTV ratio and junior mortgage ratio,
as applicable, at origination or modification.

    If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  and in accordance with
the  rules  of  membership  of  MERSCORP,   Inc.  and/or   Mortgage   Electronic
Registration Systems,  Inc. or, MERS'r',  assignments of mortgages for any trust
asset in the related trust will be registered  electronically  through  Mortgage
Electronic  Registration  Systems,  Inc.,  or MERS'r'  System.  For trust assets
registered  through the MERS'r'  System,  MERS'r'  shall serve as  mortgagee  of
record  solely  as a  nominee  in an  administrative  capacity  on behalf of the
trustee and shall not have any interest in any of those trust assets.

    In addition,  except as provided below for some series of securities  backed
by Trust Balances of revolving credit loans, the depositor will, as to each loan
that is a trust  asset,  deliver  to an  entity  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  which may be the trustee, a custodian or another entity
appointed by the trustee,  the legal documents relating to each loan that are in
possession  of the  depositor.  Depending on the type of trust asset,  the legal
documents may include the following, as applicable:

     the  mortgage  note and any  modification  or  amendment  thereto  endorsed
     without  recourse  either in blank or to the order of the  trustee or owner
     trustee or a nominee or a lost note  affidavit  together with a copy of the
     related mortgage note;

     the  mortgage,  except  for any  mortgage  not  returned  from  the  public
     recording office,  with evidence of recording  indicated thereon or, in the
     case of a  Cooperative  Loan or a  Mexico  Loan,  the  respective  security
     agreements and any applicable UCC financing statements;

     an assignment in recordable  form of the mortgage,  except in the case of a
     mortgage  registered with MERS'r' or, for a Cooperative Loan, an assignment
     of the respective security agreements, any applicable financing statements,
     recognition  agreements,  relevant stock certificates,  related blank stock
     powers and the related proprietary leases or occupancy agreements and, with
     respect  to a Mexico  Loan,  an  assignment  of the  borrower's  beneficial
     interest in the Mexican trust;

     if  applicable,  any  riders  or  modifications  to the  mortgage  note and
     mortgage,  together with any other  documents at such times as described in
     the related agreement; and

     if  applicable,   the  original   contract  and  copies  of  documents  and
     instruments  related  to each  contract  and,  other  than  in the  case of
     unsecured  contracts,  the security  interest in the property  securing the
     related contract.

    Assignments of the loans,  including contracts secured by liens on mortgaged
property,  will be recorded in the appropriate  public recording office,  except
for  mortgages  registered  with MERS'r' or in states  where,  in the opinion of
counsel acceptable to the trustee,  the recording is not required to protect the
trustee's interests in the loans against the claim of any subsequent  transferee
or any successor to or creditor of the depositor or the originator of the loans,
or except as otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The assignments may be blanket  assignments  covering  mortgages  secured by
mortgaged  properties  located in the same  county,  if  permitted by law. If so
provided in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the depositor may not be
required to deliver one or more of the related documents if any of the documents
are missing from the files of the party from whom the loans were purchased.

    In the case of contracts, the depositor, the master servicer or the servicer
will cause a financing statement to be executed by the depositor identifying the
trustee as the  secured  party and  identifying  all  contracts  as  collateral.
However,  unless otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,
the  contracts  will  not be  stamped  or  otherwise  marked  to  reflect  their
assignment  from the depositor to the trust and no recordings or filings will be
made in the  jurisdictions  in which the  manufactured  homes are  located.  See
'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- The Manufactured Housing Contracts' and '
- -- The Home Improvement Contracts.'

    Any mortgage for a loan secured by mortgaged property located in Puerto Rico
will be either a Direct  Puerto  Rico  Mortgage  or an  Endorsable  Puerto  Rico
Mortgage.  Endorsable  Puerto Rico  Mortgages  do not require an  assignment  to
transfer  the  related  lien.  Rather,  transfer of those  mortgages  follows an
effective  endorsement of the related mortgage note and, therefore,  delivery of
the  assignment   referred  to  in  the  fifth  preceding   paragraph  would  be
inapplicable. Direct Puerto Rico Mortgages, however, require an assignment to be
recorded  for any  transfer  of the  related  lien and the  assignment  would be
delivered to the trustee, or the custodian.

                                       28


<PAGE>

    If, for any loan  including  any  contract  secured  by a lien on  mortgaged
property,  the  depositor  cannot  deliver the mortgage or any  assignment  with
evidence of recording  thereon  concurrently  with the execution and delivery of
the related  agreement because of a delay caused by the public recording office,
the  depositor  will  deliver  or cause to be  delivered  to the  trustee or the
custodian a true and  correct  photocopy  of the  mortgage  or  assignment.  The
depositor  will deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee or the custodian
such mortgage or assignment with evidence of recording  indicated  thereon after
receipt  thereof  from the public  recording  office or from the related  master
servicer or servicer.

    In most cases,  the trustee or the custodian will review the legal documents
within 90 days after  receipt.  If any  document is found to be defective in any
material respect,  the trustee or the custodian shall notify the master servicer
or servicer  and the  depositor,  and the master  servicer,  the servicer or the
trustee shall notify the seller,  including a designated seller. Other than with
respect to loans purchased under Residential  Funding  Corporation's  negotiated
conduit asset  program,  if the seller cannot cure the defect within 60 days, or
within the other period specified in the related  prospectus  supplement,  after
notice of the  defect is given to the  seller,  the seller is  required  to, not
later than 90 days after such notice,  or within the other  period  specified in
the related  prospectus  supplement,  either  repurchase the related loan or any
property acquired in respect of it from the trustee or, if permitted, substitute
for that loan a new loan in  accordance  with the  standards  described  in this
prospectus.   Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the   accompanying   prospectus
supplement,  the  purchase  price  for any loan  will be equal to the  principal
balance thereof as of the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest less
the amount,  expressed  as a  percentage  per annum,  payable for  servicing  or
administrative  compensation  and the Excluded  Spread,  if any. There can be no
assurance  that the  applicable  seller or  designated  seller will  fulfill its
obligation to purchase or substitute any loan as described  above. In most cases
only  the  seller  or  the  designated  seller,  and  not  Residential   Funding
Corporation,  will be obligated to repurchase a loan for a material  defect in a
constituent  document.  The  obligation to  repurchase or substitute  for a loan
constitutes the sole remedy available to the securityholder or the trustee for a
material  defect  in a  constituent  document.  Any  loan  not so  purchased  or
substituted for shall remain in the related trust.

    For any series of securities  backed by Trust  Balances of revolving  credit
loans,  the  foregoing  documents  in most cases will have been  delivered to an
entity specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  which may be the
trustee,  a custodian or another  entity  appointed by the trustee.  That entity
shall hold those documents as or on behalf of the trustee for the benefit of the
securityholders,  for the  Trust  Balances  thereof,  and on behalf of any other
applicable  entity  for  any  Excluded  Balance  thereof,  as  their  respective
interests may appear.  In those cases, the review of the related  documents need
not be performed if a similar review has previously been performed by the entity
holding  the  documents  for an Excluded  Balance  and such  review  covered all
documentation for any Trust Balance.

    Under some circumstances,  as to any series of securities, the depositor may
have the  option to  repurchase  trust  assets  from the  trust for cash,  or in
exchange for other trust assets or Permitted Investments. Alternatively, for any
series of securities secured by private  securities,  the depositor may have the
right to  repurchase  loans from the entity that issued the private  securities.
All  provisions  relating  to  these  optional  repurchase  provisions  will  be
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO LOANS

    Sellers will typically make certain limited  representations  and warranties
with respect to the trust assets that they sell. However, trust assets purchased
from  certain  unaffiliated  sellers may be  purchased  with very  limited or no
representations and warranties. In addition, unless provided in the accompanying
prospectus supplement, the representations and warranties of the seller will not
be assigned to the trustee for the benefit of the holders of the related  series
of securities,  and therefore a breach of the  representations and warranties of
the seller, in most cases, will not be enforceable on behalf of the trust.

    Except  in  the  case  of  a  Designated  Seller  Transaction,  all  of  the
representations  and warranties of a seller  relating to a trust asset will have
been made as of the date on which the related seller sold the trust asset to the
depositor,  Residential Funding Corporation, GMAC Mortgage Corporation or one of
their affiliates.  The date as of which the  representations and warranties were
made  typically  will be a date  prior to the date of  issuance  of the  related
series of securities.  A substantial  period of time may elapse between the date
as of  which  the  representations  and  warranties  were  made  and the date of
issuance of the related series of securities. The seller's repurchase obligation
if any, or, if  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  limited
substitution

                                       29

<PAGE>

option,  will not arise if, after the sale of the related trust asset,  an event
occurs that would have given rise to such an obligation  had the event  occurred
prior to that period.

    Except in the case of a Designated Seller Transaction,  loans acquired under
Residential  Funding  Corporation's  negotiated conduit asset program,  or loans
underlying  any private  securities,  for any loan,  in most cases,  Residential
Funding Corporation will represent and warrant that:

     as of the cut-off date, the information set forth in a listing of the
     related loans was true and correct in all material respects;

     except in the case of Cooperative Loans, a policy of title insurance in the
     form and amount  acceptable to Residential  Funding  Corporation or similar
     alternative  coverage  was  effective  or  an  attorney's  certificate  was
     received  at  origination  or,  if  not  in  place  at   origination,   was
     subsequently obtained, and each policy remained in full force and effect on
     the date of sale of the related loan to the depositor;

     to the best of Residential Funding Corporation's  knowledge, if required by
     applicable  underwriting  standards  or  unless  otherwise  stated  in  the
     accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  each loan that is secured by a first
     lien  on the  related  mortgaged  property  is  the  subject  of a  primary
     insurance policy;

     Residential  Funding Corporation had good title to the loan and the loan is
     not subject to offsets, defenses or counterclaims except as may be provided
     under the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended,  or
     Relief Act, and except for any buydown agreement for a Buy-Down Loan;

     to the best of Residential Funding Corporation's knowledge, each mortgaged
     property is free of material damage and is in good repair;

     each loan complied in all material respects with all applicable local,
     state and federal laws at the time of origination;

     to the best of Residential Funding Corporation's knowledge, there is no
     delinquent tax or assessment lien against the related mortgaged property;
     and

     to the  best of  Residential  Funding  Corporation's  knowledge,  any  home
     improvement contract that is partially insured by the FHA under Title I was
     originated in accordance  with  applicable FHA  regulations and is insured,
     without set-off, surcharge or defense by the FHA.

    In addition,  except in the case of a Designated Seller Transaction,  unless
otherwise  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  Residential
Funding  Corporation  will be obligated to repurchase or substitute for any loan
as to which it is discovered  that the related  mortgage does not create a valid
lien  having at least the  priority  represented  and  warranted  in the related
agreement  on or,  in the  case of a  Cooperative  Loan,  a  perfected  security
interest in, the related mortgaged property, subject only to the following:

     liens of real property taxes and assessments not yet due and payable;

     covenants, conditions and restrictions,  rights of way, easements and other
     matters of public  record as of the date of recording of such  mortgage and
     certain other permissible title exceptions;

     liens of any senior mortgages, in the case of loans secured by junior liens
     on the related mortgaged property; and

     other  encumbrances to which like properties are commonly  subject which do
     not materially  adversely affect the value, use, enjoyment or marketability
     of the mortgaged property.

    In a  Designated  Seller  Transaction,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  designated  seller  will  have  made
representations  and  warranties  regarding  the loans to the  depositor in most
cases similar to those made by  Residential  Funding  Corporation  and described
above.

REPURCHASES OF LOANS

    If a designated seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation or the seller, if
the agreement under which Residential Funding Corporation purchased loans from a
seller is assigned to the trust,  cannot cure a breach of any  representation or
warranty  made by it relating  to any loan within 90 days after  notice from the
master  servicer,  the servicer or the trustee,  and the breach  materially  and
adversely  affects  the  interests  of  the  securityholders  in the  loan,  the
designated seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation or the seller, as the case
may be, will be obligated to purchase the loan.  Unless  otherwise  specified in
the accompanying prospectus

                                       30


<PAGE>

supplement,  the  purchase  price  for any loan  will be equal to the  principal
balance thereof as of the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest less
the amount,  expressed  as a  percentage  per annum,  payable for  servicing  or
administrative  compensation and the Excluded Spread, if any. In certain limited
cases, a substitution may be made in lieu of such repurchase  obligation.  See '
- -- Limited Right of Substitution' below.

    In most instances,  Residential  Funding Corporation will not be required to
repurchase or substitute  for any loan if the  circumstances  giving rise to the
requirement  also  constitute  fraud in the  origination  of the  related  loan.
Furthermore,  because  the listing of the  related  loan in most cases  contains
information  for the loan as of the cut-off  date,  prepayments  and, in certain
limited  circumstances,  modifications  to the interest  rate and  principal and
interest  payments  may  have  been  made for one or more of the  related  loans
between the cut-off  date and the  closing  date.  No seller will be required to
repurchase  or  substitute  for any loan as a result of any such  prepayment  or
modification.

    In addition,  except in the case of a Designated Seller Transaction,  unless
otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the loan files
for certain of the loans may be missing the original  executed mortgage notes as
a result of being lost,  misfiled,  misplaced or destroyed.  With respect to all
such loans,  the  depositor in most cases will deliver a lost note  affidavit to
the trustee or custodian  certifying  that the original  mortgage  note has been
lost  or  destroyed,  together  with a copy of the  related  mortgage  note.  In
addition, some of the loans may be missing intervening assignments.  Neither the
depositor  nor  Residential  Funding  Corporation  will be obligated to purchase
loans  acquired  under the  negotiated  conduit  asset  program  for  missing or
defective  documentation.  However,  in the event of foreclosure on one of these
loans, to the extent those missing  documents  materially  adversely affects the
master  servicer's  or  servicer's  ability to  foreclose  on the related  loan,
Residential  Funding  Corporation  will be obligated to repurchase or substitute
for such.  Residential  Funding will not be required to repurchase or substitute
for any loan if the circumstances giving rise to the requirement also constitute
fraud in the origination of the related loan.

    The master servicer or the servicer,  as applicable,  will be required under
the related  pooling and servicing  agreement or trust agreement to use its best
reasonable  efforts to enforce  the  repurchase  obligations  of the  designated
seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation or the seller, for the benefit of the
trustee and the  securityholders,  using  practices  it would employ in its good
faith business  judgment and which are normal and usual in its general servicing
activities.

    The master  servicer or servicer will be entitled to  reimbursement  for any
costs  and  expenses   incurred  in  pursuing  these  purchase  or  substitution
obligations,  including but not limited to any costs or expenses associated with
litigation.  In instances where a seller is unable,  or disputes its obligation,
to purchase  affected  loans,  the master  servicer or servicer,  employing  the
standards described in the preceding paragraph, may negotiate and enter into one
or more  settlement  agreements  with that seller that could provide for,  among
other things,  the purchase of only a portion of the affected  loans or coverage
of some loss  amounts.  Any such  settlement  could  lead to losses on the loans
which would be borne by the related  credit  enhancement,  and to the extent not
available, on the related securities.

    Furthermore,  the master  servicer or  servicer  may pursue  foreclosure  or
similar  remedies  concurrently  with  pursuing  any  remedy  for a breach  of a
representation  and warranty.  However,  the master  servicer or servicer is not
required to continue to pursue both remedies if it determines that one remedy is
more  likely  to  result in a greater  recovery.  In  accordance  with the above
described  practices,  the master  servicer or servicer  will not be required to
enforce any purchase  obligation  of a designated  seller,  Residential  Funding
Corporation  or seller,  if the master  servicer or servicer  determines  in the
reasonable  exercise of its business  judgment  that the matters  related to the
misrepresentation  did not directly  cause or are not likely to directly cause a
loss on the related loan.  The foregoing  obligations  will  constitute the sole
remedies  available  to  securityholders  or the  trustee  for a  breach  of any
representation by a designated seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation in its
capacity as a seller of loans to the  depositor or the seller,  or for any other
event giving rise to the obligations.

    Neither the depositor nor the master  servicer or servicer will be obligated
to purchase a loan if a seller or designated  seller  defaults on its obligation
to do so, and no  assurance  can be given that the sellers  will carry out those
obligations for loans.  This type of default by a seller or designated seller is
not a default by the depositor or by the master  servicer or servicer.  However,
to the extent that a breach of the representations and warranties of a seller or
designated  seller  also  constitutes  a  breach  of a  representation  made  by
Residential  Funding  Corporation,  Residential  Funding  Corporation may have a
purchase or substitution obligation. Any loan not so

                                       31


<PAGE>

purchased or  substituted  for shall remain in the related  trust and any losses
related thereto shall be allocated to the related credit enhancement, and to the
extent not available, to the related securities.

    For any seller that requests the master servicer's or servicer's  consent to
the  transfer  of  subservicing  rights  relating  to any  loans to a  successor
servicer, the master servicer or servicer may release that seller from liability
under its representations  and warranties  described above, on the assumption of
the successor  servicer of the seller's  liability for the  representations  and
warranties as of the date they were made. In that event,  the master  servicer's
or  servicer's  rights  under the  instrument  by which the  successor  servicer
assumes  the  seller's  liability  will  be  assigned  to the  trustee,  and the
successor  servicer  shall be  deemed to be the  'seller'  for  purposes  of the
foregoing provisions.

    The depositor  generally  monitors  whether each seller or, in the case of a
Designated Seller  Transaction,  the designated  seller, is under the control of
the FDIC, or are insolvent,  otherwise in  receivership  or  conservatorship  or
financially distressed. Those sellers may not be able or permitted to repurchase
loans for which there has been a breach of representation or warranty. Moreover,
any seller may make no  representations  or warranties for loans sold by it. The
FDIC,  either in its  corporate  capacity or as receiver  or  conservator  for a
depository  institution,  may also be a seller,  in which event neither the FDIC
nor the related  depository  institution may make  representations or warranties
for the loans sold, or only limited  representations  or warranties may be made,
for example, that the related legal documents are enforceable. The FDIC may have
no  obligation  to  repurchase  any  loan for a breach  of a  representation  or
warranty.

LIMITED RIGHT OF SUBSTITUTION

    In the  case  of a  loan  required  to be  repurchased  from  the  trust,  a
designated seller or Residential  Funding  Corporation may substitute a new loan
for the  repurchased  loan that was removed  from the trust,  during the limited
time period described below. Any such  substitution  must be effected within 120
days of the date of the  issuance  of the  securities  for a trust  for which no
REMIC  election is to be made.  For a trust for which a REMIC  election is to be
made, except as otherwise  provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
the  substitution  must be effected within two years of the date of the issuance
of the securities, and may not be made if the substitution would cause the trust
to fail to qualify as a REMIC or result in a  prohibited  transaction  tax under
the Internal Revenue Code.

    In  most  cases,  any  qualified  substitute  loan  will,  on  the  date  of
substitution:

     have an outstanding  principal  balance,  after  deduction of the principal
     portion of the  monthly  payment due in the month of  substitution,  not in
     excess of the outstanding principal balance of the repurchased loan;

     have a loan rate and a Net Loan Rate not less  than,  and not more than one
     percentage   point  greater  than,   the  loan  rate  and  Net  Loan  Rate,
     respectively, of the repurchased loan as of the date of substitution;

     have an LTV ratio or  combined  LTV ratio,  as  applicable,  at the time of
     substitution no higher than that of the repurchased loan;

     have a remaining  term to maturity not greater than,  and not more than one
     year less than, that of the repurchased loan;

     be secured by mortgaged  property located in the United States,  unless the
     repurchased loan was a Mexico Loan or a loan secured by mortgaged  property
     located in Puerto Rico, in which case the qualified  substitute loan may be
     a Mexico Loan or a loan  secured by  mortgaged  property  located in Puerto
     Rico, respectively; and

     comply with all of the  representations and warranties made with respect to
     the repurchased loans as of the date of substitution.

    If the outstanding  principal balance of a qualified substitute loan is less
than the  outstanding  principal  balance of the related  repurchased  loan, the
amount of the shortfall  shall be deposited  into the  Custodial  Account in the
month of substitution for distribution to the related securityholders. There may
be  additional  requirements  relating  to ARM loans,  revolving  credit  loans,
negative  amortization  loans or other  specific  types of loans,  or additional
provisions relating to meeting the foregoing  requirements on an aggregate basis
where a  number  of  substitutions  occur  contemporaneously.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the accompanying prospectus

                                       32


<PAGE>

supplement,  a seller,  will have no option to substitute  for a loan that it is
obligated to  repurchase  in connection  with a breach of a  representation  and
warranty.

CERTAIN INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY ISSUES

    Each seller, including a designated seller, and the depositor will represent
and warrant that its  respective  transfer of trust assets  constitutes  a valid
sale and assignment of all of its right, title and interest in and to such trust
assets,  except to the extent  that such  seller or the  depositor  retains  any
security. Nevertheless, if a seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case
and a  creditor  or  bankruptcy  trustee  of such  seller,  or such  seller as a
debtor-in-possession, were to assert that the sale of the trust assets from such
seller to the  depositor  should be  recharacterized  as a pledge of such  trust
assets to secure a  borrowing  by such  seller,  then  delays in payments to the
depositor (and therefore to the trust and the  securityholders)  could occur and
possible reductions in the amount of such payments could result. In addition, if
a court  were to  recharacterize  the  transfer  as a  pledge  and a  subsequent
assignee  were  to take  physical  possession  of any  mortgage  notes,  through
negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  the trustee's  interest in such mortgage notes
could be defeated.

    If an entity with an interest in a loan of which only a partial  balance has
been  transferred to the trust were to become a debtor under the Bankruptcy Code
and  regardless  of whether  the  transfer of the related  loan  constitutes  an
absolute  assignment,  a  bankruptcy  trustee or creditor of such entity or such
entity as a debtor-in-possession could assert that such entity retains rights in
the  related  loan and  therefore  compel the sale of such loan,  including  any
partial balance  included in the trust,  over the objection of the trust and the
securityholders.  If that occurs, delays and reductions in payments to the trust
and the securityholders could result.

    The depositor has been structured such that (i) the filing of a voluntary or
involuntary petition for relief by or against the depositor under the Bankruptcy
Code and (ii) the substantive consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the
depositor  with those of an affiliated  seller is unlikely.  The  certificate of
incorporation of the depositor restricts the nature of the depositor's  business
and the ability of the  depositor  to commence a  voluntary  case or  proceeding
under such laws without the prior unanimous consent of all directors.

ASSIGNMENT OF AGENCY OR PRIVATE SECURITIES

    The  depositor  will  transfer,  convey  and  assign to the  trustee  or its
nominee,  which may be the  custodian,  all  right,  title and  interest  of the
depositor in the Agency  Securities or private  securities and other property to
be included in the trust for a series. The assignment will include all principal
and interest due on or for the Agency Securities or private securities after the
cut-off date specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, except for any
Excluded  Spread.  The  depositor  will cause the Agency  Securities  or private
securities to be  registered in the name of the trustee or its nominee,  and the
trustee  will  concurrently  authenticate  and  deliver the  securities.  Unless
otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the trustee will
not be in possession of or be assignee of record of any underlying assets for an
Agency Security or private  security.  Each Agency Security or private  security
will  be  identified  in a  schedule  appearing  as an  exhibit  to the  related
agreement,  which will  specify as to each Agency  Security or private  security
information  regarding the original  principal amount and outstanding  principal
balance of each Agency  Security or private  security as of the cut-off date, as
well as the annual  pass-through  rate or interest rate for each Agency Security
or private security conveyed to the trustee.

EXCESS SPREAD AND EXCLUDED SPREAD

    The depositor, the servicer, the seller, the master servicer or any of their
affiliates,  or  any  other  entity  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement may retain or be paid a portion of interest due for the related trust
assets.  The payment of any portion of interest in this manner will be disclosed
in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  This payment may be in addition to
any other  payment,  including a servicing  fee,  that the  specified  entity is
otherwise  entitled  to  receive  for the trust  assets.  Any of these  payments
generated  from the trust  assets will  represent  the Excess  Spread or will be
excluded  from the assets  transferred  to the  related  trust,  referred  to as
Excluded  Spread.  The  interest  portion  of a  Realized  Loss and any  partial
recovery of interest on the trust assets will be allocated between the owners of
any  Excess  Spread or  Excluded  Spread  and the  securityholders  entitled  to
payments of interest.

                                       33


<PAGE>

PAYMENTS ON LOANS

  Collection of Payments on Loans

    The servicer or the master  servicer,  as  applicable,  will deposit or will
cause to be  deposited  into the  Custodial  Account  payments  and  collections
received by it  subsequent  to the cut-off  date,  other than payments due on or
before the cut-off date,  as  specifically  described in the related  agreement,
which in most cases, except as otherwise provided, will include the following:

     all payments on account of principal of the loans comprising a trust;

     all payments on account of interest on the loans comprising that trust, net
     of the portion of each payment  thereof  retained by the master servicer or
     servicer,  if any, as Excess or Excluded  Spread,  its  servicing  or other
     compensation;

     Liquidation Proceeds;

     all amounts, net of unreimbursed  liquidation expenses and insured expenses
     incurred,   and  unreimbursed  Servicing  Advances  made,  by  the  related
     subservicer,   received  and  retained,  including  Insurance  Proceeds  or
     proceeds from any alternative  arrangements established in lieu of any such
     insurance and described in the applicable prospectus supplement, other than
     proceeds  to be applied  to the  restoration  of the  related  property  or
     released  to the  borrower  in  accordance  with the master  servicer's  or
     servicer's normal servicing procedures;

     any Buy-Down Funds and, if applicable, investment earnings thereon,
     required to be paid to securityholders;

     all  proceeds  of any  loan in the  trust  purchased  or,  in the case of a
     substitution,   amounts  representing  a  principal   adjustment,   by  the
     depositor,  the designated seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation,  any
     seller or any other person under the terms of the related agreement;

     any amount  required to be deposited by the master  servicer or servicer in
     connection  with  losses  realized  on  investments  of  funds  held in the
     Custodial Account; and

     any amounts required to be transferred from the Payment Account to the
     Custodial Account.

    See 'Description of the Securities -- Representations with Respect to Loans'
and ' -- Repurchases of Loans.'

    In addition to the Custodial  Account,  the master servicer or servicer will
establish and maintain the Payment Account.  Both the Custodial  Account and the
Payment Account must be either:

     maintained with a depository institution whose debt obligations at the time
     of any  deposit  therein  are rated by any  rating  agency  that  rated any
     securities of the related series not less than a specified level comparable
     to the rating category of the securities;

     an account  or  accounts  the  deposits  in which are fully  insured to the
     limits  established by the FDIC,  provided that any deposits not so insured
     shall be  otherwise  maintained  so that,  as  evidenced  by an  opinion of
     counsel, the securityholders have a claim with respect to the funds in such
     accounts or a perfected first priority  security interest in any collateral
     securing those funds that is superior to the claims of any other depositors
     or  creditors  of the  depository  institution  with which the accounts are
     maintained;

     in the  case  of  the  Custodial  Account,  a  trust  account  or  accounts
     maintained in either the corporate trust  department or the corporate asset
     services  department of a financial  institution which has debt obligations
     that meet specified rating criteria;

     in the case of the Payment Account, a trust account or accounts maintained
     with the trustee; or

     any other Eligible Account.

    The collateral that is eligible to secure amounts in an Eligible  Account is
limited to some Permitted Investments. A Payment Account may be maintained as an
interest-bearing  or a  non-interest-bearing  account,  or funds  therein may be
invested  in  Permitted  Investments  as  described  in  this  prospectus  under
'Description of the Securities -- Payments on Loans.' The Custodial  Account may
contain funds relating to more than one series of securities as well as payments
received  on other loans and assets  serviced  or master  serviced by the master
servicer or servicer that have been deposited into the Custodial Account.

                                       34


<PAGE>

    Unless otherwise described in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  not
later  than the  business  day  preceding  each  distribution  date,  the master
servicer or servicer,  as applicable,  will withdraw from the Custodial  Account
and deposit into the applicable Payment Account, in immediately available funds,
the amount to be distributed  therefrom to  securityholders on that distribution
date.  The master  servicer,  the  servicer or the trustee  will also deposit or
cause to be deposited into the Payment Account:

     the amount of any Advances made by the master servicer or the servicer as
     described in this prospectus under ' -- Advances';

     any  payments  under any letter of  credit,  financial  guaranty  insurance
     policy,  derivative product,  and any amounts required to be transferred to
     the Payment Account from a reserve fund, as described under 'Description of
     Credit Enhancement' in this prospectus;

     any amounts  required to be paid by the master  servicer or servicer out of
     its own funds due to the  operation of a  deductible  clause in any blanket
     policy maintained by the master servicer or servicer to cover hazard losses
     on the loans as described under 'Insurance Policies on Loans' below;

     any distributions received on any Agency Securities or private securities
     included in the trust; and

     any other amounts as described in the related agreement.

    The portion of any payment  received by the master  servicer or the servicer
relating to a trust asset that is allocable to Excess Spread or Excluded  Spread
will typically be deposited into the Custodial Account,  but any Excluded Spread
will  not be  deposited  in the  Payment  Account  for  the  related  series  of
securities and will be distributed as provided in the related agreement.

    Funds on deposit in the  Custodial  Account  may be  invested  in  Permitted
Investments  maturing in general not later than the business day  preceding  the
next  distribution  date and funds on deposit in the related Payment Account may
be invested in Permitted  Investments  maturing,  in general,  no later than the
distribution date. Except as otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  all income and gain  realized from any  investment  will be for the
account  of  the  servicer  or  the  master  servicer  as  additional  servicing
compensation.  The  amount  of any loss  incurred  in  connection  with any such
investment must be deposited in the Custodial Account or in the Payment Account,
as the case may be, by the servicer or the master  servicer out of its own funds
at the time of the realization of the loss.

    For each Buy-Down Loan, the  subservicer  will deposit the related  Buy-Down
Funds  provided  to  it  in a  Buy-Down  Account  which  will  comply  with  the
requirements  described in this  prospectus for a Subservicing  Account.  Unless
otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the terms of all
Buy-Down Loans provide for the contribution of Buy-Down Funds in an amount equal
to or exceeding  either (i) the total payments to be made from those funds under
the related  buydown plan or (ii) if the Buy-Down Funds are to be deposited on a
discounted basis, that amount of Buy-Down Funds which,  together with investment
earnings  thereon  will  support the  scheduled  level of payments due under the
Buy-Down Loan.

    Neither the master  servicer  nor the  servicer  nor the  depositor  will be
obligated to add to any  discounted  Buy-Down  Funds any of its own funds should
investment  earnings  prove  insufficient  to maintain  the  scheduled  level of
payments.  To the extent  that any  insufficiency  is not  recoverable  from the
borrower or, in an appropriate  case,  from the  subservicer,  distributions  to
securityholders  may be affected.  For each Buy-Down Loan, the subservicer  will
withdraw from the Buy-Down  Account and remit to the master servicer or servicer
on or before the date specified in the subservicing  agreement described in this
prospectus  under  'Description  of the  Securities  --  Payments  on Loans' the
amount, if any, of the Buy-Down Funds, and, if applicable,  investment  earnings
thereon,  for each  Buy-Down  Loan  that,  when added to the amount due from the
borrower on the Buy-Down  Loan,  equals the full monthly  payment which would be
due on the  Buy-Down  Loan if it were  not  subject  to the  buydown  plan.  The
Buy-Down Funds will in no event be a part of the related trust.

    If the borrower on a Buy-Down Loan prepays the mortgage loan in its entirety
during the Buy-Down  Period,  the  subservicer  will  withdraw from the Buy-Down
Account and remit to the borrower or any other  designated  party in  accordance
with the related  buydown  plan any  Buy-Down  Funds  remaining  in the Buy-Down
Account.  If a prepayment by a borrower during the Buy-Down Period together with
Buy-Down  Funds  will  result  in  full  prepayment  of  a  Buy-Down  Loan,  the
subservicer  will,  in most cases,  be required  to withdraw  from the  Buy-Down
Account  and remit to the master  servicer or servicer  the  Buy-Down  Funds and
investment  earnings  thereon,  if any, which together with such prepayment will
result in a prepayment in full; provided that

                                       35


<PAGE>

Buy-Down  Funds may not be available to cover a prepayment  under some  mortgage
loan programs. Any Buy-Down Funds so remitted to the master servicer or servicer
in  connection  with a prepayment  described in the  preceding  sentence will be
deemed to reduce the amount that would be required to be paid by the borrower to
repay fully the related  mortgage  loan if the mortgage loan were not subject to
the buydown plan.

    Any investment  earnings  remaining in the Buy-Down Account after prepayment
or after  termination  of the  Buy-Down  Period  will be remitted to the related
borrower or any other  designated  party under the  Buy-Down  Agreement.  If the
borrower  defaults  during  the  Buy-Down  Period  for a  Buy-Down  Loan and the
property securing that Buy-Down Loan is sold in liquidation either by the master
servicer, the servicer, the primary insurer, the pool insurer under the mortgage
pool insurance policy or any other insurer,  the subservicer will be required to
withdraw  from the  Buy-Down  Account  the  Buy-Down  Funds  and all  investment
earnings thereon,  if any, and remit the same to the master servicer or servicer
or, if instructed by the master servicer, pay the same to the primary insurer or
the pool insurer,  as the case may be, if the mortgaged  property is transferred
to that insurer and the insurer pays all of the loss  incurred  relating to such
default.

  Collection of Payments on Agency Securities or Private Securities

    The trustee will  deposit in the Payment  Account all payments on the Agency
Securities or private securities as they are received after the cut-off date. If
the trustee has not received a distribution  for any Agency  Security or private
security by the second  business  day after the date on which such  distribution
was due and payable,  the trustee will request the issuer or guarantor,  if any,
of such Agency Security or private  security to make such payment as promptly as
possible and legally  permitted.  The trustee may take any legal action  against
the related  issuer or  guarantor  as is  appropriate  under the  circumstances,
including the prosecution of any claims in connection therewith.  The reasonable
legal  fees  and  expenses  incurred  by the  trustee  in  connection  with  the
prosecution of any legal action will be  reimbursable  to the trustee out of the
proceeds of the action and will be retained by the trustee  prior to the deposit
of any remaining proceeds in the Payment Account pending distribution thereof to
the securityholders of the affected series. If the trustee has reason to believe
that the proceeds of the legal action may be insufficient to cover its projected
legal fees and  expenses,  the trustee  will notify the related  securityholders
that it is not  obligated  to pursue  any  available  remedies  unless  adequate
indemnity for its legal fees and expenses is provided by the securityholders.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

    The servicer or the master servicer, as applicable,  may, from time to time,
make  withdrawals  from  the  Custodial   Account  for  various   purposes,   as
specifically  described  in the pooling and  servicing  agreement  or  servicing
agreement, which in most cases will include the following:

     to make deposits to the Payment Account as described in this prospectus
     under ' -- Payments on Loans;'

     to  reimburse  itself  or any  subservicer  for  any  Advances,  or for any
     Servicing Advances, out of late payments,  Insurance Proceeds,  Liquidation
     Proceeds,  any proceeds relating to any REO Loan or collections on the loan
     for which those Advances or Servicing Advances were made;

     to pay to itself or any subservicer unpaid servicing fees and subservicing
     fees, out of payments or collections of interest on each loan;

     to pay to itself as additional servicing compensation any investment income
     on funds  deposited  in the  Custodial  Account,  any  amounts  remitted by
     subservicers  as interest on partial  prepayments on the loans,  and, if so
     provided in the related agreement,  any profits realized on the disposition
     of a  mortgaged  property  acquired  by  deed in  lieu  of  foreclosure  or
     repossession or otherwise allowed under the agreement;

     to pay to itself,  a  subservicer,  Residential  Funding  Corporation,  the
     depositor  or the  designated  seller all  amounts  received  for each loan
     purchased,  repurchased or removed under the terms of the related agreement
     and not  required  to be  distributed  as of the date on which the  related
     purchase price is determined;

     to pay the  depositor  or its  assignee,  or any other  party  named in the
     accompanying  prospectus supplement,  all amounts allocable to the Excluded
     Spread, if any, out of collections or payments which

                                       36


<PAGE>

     represent interest on each loan, including any loan as to which title to
     the underlying mortgaged property was acquired;

     to reimburse itself or any subservicer for any Nonrecoverable Advance,
     limited by the terms of the related agreement as described in the
     accompanying prospectus supplement;

     to reimburse itself or the depositor for other expenses  incurred for which
     it or the depositor is entitled to reimbursement,  including  reimbursement
     in   connection   with   enforcing   any   repurchase,    substitution   or
     indemnification  obligation  of any  seller,  or  against  which  it or the
     depositor is indemnified under the related agreement;

     to withdraw any amount deposited in the Custodial Account that was not
     required to be deposited in the Custodial Account;

     to reimburse itself or the depositor for payment of FHA insurance premiums,
     if applicable,  or against which it or the depositor is  indemnified  under
     the related agreement;

     to pay to itself or any subservicer for the funding of any draws made on
     the revolving credit loans, if applicable;

     to make deposits to the funding account in the amounts and in the manner
     provided in the related agreement, if applicable; and

     to clear the  Custodial  Account of amounts  relating to the  corresponding
     loans in  connection  with the  termination  of the trust under the related
     agreement,  as described in 'The Agreements --  Termination;  Retirement of
     Securities.'

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE SECURITIES

    Beginning on the distribution date in the month next succeeding the month in
which the  cut-off  date  occurs,  or any other  date as may be set forth in the
accompanying prospectus supplement, for a series of securities,  distribution of
principal  and interest,  or, where  applicable,  of principal  only or interest
only, on each class of securities  entitled to such payments will be made either
by the trustee, the master servicer or servicer, as applicable, acting on behalf
of the trustee or a paying agent  appointed by the  trustee.  The  distributions
will be made to the persons who are  registered as the holders of the securities
at the close of business on the last business day of the  preceding  month or on
such other day as is specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    Distributions will be made in immediately  available funds, by wire transfer
or  otherwise,  to the  account of a  securityholder  at a bank or other  entity
having  appropriate  facilities,  if  the  securityholder  has so  notified  the
trustee,  the master  servicer or the  servicer,  as  applicable,  or the paying
agent, as the case may be, and the applicable  agreement  provides for that form
of payment,  or by check  mailed to the  address of the person  entitled to such
payment as it appears on the security register.  Except as otherwise provided in
the related  agreement,  the final  distribution in retirement of the securities
will be made only on the  presentation  and  surrender of the  securities at the
office or agency of the trustee specified in the notice to the  securityholders.
Distributions  will be  made to each  securityholder  in  accordance  with  that
holder's percentage interest in a particular class.

    The method of determining, and the amount of, distributions of principal and
interest,  or,  where  applicable,  of  principal  only or interest  only,  on a
particular series of securities will be described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.  Distributions  of interest on each class of securities will be made
prior to distributions  of principal  thereon.  Each class of securities,  other
than classes of strip securities,  may have a different specified interest rate,
or pass-through rate, which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable  pass-through
rate, or any combination of two or more  pass-through  rates.  The  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  will  specify  the  pass-through  rate or rates for each
class, or the initial  pass-through  rate or rates,  the interest accrual period
and the method for determining the pass-through rate or rates.  Unless otherwise
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  interest on the securities
will accrue during each calendar  month and will be payable on the  distribution
date in the following  calendar month. If stated in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement, interest on any class of securities for any distribution date may be
limited to the extent of available funds for that distribution date. Interest on
the securities  will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of
twelve 30-day months or, if specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,
the  actual  number  of  days  in  the  related  interest  period  and a 360  or
365/366-day year.

                                       37


<PAGE>

    On each  distribution  date for a series of  securities,  the trustee or the
master  servicer or  servicer,  as  applicable,  on behalf of the  trustee  will
distribute or cause the paying agent to distribute,  as the case may be, to each
holder of record on the record date of a class of  securities  specified  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  an amount equal to the percentage interest
represented  by the  security  held by that holder  multiplied  by that  class's
Distribution Amount.

    In the case of a series of securities  which includes two or more classes of
securities,  the  timing,  sequential  order,  priority  of payment or amount of
distributions  of  principal,  and any  schedule or formula or other  provisions
applicable to that determination, including distributions among multiple classes
of senior  securities  or  subordinate  securities,  shall be  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement.  Distributions of principal on any class of
securities  will be made on a pro rata basis among all of the securities of that
class unless otherwise set forth in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  In
addition, as specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  payments of
principal  on the notes will be limited to  monthly  principal  payments  on the
loans, any excess interest, if applicable,  applied as principal payments on the
notes and any amount paid as a payment of  principal  under the related  form of
credit  enhancement.  If stated in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a
series of notes may provide for a revolving period during which all or a portion
of the principal collections on the loans otherwise available for payment to the
notes are reinvested in additional  balances or additional  loans or accumulated
in a trust account pending the commencement of an amortization  period specified
in the accompanying  prospectus supplement or the occurrence of events specified
in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    On the day of the month specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement
as the determination date, the master servicer or servicer, as applicable,  will
determine  the  amounts  of  principal  and  interest  which  will  be  paid  to
securityholders  on the immediately  succeeding  distribution date. Prior to the
close of business on the business day next succeeding each  determination  date,
the master servicer or servicer, as applicable,  will furnish a statement to the
trustee,  setting forth, among other things, the amount to be distributed on the
next succeeding distribution date.

ADVANCES

    If specified  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the master  servicer or
servicer,  as  applicable,  will agree to make  Advances,  either out of its own
funds, funds advanced to it by subservicers or funds being held in the Custodial
Account for future distribution,  for the benefit of the securityholders,  on or
before  each  distribution  date,  of  monthly  payments  on the loans that were
delinquent  as of the  close of  business  on the  business  day  preceding  the
determination date on the loans in the related pool, but only to the extent that
the  Advances  would,  in the judgment of the master  servicer or  servicer,  as
applicable,  be recoverable  out of late payments by the borrowers,  Liquidation
Proceeds,  Insurance  Proceeds  or  otherwise.  Advances  will  not be  made  in
connection with revolving credit loans, Home Loans, home improvement  contracts,
closed-end  home equity loans,  negative  amortization  loans and loans acquired
under Residential Funding Corporation's negotiated conduit asset program, except
as otherwise provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement. As specified in
the accompanying  prospectus supplement for any series of securities as to which
the trust includes private securities,  the master servicer's or servicer's,  as
applicable,  advancing  obligations  will be under  the  terms  of such  private
securities, as may be supplemented by the terms of the applicable agreement, and
may  differ  from  the  provisions   relating  to  Advances  described  in  this
prospectus.  Unless specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the
master  servicer or  servicer,  as  applicable,  will not make any advance  with
respect to principal on any simple interest loan.

    The amount of any Advance  will be  determined  based on the amount  payable
under the loan as adjusted from time to time and as may be modified as described
in this  prospectus  under ' -- Servicing and  Administration  of Loans,' and no
Advance will be required in  connection  with any  reduction in amounts  payable
under the  Relief Act or as a result of certain  actions  taken by a  bankruptcy
court.

    Advances are  intended to maintain a regular flow of scheduled  interest and
principal  payments to related  securityholders.  Advances do not  represent  an
obligation  of the master  servicer or servicer to guarantee  or insure  against
losses.  If Advances have been made by the master servicer or servicer from cash
being held for  future  distribution  to  securityholders,  those  funds will be
required to be replaced on or before any future  distribution date to the extent
that funds in the Payment Account on that  distribution  date would be less than
payments  required  to  be  made  to  securityholders.   Any  Advances  will  be
reimbursable to the master servicer or servicer out

                                       38

<PAGE>

of  recoveries  on the related  loans for which  those  amounts  were  advanced,
including late payments made by the related  borrower,  any related  Liquidation
Proceeds  and  Insurance  Proceeds,  proceeds of any  applicable  form of credit
enhancement,  or proceeds of any loans  purchased by the depositor,  Residential
Funding Corporation, a subservicer, a seller, or a designated seller.

    Advances will also be  reimbursable  from cash  otherwise  distributable  to
securityholders  to the  extent  that the  master  servicer  or  servicer  shall
determine that any Advances  previously  made are not ultimately  recoverable as
described in the third preceding paragraph.  For any senior/subordinate  series,
so long as the related subordinate securities remain outstanding and limited for
Special Hazard Losses, Fraud Losses, Bankruptcy Losses and Extraordinary Losses,
the Advances may also be reimbursable out of amounts otherwise  distributable to
holders  of the  subordinate  securities,  if any.  The master  servicer  or the
servicer  may  also be  obligated  to make  Servicing  Advances,  to the  extent
recoverable out of Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise, relating to some taxes and
insurance  premiums not paid by borrowers on a timely  basis.  Funds so advanced
will be reimbursable to the master servicer or servicer to the extent  permitted
by the related agreement.

    In the case of revolving  credit loans,  the master  servicer or servicer is
required to advance  funds to cover any Draws made on a revolving  credit  loan,
subject to reimbursement by the entity specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement, provided that as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement
during any revolving  period  associated  with the related series of securities,
Draws may be covered first from principal  collections on the other loans in the
pool.

    The master  servicer's  or  servicer's  obligation  to make  Advances may be
supported by another entity, the trustee, a financial guaranty insurance policy,
a letter of credit or other method as may be described in the related agreement.
If the  short-term or long-term  obligations  of the provider of the support are
downgraded by a rating agency rating the related securities or if any collateral
supporting  such  obligation is not  performing or is removed under the terms of
any  agreement  described  in  the  accompanying   prospectus  supplement,   the
securities may also be downgraded.

PREPAYMENT INTEREST SHORTFALLS

    When a borrower  prepays a loan in full between  scheduled due dates for the
loan, the borrower pays interest on the amount prepaid only to but not including
the date on which the Principal Prepayment is made.  Prepayments in full in most
cases will be  applied  as of the date of  prepayment  so that  interest  on the
related  securities  will be paid only until that date.  Similarly,  Liquidation
Proceeds  from a mortgaged  property  will not include  interest  for any period
after the date on which the liquidation took place.  Partial prepayments will in
most cases be applied as of the most recent due date, so that no interest is due
on the following due date on the amount prepaid.

    If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, to the extent funds are
available  from the servicing  fee, the master  servicer or servicer may make an
additional payment to securityholders out of the servicing fee otherwise payable
to it for any loan that prepaid  during the related  prepayment  period equal to
the  Compensating  Interest for that loan from the date of the prepayment to the
related due date.  Compensating Interest will be limited to the aggregate amount
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement and may not be sufficient to
cover the Prepayment Interest Shortfall.  Compensating Interest is not generally
paid with respect to  closed-end  home equity  loans,  Home Loans and  revolving
credit  loans.  If so  disclosed  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  may be  applied to reduce  interest  otherwise
payable  for  one  or  more  classes  of  securities  of a  series.  See  'Yield
Considerations' in this prospectus.

FUNDING ACCOUNT

    If  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a pooling  and
servicing  agreement,  trust  agreement or other  agreement  may provide for the
transfer  by the  sellers of  additional  loans to the  related  trust after the
closing date for the related  securities.  Any additional loans will be required
to conform to the requirements set forth in the related agreement  providing for
such  transfer.  If a Funding  Account is  established,  all or a portion of the
proceeds of the sale of one or more classes of securities of the related  series
or a portion of  collections on the loans of principal will be deposited in such
account to be released as additional  loans are  transferred.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a Funding Account will be

                                       39


<PAGE>

required to be  maintained  as an Eligible  Account.  All amounts in the Funding
Account will be required to be invested in Permitted  Investments and the amount
held in the  Funding  Account  shall  at no  time  exceed  25% of the  aggregate
outstanding  principal balance of the securities.  Unless otherwise specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the related agreement providing for the
transfer of additional loans will provide that all transfers must be made within
90 days, and that amounts set aside to fund the transfers,  whether in a Funding
Account or otherwise, and not so applied within the required period of time will
be deemed to be Principal Prepayments and applied in the manner described in the
prospectus supplement.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    On each  distribution  date, the master servicer or servicer will forward or
cause to be forwarded to each securityholder of record a statement or statements
for the related  trust setting  forth the  information  described in the related
agreement.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  agreement,   the
information will in most cases include the following (as applicable):

     the aggregate amount of interest collections and principal collections, if
     applicable;

     the amount, if any, of the distribution allocable to principal;

     the amount, if any, of the distribution allocable to interest and the
     amount, if any, of any shortfall in the amount of interest and principal;

     the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the loans after giving effect to
     the distribution of principal on that distribution date;

     the  outstanding  principal  balance  or  notional  amount of each class of
     securities  after giving  effect to the  distribution  of principal on that
     distribution date;

     based on the most recent reports furnished by subservicers,  the number and
     aggregate  principal  balances  of  loans  in the  related  trust  that are
     delinquent (a) one month, (b) two months and (c) three months, and that are
     in foreclosure;

     the book value of any property acquired by the trust through foreclosure or
     grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

     the balance of the reserve fund, if any, at the close of business on that
     distribution date;

     the  percentage  of  the  outstanding  principal  balances  of  the  senior
     securities, if applicable, after giving effect to the distributions on that
     distribution date;

     the amount of credit enhancement  remaining or credit enhancement  payments
     made under any letter of credit,  mortgage pool  insurance  policy or other
     form  of  credit  enhancement  covering  default  risk as of the  close  of
     business on the  applicable  determination  date and a  description  of any
     credit enhancement substituted therefor;

     if applicable,  the Special Hazard Amount, Fraud Loss Amount and Bankruptcy
     Amount as of the close of business on the applicable  distribution date and
     a description of any change in the calculation of those amounts, as well as
     the aggregate amount of each type of loss;

     in the case of securities  benefiting from alternative  credit  enhancement
     arrangements described in a prospectus  supplement,  the amount of coverage
     under  the  alternative  arrangements  as of the close of  business  on the
     applicable determination date;

     the servicing fee payable to the master servicer or the servicer and the
     subservicer;

     the aggregate amount of any Draws;

     the FHA insurance amount, if any; and

     for any  series  of  securities  as to  which  the  trust  includes  Agency
     Securities or private  securities,  any additional  information as required
     under the related agreement.

    In addition to the information  described above,  reports to securityholders
will contain any other information as is described in the applicable  agreement,
which  may   include,   without   limitation,   information   as  to   Advances,
reimbursements  to  subservicers,  servicers and the master  servicer and losses
borne by the related trust.

                                       40


<PAGE>

    In  addition,  within a  reasonable  period  of time  after  the end of each
calendar  year,  the master  servicer  or servicer  will  furnish or cause to be
furnished  report  to each  person  that was a holder  of record of any class of
securities  at any time  during that  calendar  year.  The report  will  include
information as to the aggregate of principal and interest distributions for that
calendar  year or, if the person was a holder of record of a class of securities
during a portion of that calendar year, for the applicable portion of that year.

SERVICING AND ADMINISTRATION OF LOANS

  General

    The master  servicer or any servicer,  as  applicable,  that is a party to a
pooling and  servicing  agreement  or servicing  agreement,  will be required to
perform the services and duties specified in the related  agreement.  The master
servicer or servicer may be an affiliate of the  depositor.  As to any series of
securities  secured by Agency Securities or private  securities the requirements
for  servicing  the  underlying  assets will be  described  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The duties to be  performed  by the master  servicer or
servicer will include the customary  functions of a servicer,  including but not
limited to:

     collection of payments from borrowers and remittance of those collections
     to the master servicer or servicer in the case of a subservicer;

     maintenance of escrow or  impoundment  accounts of borrowers for payment of
     taxes,  insurance and other items  required to be paid by the borrower,  if
     applicable;

     processing of assumptions or substitutions,  although,  as specified in the
     accompanying prospectus supplement,  the master servicer or servicer is, in
     most cases,  required to  exercise  due-on-sale  clauses to the extent that
     exercise  is  permitted  by law and would not  adversely  affect  insurance
     coverage;

     attempting to cure delinquencies;

     supervising foreclosures;

     collections on Additional Collateral;

     inspection and management of mortgaged properties under various
     circumstances; and

     maintaining accounting records relating to the trust assets.

    Under each  servicing  agreement,  the  servicer or the master  servicer may
enter into subservicing  agreements with one or more subservicers who will agree
to perform certain functions for the servicer or master servicer relating to the
servicing and  administration of the loans included in the trust relating to the
subservicing  agreement.  A  subservicer  may be an affiliate of the  depositor.
Under any  subservicing  agreement,  each  subservicer  will agree,  among other
things,  to  perform  some or all of the  servicer's  or the  master  servicer's
servicing  obligations,  including  but not limited to,  making  Advances to the
related  securityholders.  The servicer or the master  servicer,  as applicable,
will  remain  liable  for its  servicing  obligations  that are  delegated  to a
subservicer as if the servicer or the master  servicer alone were servicing such
loans.

    In the event of a bankruptcy,  receivership or conservatorship of the master
servicer or servicer or any subservicer, the bankruptcy court or the receiver or
conservator may have the power to prevent both the appointment of a successor to
service the trust assets and the transfer of collections  commingled  with funds
of the master  servicer,  servicer or subservicer at the time of its bankruptcy,
receivership or conservatorship. In addition, if the master servicer or servicer
or any  subservicer  were to become a debtor in a  bankruptcy  case,  its rights
under the related  agreement,  including  the right to service the trust assets,
would be property of its bankruptcy  estate and therefore,  under the Bankruptcy
Code, subject to its right to assume or reject such agreement.

  Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

    The servicer or the master servicer,  directly or through  subservicers,  as
the case may be, will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for
under the loans and will,  consistent with the related  servicing  agreement and
any  applicable  insurance  policy,  FHA insurance or other credit  enhancement,
follow the collection  procedures which are normal and usual in its general loan
servicing  activities  that are  comparable  to the loans.  Consistent  with the
previous  sentence,  the servicer or the master servicer may, in its discretion,
waive

                                       41

<PAGE>

any prepayment  charge in connection with the prepayment of a loan or extend the
due dates for  payments  due on a mortgage  note,  provided  that the  insurance
coverage  for the  loan  or any  coverage  provided  by any  alternative  credit
enhancement  will not be  adversely  affected  by the waiver or  extension.  The
master  servicer or servicer may also waive or modify any term of a loan so long
as  the  master   servicer  or  servicer  has  determined  that  the  waiver  or
modification  is not  materially  adverse to any  securityholders,  taking  into
account any estimated loss that may result absent that action. For any series of
securities  as to which  the  trust  includes  private  securities,  the  master
servicer's or servicer's servicing and administration  obligations will be under
the terms of those private securities.

    Under  some  circumstances,  as to any  series  of  securities,  the  master
servicer or servicer  may have the option to  repurchase  trust  assets from the
trust for cash, or in exchange for other trust assets or Permitted  Investments.
All  provisions  relating  to  these  optional  repurchase  provisions  will  be
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    In  instances  in which a loan is in  default,  or if default is  reasonably
foreseeable,  and if determined by the master  servicer or servicer to be in the
best interests of the related  securityholders,  the master servicer or servicer
may engage, either directly or through  subservicers,  in a wide variety of loss
mitigation  practices including waivers,  modifications,  payment  forbearances,
partial  forgiveness,   entering  into  repayment  schedule  arrangements,   and
capitalization   of  arrearages  rather  than  proceeding  with  foreclosure  or
repossession,  if  applicable.  In  making  that  determination,  the  estimated
Realized Loss that might result if the loan were liquidated  would be taken into
account.  Modifications  may have  the  effect  of  reducing  the  loan  rate or
extending the final  maturity date of the loan.  Any modified loan may remain in
the  related  trust,   and  the  reduction  in  collections   resulting  from  a
modification  may result in reduced  distributions  of interest or other amounts
on, or may extend the final  maturity  of,  one or more  classes of the  related
notes.

    Borrowers may, from time to time,  request partial releases of the mortgaged
properties,  easements,  consents to alteration or demolition  and other similar
matters.  The master  servicer or servicer  may approve  that  request if it has
determined, exercising its good faith business judgment in the same manner as it
would if it were the  owner of the  related  loan,  that the  approval  will not
adversely  affect the security for, and the timely and full  collectability  of,
the related loan.  Any fee collected by the master  servicer or the servicer for
processing  that request will be retained by the master  servicer or servicer as
additional servicing compensation.

    In  instances  in which a loan is in default  or if  default  is  reasonably
foreseeable,  and if determined by the master  servicer or servicer to be in the
best interests of the related  securityholders,  the master servicer or servicer
may permit modifications of the loan rather than proceeding with foreclosure. In
making this determination,  the estimated Realized Loss that might result if the
loans were liquidated would be taken into account.  These modifications may have
the effect of reducing the loan rate or extending the final maturity date of the
loan.  Any modified loan may remain in the related  trust,  and the reduction in
collections  resulting from the modification may result in reduced distributions
of interest,  or other amounts,  on, or may extend the final maturity of, one or
more classes of the related securities.

    In connection with any significant  partial prepayment of a loan, the master
servicer  or  servicer,  to the  extent not  inconsistent  with the terms of the
mortgage note and local law and practice, may permit the loan to be re-amortized
so that the  monthly  payment  is  recalculated  as an amount  that  will  fully
amortize its remaining  principal amount by the original  maturity date based on
the original loan rate, provided that the re-amortization shall not be permitted
if it  would  constitute  a  modification  of the loan for  federal  income  tax
purposes.

    The master servicer or servicer for a given trust may establish and maintain
an escrow  account  in which  borrowers  will be  required  to  deposit  amounts
sufficient  to pay taxes,  assessments,  certain  mortgage and hazard  insurance
premiums and other  comparable  items  unless,  in the case of loans  secured by
junior  liens on the related  mortgaged  property,  the  borrower is required to
escrow such amounts under the senior mortgage  documents.  Withdrawals  from any
escrow  account  may be made to effect  timely  payment  of taxes,  assessments,
mortgage and hazard insurance,  to refund to borrowers amounts  determined to be
owed, to pay interest on balances in the escrow account, if required,  to repair
or otherwise  protect the mortgaged  properties  and to clear and terminate such
account.  The  master  servicer  or any  servicer,  as the case may be,  will be
responsible  for the  administration  of each such  escrow  account  and will be
obligated  to make  advances to the escrow  accounts  when a  deficiency  exists
therein.  The master servicer or servicer will be entitled to reimbursement  for
any advances from the Custodial Account.

                                       42


<PAGE>

    Other duties and  responsibilities  of each servicer and master servicer are
described above under ' -- Payments on Loans.'

  Special Servicing

    If  provided  for in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the related
agreement or servicing  agreement for a series of securities  may name a Special
Servicer.  The Special Servicer will be responsible for the servicing of certain
delinquent loans as described in the prospectus supplement. The Special Servicer
may have certain  discretion to extend relief to borrowers whose payments become
delinquent. The Special Servicer may be permitted to grant a period of temporary
indulgence  to a borrower or may enter into a  liquidating  plan  providing  for
repayment by the borrower, in each case without the prior approval of the master
servicer or the servicer,  as applicable.  Other types of forbearance  typically
will require the approval of the master servicer or servicer, as applicable.

    In  addition,  the  master  servicer  or  servicer  may enter  into  various
agreements with holders of one or more classes of subordinate securities or of a
class of securities representing interests in one or more classes of subordinate
securities.  Under the  terms of those  agreements,  the  holder  may,  for some
delinquent loans:

     instruct the master  servicer or servicer to commence or delay  foreclosure
     proceedings,  provided that the holder deposits a specified  amount of cash
     with  the  master   servicer  or  servicer  which  will  be  available  for
     distribution to securityholders if Liquidation  Proceeds are less than they
     otherwise may have been had the master servicer or servicer acted under its
     normal servicing procedures;

     instruct  the master  servicer or  servicer to purchase  the loans from the
     trust prior to the commencement of foreclosure  proceedings at the purchase
     price and to resell  the loans to the  holder at such  purchase  price,  in
     which case any  subsequent  loss on the loans will not be  allocated to the
     securityholders;

     become,  or designate a third party to become,  a subservicer for the loans
     so long as (i) the master  servicer or  servicer  has the right to transfer
     the subservicing rights and obligations of the loans to another subservicer
     at any time or (ii) the holder or its  servicing  designee  is  required to
     service  the  loans  according  to  the  master  servicer's  or  servicer's
     servicing guidelines; or

     the accompanying prospectus supplement may provide for the other types of
     special servicing arrangements.

    Enforcement of 'Due-on-Sale' Clauses

    Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  when
any mortgaged  property  relating to a loan, other than an ARM loan, is about to
be conveyed by the borrower, the master servicer or the servicer, as applicable,
directly  or  through  a  subservicer,  to the  extent it has  knowledge  of the
proposed  conveyance,  in most cases will be obligated to exercise the trustee's
rights to  accelerate  the  maturity of such loan under any  due-on-sale  clause
applicable  thereto.  A due-on-sale clause will be enforced only if the exercise
of such rights is  permitted by  applicable  law and only to the extent it would
not adversely affect or jeopardize  coverage under any primary  insurance policy
or applicable credit enhancement arrangements. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans -- Enforceability of Certain Provisions.'

    If the master servicer or servicer is prevented from enforcing a due-on-sale
clause under  applicable  law or if the master  servicer or servicer  determines
that it is  reasonably  likely that a legal  action would be  instituted  by the
related  borrower to avoid  enforcement of such due-on-sale  clause,  the master
servicer or servicer will enter into an assumption  and  modification  agreement
with the person to whom such property has been or is about to be conveyed, under
which such person  becomes  liable  under the  mortgage  note subject to certain
specified conditions.  The original borrower may be released from liability on a
loan if the master servicer or servicer shall have determined in good faith that
such release will not adversely  affect the  collectability  of the loan. An ARM
loan may be assumed if it is by its terms  assumable  and if, in the  reasonable
judgment of the master  servicer or  servicer,  the proposed  transferee  of the
related  mortgaged  property  establishes  its ability to repay the loan and the
security for the ARM loan would not be impaired by the assumption. If a borrower
transfers the mortgaged  property subject to an ARM loan without  consent,  such
ARM loan may be  declared  due and  payable.  Any fee  collected  by the  master
servicer  or  servicer  for  entering  into an  assumption  or  substitution  of
liability  agreement  or for  processing  a request for  partial  release of the
mortgaged property in most cases will be retained by the

                                       43

<PAGE>

master servicer or servicer as additional servicing compensation.  In connection
with any assumption, the loan rate borne by the related mortgage note may not be
altered.  Borrowers  may,  from time to time,  request  partial  releases of the
mortgaged properties,  easements, consents to alteration or demolition and other
similar  matters.  The master servicer or servicer may approve such a request if
it has  determined,  exercising  its good  faith  business  judgment,  that such
approval  will not  adversely  affect the security  for, and the timely and full
collectability of, the related loan.

  Realization Upon Defaulted Loans

    If a loan,  including a contract secured by a lien on a mortgaged  property,
is in default,  the master  servicer or servicer  may take a variety of actions,
including  foreclosing  on the  mortgaged  property,  writing off the  principal
balance  of the  loan as a bad  debt,  taking  a deed  in  lieu of  foreclosure,
accepting  a  short  sale,  permitting  a  short  refinancing,  arranging  for a
repayment plan or modification as described  above, or taking an unsecured note.
Realization on other  contracts may be  accomplished  through  repossession  and
subsequent  resale of the underlying home  improvement.  In connection with that
decision,  the master  servicer or servicer will,  following  usual practices in
connection with senior and junior mortgage servicing  activities or repossession
and resale  activities,  estimate the  proceeds  expected to be received and the
expenses  expected  to be  incurred  in  connection  with  that  foreclosure  or
repossession  and resale to  determine  whether a  foreclosure  proceeding  or a
repossession  and resale is appropriate.  To the extent that a loan secured by a
lien on a mortgaged  property is junior to another lien on the related mortgaged
property,  unless  foreclosure  proceeds  for that loan are expected to at least
satisfy the related senior mortgage loan in full and to pay  foreclosure  costs,
it is likely that that loan will be written off as bad debt with no  foreclosure
proceeding.  Similarly,  the  expense  and  delay  that may be  associated  with
foreclosing on the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust following
a default on a Mexico Loan,  particularly  if eviction or other  proceedings are
required to be commenced in the Mexican courts,  may make attempts to realize on
the  collateral  securing  the Mexico  Loans  uneconomical,  thus  significantly
increasing  the amount of the loss on the Mexico Loan. If title to any mortgaged
property is acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure,  the deed
or certificate of sale will be issued to the trustee or to its nominee on behalf
of securityholders and, if applicable, the holders of any Excluded Balances.

    Any acquisition of title and cancellation of any REO Loan will be considered
for most  purposes  to be an  outstanding  loan  held in the  trust  until it is
converted into a Liquidated Loan.

    For purposes of calculations  of amounts  distributable  to  securityholders
relating to an REO Loan, the amortization  schedule in effect at the time of any
acquisition  of title,  before any adjustment by reason of any bankruptcy or any
similar proceeding or any moratorium or similar waiver or grace period,  will be
deemed  to have  continued  in  effect  and,  in the  case of an ARM  loan,  the
amortization  schedule will be deemed to have  adjusted in  accordance  with any
interest rate changes  occurring on any adjustment date, so long as the REO Loan
is considered  to remain in the trust.  If a REMIC  election has been made,  any
mortgaged  property so  acquired by the trust must be disposed of in  accordance
with applicable federal income tax regulations and consistent with the status of
the trust as a REMIC.  To the extent  provided  in the  related  agreement,  any
income,  net of expenses and other than gains described in the second succeeding
paragraph,  received  by the  servicer or the master  servicer on the  mortgaged
property prior to its disposition will be deposited in the Custodial  Account on
receipt   and  will  be   available   at  that  time  for  making   payments  to
securityholders.

    For  a  loan  in  default,  the  master  servicer  or  servicer  may  pursue
foreclosure or similar remedies subject to any senior loan positions and certain
other restrictions  pertaining to junior loans as described under 'Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans'  concurrently  with  pursuing any remedy for a breach of a
representation  and warranty.  However,  the master  servicer or servicer is not
required to continue to pursue both remedies if it determines that one remedy is
more  likely  to  result  in a  greater  recovery.  If the  mortgage  loan is an
Additional Collateral Loan or a Pledged Asset Mortgage Loan, the master servicer
or the  servicer  may  proceed  against the  related  mortgaged  property or the
related  Additional  Collateral or Pledged Assets first,  or may proceed against
both concurrently,  as permitted by applicable law and the terms under which the
Additional  Collateral or Pledged  Assets are held,  including  any  third-party
guarantee.

    On the first to occur of final  liquidation and a repurchase or substitution
under a breach of a representation  and warranty,  the loan will be removed from
the  related  trust.  The  master  servicer  or  servicer  may  elect to treat a
defaulted loan as having been finally  liquidated if  substantially  all amounts
expected  to be  received  in  connection  therewith  have  been  received.  Any
additional liquidation expenses relating to the loan thereafter

                                       44

<PAGE>

incurred  will be  reimbursable  to the master  servicer  or  servicer  from any
amounts otherwise distributable to the related securityholders, or may be offset
by any subsequent recovery related to the loan.  Alternatively,  for purposes of
determining  the amount of related  Liquidation  Proceeds to be  distributed  to
securityholders,  the amount of any Realized  Loss or the amount  required to be
drawn under any applicable  form of credit  enhancement,  the master servicer or
servicer may take into account minimal amounts of additional  receipts  expected
to be received, as well as estimated additional liquidation expenses expected to
be incurred in connection with the defaulted loan. On foreclosure of a revolving
credit loan, the related Liquidation  Proceeds will be allocated among the Trust
Balances and Excluded Balances as described in the prospectus supplement.

    For some series of securities, the applicable form of credit enhancement may
provide,  to the extent of coverage,  that a defaulted  loan or REO Loan will be
removed from the trust prior to its final liquidation.  In addition,  the master
servicer,  the  servicer  or  the  holder  of  the  most  subordinate  class  of
certificates  of a series  may have the  option to  purchase  from the trust any
defaulted loan after a specified period of delinquency.  If a final  liquidation
of a loan resulted in a Realized Loss and within two years thereafter the master
servicer or servicer receives a subsequent recovery specifically related to that
loan, in connection  with a related  breach of a  representation  or warranty or
otherwise,  such  subsequent  recovery shall be distributed to the  then-current
securityholders  of any  outstanding  class  to  which  the  Realized  Loss  was
allocated,  with the amounts to be distributed  allocated  among such classes in
the same proportions as such Realized Loss was allocated,  provided that no such
distribution  shall result in  distributions  on the  securities of any class in
excess  of the total  amount of the  Realized  Loss that was  allocated  to that
class.  In the case of a series of  securities  other than a  senior/subordinate
series, if so provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the applicable
form of credit  enhancement  may provide for  reinstatement  in accordance  with
specified  conditions if,  following the final  liquidation of a loan and a draw
under the related credit enhancement,  subsequent  recoveries are received. If a
defaulted loan or REO Loan is not so removed from the trust,  then, on its final
liquidation,  if a loss is realized which is not covered by any applicable  form
of credit  enhancement or other  insurance,  the  securityholders  will bear the
loss. However, if a gain results from the final liquidation of an REO Loan which
is not  required  by law to be  remitted  to the  related  borrower,  the master
servicer  or  servicer  will be  entitled  to  retain  that  gain as  additional
servicing  compensation unless the accompanying  prospectus  supplement provides
otherwise.  For a  description  of  the  master  servicer's  or  the  servicer's
obligations  to  maintain  and make  claims  under  applicable  forms of  credit
enhancement  and insurance  relating to the loans,  see  'Description  of Credit
Enhancement' and 'Insurance Policies on Loans.'

    For a  discussion  of  legal  rights  and  limitations  associated  with the
foreclosure of a loan, see 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans.'

    The  master  servicer  or  servicer  will  deal with any  defaulted  private
securities in the manner set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                        DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

GENERAL

    As described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  credit  support
provided  for  each  series  of  securities  may  include  one  or  more  or any
combination of the following:

     a letter of credit;

     subordination provided by any class of subordinated securities for the
     related series;

     overcollateralization;

     a mortgage repurchase bond, mortgage pool insurance policy,  special hazard
     insurance policy,  bankruptcy bond or other types of insurance policies, or
     a secured or unsecured corporate guaranty, as described in the accompanying
     prospectus supplement;

     a reserve fund;

     a financial guaranty insurance policy or surety bond;

     derivatives products; or

     another form as may be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                                       45

<PAGE>

If  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  loans or home
improvement contracts may be partially insured by the FHA under Title I.

    Credit support for each series of securities may be comprised of one or more
of the following  components.  Each  component will have a dollar limit and will
provide coverage for Realized Losses that are:

     Defaulted Mortgage Losses;

     Special Hazard Losses;

     Bankruptcy Losses; and

     Fraud Losses.

    Most forms of credit support will not provide  protection  against all risks
of loss and will not  guarantee  repayment of the entire  outstanding  principal
balance of the securities and interest thereon.  If losses occur that exceed the
amount  covered by credit  support  or are of a type that is not  covered by the
credit support, securityholders will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.
In particular,  Defaulted  Mortgage  Losses,  Special Hazard Losses,  Bankruptcy
Losses and Fraud  Losses in excess of the amount of coverage  provided  therefor
and  Extraordinary  Losses  will not be  covered.  To the extent that the credit
enhancement for any series of securities is exhausted,  the securityholders will
bear all further risks of loss not otherwise insured against.

    Credit  support  may also be  provided  in the form of an  insurance  policy
covering  the risk of  collection  and  adequacy  of any  Additional  Collateral
provided in connection with any Additional  Collateral  Loan, as limited by that
insurance  policy.  As described in the related  agreement,  credit  support may
apply to all of the loans or to some loans contained in a pool.

    For any series of securities  backed by Trust  Balances of revolving  credit
loans, the credit enhancement provided for the securities will cover any portion
of  any  Realized  Losses  allocated  to  the  Trust  Balances,  subject  to any
limitations  described in this  prospectus  and in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement. See 'The Trusts -- Revolving Credit Loans' in this prospectus.

    Each prospectus supplement will include a description of:

     the amount payable under the credit enhancement arrangement, if any,
     provided for a series;

     any conditions to payment thereunder not otherwise described in this
     prospectus;

     the conditions  under which the amount payable under the credit support may
     be  reduced  and under  which  the  credit  support  may be  terminated  or
     replaced; and

     the material provisions of any agreement relating to the credit support.

    Additionally,  each prospectus  supplement will contain  information for the
issuer  of any  third-party  credit  enhancement,  if  applicable.  The  related
agreement or other  documents may be modified in connection  with the provisions
of any credit  enhancement  arrangement  to provide  for  reimbursement  rights,
control rights or other  provisions that may be required by the credit enhancer.
To the extent  provided  in the  applicable  agreement,  the credit  enhancement
arrangements may be periodically modified,  reduced and substituted for based on
the  performance  of or on the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the
loans covered thereby.  See  'Description of Credit  Enhancement -- Reduction or
Substitution of Credit  Enhancement.' If specified in the applicable  prospectus
supplement,  credit  support  for a series of  securities  may cover one or more
other series of securities.

    The  descriptions  of any  insurance  policies,  bonds or other  instruments
described  in this  prospectus  or any  prospectus  supplement  and the coverage
thereunder do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their  entirety by
reference to the actual forms of the policies, copies of which typically will be
exhibits to the Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
in connection with the issuance of the related series of securities.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

    If any component of credit  enhancement as to any series of securities is to
be  provided  by a letter of  credit,  a bank will  deliver  to the  trustee  an
irrevocable  letter of credit.  The letter of credit may provide direct coverage
for the loans.  The letter of credit bank, the amount available under the letter
of credit for each component of credit  enhancement,  the expiration date of the
letter of credit,  and a more detailed  description of the letter of credit will
be  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  On or before  each
distribution date, the

                                       46

<PAGE>

letter of credit bank will be required to make payments after  notification from
the trustee,  to be deposited  in the related  Payment  Account for the coverage
provided  thereby.  The letter of credit  may also  provide  for the  payment of
Advances.

SUBORDINATION

    A  senior/subordinate  series  of  securities  will  consist  of one or more
classes of senior securities and one or more classes of subordinate  securities,
as specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  Subordination of the
subordinate securities of any senior/subordinate  series will be effected by the
following method,  unless an alternative method is specified in the accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  In  addition,  some  classes  of senior or  subordinate
securities may be senior to other classes of senior or  subordinate  securities,
as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    For  any   senior/subordinate   series,   the  total  amount  available  for
distribution  on each  distribution  date, as well as the method for  allocating
that amount among the various classes of securities included in the series, will
be described in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  In most cases, for any
series,  the  amount  available  for  distribution  will be  allocated  first to
interest on the senior  securities of that series,  and then to principal of the
senior  securities up to the amounts  described in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, prior to allocation of any amounts to the subordinate securities.

    If so provided in the related agreement, the master servicer or servicer may
be permitted,  under certain circumstances,  to purchase any loan that is two or
more months delinquent in payments of principal and interest,  at the repurchase
price. If specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, any Realized Loss
subsequently incurred in connection with any such loan will be passed through to
the then outstanding securityholders of the related series in the same manner as
Realized  Losses on loans that have not been so purchased,  unless that purchase
was made on the request of the holder of the most junior class of  securities of
the related  series.  See '  Description  of the  Securities  --  Servicing  and
Administration of Loans -- Special Servicing' above.

    In the  event  of any  Realized  Losses  not in  excess  of the  limitations
described below (other than Extraordinary Losses), the rights of the subordinate
securityholders  to receive  distributions  will be subordinate to the rights of
the senior  securityholders  and the owner of Excluded Spread and, as to certain
classes of  subordinated  securities,  may be subordinate to the rights of other
subordinate securityholders.

    Except as noted below,  Realized Losses will be allocated to the subordinate
securities of the related series until their outstanding principal balances have
been reduced to zero.  Additional  Realized Losses, if any, will be allocated to
the  senior  securities.  If the series  includes  more than one class of senior
securities,  the additional  Realized  Losses will be allocated  either on a pro
rata basis among all of the senior  securities in proportion to their respective
outstanding  principal  balances or as  otherwise  provided in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

    Special  Hazard  Losses in  excess  of the  Special  Hazard  Amount  will be
allocated  among all  outstanding  classes of securities of the related  series,
either  on a pro  rata  basis  in  proportion  to  their  outstanding  principal
balances,  or as otherwise provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.
The  respective  amounts of other  specified  types of losses,  including  Fraud
Losses, Special Hazard Losses and Bankruptcy Losses, that may be borne solely by
the  subordinate  securities may be similarly  limited to the Fraud Loss Amount,
Special Hazard Amount and Bankruptcy Amount, and the subordinate  securities may
provide no coverage for Extraordinary Losses or other specified types of losses,
as  described in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  in which case those
losses would be allocated on a pro rata basis among all  outstanding  classes of
securities or as otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.
Each of the Special Hazard Amount,  Fraud Loss Amount and Bankruptcy  Amount may
be subject to periodic  reductions  and may be subject to further  reduction  or
termination,  without  the  consent  of  the  securityholders,  on  the  written
confirmation from each applicable rating agency that the then-current  rating of
the related series of securities will not be adversely affected.

    In most cases, any allocation of a Realized Loss, including a Special Hazard
Loss,  Fraud Loss or  Bankruptcy  Loss,  to a security  in a  senior/subordinate
series  will be made by reducing  its  outstanding  principal  balance as of the
distribution  date  following the calendar  month in which the Realized Loss was
incurred.

                                       47


<PAGE>

    The rights of holders of the various  classes of securities of any series to
receive  distributions  of principal and interest is determined by the aggregate
outstanding  principal  balance of each  class or, if  applicable,  the  related
notional  amount.  The  outstanding  principal  balance of any security  will be
reduced by all amounts  previously  distributed  on that  security  representing
principal,  and by any  Realized  Losses  allocated  thereto.  If  there  are no
Realized Losses or Principal  Prepayments on any loan, the respective  rights of
the holders of  securities of any series to future  distributions  in most cases
would  not  change.  However,  to  the  extent  described  in  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement, holders of senior securities may be entitled to receive a
disproportionately  larger  amount  of  prepayments  received  during  specified
periods,  which will have the effect,  absent offsetting losses, of accelerating
the  amortization  of  the  senior  securities  and  increasing  the  respective
percentage  ownership  interest  evidenced by the subordinate  securities in the
related  trust,  with  a  corresponding   decrease  in  the  percentage  of  the
outstanding principal balances of the senior securities,  thereby preserving the
availability of the  subordination  provided by the subordinate  securities.  In
addition, some Realized Losses will be allocated first to subordinate securities
by reduction of their outstanding principal balance,  which will have the effect
of  increasing  the  respective  ownership  interest  evidenced  by  the  senior
securities in the related trust.

    If so provided  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  some  amounts
otherwise payable on any distribution date to holders of subordinate  securities
may be deposited  into a reserve  fund.  Amounts held in any reserve fund may be
applied as described under  'Description of Credit Enhancement -- Reserve Funds'
and in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    In lieu of the foregoing  provisions,  subordination  may be effected in the
following manner, or in any other manner as may be described in the accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The rights of the holders of subordinate  securities to
receive the  Subordinate  Amount will be limited to the extent  described in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.  As specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement,  the Subordinate Amount may be reduced based on the amount of losses
borne  by  the  holders  of  the  subordinate  securities  as a  result  of  the
subordination,  a  specified  schedule  or  other  method  of  reduction  as the
prospectus supplement may specify.

    For  any  senior/subordinate   series,  the  terms  and  provisions  of  the
subordination  may vary from those described in this  prospectus.  Any variation
and any  additional  credit  enhancement  will be described in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION

    If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, interest collections on
the loans  may  exceed  interest  payments  on the  securities  for the  related
distribution  date.  To the extent such excess  interest is applied as principal
payments on the securities,  the effect will be to reduce the principal  balance
of the  securities  relative  to the  outstanding  balance of the loan,  thereby
creating overcollateralization and additional protection to the securityholders,
if and to the extent specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

MORTGAGE POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

    Any  insurance  policy  covering  losses  on a  loan  pool  obtained  by the
depositor for a trust will be issued by the mortgage pool insurer. Each mortgage
pool insurance  policy,  in accordance  with the  limitations  described in this
prospectus  and in the  prospectus  supplement,  if any,  will  cover  Defaulted
Mortgage  Losses  in an  amount  specified  in  the  prospectus  supplement.  As
described under ' -- Maintenance of Credit  Enhancement,' the master servicer or
servicer  will use its best  reasonable  efforts to maintain the  mortgage  pool
insurance policy and to present claims  thereunder to the pool insurer on behalf
of itself,  the trustee and the  securityholders.  The mortgage  pool  insurance
policies,   however,  are  not  blanket  policies  against  loss,  since  claims
thereunder may only be made  respecting  particular  defaulted loans and only on
satisfaction  of specified  conditions  precedent  described  in the  succeeding
paragraph.  Unless  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the
mortgage pool insurance policies may not cover losses due to a failure to pay or
denial of a claim under a primary insurance  policy,  irrespective of the reason
therefor.

    Each  mortgage  pool  insurance  policy will  provide  that no claims may be
validly presented thereunder unless, among other things:

     any required primary insurance policy is in effect for the defaulted loan
     and a claim thereunder has been submitted and settled;

                                       48


<PAGE>

     hazard  insurance on the property  securing the loan has been kept in force
     and real estate taxes and other protection and  preservation  expenses have
     been paid by the master servicer or servicer;

     if there has been physical loss or damage to the mortgaged property, it has
     been restored to its condition,  reasonable wear and tear excepted,  at the
     cut-off date; and

     the insured  has  acquired  good and  merchantable  title to the  mortgaged
     property free and clear of liens except permitted encumbrances.

    On satisfaction of these  conditions,  the pool insurer will have the option
either (a) to purchase the property securing the defaulted loan at a price equal
to its  outstanding  principal  balance plus accrued and unpaid  interest at the
applicable  loan rate to the date of purchase and some expenses  incurred by the
master servicer or servicer on behalf of the trustee and securityholders, or (b)
to pay the amount by which the sum of the outstanding  principal  balance of the
defaulted loan plus accrued and unpaid  interest at the loan rate to the date of
payment  of the claim  and the  aforementioned  expenses  exceeds  the  proceeds
received from an approved sale of the mortgaged property,  in either case net of
some  amounts  paid or  assumed  to have been paid  under  any  related  primary
insurance policy.

    Securityholders may experience a shortfall in the amount of interest payable
on the related  securities  in  connection  with the  payment of claims  under a
mortgage  pool  insurance  policy  because the pool insurer is only  required to
remit unpaid  interest  through the date a claim is paid rather than through the
end of the month in which the claim is paid.  In addition,  the  securityholders
may also  experience  losses  for the  related  securities  in  connection  with
payments  made under a mortgage  pool  insurance  policy to the extent  that the
master  servicer or servicer  expends funds to cover unpaid real estate taxes or
to  repair  the  related  mortgaged  property  in order to make a claim  under a
mortgage pool insurance policy, as those amounts will not be covered by payments
under the policy and will be  reimbursable  to the master  servicer  or servicer
from funds otherwise payable to the  securityholders.  If any mortgaged property
securing a  defaulted  loan is damaged  and  proceeds,  if any (see ' -- Special
Hazard  Insurance  Policies'  below for risks  which  are not  covered  by those
policies), from the related hazard insurance policy or applicable special hazard
insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged property to a condition
sufficient to permit  recovery  under the mortgage pool  insurance  policy,  the
master  servicer or servicer is not  required to expend its own funds to restore
the damaged property unless it determines that (a) restoration will increase the
proceeds  to   securityholders   on  liquidation  of  the  mortgage  loan  after
reimbursement  of the master  servicer or servicer  for its expenses and (b) the
expenses will be  recoverable  by it through  Liquidation  Proceeds or Insurance
Proceeds.

    A mortgage pool insurance  policy and some primary  insurance  policies will
likely not insure  against loss  sustained by reason of a default  arising from,
among other things,  fraud or negligence  in the  origination  or servicing of a
mortgage loan, including  misrepresentation by the borrower, the seller or other
persons  involved in the origination  thereof,  failure to construct a mortgaged
property in accordance with plans and  specifications or bankruptcy,  unless, if
specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  an  endorsement  to the
mortgage pool insurance policy provides for insurance against that type of loss.
Depending  on the  nature of the  event,  a breach of  representation  made by a
seller may also have  occurred.  That breach,  if it  materially  and  adversely
affects the interests of securityholders and cannot be cured, would give rise to
a  repurchase  obligation  on  the  part  of  the  seller,  as  described  under
'Description of the Securities -- Repurchases of Loans.' However,  such an event
would not give rise to a breach of a representation and warranty or a repurchase
obligation on the part of the depositor or Residential Funding Corporation.

    The original  amount of coverage under each mortgage pool  insurance  policy
will be  reduced  over the  life of the  related  series  of  securities  by the
aggregate  amount of claims paid less the aggregate of the net amounts  realized
by the pool insurer on disposition of all foreclosed  properties.  The amount of
claims paid includes some expenses  incurred by the master  servicer or servicer
as well as accrued interest on delinquent  mortgage loans to the date of payment
of the  claim.  See  'Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the  Loans.'  Accordingly,  if
aggregate  net claims paid under any mortgage  pool  insurance  policy reach the
original policy limit,  coverage under that mortgage pool insurance  policy will
be   exhausted   and  any   further   losses   will  be  borne  by  the  related
securityholders.  In addition, unless the master servicer or servicer determines
that an Advance  relating to a delinquent  mortgage loan would be recoverable to
it from the proceeds of the  liquidation of the mortgage loan or otherwise,  the
master servicer or servicer would not be obligated to make an Advance respecting
any delinquency since the Advance would not be ultimately recoverable to it from
either the mortgage pool insurance policy or from any other related source.  See
'Description of the Securities -- Advances.'

                                       49

<PAGE>

    Since each  mortgage  pool  insurance  policy will require that the property
subject to a defaulted mortgage loan be restored to its original condition prior
to claiming  against  the pool  insurer,  the policy  will not provide  coverage
against  hazard  losses.  As  described  under  'Insurance  Policies on Loans --
Standard Hazard Insurance on Mortgaged Properties,' the hazard policies covering
the mortgage loans typically  exclude from coverage  physical  damage  resulting
from a number of  causes  and,  even when the  damage  is  covered,  may  afford
recoveries  which are  significantly  less than full  replacement  cost of those
losses.  Additionally,  no coverage for Special Hazard  Losses,  Fraud Losses or
Bankruptcy Losses will cover all risks, and the amount of any such coverage will
be limited.  See ' -- Special Hazard  Insurance  Policies'  below.  As a result,
certain  hazard  risks  will  not  be  insured  against  and  may  be  borne  by
securityholders.

    Contract pools may be covered by pool insurance policies that are similar to
the mortgage pool insurance policies described above.

SPECIAL HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

    Any insurance  policy  covering  Special Hazard Losses  obtained for a trust
will be issued by the insurer named in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.
Each special hazard  insurance  policy subject to limitations  described in this
paragraph and in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  if any, will protect
the related securityholders from Special Hazard Losses. Aggregate claims under a
special hazard  insurance  policy will be limited to the amount set forth in the
related  agreement  and will be subject to reduction as described in the related
agreement.  A special hazard  insurance policy will provide that no claim may be
paid unless hazard and, if applicable,  flood insurance on the property securing
the loan has been kept in force and other protection and  preservation  expenses
have been paid by the master servicer or servicer.

    In accordance  with the foregoing  limitations,  a special hazard  insurance
policy will  provide  that,  where there has been damage to property  securing a
foreclosed  loan,  title to which has been  acquired by the insured,  and to the
extent  the  damage  is not  covered  by the  hazard  insurance  policy or flood
insurance policy,  if any,  maintained by the borrower or the master servicer or
servicer,  the  insurer  will  pay the  lesser  of (i) the  cost  of  repair  or
replacement  of the related  property or (ii) on transfer of the property to the
insurer,  the unpaid principal balance of the loan at the time of acquisition of
the related property by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued
interest at the loan rate to the date of claim  settlement and certain  expenses
incurred by the master servicer or servicer for the related property.

    If the property is  transferred  to a third party in a sale  approved by the
special hazard insurer, the amount that the special hazard insurer will pay will
be the amount  under (ii) above  reduced by the net  proceeds of the sale of the
property.  If the  unpaid  principal  balance  plus  accrued  interest  and some
expenses is paid by the special hazard insurer,  the amount of further  coverage
under the related special hazard insurance policy will be reduced by that amount
less any net proceeds from the sale of the property. Any amount paid as the cost
of  repair  of the  property  will  further  reduce  coverage  by  that  amount.
Restoration  of the property  with the proceeds  described  under (i) above will
satisfy the condition under each mortgage pool insurance policy or contract pool
insurance  policy that the property be restored  before a claim under the policy
may be validly presented for the defaulted loan secured by the related property.
The  payment  described  under (ii) above will  render  presentation  of a claim
relating to a loan under the related  mortgage pool insurance policy or contract
pool  insurance  policy  unnecessary.  Therefore,  so  long as a  mortgage  pool
insurance  policy or  contract  pool  insurance  policy  remains in effect,  the
payment by the insurer under a special  hazard  insurance  policy of the cost of
repair or of the unpaid  principal  balance  of the  related  loan plus  accrued
interest and some expenses will not affect the total Insurance  Proceeds paid to
securityholders,  but will affect the  relative  amounts of  coverage  remaining
under the related  special hazard  insurance  policy and mortgage pool insurance
policy or contract pool insurance policy.

    To the extent described in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  coverage
of Special Hazard Losses for a series of securities may be provided, in whole or
in part,  by a type of  special  hazard  coverage  other  than a special  hazard
insurance policy or by means of a representation of the depositor or Residential
Funding Corporation.

BANKRUPTCY BONDS

    In the event of a personal bankruptcy of a borrower,  a bankruptcy court may
establish the value of the mortgaged property of the borrower, and, if specified
in the accompanying prospectus supplement, any related

                                       50

<PAGE>

Additional Collateral,  at a Deficient Valuation. The amount of the secured debt
could then be reduced to that  value,  and,  thus,  the holder of the loan would
become an unsecured creditor to the extent the outstanding  principal balance of
the loan,  together  with any  senior  loan in the case of a loan  secured  by a
junior lien on the related mortgaged property, exceeds the value assigned to the
mortgaged  property,  and any related Additional  Collateral,  by the bankruptcy
court.

    In addition,  other  modifications  of the terms of a loan can result from a
bankruptcy  proceeding,  including a Debt Service Reduction.  See 'Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans -- The Mortgage Loans --  Anti-Deficiency  Legislation  and
Other  Limitations  on Lenders.' Any bankruptcy  policy to provide  coverage for
Bankruptcy Losses resulting from proceedings  under the federal  Bankruptcy Code
obtained  for a trust  will be issued by an  insurer  named in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The level of coverage under each bankruptcy policy will
be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

RESERVE FUNDS

    If stated in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the depositor  will
deposit or cause to be deposited in a reserve fund,  any  combination of cash or
Permitted Investments in specified amounts, or any other instrument satisfactory
to the rating  agency or agencies,  which will be applied and  maintained in the
manner  and  under  the  conditions  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.  In the  alternative  or in addition to that deposit,  to the extent
described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a reserve  fund may be
funded through  application of all or a portion of amounts  otherwise payable on
any related subordinate securities,  from the Excess Spread or otherwise. To the
extent that the funding of the reserve fund is  dependent  on amounts  otherwise
payable on related  subordinate  securities,  Excess  Spread or other cash flows
attributable  to the related loans or on reinvestment  income,  the reserve fund
may  provide  less  coverage  than  initially  expected  if the  cash  flows  or
reinvestment   income  on  which  the  funding  is  dependent   are  lower  than
anticipated.

    For any  series of  securities  as to which  credit  enhancement  includes a
letter of credit,  if stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  under
specified  circumstances  the  remaining  amount of the  letter of credit may be
drawn by the trustee and deposited in a reserve fund.  Amounts in a reserve fund
may be  distributed  to  securityholders,  or  applied to  reimburse  the master
servicer  or  servicer  for  outstanding  Advances,  or may be  used  for  other
purposes,  in the  manner  and  to  the  extent  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  If stated in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
amounts  in a reserve  fund may be  available  only to cover  specific  types of
losses,  or  losses  on  specific  loans.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  any reserve fund will not be deemed to be
part of the related trust. A reserve fund may provide  coverage to more than one
series of securities, if set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The trustee will have a perfected  security  interest for the benefit of the
securityholders  in the assets in the reserve fund,  unless the assets are owned
by the related trust.  However, to the extent that the depositor,  any affiliate
of the depositor or any other entity has an interest in any reserve fund, in the
event of the bankruptcy,  receivership or insolvency of that entity, there could
be delays in withdrawals from the reserve fund and the corresponding payments to
the securityholders.  These delays could adversely affect the yield to investors
on the related securities.

    Amounts  deposited  in any  reserve  fund for a series  will be  invested in
Permitted  Investments  by, or at the  direction  of,  and for the  benefit of a
servicer,  the master  servicer or any other  person  named in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICIES; SURETY BONDS

    The depositor may obtain one or more financial  guaranty  insurance policies
or guaranties or one or more surety bonds, or one or more  guarantees  issued by
insurers or other parties acceptable to the rating agency or agencies rating the
securities offered insuring the holders of one or more classes of securities the
payment  of  amounts  due in  accordance  with the terms of that  class or those
classes of securities.  Any financial guaranty insurance policy,  surety bond or
guaranty will have the  characteristics  described in, and will be in accordance
with any limitations and exceptions  described in, the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

    Unless  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a financial
guaranty  insurance  policy  will be  unconditional  and  irrevocable  and  will
guarantee to holders of the  applicable  securities  that an amount equal to the
full amount of payments due to these  holders will be received by the trustee or
its agent on  behalf of the  holders  for  payment  on each  payment  date.  The
specific terms of any financial guaranty insurance policy will be

                                       51


<PAGE>

described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  A  financial  guaranty
insurance policy may have  limitations  and, in most cases,  will not insure the
obligation  of the  sellers or the master  servicer  or  servicer to purchase or
substitute for a defective  trust asset and will not guarantee any specific rate
of Principal  Prepayments or cover specific interest shortfalls.  In most cases,
the insurer  will be  subrogated  to the rights of each holder to the extent the
insurer makes payments under the financial guaranty insurance policy.

MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

    If credit  enhancement  has been  obtained for a series of  securities,  the
master  servicer  or the  servicer  will  be  obligated  to  exercise  its  best
reasonable  efforts to keep or cause to be kept the credit  enhancement  in full
force  and  effect  throughout  the  term of the  applicable  agreement,  unless
coverage  thereunder has been exhausted  through payment of claims or otherwise,
or  substitution  therefor is made as  described  below under ' --  Reduction or
Substitution of Credit  Enhancement.'  The master  servicer or the servicer,  as
applicable,  on behalf of  itself,  the  trustee  and  securityholders,  will be
required  to  provide  information  required  for the  trustee to draw under any
applicable credit enhancement.

    The master  servicer or the servicer will agree to pay the premiums for each
mortgage pool insurance  policy,  special hazard  insurance  policy,  bankruptcy
policy, financial guaranty insurance policy or surety bond, as applicable,  on a
timely basis, unless the premiums are paid directly by the trust. As to mortgage
pool  insurance  policies  generally,  if the  related  insurer  ceases  to be a
Qualified  Insurer,  the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  will  use its best
reasonable  efforts  to obtain  from  another  Qualified  Insurer  a  comparable
replacement  insurance  policy or bond with a total  coverage  equal to the then
outstanding  coverage  of the  policy  or bond.  If the cost of the  replacement
policy is greater than the cost of the existing  policy or bond, the coverage of
the  replacement  policy  or  bond  will,  unless  otherwise  agreed  to by  the
depositor,  be reduced to a level so that its  premium  rate does not exceed the
premium rate on the original  insurance policy. If a pool insurer ceases to be a
Qualified  Insurer because it ceases to be approved as an insurer by Freddie Mac
or Fannie Mae or any successor entity,  the master servicer or the servicer will
review, not less often than monthly, the financial condition of the pool insurer
with a view  toward  determining  whether  recoveries  under the  mortgage  pool
insurance  policy or contract pool insurance  policy are jeopardized for reasons
related to the financial  condition of the pool insurer.  If the master servicer
or the servicer determines that recoveries are so jeopardized,  it will exercise
its  best  reasonable  efforts  to  obtain  from  another  Qualified  Insurer  a
replacement  insurance  policy as described  above, at the same cost limit.  Any
losses  in market  value of the  securities  associated  with any  reduction  or
withdrawal  in  rating  by an  applicable  rating  agency  shall be borne by the
securityholders.

    If any property  securing a defaulted loan is damaged and proceeds,  if any,
from the  related  hazard  insurance  policy or any  applicable  special  hazard
insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged property to a condition
sufficient  to  permit  recovery  under  any  letter of  credit,  mortgage  pool
insurance  policy,  contract  pool  insurance  policy  or  any  related  primary
insurance policy,  the master servicer or the servicer is not required to expend
its own funds to restore  the damaged  property  unless it  determines  (i) that
restoration will increase the proceeds to one or more classes of securityholders
on liquidation  of the loan after  reimbursement  of the master  servicer or the
servicer for its expenses and (ii) that the expenses will be  recoverable  by it
through Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds. If recovery under any letter
of credit,  mortgage pool insurance policy, contract pool insurance policy other
credit  enhancement  or any related  primary  insurance  policy is not available
because the master  servicer or the  servicer  has been unable to make the above
determinations,  has made the  determinations  incorrectly  or  recovery  is not
available  for  any  other  reason,  the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  is
nevertheless  obligated to follow whatever normal  practices and procedures,  in
accordance with the preceding sentence,  that it deems necessary or advisable to
realize upon the defaulted loan and if this  determination  has been incorrectly
made,  is entitled to  reimbursement  of its  expenses  in  connection  with the
restoration.

REDUCTION OR SUBSTITUTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

    The  amount of credit  support  provided  for any series of  securities  and
relating to various  types of losses  incurred  may be reduced  under  specified
circumstances.  In most cases,  the amount  available as credit  support will be
subject to periodic reduction on a non-discretionary  basis in accordance with a
schedule or formula set forth in the related  agreement.  Additionally,  in most
cases,  the credit  support  may be  replaced,  reduced or  terminated,  and the
formula  used in  calculating  the amount of  coverage  for  Bankruptcy  Losses,
Special Hazard Losses or Fraud Losses may be changed, without the consent of the
securityholders, on the written assurance

                                        52
<PAGE>

from each applicable  rating agency that the then-current  rating of the related
series of securities will not be adversely affected thereby.

    Furthermore, if the credit rating of any obligor under any applicable credit
enhancement  is  downgraded  or the  amount of credit  enhancement  is no longer
sufficient to support the rating on the related securities, the credit rating of
each class of the related securities may be downgraded to a corresponding level,
and,  unless  otherwise  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
neither the master servicer, the servicer nor the depositor will be obligated to
obtain  replacement  credit  support  in  order to  restore  the  rating  of the
securities.  The master  servicer or the servicer,  as applicable,  will also be
permitted  to  replace  any  credit   support  with  other  credit   enhancement
instruments  issued by  obligors  whose  credit  ratings are  equivalent  to the
downgraded level and in lower amounts which would satisfy the downgraded  level,
provided  that the  then-current  rating of each class of the related  series of
securities is  maintained.  Where the credit support is in the form of a reserve
fund, a permitted reduction in the amount of credit enhancement will result in a
release of all or a portion of the assets in the reserve fund to the  depositor,
the master  servicer or the servicer or any other person that is entitled to the
credit  support.  Any  assets so  released  and any  amount by which the  credit
enhancement  is  reduced  will not be  available  for  distributions  in  future
periods.

             OTHER FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS RELATED TO THE SECURITIES

SWAPS AND YIELD SUPPLEMENT AGREEMENTS

    The  trustee on behalf of the trust may enter into  interest  rate swaps and
related  caps,  floors and collars to minimize  the risk to  securityholders  of
adverse  changes in interest  rates,  and other yield  supplement  agreements or
similar yield  maintenance  arrangements  that do not involve swap agreements or
other notional principal contracts.

    An  interest  rate swap is an  agreement  between  two parties to exchange a
stream of interest  payments on an agreed  hypothetical or 'notional'  principal
amount.  No  principal  amount is  exchanged  between the  counterparties  to an
interest rate swap. In the typical swap, one party agrees to pay a fixed rate on
a notional  principal amount,  while the counterparty pays a floating rate based
on one or more reference  interest rates including the London Interbank  Offered
Rate or,  LIBOR,  a specified  bank's  prime rate or U.S.  Treasury  Bill rates.
Interest  rate swaps also  permit  counterparties  to  exchange a floating  rate
obligation  based on one reference  interest rate (such as LIBOR) for a floating
rate obligation based on another referenced interest rate (such as U.S. Treasury
Bill rates).

    The swap market has grown  substantially  in recent years with a significant
number of banks and financial  service  firms acting both as  principals  and as
agents utilizing  standardized Swap documentation.  Caps, floors and collars are
more recent innovations, and they are less liquid than other swaps.

    Yield  supplement  agreements may be entered into to supplement the interest
rate or rates on one or more classes of the securities of any series.

    There  can be no  assurance  that the  trust  will be able to enter  into or
offset swaps or enter into yield  supplement  agreements at any specific time or
at prices or on other terms that are  advantageous.  In  addition,  although the
terms of the swaps and yield  supplement  agreements may provide for termination
under some circumstances,  there can be no assurance that the trust will be able
to terminate a swap or yield supplement  agreement when it would be economically
advantageous to the trust to do so.

PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

    Some types of loans and classes of securities of any series, as specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement, may be subject to a purchase obligation.
The terms and  conditions  of each purchase  obligation,  including the purchase
price,  timing and payment  procedure,  will be  described  in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement. A purchase obligation for loans may apply to the loans or
to  the  related  securities.  Each  purchase  obligation  may be a  secured  or
unsecured  obligation  of its  provider,  which  may  include  a bank  or  other
financial  institution or an insurance company. Each purchase obligation will be
evidenced  by an  instrument  delivered  to the  trustee  for the benefit of the
applicable  securityholders of the related series. Unless otherwise specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement,  each purchase obligation for loans will
be payable solely to the trustee for the benefit of the  securityholders  of the
related  series.  Other  purchase  obligations  may be payable to the trustee or
directly to the holders of the securities to which the obligations relate.

                                       53

<PAGE>

                           INSURANCE POLICIES ON LOANS

    The mortgaged  property related to each loan (other than a Cooperative Loan)
will be  required  to be covered  by a hazard  insurance  policy  (as  described
below).  In  addition,  some loans will be  required  to be covered by a primary
insurance  policy.  FHA loans and VA loans  will be  covered  by the  government
mortgage  insurance  programs described below. The descriptions of any insurance
policies  contained in this  prospectus  or any  prospectus  supplement  and the
coverage  thereunder  do not purport to be complete  and are  qualified in their
entirety by reference to the forms of policies.

PRIMARY INSURANCE POLICIES

    Unless  otherwise  specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement and
except  as  described  below,  (i) each  mortgage  loan  having  a LTV  ratio at
origination of over 80% will be covered by a primary mortgage guaranty insurance
policy  insuring  against default on the mortgage loan up to an amount set forth
in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  unless  and until  the  principal
balance of the  mortgage  loan is  reduced  to a level that would  produce a LTV
ratio equal to or less than 80%, and (ii) the  depositor  or the related  seller
will  represent  and warrant that,  to the best of its  knowledge,  the mortgage
loans are so covered. Alternatively, coverage of the type that would be provided
by a primary  insurance  policy if obtained  may be provided by another  form of
credit  enhancement as described in this prospectus under 'Description of Credit
Enhancement.'  However, the foregoing standard may vary significantly  depending
on the  characteristics  of the mortgage loans and the  applicable  underwriting
standards.  A mortgage  loan will not be  considered  to be an  exception to the
foregoing  standard if no primary  insurance  policy was obtained at origination
but the mortgage  loan has amortized to an 80% or less LTV ratio level as of the
applicable  cut-off date. In most cases,  the depositor will have the ability to
cancel any primary  insurance  policy if the LTV ratio of the  mortgage  loan is
reduced to 80% or less (or a lesser specified  percentage) based on an appraisal
of the  mortgaged  property  after the  related  closing  date or as a result of
principal  payments that reduce the principal balance of the mortgage loan after
the closing date. Trust assets secured by a junior lien on the related mortgaged
property  usually  will not be  required  by the  depositor  to be  covered by a
primary  mortgage  guaranty  insurance  policy  insuring  against default on the
mortgage loan.

    Under recently enacted federal  legislation,  borrowers with respect to many
residential  mortgage  loans  originated on or after July 29, 1999,  will have a
right to request the  cancellation  of any  private  mortgage  insurance  policy
insuring loans when the  outstanding  principal  amount of the mortgage loan has
been reduced or is scheduled to have been reduced to 80% or less of the value of
the  mortgaged  property  at the time the  mortgage  loan  was  originated.  The
borrower's right to request the cancellation of the policy is subject to certain
conditions,  including (i) the condition that no monthly payment has been thirty
days or more past due during the twelve months prior to the  cancellation  date,
and no  monthly  payment  has been sixty days or more past due during the twelve
months prior to that period,  (ii) there has been no decline in the value of the
mortgaged property since the time the mortgage loan was originated and (iii) the
mortgaged  property is not encumbered by  subordinate  liens.  In addition,  any
requirement for private mortgage insurance will automatically terminate when the
scheduled  principal  balance  of the  mortgage  loan,  based  on  the  original
amortization  schedule for the mortgage  loan,  is reduced to 78% or less of the
value  of the  mortgaged  property  at the  time of  origination,  provided  the
mortgage loan is current.  The  legislation  requires that borrowers be provided
written notice of these  cancellation  rights at the origination of the mortgage
loans.

    If the private mortgage insurance is not otherwise canceled or terminated by
borrower request in the circumstances  described above, it must be terminated no
later than the first day of the month immediately following the date that is the
midpoint  of the  mortgage  loan's  amortization  period,  if on that date,  the
borrower is current on the payments  required by the terms of the mortgage loan.
The  mortgagee's or master  servicer's or servicer's  failure to comply with the
law could subject such parties to civil money penalties but would not affect the
validity or  enforceability  of the mortgage  loan. The law does not preempt any
state law regulating  private mortgage  insurance except to the extent that such
law is  inconsistent  with the  federal  law and then only to the  extent of the
inconsistency.

    In most cases,  Mexico  Loans will have LTV ratios of less than 80% and will
not be insured under a primary insurance policy.  Primary mortgage  insurance or
similar  credit  enhancement  on a  Mexico  Loan  may  be  issued  by a  private
corporation  or a  governmental  agency  and may be in the form of a  guarantee,
insurance policy or another type of credit enhancement.

                                       54


<PAGE>

    Mortgage  loans  which are  subject to  negative  amortization  will only be
covered by a primary  insurance  policy if that  coverage  was required on their
origination,  regardless that subsequent  negative  amortization  may cause that
mortgage  loan's LTV ratio based on the  then-current  balance,  to subsequently
exceed the limits which would have required coverage on their origination.

    Primary  insurance  policies  may be required to be obtained and paid for by
the  borrower,  or may be paid for by the master  servicer,  the  servicer,  the
seller or a third party.

    While the terms and conditions of the primary  insurance  policies issued by
one primary mortgage  guaranty insurer will usually differ from those in primary
insurance  policies  issued by other primary  insurers,  each primary  insurance
policy generally will pay either:

     the insured percentage of the loss on the related mortgaged property;

     the entire amount of the loss, after receipt by the primary insurer of good
     and merchantable title to, and possession of, the mortgaged property; or

     at the  option of the  primary  insurer  under  certain  primary  insurance
     policies, the sum of the delinquent monthly payments plus any Advances made
     by the  insured,  both to the date of the claim  payment  and,  thereafter,
     monthly  payments  in the  amount  that  would  have  become  due under the
     mortgage loan if it had not been  discharged  plus any Advances made by the
     insured until the earlier of (a) the date the mortgage loan would have been
     discharged in full if the default had not occurred or (b) an approved sale.

    The  amount  of the loss as  calculated  under a  primary  insurance  policy
covering a  mortgage  loan will in most  cases  consist of the unpaid  principal
amount of such  mortgage  loan and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  and
reimbursement of some expenses, less:

     rents or other payments received by the insured (other than the proceeds of
     hazard insurance) that are derived from the related mortgaged property;

     hazard insurance  proceeds  received by the insured in excess of the amount
     required to restore the mortgaged  property and which have not been applied
     to the payment of the mortgage loan;

     amounts expended but not approved by the primary insurer;

     claim payments previously made on the mortgage loan; and

     unpaid premiums and other amounts.

    As conditions  precedent to the filing or payment of a claim under a primary
insurance  policy,  in the event of default by the  borrower,  the insured  will
typically be required, among other things, to:

     advance or discharge (a) hazard insurance premiums and (b) as necessary and
     approved in advance by the primary insurer,  real estate taxes,  protection
     and preservation expenses and foreclosure and related costs;

     in the event of any physical loss or damage to the mortgaged property, have
     the mortgaged  property restored to at least its condition at the effective
     date of the primary insurance policy (ordinary wear and tear excepted); and

     tender to the primary insurer good and merchantable title to, and
     possession of, the mortgaged property.

    For any securities offered under this prospectus, the master servicer or the
servicer will maintain or cause each  subservicer  to maintain,  as the case may
be, in full force and effect and to the extent  coverage is  available a primary
insurance  policy  with  regard  to each  mortgage  loan for which  coverage  is
required under the standard described above unless an exception to such standard
applies  or  alternate  credit  enhancement  is  provided  as  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement;  provided that the primary insurance policy
was in place as of the cut-off  date and the  depositor  had  knowledge  of such
primary insurance policy.

STANDARD HAZARD INSURANCE ON MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

    The terms of the mortgage loans (other than Cooperative  Loans) require each
borrower to maintain a hazard  insurance  policy covering the related  mortgaged
property and  providing for coverage at least equal to that of the standard form
of fire insurance policy with extended coverage  customary in the state in which
the property is located.  Most coverage will be in an amount equal to the lesser
of the principal  balance of the mortgage loan and, in the case of loans secured
by junior liens on the related mortgaged property, the principal balance of any

                                       55


<PAGE>

senior  mortgage  loans,  or 100% of the  insurable  value  of the  improvements
securing the mortgage  loan.  The pooling and servicing  agreement  will provide
that the master  servicer or the servicer shall cause the hazard  policies to be
maintained  or shall  obtain a blanket  policy  insuring  against  losses on the
mortgage  loans.  The master servicer or the servicer may satisfy its obligation
to cause  hazard  policies to be  maintained  by  maintaining  a blanket  policy
insuring  against  losses on those  mortgage  loans.  The  ability of the master
servicer  or  the  servicer  to  ensure  that  hazard  insurance   proceeds  are
appropriately  applied  may be  dependent  on its being  named as an  additional
insured under any hazard  insurance  policy and under any flood insurance policy
referred  to below,  or on the  extent to which  information  in this  regard is
furnished to the master  servicer or the servicer by borrowers or  subservicers.
If loans secured by junior liens on the related mortgaged  property are included
within any trust,  investors  should also  consider  the  application  of hazard
insurance  proceeds discussed in this prospectus under 'Certain Legal Aspects of
the  Loans  --  The  Mortgage  Loans  --  Junior  Mortgages,  Rights  of  Senior
Mortgagees.'

    The  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy  covers  physical
damage to or destruction of the improvements on the property by fire, lightning,
explosion,  smoke,  windstorm,  hail,  riot,  strike  and  civil  commotion,  in
accordance  with the  conditions and  exclusions  specified in each policy.  The
policies  relating  to the  mortgage  loans will be  underwritten  by  different
insurers under  different  state laws in accordance  with  different  applicable
state forms and therefore will not contain  identical terms and conditions,  the
basic terms of which are  dictated by  respective  state  laws.  These  policies
typically do not cover any physical  damage  resulting from the following:  war,
revolution,  governmental actions,  floods and other water-related causes, earth
movement, including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows, nuclear reactions, wet
or dry rot, vermin,  rodents,  insects or domestic  animals,  theft and, in some
cases,  vandalism.  The  foregoing  list is merely  indicative  of some kinds of
uninsured risks and is not intended to be all-inclusive.  Where the improvements
securing a mortgage loan are located in a federally designated flood area at the
time of origination  of that mortgage loan, the pooling and servicing  agreement
typically requires the master servicer or the servicer to cause to be maintained
for each such mortgage loan serviced,  flood insurance, to the extent available,
in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount  required to  compensate  for any
loss or damage on a replacement  cost basis or the maximum  insurance  available
under the federal flood insurance program.

    The hazard insurance  policies covering the mortgaged  properties  typically
contain a co-insurance  clause that in effect  requires the related  borrower at
all times to carry insurance of a specified percentage, typically 80% to 90%, of
the full  replacement  value of the  improvements  on the  property  in order to
recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the related borrower's  coverage
falls below this specified  percentage,  this clause  usually  provides that the
insurer's  liability in the event of partial loss does not exceed the greater of
(i) the replacement cost of the improvements  damaged or destroyed less physical
depreciation  or (ii) the  proportion  of the loss as the  amount  of  insurance
carried bears to the specified  percentage of the full  replacement  cost of the
improvements.

    Since the amount of hazard insurance that borrowers are required to maintain
on the  improvements  securing the mortgage  loans may decline as the  principal
balances  owing  thereon  decrease,   and  since  residential   properties  have
historically  appreciated in value over time, hazard insurance proceeds could be
insufficient  to restore  fully the  damaged  property in the event of a partial
loss.  See  'Description  of Credit  Enhancement --  Subordination'  above for a
description of when  subordination is provided,  the protection,  limited to the
Special Hazard Amount as described in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
afforded by  subordination,  and  'Description of Credit  Enhancement -- Special
Hazard Insurance  Policies' for a description of the limited protection afforded
by any special hazard  insurance  policy  against  losses  occasioned by hazards
which are otherwise uninsured against.

    Hazard  insurance  on the  Mexican  properties  will  usually be provided by
insurers  located in  Mexico.  The  depositor  may not be able to obtain as much
information  about the  financial  condition  of the  companies  issuing  hazard
insurance  policies in Mexico as it is able to obtain for companies based in the
United  States.  The ability of the  insurers to pay claims also may be affected
by, among other things, adverse political and economic developments in Mexico.

STANDARD HAZARD INSURANCE ON MANUFACTURED HOMES

    The terms of the related  agreement  will require the servicer or the master
servicer, as applicable, to cause to be maintained for each manufactured housing
contract one or more standard hazard insurance policies that

                                       56

<PAGE>

provide,  at a minimum,  the same  coverage as a standard form fire and extended
coverage insurance policy that is customary for manufactured housing,  issued by
a  company  authorized  to  issue  the  policies  in  the  state  in  which  the
manufactured home is located, and in an amount that is not less than the maximum
insurable value of the manufactured  home or the principal  balance due from the
borrower  on the  related  manufactured  housing  contract,  whichever  is less.
Coverage  may be provided by one or more  blanket  insurance  policies  covering
losses on the  manufactured  housing  contracts  resulting  from the  absence or
insufficiency   of  individual   standard  hazard  insurance   policies.   If  a
manufactured  home's  location  was, at the time of  origination  of the related
manufactured  housing  contract,  within a federally  designated flood area, the
servicer  or the  master  servicer  also  will be  required  to  maintain  flood
insurance.

    If the servicer or the master  servicer  repossesses a manufactured  home on
behalf of the trustee,  the servicer or the master servicer will either maintain
at its expense  hazard  insurance  for the  manufactured  home or indemnify  the
trustee  against  any damage to the  manufactured  home prior to resale or other
disposition.

DESCRIPTION OF FHA INSURANCE UNDER TITLE I

    Some of the home improvement  contracts  contained in a trust may be Title I
loans which are insured  under the Title I Program as  described in this section
and in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The  regulations,  rules  and
procedures promulgated by the FHA under the Title I, or FHA Regulations, contain
the requirements  under which a lender approved for participation in the Title I
Program may obtain  insurance  against a portion of losses  incurred on eligible
loans that have been originated and serviced in accordance with FHA Regulations,
subject to the amount of insurance  coverage  available in that Title I lender's
FHA reserve,  as described  in this section and in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  and  subject  to the terms  and  conditions  established  under the
National Housing Act and FHA Regulations.  FHA Regulations  permit the Secretary
of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, subject to statutory
limitations,  to waive a Title I lender's  noncompliance with FHA Regulations if
enforcement would impose an injustice on the lender, provided the Title I lender
has  substantially  complied  with the FHA  Regulations  in good  faith  and has
credited the  borrower for any excess  charge.  In general,  an insurance  claim
against the FHA will be denied if the Title I loan to which it relates  does not
strictly   satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  National  Housing  Act  and  FHA
Regulations.

    Unlike some other government loan insurance programs,  loans under the Title
I Program other than loans in excess of $25,000, are not subject to prior review
by the FHA. Under the Title I Program,  the FHA disburses insurance proceeds for
defaulted loans for which  insurance  claims have been filed by a Title I lender
prior to any review of those loans. A Title I lender is required to repurchase a
Title I loan from the FHA that is  determined  to be  ineligible  for  insurance
after  insurance  claim  payments  for that loan have been paid to that  lender.
Under the FHA Regulations,  if the Title I lender's obligation to repurchase the
Title I loan is  unsatisfied,  the FHA is  permitted  to offset the  unsatisfied
obligation  against  future  insurance  claim  payments  owed by the FHA to that
lender.  FHA  Regulations  permit the FHA to disallow an insurance claim for any
loan that does not qualify for  insurance  for a period of up to two years after
the claim is made and to  require  the  Title I lender  that has  submitted  the
insurance claim to repurchase the loan.

    The  proceeds  of loans  under  the  Title I  Program  may be used  only for
permitted  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, the alteration,  repair or
improvement of residential property,  the purchase of a manufactured home and/or
lot,  or  cooperative  interest in a  manufactured  home and/or lot, on which to
place that home.

    Subject to the limitations  described  below,  eligible Title I loans are in
most cases insured by the FHA for 90% of an amount equal to the sum of:

     the net unpaid principal amount and the uncollected interest earned to the
     date of default,

     interest on the unpaid loan obligation from the date of default to the date
     of the initial  submission of the insurance  claim,  plus 15 calendar days,
     the total period not to exceed nine months, at a rate of 7% per annum,

     uncollected court costs,

     amount of attorney's fees on an hourly or other basis for time actually
     expended and billed not to exceed $500, and

     amount of expenses for recording the assignment of the security to the
     United States.

                                       57



<PAGE>

    However, the insurance coverage provided by the FHA is limited to the extent
of the  balance  in the Title I  lender's  FHA  reserve  maintained  by the FHA.
Accordingly,  if sufficient insurance coverage is available in that FHA reserve,
then the  Title I lender  bears the risk of losses on a Title I loan for which a
claim  for  reimbursement  is  paid  by the FHA of at  least  10% of the  unpaid
principal, uncollected interest earned to the date of default, interest from the
date of  default  to the  date  of the  initial  claim  submission  and  various
expenses. Unlike most other FHA insurance programs, the obligation of the FHA to
reimburse a Title I lender for losses in the  portfolio of insured loans held by
that Title I lender is limited to the amount in an FHA reserve  maintained  on a
lender-by-lender basis and not on a loan-by-loan basis.

    Under Title I, the FHA maintains an FHA insurance  coverage reserve account,
referred to as an FHA reserve for each Title I lender.  The amount in each Title
I lender's FHA reserve is 10% of the amounts disbursed,  advanced or expended by
a Title I lender in originating or purchasing eligible loans registered with the
FHA for Title I insurance,  with some  adjustments  permitted or required by FHA
Regulations.  The balance of that FHA reserve is the maximum amount of insurance
claims the FHA is required to pay to the related  Title I lender.  Title I loans
to be  insured  under  Title I will be  registered  for  insurance  by the  FHA.
Following  either the  origination  or transfer of loans eligible under Title I,
the Title I lender will submit those loans for FHA insurance coverage within its
FHA reserve by delivering a transfer report or through an electronic  submission
to the FHA in the form prescribed under the FHA Regulations. The increase in the
FHA insurance  coverage for those loans in the Title I lender's FHA reserve will
occur on the date  following  the receipt and  acknowledgment  by the FHA of the
transfer  report for those loans.  The insurance  available to any trust will be
subject  to the  availability,  from time to time,  of  amounts  in each Title I
lender's  FHA  reserve,  which will  initially  be limited to the FHA  insurance
amount as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    Under Title I, the FHA will reduce the  insurance  coverage  available  in a
Title I  lender's  FHA  reserve  relating  to loans  insured  under that Title I
lender's contract of insurance by:

     the amount of FHA insurance claims approved for payment related to those
     loans, and

     the amount of  reduction  of the Title I lender's  FHA reserve by reason of
     the sale,  assignment  or  transfer of loans  registered  under the Title I
     lender's contract of insurance.

    This  insurance  coverage also may be reduced for any FHA  insurance  claims
previously disbursed to the Title I lender that are subsequently rejected by the
FHA.

    In most cases, the FHA will insure home improvement  contracts up to $25,000
for a  single-family  property,  with a maximum  term of 20 years.  The FHA will
insure  loans of up to $17,500  for  manufactured  homes  which  qualify as real
estate  under  applicable  state law and loans of up to  $12,000  per unit for a
$60,000 limit for an apartment house or a dwelling for two or more families.  If
the loan amount is $15,000 or more, the FHA requires a drive-by  appraisal,  the
current tax assessment  value, or a full Uniform  Residential  Appraisal  Report
dated  within 12 months of the  closing  to verify  the  property's  value.  The
maximum  loan amount on  transactions  requiring  an  appraisal is the amount of
equity in the property shown by the market value determination of the property.

    Following a default on a home improvement  contract partially insured by the
FHA,  the  master  servicer  or the  servicer,  either  directly  or  through  a
subservicer,  may, subject to various  conditions,  either commence  foreclosure
proceedings  against the improved property securing the loan, if applicable,  or
submit a claim to FHA,  but may submit a claim to FHA after  proceeding  against
the improved  property only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD. The
availability of FHA insurance following a default on a home improvement contract
is subject  to a number of  conditions,  including  strict  compliance  with FHA
Regulations in originating and servicing the home improvement contract.  Failure
to comply with FHA Regulations may result in a denial of or surcharge on the FHA
insurance claim.  Prior to declaring a home improvement  contract in default and
submitting a claim to FHA, the master  servicer or the servicer  must take steps
to attempt to cure the  default,  including  personal  contact with the borrower
either by telephone  or in a meeting and  providing  the borrower  with 30 days'
written notice prior to declaration of default.  FHA may deny insurance coverage
if  the  borrower's  nonpayment  is  related  to a  valid  objection  to  faulty
contractor  performance.  In that event,  the master servicer or the servicer or
other entity as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement will seek to
obtain payment by or a judgment against the borrower, and may resubmit the claim
to FHA following that judgment.

                                       58

<PAGE>

FHA MORTGAGE INSURANCE

    The Housing Act authorizes various FHA mortgage insurance programs.  Some of
the mortgage  loans may be insured under either Section  203(b),  Section 234 or
Section 235 of the Housing Act. Under Section 203(b), FHA insures mortgage loans
of up to 30 years'  duration  for the purchase of one- to  four-family  dwelling
units.  Mortgage loans for the purchase of condominium  units are insured by FHA
under Section 234.  Trust assets insured under these programs must bear interest
at a rate not exceeding the maximum rate in effect at the time the loan is made,
as established by HUD, and may not exceed specified percentages of the lesser of
the  appraised  value of the  property  and the sales  price,  less  seller-paid
closing costs for the property,  up to certain specified maximums.  In addition,
FHA imposes initial investment minimums and other requirements on mortgage loans
insured under the Section 203(b) and Section 234 programs.

    Under Section 235,  assistance  payments are paid by HUD to the mortgagee on
behalf  of  eligible  borrowers  for as long  as the  borrowers  continue  to be
eligible for the payments.  To be eligible, a borrower must be part of a family,
have  income  within  the  limits  prescribed  by  HUD at the  time  of  initial
occupancy,  occupy the property and meet  requirements  for  recertification  at
least annually.

    The regulations governing these programs provide that insurance benefits are
payable  either  on  foreclosure,   or  other  acquisition  of  possession,  and
conveyance  of the  mortgaged  premises to HUD or on assignment of the defaulted
mortgage  loan to HUD.  The FHA  insurance  that  may be  provided  under  these
programs  on  the  conveyance  of  the  home  to HUD is  equal  to  100%  of the
outstanding  principal balance of the mortgage loan, plus accrued  interest,  as
described below, and certain additional costs and expenses.  When entitlement to
insurance  benefits  results from  assignment  of the mortgage  loan to HUD, the
insurance  payment is computed as of the date of the assignment and includes the
unpaid principal amount of the mortgage loan plus mortgage  interest accrued and
unpaid to the assignment date.

    When  entitlement to insurance  benefits  results from foreclosure (or other
acquisition of possession) and conveyance, the insurance payment is equal to the
unpaid  principal  amount  of the  mortgage  loan,  adjusted  to  reimburse  the
mortgagee  for certain tax,  insurance  and similar  payments  made by it and to
deduct certain amounts received or retained by the mortgagee after default, plus
reimbursement not to exceed two-thirds of the mortgagee's foreclosure costs. Any
FHA insurance relating to underlying a series of securities will be described in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

VA MORTGAGE GUARANTY

    The Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act of 1944, as amended,  permits a veteran,
or, in certain instances,  his or her spouse, to obtain a mortgage loan guaranty
by the VA, covering mortgage  financing of the purchase of a one- to four-family
dwelling  unit to be occupied as the  veteran's  home,  at an interest  rate not
exceeding  the  maximum  rate  in  effect  at the  time  the  loan is  made,  as
established  by HUD. The program has no limit on the amount of a mortgage  loan,
requires no down payment from the purchaser and permits the guaranty of mortgage
loans with terms, limited by the estimated economic life of the property,  up to
30 years.  The maximum  guaranty that may be issued by the VA under this program
is 50% of the original  principal  amount of the  mortgage  loan up to a certain
dollar limit  established by the VA. The liability on the guaranty is reduced or
increased pro rata with any reduction or increase in the amount of indebtedness,
but in no event will the amount payable on the guaranty exceed the amount of the
original  guaranty.  Regardless of the dollar and percentage  limitations of the
guaranty,  a  mortgagee  will  ordinarily  suffer a monetary  loss only when the
difference   between  the  unsatisfied   indebtedness  and  the  proceeds  of  a
foreclosure sale of mortgaged  premises is greater than the original guaranty as
adjusted.  The VA may, at its option,  and without regard to the guaranty,  make
full payment to a mortgagee of the unsatisfied indebtedness on a mortgage on its
assignment to the VA.

    Since  there is no limit  imposed  by the VA on the  principal  amount  of a
VA-guaranteed  mortgage  loan  but  there  is a limit  on the  amount  of the VA
guaranty,  additional  coverage under a primary mortgage insurance policy may be
required by the depositor for VA loans in excess of certain amounts.  The amount
of any  additional  coverage  will be set forth in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.  Any VA guaranty  relating to underlying a series of securities will
be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                                       59



<PAGE>

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

    The depositor is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GMAC Mortgage Group,
Inc.,  which  is  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  General  Motors   Acceptance
Corporation.  The  depositor  was  incorporated  in the  State  of  Delaware  in
Nopvember 17, 1999.  The  depositor  was  organized  for the limited  purpose of
acquiring  loans and  issuing  securities  backed by such loans.  The  depositor
anticipates  that it will in many cases have acquired loans  indirectly  through
Residential Funding Corporation, which is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
GMAC Mortgage Group,  Inc. The depositor  anticipates that it will in many cases
acquire  loans  from  GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation,  which  is also  an  indirect
wholly-owned  subsidiary of GMAC  Mortgage  Group,  Inc. The depositor  does not
have, nor is it expected in the future to have, any significant assets.

    The  securities  do not  represent  an interest in or an  obligation  of the
depositor.  The depositor's  only obligations for a series of securities will be
the limited representations and warranties made by the depositor or as otherwise
provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The  depositor  maintains  its  principal  office  at 8400  Normandale  Lake
Boulevard,  Suite 600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437.  Its telephone number is
(612) 832-7000.

                         RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION

    If specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  Residential Funding
Corporation,  an affiliate of the depositor,  will act as the master servicer or
the servicer for each series of securities.

    Residential  Funding  Corporation  buys loans under  several  loan  purchase
programs  from  mortgage  loan  originators  or  sellers  nationwide,  including
affiliates,  that meet its seller/servicer eligibility requirements and services
loans for its own  account  and for others.  Residential  Funding  Corporation's
principal executive offices are located at 8400 Normandale Lake Boulevard, Suite
600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437.  Its telephone  number is (612)  832-7000.
Residential  Funding  Corporation  conducts  operations from its headquarters in
Minneapolis  and  from  offices  located  primarily  in  California,  Texas  and
Maryland.

                                 THE AGREEMENTS

    As described in this prospectus under 'Introduction' and 'Description of the
Securities  --  General,'  each series of  certificates  will be issued  under a
pooling and servicing  agreement or trust  agreement,  as  applicable,  and each
series of notes will be issued  under an  indenture,  each as  described in that
section.  In the case of each series of notes,  the  provisions  relating to the
servicing of the loans will be contained  in the related  servicing  agreements.
The following  summaries describe  additional  provisions common to each pooling
and  servicing   agreement  and  trust   agreement   relating  to  a  series  of
certificates, and each indenture and servicing agreement relating to a series of
notes.

  Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

    Each  servicer  or  the  master  servicer,  as  applicable,   will  be  paid
compensation for the performance of its servicing  obligations at the percentage
per annum described in the accompanying prospectus supplement of the outstanding
principal  balance of each loan.  Any  subservicer  will also be entitled to the
servicing fee as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  Except as
otherwise provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer or
the  master  servicer,  if any,  will  deduct  the  servicing  fee for the loans
underlying  the  securities  of a series  in an amount  to be  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The servicing fees may be fixed or variable.
In addition, the master servicer, any servicer or the relevant subservicers,  if
any, will be entitled to servicing  compensation in the form of assumption fees,
late payment  charges or excess  proceeds  following  disposition of property in
connection  with  defaulted  loans and any earnings on  investments  held in the
Payment  Account  or  any  Custodial  Account,  to the  extent  not  applied  as
Compensating  Interest.  Any Excess  Spread or  Excluded  Spread  retained  by a
seller,  the  master  servicer  or  servicer  will  not  constitute  part of the
servicing  fee.  Regardless of the  foregoing,  for a series of securities as to
which the trust includes private  securities,  the  compensation  payable to the
master  servicer  or servicer  for  servicing  and  administering  such  private
securities  on  behalf  of the  holders  of such  securities  may be  based on a
percentage per annum described in the accompanying  prospectus supplement of the
outstanding  balance  of  such  private  securities  and  may be  retained  from
distributions  of interest  thereon,  if stated in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement. In addition,

                                       60

<PAGE>

some  reasonable  duties of the master servicer or the servicer may be performed
by an affiliate  of the master  servicer or the servicer who will be entitled to
compensation for performance of those duties.

    The master servicer or the servicer will pay or cause to be paid some of the
ongoing  expenses  associated  with each trust and incurred by it in  connection
with its  responsibilities  under  the  related  agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  payment  of any fee or other  amount  payable  for any  alternative
credit  enhancement  arrangements,  payment of the fees and disbursements of the
trustee,  any custodian appointed by the trustee, the security registrar and any
paying agent,  and payment of expenses  incurred in enforcing the obligations of
subservicers  and sellers.  The master servicer or the servicer will be entitled
to  reimbursement   of  expenses   incurred  in  enforcing  the  obligations  of
subservicers and sellers under limited circumstances.  In addition, as indicated
in the preceding  section,  the master servicer or the servicer will be entitled
to  reimbursements  for some of the expenses  incurred by it in connection  with
Liquidated Loans and in connection with the restoration of mortgaged properties,
such right of  reimbursement  being  prior to the rights of  securityholders  to
receive any related Liquidation Proceeds, including Insurance Proceeds.

  Evidence as to Compliance

    Each pooling and  servicing  agreement or servicing  agreement  will provide
that the master  servicer or the servicer  will,  for each series of securities,
deliver  to the  trustee,  on or before the date in each year  specified  in the
agreement,  an officer's  certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the master servicer or the servicer during the preceding  calendar year relating
to its  servicing  of loans and its  performance  under  pooling  and  servicing
agreements  or  servicing  agreements,  as  applicable,  including  the  related
agreement, has been made under the supervision of that officer.

  Certain Other Matters Regarding Servicing

    Each servicer or the master servicer, as applicable, may not resign from its
obligations  and duties  under the related  pooling and  servicing  agreement or
servicing  agreement unless each rating agency has confirmed in writing that the
resignation  will not qualify,  reduce or cause to be withdrawn the then current
ratings on the securities  except on a determination  that its duties thereunder
are no longer  permissible  under  applicable  law. No  resignation  will become
effective  until the trustee or a  successor  servicer  or master  servicer  has
assumed the servicer's or the master servicer's obligations and duties under the
related pooling and servicing agreement.

    Each  pooling and  servicing  agreement  or  servicing  agreement  will also
provide  that  neither the  servicer,  the master  servicer,  nor any  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the master  servicer or servicer,  as applicable,
will be under any liability to the trust or the  securityholders  for any action
taken or for  refraining  from taking any action in good faith under the related
agreement, or for errors in judgment.  However, neither the servicer, the master
servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any liability that would
otherwise  be imposed by reason of the  failure to perform  its  obligations  in
compliance  with any  standard of care set forth in the related  agreement.  The
servicer  or the  master  servicer,  as  applicable,  may,  in  its  discretion,
undertake any action that it may deem necessary or desirable with respect to the
servicing  agreement  and the rights and duties of the  parties  thereto and the
interest of the related  securityholders.  The legal  expenses  and costs of the
action  and any  liability  resulting  therefrom  will be  expenses,  costs  and
liabilities  of the  trust  and the  servicer  or the  master  servicer  will be
entitled   to  be   reimbursed   out  of  funds   otherwise   distributable   to
securityholders.

    The master  servicer or the servicer will be required to maintain a fidelity
bond and errors and  omissions  policy for its officers and  employees and other
persons  acting on behalf of the master  servicer or the servicer in  connection
with its activities under the related servicing agreement.

    A servicer or the master servicer may have other business relationships with
the company, any seller or their affiliates.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

  Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Servicing Agreement

    Events of default  under the related  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or
servicing agreement for a series of securities will include:

                                       61



<PAGE>

     any failure by the servicer or master  servicer to make a required  deposit
     to the Custodial  Account or the Payment Account or, if the master servicer
     or servicer is the paying agent,  to distribute to the holders of any class
     of  securities  of  that  series  any  required   payment  which  continues
     unremedied  for five days after the giving of written notice of the failure
     to the master servicer or the servicer by the trustee or the depositor,  or
     to the master  servicer or the  servicer,  the depositor and the trustee by
     the holders of securities of such class evidencing not less than 25% of the
     aggregate  percentage  interests  constituting  that  class  or the  credit
     enhancer, if applicable;

     any failure by the master  servicer or servicer  duly to observe or perform
     in any material  respect any other of its  covenants or  agreements  in the
     related agreement for that series of securities which continues  unremedied
     for a period of not more than 45 days,  or 15 days in the case of a failure
     to pay the  premium  for any  insurance  policy  which  is  required  to be
     maintained  under the  related  servicing  agreement,  after the  giving of
     written notice of the failure to the master servicer or the servicer by the
     trustee  or the  depositor,  or to the master  servicer  or  servicer,  the
     depositor and the trustee by the holders of any class of securities of that
     series  evidencing not less than 25%, 33% in the case of a trust  including
     private  securities or a majority in the case of a series of notes,  of the
     aggregate  percentage  interests  constituting  that  class,  or the credit
     enhancer, if applicable; and

     some events of insolvency,  bankruptcy or similar proceedings regarding the
     master  servicer or servicer and certain  actions by the master servicer or
     servicer indicating its insolvency or inability to pay its obligations.

    A default  under the terms of any private  securities  included in any trust
will not constitute an event of default under the related agreement.

    So long as an event of  default  remains  unremedied,  except  as  otherwise
provided  for in the related  agreement  with  respect to any third party credit
enhancer,  either the depositor or the trustee may, and, in the case of an event
of default  under a pooling and  servicing  agreement,  at the  direction of the
holders  of  securities  evidencing  not less than 51% of the  aggregate  voting
rights in the related trust,  the trustee shall, by written  notification to the
master  servicer or servicer and to the depositor or the trustee,  terminate all
of the rights and  obligations  of the master  servicer  or  servicer  under the
related  agreement,  other than any rights of the master servicer or servicer as
securityholder, and, in the case of termination under a servicing agreement, the
right to receive servicing compensation, expenses for servicing the trust assets
during any period prior to the date of that termination, and other reimbursement
of amounts the master  servicer or the servicer is entitled to withdraw from the
Custodial  Account.  The  trustee  or, on notice to the  depositor  and with the
depositor's consent, its designee will succeed to all  responsibilities,  duties
and  liabilities  of the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  under the  related
agreement, other than the obligation to purchase loans under some circumstances,
and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.  If the trustee would
be obligated to succeed the master  servicer or the servicer but is unwilling so
to act,  it may  appoint  or if it is  unable  so to act,  it shall  appoint  or
petition a court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment  of, a Fannie
Mae-or Freddie Mac-approved  mortgage servicing  institution with a net worth of
at least  $10,000,000 to act as successor to the master servicer or the servicer
under the  related  agreement,  unless  otherwise  set  forth in the  agreement.
Pending  appointment,  the trustee is  obligated  to act in that  capacity.  The
trustee and such successor may agree on the servicing  compensation  to be paid,
which in no event may be greater  than the  compensation  to the initial  master
servicer or the servicer under the related agreement.

    No  securityholder  will  have  any  right  under a  pooling  and  servicing
agreement to institute any proceeding  with respect to the pooling and servicing
agreement, except as otherwise provided for in the related pooling and servicing
agreement with respect to the credit enhancer,  unless the holder previously has
given to the trustee written notice of default and the  continuance  thereof and
unless the holders of  securities of any class  evidencing  not less than 25% of
the aggregate  percentage  interests  constituting  that class have made written
request upon the trustee to institute the  proceeding in its own name as trustee
thereunder and have offered to the trustee reasonable  indemnity and the trustee
for 60 days after  receipt of the request and indemnity has neglected or refused
to institute any proceeding. However, the trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of the trusts or powers  vested in it by the pooling and  servicing
agreement or to  institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation  thereunder or in
relation  thereto at the  request,  order or  direction of any of the holders of
securities  covered  by  the  pooling  and  servicing   agreement,   unless  the
securityholders  have  offered to the trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity
against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  which may be incurred  therein or
thereby.

                                       62


<PAGE>

  Indenture

    An event of default under the  indenture  for each series of notes,  in most
cases, will include:

     default for five days or more in the payment of any principal of or
     interest on any note of the series;

     failure to perform any other  covenant of the depositor or the trust in the
     indenture  which continues for a period of thirty days after notice of that
     failure  is  given  in  accordance  with the  procedures  described  in the
     accompanying prospectus supplement;

     any  representation  or warranty  made by the depositor or the trust in the
     indenture or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant thereto
     or in  connection  therewith  as to or  affecting  the series  having  been
     incorrect in a material  respect as of the time made, and the breach is not
     cured within  thirty days after notice of that error is given in accordance
     with the procedures  described in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement;
     and

     certain bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar events relating to the depositor
     or the trust.

    If an event of default as to the notes of any series at the time outstanding
occurs  and  is  continuing,   either  the  trustee,  the  credit  enhancer,  if
applicable,  or the  holders of a  majority  of the then  aggregate  outstanding
amount  of the  notes of the  series  with the  written  consent  of the  credit
enhancer may declare the principal  amount,  or, if the notes of that series are
accrual notes,  that portion of the principal  amount as may be specified in the
terms of that  series,  of all the  notes of the  series  to be due and  payable
immediately.  That declaration may, under some  circumstances,  be rescinded and
annulled  by the holders of a majority in  aggregate  outstanding  amount of the
related notes.

    If,  following an event of default for any series of notes, the notes of the
series  have been  declared  to be due and  payable,  the  trustee  may,  in its
discretion,  or, if directed in writing by the credit enhancer, will, regardless
of that acceleration,  elect to maintain  possession of the collateral  securing
the notes of that series and to continue to apply payments on that collateral as
if there had been no declaration of acceleration if that collateral continues to
provide  sufficient  funds for the payment of  principal  of and interest on the
notes of the  series  as they  would  have  become  due if there  had not been a
declaration.  In addition,  the trustee may not sell or otherwise  liquidate the
collateral securing the notes of a series following an event of default, unless:

     the holders of 100% of the then aggregate outstanding amount of the notes
     of the series consent to that sale,

     the proceeds of the sale or  liquidation  are sufficient to pay in full the
     principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid, on the outstanding notes
     of the series, and to reimburse the credit enhancer, if applicable,  at the
     date of that sale, or

     the trustee  determines  that the collateral  would not be sufficient on an
     ongoing basis to make all payments on those notes as those  payments  would
     have become due if those notes had not been  declared due and payable,  and
     the  trustee  obtains  the  consent  of the  holders of 66 2/3% of the then
     aggregate  outstanding  amount of the notes of the  series  and the  credit
     enhancer, if applicable.

    In the event that the trustee  liquidates the collateral in connection  with
an event of default,  the indenture  provides that the trustee will have a prior
lien on the  proceeds of that  liquidation  for unpaid fees and  expenses.  As a
result,  on the  occurrence of that event of default,  the amount  available for
payments to the securityholders  would be less than would otherwise be the case.
However,  the trustee may not institute a proceeding for the  enforcement of its
lien except in connection  with a proceeding for the  enforcement of the lien of
the indenture for the benefit of the securityholders  after the occurrence of an
event of default.

    If  stated  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  in the  event the
principal of the notes of a series is declared due and payable,  as described in
the second  preceding  paragraph,  the holders of any notes issued at a discount
from par may be entitled  to receive no more than an amount  equal to the unpaid
principal  amount  of  those  notes  less the  amount  of the  discount  that is
unamortized.

    In most  cases,  no  noteholder  will have any right under an  indenture  to
institute any proceeding in connection with the agreement unless:

     the holder previously has given to the trustee written notice of default
     and the continuance of that default,

                                       63


<PAGE>

     the holders of securities of any class  evidencing not less than 25% of the
     aggregate percentage interests constituting the class (1) have made written
     request upon the trustee to institute  that  proceeding  in its own name as
     trustee   thereunder  and  (2)  have  offered  to  the  trustee  reasonable
     indemnity,

     the trustee has neglected or refused to institute that proceeding for 60
     days after receipt of that request and indemnity, and

     no direction  inconsistent  with that written request has been given to the
     trustee  during  that 60 day period by the  holders  of a  majority  of the
     security  balances of that class,  except as otherwise  provided for in the
     related agreement regarding the credit enhancer.

    However,  the trustee  will be under no  obligation  to exercise  any of the
trusts  or powers  vested in it by the  applicable  agreement  or to  institute,
conduct  or defend  any  litigation  thereunder  or in  relation  thereto at the
request,  order or direction of any of the holders of securities  covered by the
agreement,  unless the  securityholders  have offered to the trustee  reasonable
security or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be
incurred in or by exercise of that power.

AMENDMENT

    In  most  cases,  each  agreement  may  be  amended  by the  parties  to the
agreement,  except as  otherwise  provided  for in the  related  agreement  with
respect  to  the  credit   enhancer,   without   the   consent  of  the  related
securityholders:

     to cure any ambiguity;

     to correct or supplement any provision therein which may be inconsistent
     with any other provision therein or to correct any error;

     to change the timing and/or nature of deposits in the Custodial  Account or
     the Payment Account or to change the name in which the Custodial Account is
     maintained,  except that (a) deposits to the Payment  Account may not occur
     later than the related  distribution date, (b) the change may not adversely
     affect in any  material  respect the  interests of any  securityholder,  as
     evidenced  by an opinion of counsel,  and (c) the change may not  adversely
     affect  the  then-current  rating of any rated  classes of  securities,  as
     evidenced by a letter from each applicable rating agency;

     if an  election  to treat  the  related  trust as a 'real  estate  mortgage
     investment conduit' or, REMIC has been made, to modify, eliminate or add to
     any of  its  provisions  (a)  to  the  extent  necessary  to  maintain  the
     qualification  of the trust as a REMIC or to avoid or minimize  the risk of
     imposition of any tax on the related  trust,  provided that the trustee has
     received  an  opinion  of  counsel  to the  effect  that (1) the  action is
     necessary or desirable  to maintain  qualification  or to avoid or minimize
     that risk,  and (2) the action will not  adversely  affect in any  material
     respect the interests of any related  securityholder,  or (b) to modify the
     provisions   regarding   the   transferability   of  the   REMIC   Residual
     Certificates,  provided that the depositor has  determined  that the change
     would not  adversely  affect the  applicable  ratings of any classes of the
     certificates,  as evidenced by a letter from each applicable rating agency,
     and that any such  amendment will not give rise to any tax for the transfer
     of the REMIC Residual Certificates to a non-permitted transferee;

     to make any other  provisions  for matters or questions  arising  under the
     related   agreement  which  are  not  materially   inconsistent   with  its
     provisions, so long as the action will not adversely affect in any material
     respect the interests of any securityholder; or

     to amend any provision that is not material to holders of any class of
     related securities.

    In most  cases,  each  agreement  may also be amended by the  parties to the
agreement,  except as  otherwise  provided  for in the  related  agreement  with
respect to the credit enhancer, with the consent of the holders of securities of
each  class  affected  thereby  evidencing  not less than 66%,  in the case of a
series of  securities  issued  under a pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  or a
majority,  in the case of a series of securities  issued under an indenture,  of
the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of securities of that class for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the  provisions  of the related  agreement  or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the related  securityholders,  except that no such  amendment  may (i)
reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments received on
loans which are required to be  distributed  on a security of any class  without
the consent of the holder of the security, (ii) adversely affect

                                       64


<PAGE>

in any material  respect the interests of the holders of any class of securities
in a manner other than as described in the preceding clause, without the consent
of the holders of securities of that class  evidencing not less than 66%, in the
case of a series of securities  issued under a pooling and servicing  agreement,
or a majority,  in the case of a series of securities issued under an indenture,
of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the securities of each class of
that  series  affected  by that  amendment  or (iii)  reduce the  percentage  of
securities of any class the holders of which are required to consent to any such
amendment  unless the holders of all  securities of that class have consented to
the change in the percentage.

    Regardless of the foregoing,  if a REMIC election has been made with respect
to the  related  trust,  the  trustee  will not be  entitled  to  consent to any
amendment to a pooling and servicing  agreement without having first received an
opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment or the exercise of any power
granted to the master  servicer,  the servicer,  the depositor or the trustee in
accordance  with the amendment will not result in the imposition of a tax on the
related trust or cause the trust to fail to qualify as a REMIC.

TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF SECURITIES

    The  primary  obligations  created by the trust  agreement  or  pooling  and
servicing  agreement  for each  series of  certificates  will  terminate  on the
payment  to the  related  securityholders  of all  amounts  held in the  Payment
Account or by the master servicer or any servicer and required to be paid to the
securityholders following the earlier of

     the final payment or other liquidation or disposition,  or any Advance with
     respect thereto, of the last loan subject thereto and all property acquired
     on foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure of any loan, and

     the purchase by the master  servicer,  the servicer or the depositor or, if
     specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  by the holder of the
     REMIC Residual Certificates (see 'Material Federal Income Tax Consequences'
     below) from the trust, or from the special  purpose entity,  if applicable,
     for such series of all remaining loans and all property  acquired  relating
     to the loans.

    Any option to purchase described in the second item above will be limited to
cases in which the aggregate Stated Principal  Balance of the remaining loans is
less  than or  equal  to ten  percent  (10%)  of the  initial  aggregate  Stated
Principal  Balance  of the  loans.  In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the master
servicer,  the servicer,  or the  depositor may have the option to purchase,  in
whole but not in part, the securities  specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement in the manner described in the accompanying prospectus supplement. At
the time of the purchase of such  securities or at any time  thereafter,  at the
option of the master servicer, the servicer, or the depositor,  the loans may be
sold,  thereby  effecting a retirement of the securities and the  termination of
the trust,  or the  securities  so purchased may be held or resold by the master
servicer,  the servicer, or the depositor.  Written notice of termination of the
related  agreement  will  be  given  to  each  securityholder,   and  the  final
distribution  will be made only at the time of the surrender and cancellation of
the  securities  at an office or agency  appointed by the trustee  which will be
specified in the notice of termination.  If the securityholders are permitted to
terminate the trust under the applicable agreement,  a penalty may be imposed on
the  securityholders  based on the fee  that  would be  foregone  by the  master
servicer or the servicer, as applicable, because of the related termination.

    Any  purchase  described  in the  preceding  paragraph of loans and property
acquired relating to the loans evidenced by a series of securities shall be made
at the option of the master servicer, servicer, depositor or, if applicable, the
holder  of the  REMIC  Residual  Certificates  at  the  price  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The exercise of that right will effect early
retirement  of the  securities  of that  series,  but the right of any entity to
purchase the loans and related property will be in accordance with the criteria,
and will be at the price, set forth in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.
Early  termination  in this manner may adversely  affect the yield to holders of
some  classes  of the  securities.  If a  REMIC  election  has  been  made,  the
termination  of the related trust will be effected in a manner  consistent  with
applicable federal income tax regulations and its status as a REMIC.

    In addition to the optional repurchase of the property in the related trust,
if stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  a holder of the Call Class
will have the right,  solely at its  discretion,  to terminate the related trust
and thereby  effect early  retirement of the  securities  of the series,  on any
distribution date after the 12th distribution date following the date of initial
issuance  of the  related  series  of  securities  and  until  the date when the
optional  termination  rights of the master  servicer  or the  servicer  and the
depositor become exercisable.

                                       65


<PAGE>

The Call Class will not be offered  under the  prospectus  supplement.  Any such
call will be of the entire trust at one time;  multiple  calls for any series of
securities  will not be  permitted.  In the case of a call,  the  holders of the
securities  will be paid a price equal to the Call Price.  To exercise the call,
the  holder  of the  Call  Security  must  remit  to  the  related  trustee  for
distribution to the certificateholders,  funds equal to the Call Price. If those
funds are not deposited with the related trustee,  the securities of that series
will remain outstanding.  In addition,  in the case of a trust for which a REMIC
election or elections  have been made,  this  termination  will be effected in a
manner consistent with applicable  Federal income tax regulations and its status
as a REMIC.  In  connection  with a call by the holder of a Call  Security,  the
final payment to the certificateholders will be made at the time of surrender of
the related securities to the trustee. Once the securities have been surrendered
and paid in full, there will not be any further liability to certificateholders.

    The indenture  will be  discharged as to a series of notes,  except for some
continuing rights specified in the indenture, at the time of the distribution to
noteholders of all amounts required to be distributed under the indenture.

THE TRUSTEE

    The trustee  under each pooling and servicing  agreement or trust  agreement
under which a series of certificates is issued will be named in the accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The commercial bank or trust company serving as trustee
may have normal banking  relationships with the depositor and/or its affiliates,
including Residential Funding Corporation and GMAC Mortgage Corporation.

    The trustee may resign at any time,  in which  event the  depositor  will be
obligated  to appoint a successor  trustee.  The  depositor  may also remove the
trustee if the trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as trustee  under the
related agreement or if the trustee becomes  insolvent.  After becoming aware of
those  circumstances,  the  depositor  will be  obligated to appoint a successor
trustee.  The  trustee  may  also  be  removed  at any  time by the  holders  of
securities  evidencing  not less than 51% of the aggregate  voting rights in the
related trust.  Any  resignation or removal of the trustee and  appointment of a
successor  trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor trustee.

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

    The  owner  trustee  under  the  trust   agreement  will  be  named  in  the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving
as owner trustee may have normal banking relationships with the depositor and/or
its  affiliates,  including  Residential  Funding  Corporation and GMAC Mortgage
Corporation.

    The owner trustee may resign at any time, in which case the Administrator or
the indenture  trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor owner trustee as
described in the agreements. The Administrator or the indenture trustee may also
remove the owner trustee if the owner trustee  ceases to be eligible to continue
as such under the trust  agreement or if the owner  trustee  becomes  insolvent.
After becoming aware of those circumstances,  the Administrator or the indenture
trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor owner trustee.  Any resignation
or removal of the owner  trustee and  appointment  of a successor  owner trustee
will not become  effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the successor
owner trustee.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

    The indenture  trustee under the indenture will be named in the accompanying
prospectus supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving as indenture
trustee may have normal  banking  relationships  with the  depositor  and/or its
affiliates,   including   Residential  Funding  Corporation  and  GMAC  Mortgage
Corporation.

    The indenture  trustee may resign at any time, in which case the  depositor,
the owner trustee or the Administrator  will be obligated to appoint a successor
indenture  trustee as  described  in the  indenture.  The  depositor,  the owner
trustee or the  Administrator  as described in the indenture may also remove the
indenture  trustee if the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as
such under the indenture or if the indenture  trustee becomes  insolvent.  After
becoming aware of those circumstances,  the depositor,  the owner trustee or the
Administrator  will be obligated to appoint a successor  indenture  trustee.  If
stated in the indenture,  the indenture  trustee may also be removed at any time
by the holders of a majority by principal balance of the notes. Any

                                       66


<PAGE>

resignation or removal of the indenture  trustee and  appointment of a successor
indenture  trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor indenture trustee.

                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

    The yield to  maturity  of a security  will  depend on the price paid by the
holder for the  security,  the  pass-through  rate on any  security  entitled to
payments  of  interest,  which  pass-through  rate  may  vary if  stated  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and the  rate  and  timing  of  principal
payments on the loans,  including  payments in excess of required  installments,
prepayments or terminations,  liquidations and repurchases,  the rate and timing
of Draws in the case of revolving  credit loans, and the allocation of principal
payments to reduce the  principal  balance of the  security  or notional  amount
thereof, if applicable.

    In general,  defaults on loans are expected to occur with greater  frequency
in their  early  years.  The rate of  default  on cash  out  refinance,  limited
documentation  or no  documentation  mortgage loans,  and on loans with high LTV
ratios or combined LTV ratios, as applicable, may be higher than for other types
of loans. Likewise, the rate of default on loans that have been originated under
lower  than  traditional   underwriting  standards  may  be  higher  than  those
originated under traditional  standards.  A trust may include loans that are one
month or more  delinquent  at the time of  offering  of the  related  series  of
securities or which have recently been several  months  delinquent.  The rate of
default on delinquent  loans or loans with a recent  history of  delinquency  is
more  likely to be higher  than the rate of default on loans that have a current
payment status.  In addition,  the rate and timing of prepayments,  defaults and
liquidations on the loans will be affected by the general economic  condition of
the  region  of the  country  or the  locality  in which the  related  mortgaged
properties  are  located.  The risk of  delinquencies  and loss is  greater  and
prepayments  are less likely in regions  where a weak or  deteriorating  economy
exists, as may be evidenced by, among other factors,  increasing unemployment or
falling property values.  The risk of loss may also be greater on loans with LTV
ratios  or  combined  LTV  ratios  greater  than  80% and no  primary  insurance
policies.  The  yield on any class of  securities  and the  timing of  principal
payments on that class may also be affected by modifications or actions that may
be taken or  approved  by the  master  servicer,  the  servicer  or any of their
affiliates  as  described  in  this   prospectus   under   'Description  of  the
Securities-Servicing  and  Administration  of Loans,' in connection  with a loan
that is in default, or if a default is reasonably foreseeable.

    The risk of loss on loans  made on loans  secured  by  mortgaged  properties
located in Puerto Rico may be greater  than on loans that are made to  borrowers
who are United  States  residents and citizens or that are secured by properties
located in the United  States.  See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans' in this
prospectus.

    Because of the  uncertainty,  delays and costs that may be  associated  with
realizing on  collateral  securing the Mexico Loans,  as well as the  additional
risks of a decline in the value and marketability of the collateral, the risk of
loss for  Mexico  Loans  may be  greater  than for  mortgage  loans  secured  by
mortgaged  properties  located in the United  States.  The risk of loss on loans
made to international  borrowers may be greater than loans that are made to U.S.
borrowers located in the United States. See 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans'
in this prospectus.

    The  application  of any  withholding  tax on payments  made by borrowers of
Mexico  Loans  residing  outside of the United  States may  increase the risk of
default because the borrower may have qualified for the loan on the basis of the
lower mortgage payment,  and may have difficulty  making the increased  payments
required to cover the withholding  tax payments.  The application of withholding
tax may increase the risk of loss because the applicable taxing  authorities may
be permitted to place a lien on the mortgaged  property or  effectively  prevent
the  transfer of an  interest in the  mortgaged  property  until any  delinquent
withholding taxes have been paid.

    To the extent that any document  relating to a loan is not in the possession
of the trustee, the deficiency may make it difficult or impossible to realize on
the mortgaged property in the event of foreclosure, which will affect the timing
and the amount of Liquidation Proceeds received by the Trustee. See 'Description
of the Securities -- Assignment of Loans' in this prospectus.

    The amount of interest payments on a loans distributed monthly to holders of
a class of securities  entitled to payments of interest will be  calculated,  or
accrued in the case of deferred interest or accrual securities,  on the basis of
that class's specified percentage of each payment of interest, or accrual in the
case of accrual  securities,  and will be  expressed as a fixed,  adjustable  or
variable  pass-through  rate  payable on the  outstanding  principal  balance or
notional  amount of the security,  or any  combination  of  pass-through  rates,
calculated as described in

                                       67



<PAGE>

this prospectus and in the accompanying prospectus supplement under 'Description
of the Securities -- Distributions of Principal and Interest on the Securities.'
Holders of strip securities or a class of securities  having a pass-through rate
that varies based on the weighted  average interest rate of the underlying loans
will be affected by disproportionate prepayments and repurchases of loans having
higher net interest rates or higher rates applicable to the strip securities, as
applicable.

    The  effective  yield to maturity to each holder of  securities  entitled to
payments of interest  will be below that  otherwise  produced by the  applicable
pass-through  rate and purchase  price of the security  because,  while interest
will accrue on each loan from the first day of each month,  the  distribution of
interest will be made on the 25th day or, if the 25th day is not a business day,
the next  succeeding  business day, of the month  following the month of accrual
or, in the case of a trust including private securities,  such other day that is
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    A class of  securities  may be  entitled to payments of interest at a fixed,
variable or adjustable  pass-through  rate, or any  combination of  pass-through
rates, each as specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  A variable
pass-through  rate may be  calculated  based on the weighted  average of the Net
Loan Rates, net of servicing fees and any Excess Spread or Excluded  Spread,  of
the  related  loan or  certain  balances  thereof  for the month  preceding  the
distribution  date.  An  adjustable  pass-through  rate  may  be  calculated  by
reference to an index or otherwise.

    The aggregate  payments of interest on a class of securities,  and the yield
to maturity thereon, will be affected by the rate of payment of principal on the
securities,  or the rate of  reduction  in the  notional  amount  of  securities
entitled to payments of interest only, and, in the case of securities evidencing
interests in ARM loans,  by changes in the Net Loan Rates on the ARM loans.  See
'Maturity and Prepayment Considerations' below. The yield on the securities will
also be affected by  liquidations of loans  following  borrower  defaults and by
purchases  of loans in the event of  breaches  of  representations  made for the
loans by the  depositor,  the master  servicer or the  servicer  and others,  or
conversions  of ARM loans to a fixed  interest  rate.  See  'Description  of the
Securities -- Representations with Respect to Loans' in this prospectus.

    In general, if a security is purchased at a premium over its face amount and
payments  of  principal  on  the  related  loan  occur  at a  rate  faster  than
anticipated at the time of purchase,  the  purchaser's  actual yield to maturity
will be lower than that assumed at the time of purchase. On the other hand, if a
class of securities is purchased at a discount from its face amount and payments
of principal on the related loan occur at a rate slower than  anticipated at the
time of purchase,  the  purchaser's  actual yield to maturity will be lower than
assumed.  The effect of Principal  Prepayments,  liquidations  and  purchases on
yield  will be  particularly  significant  in the case of a class of  securities
entitled to payments of interest only or disproportionate  payments of interest.
In addition,  the total return to investors of securities  evidencing a right to
distributions  of interest at a rate that is based on the  weighted  average Net
Loan Rate of the loans from time to time will be adversely affected by principal
prepayments on loans with loan rates higher than the weighted  average loan rate
on the loans.  In general,  loans with higher loan rates prepay at a faster rate
than loans with lower loan rates. In some  circumstances,  rapid prepayments may
result in the failure of the holders to recoup  their  original  investment.  In
addition,  the  yield to  maturity  on other  types of  classes  of  securities,
including  accrual   securities,   securities  with  a  pass-through  rate  that
fluctuates  inversely  with or at a multiple  of an index or other  classes in a
series  including  more than one class of  securities,  may be  relatively  more
sensitive to the rate of  prepayment  on the related loans than other classes of
securities.

    The outstanding  principal  balances of revolving  credit loans,  closed-end
home equity loans, home improvement contracts and Home Loans are, in most cases,
much  smaller  than  traditional  first lien  mortgage  loan  balances,  and the
original  terms to maturity of those loans and  contracts are often shorter than
those of traditional first lien mortgage loans. As a result, changes in interest
rates will not affect the monthly  payments on those loans or  contracts  to the
same degree  that  changes in  mortgage  interest  rates will affect the monthly
payments on traditional first lien mortgage loans.  Consequently,  the effect of
changes in prevailing  interest rates on the prepayment  rates on  shorter-term,
smaller  balance  loans and contracts may not be similar to the effects of those
changes on  traditional  first lien mortgage  loan  prepayment  rates,  or those
effects  may be  similar  to the  effects  of those  changes  on  mortgage  loan
prepayment rates, but to a smaller degree.

    The timing of changes in the rate of principal payments on or repurchases of
the loans may significantly affect an investor's actual yield to maturity,  even
if the average rate of principal  payments  experienced  over time is consistent
with an  investor's  expectation.  In  general,  the  earlier  a  prepayment  of
principal on the loans or a

                                       68


<PAGE>

repurchase of loans,  the greater will be the effect on an  investor's  yield to
maturity.  As a result,  the effect on an investor's yield of principal payments
and repurchases occurring at a rate higher or lower than the rate anticipated by
the investor during the period immediately following the issuance of a series of
securities  would not be fully offset by a subsequent like reduction or increase
in the rate of principal payments.

    When a full  prepayment is made on a loan, the borrower is charged  interest
on the  principal  amount of the loan so  prepaid  for the number of days in the
month  actually  elapsed  up to the  date of the  prepayment,  at a  daily  rate
determined  by  dividing  the  loan  rate by 365.  Prepayments  in full or final
liquidations  of  loans  in  most  cases  may  reduce  the  amount  of  interest
distributed  in the  following  month  to  holders  of  securities  entitled  to
distributions of interest if the resulting  Prepayment Interest Shortfall is not
covered  by  Compensating  Interest.  See  'Description  of  the  Securities  --
Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.' A partial prepayment of principal is applied so
as to reduce the  outstanding  principal  balance of the related  mortgage loan,
other than a revolving  credit  loan,  as of the first day of the month in which
the  partial  prepayment  is  received.  As a  result,  the  effect of a partial
prepayment on a mortgage loan,  other than a revolving  credit loan,  will be to
reduce the amount of interest  distributed to holders of securities in the month
following  the  receipt  of the  partial  prepayment  by an amount  equal to one
month's  interest at the applicable  pass-through  rate or Net Loan Rate, as the
case  may  be,  on the  prepaid  amount  if such  shortfall  is not  covered  by
Compensating Interest. See 'Description of the Securities -- Prepayment Interest
Shortfalls.'  Neither  full or partial  Principal  Prepayments  nor  Liquidation
Proceeds will be distributed  until the distribution date in the month following
receipt. See 'Maturity and Prepayment Considerations.'

    For some loans,  including  revolving  credit loans and ARM loans,  the loan
rate at  origination  may be below the rate that  would  result if the index and
margin  relating  thereto  were  applied at  origination.  Under the  applicable
underwriting  standards,  the  borrower  under each of the  loans,  other than a
revolving  credit loan,  usually will be qualified on the basis of the loan rate
in effect at origination, and borrowers under revolving credit loans are usually
qualified based on an assumed payment which reflects a rate significantly  lower
than the maximum  rate.  The repayment of any such loan may thus be dependent on
the ability of the  borrower  to make  larger  monthly  payments  following  the
adjustment  of the loan rate. In addition,  the periodic  increase in the amount
paid by the borrower of a Buy-Down  Loan during or at the end of the  applicable
Buy-Down  Period may create a greater  financial  burden for the  borrower,  who
might  not  have  otherwise  qualified  for  a  mortgage  under  the  applicable
underwriting  guidelines,  and may accordingly  increase the risk of default for
the related loan.

    For any loans secured by junior liens on the related mortgaged property, the
inability of the borrower to pay off the balance  thereof may affect the ability
of the  borrower to obtain  refinancing  of any  related  senior  loan,  thereby
preventing a potential improvement in the borrower's circumstances. Furthermore,
unless stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  under the applicable
agreement  the master  servicer or the servicer may be  restricted or prohibited
from  consenting to any  refinancing of any related  senior loan,  which in turn
could adversely affect the borrower's circumstances or result in a prepayment or
default under the corresponding loan.

    The  holder of a loan  secured  by a junior  lien on the  related  mortgaged
property  will be  subject to a loss of its  mortgage  if the holder of a senior
mortgage is successful in foreclosure  of its mortgage and its claim,  including
any related  foreclosure  costs,  is not paid in full,  since no junior liens or
encumbrances survive such a foreclosure. Also, due to the priority of the senior
mortgage, the holder of a loan secured by a junior lien on the related mortgaged
property  may not be able to control  the  timing,  method or  procedure  of any
foreclosure action relating to the mortgaged property. Investors should be aware
that any liquidation,  insurance or condemnation  proceeds  received relating to
any loans  secured by junior  liens on the related  mortgaged  property  will be
available  to satisfy the  outstanding  balance of such loans only to the extent
that the claims of the holders of the senior  mortgages  have been  satisfied in
full, including any related foreclosure costs. For loans secured by junior liens
that have low  junior  mortgage  ratios,  foreclosure  costs may be  substantial
relative to the outstanding balance of the loan, and therefore the amount of any
Liquidation Proceeds available to securityholders may be smaller as a percentage
of the outstanding  balance of the loan than would be the case in a typical pool
of first lien residential loans. In addition,  the holder of a loan secured by a
junior lien on the related mortgaged property may only foreclose on the property
securing  the related loan  subject to any senior  mortgages,  in which case the
holder  must  either pay the entire  amount due on the senior  mortgages  to the
senior  mortgagees  at or  prior  to  the  foreclosure  sale  or  undertake  the
obligation to make payments on the senior mortgages.

    Depending upon the use of the revolving credit line and the payment
patterns, during the repayment period, a borrower may be obligated to make
payments that are higher than the borrower originally qualified for. Some

                                       69

<PAGE>

of the revolving credit loans are not expected to  significantly  amortize prior
to maturity.  As a result, a borrower will, in these cases, be required to pay a
substantial  principal  amount  at the  maturity  of a  revolving  credit  loan.
Similarly,  a borrower  of a Balloon  Loan will be  required  to pay the Balloon
Amount  at   maturity.   Those  loans  pose  a  greater  risk  of  default  than
fully-amortizing   loans,   because  the  borrower's  ability  to  make  such  a
substantial  payment at  maturity  will in most cases  depend on the  borrower's
ability to obtain  refinancing of those loans or to sell the mortgaged  property
prior to the maturity of the loan. The ability to obtain refinancing will depend
on a number of factors  prevailing at the time  refinancing or sale is required,
including,  without limitation,  the borrower's personal economic circumstances,
the borrower's  equity in the related  mortgaged  property,  real estate values,
prevailing  market interest rates,  tax laws and national and regional  economic
conditions. None of the seller, the depositor,  Residential Funding Corporation,
GMAC  Mortgage  Group,  Inc. or any of their  affiliates  will be  obligated  to
refinance or repurchase any loan or to sell any mortgaged property,  unless that
obligation is specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    The loan  rates on ARM  loans  that are  subject  to  negative  amortization
typically   adjust  monthly  and  their   amortization   schedules  adjust  less
frequently.  Because  initial loan rates are typically lower than the sum of the
indices applicable at origination and the related Note Margins,  during a period
of rising interest rates as well as immediately after origination, the amount of
interest  accruing on the principal balance of those loans may exceed the amount
of the scheduled monthly payment. As a result, a portion of the accrued interest
on negatively  amortizing loans may become deferred interest which will be added
to their  principal  balance and will bear interest at the applicable loan rate.
Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  revolving
credit loans will not be subject to negative amortization.

    The  addition  of any  deferred  interest  to the  principal  balance of any
related  class of  securities  will  lengthen the weighted  average life of that
class  of  securities  and may  adversely  affect  yield  to  holders  of  those
securities.   In   addition,   for  ARM  loans  that  are  subject  to  negative
amortization,  during a period of declining interest rates, it might be expected
that each  scheduled  monthly  payment on such a loan would exceed the amount of
scheduled principal and accrued interest on its principal balance, and since the
excess will be applied to reduce the  principal  balance of the related class or
classes of securities,  the weighted  average life of those  securities  will be
reduced and may adversely affect yield to holders thereof.

    If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a trust may contain GPM
Loans,  GEM Loans or Buy-Down  Loans that have monthly  payments  that  increase
during the first few years following  origination.  Borrowers in most cases will
be qualified for such loans on the basis of the initial monthly payment.  To the
extent that the related  borrower's income does not increase at the same rate as
the monthly  payment,  such a loan may be more likely to default than a mortgage
loan with level monthly payments.

    If credit  enhancement for a series of securities is provided by a letter of
credit,  insurance policy or bond that is issued or guaranteed by an entity that
suffers financial difficulty,  such credit enhancement may not provide the level
of support that was anticipated at the time an investor  purchased its security.
In the event of a default  under  the  terms of a letter  of  credit,  insurance
policy or bond,  any  Realized  Losses on the loans not  covered  by the  credit
enhancement will be applied to a series of securities in the manner described in
the accompanying  prospectus supplement and may reduce an investor's anticipated
yield to maturity.

    The  accompanying   prospectus   supplement  may  set  forth  other  factors
concerning  the loans  securing a series of  securities or the structure of such
series that will affect the yield on the securities.

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

    As indicated above under 'The Trusts,' the original terms to maturity of the
loans in a given trust will vary  depending on the type of loans included in the
trust.  The  prospectus  supplement  for a series  of  securities  will  contain
information for the types and maturities of the loans in the related trust.  The
prepayment  experience,  the timing and rate of  repurchases  and the timing and
amount of  liquidations  for the related loans will affect the life and yield of
the related series of securities.

    If the related  agreement for a series of securities  provides for a Funding
Account or other  means of  funding  the  transfer  of  additional  loans to the
related  trust,  as described  under  'Description  of the Securities -- Funding
Account',  and the trust is unable to acquire any  additional  loans  within any
applicable time limit,  the amounts set aside for such purpose may be applied as
principal distributions on one or more classes of securities of such series.

                                       70


<PAGE>

    Prepayments on loans are commonly measured relative to a prepayment standard
or model.  The prospectus  supplement for each series of securities may describe
one or more  prepayment  standard or model and may contain  tables setting forth
the  projected  yields to maturity on each class of  securities  or the weighted
average  life of each class of  securities  and the  percentage  of the original
principal  amount of each  class of  securities  of that  series  that  would be
outstanding on specified  payment dates for the series based on the  assumptions
stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  including  assumptions that
prepayments on the loans are made at rates  corresponding to various percentages
of the prepayment  standard or model.  There is no assurance that  prepayment of
the loans  underlying  a series of  securities  will conform to any level of the
prepayment   standard  or  model  specified  in  the   accompanying   prospectus
supplement.

    The following is a list of factors that may affect prepayment experience:

     homeowner mobility;

     economic conditions;

     changes in borrowers' housing needs;

     job transfers;

     unemployment;

     borrowers' equity in the properties securing the mortgages;

     servicing decisions;

     enforceability of due-on-sale clauses;

     mortgage market interest rates;

     mortgage recording taxes;

     solicitations and the availability of mortgage funds; and

     the obtaining of secondary financing by the borrower.

    All statistics known to the depositor that have been compiled for prepayment
experience on loans indicate that while some loans may remain  outstanding until
their stated maturities, a substantial number will be paid significantly earlier
than their respective stated maturities. The rate of prepayment for conventional
fixed-rate  loans has  fluctuated  significantly  in recent  years.  In general,
however, if prevailing interest rates fall significantly below the loan rates on
the loans  underlying a series of securities,  the prepayment rate of such loans
is likely to be significantly higher than if prevailing rates remain at or above
the rates borne by those  loans.  Conversely,  when  prevailing  interest  rates
increase,  borrowers are less likely to prepay their loans. The depositor is not
aware of any  historical  prepayment  experience for loans secured by properties
located in Mexico or Puerto Rico and, accordingly, prepayments on such loans may
not  occur  at the  same  rate  or be  affected  by the  same  factors  as  more
traditional loans.

    An increase in the amount of the monthly  payments owed on a Mexico Loan due
to the  imposition of  withholding  taxes may increase the risk of prepayment on
that loan if alternative financing on more favorable terms are available.

    There can be no assurance  as to the rate of principal  payments or Draws on
the revolving  credit loans.  In most cases,  the revolving  credit loans may be
prepaid in full or in part without penalty. The closed-end home equity loans may
provide for a prepayment charge. The prospectus  supplement will specify whether
loans may not be prepaid in full or in part without  penalty.  The depositor has
no significant  experience  regarding the rate of Principal  Prepayments on home
improvement  contracts,  but in most  cases  expects  that  prepayments  on home
improvement  contracts will be higher than other loans due to the possibility of
increased  property  value  resulting  from the  home  improvement  and  greater
refinance  options.  The rate of principal  payments  and the rate of Draws,  if
applicable,  may fluctuate  substantially from time to time. In most cases, home
equity loans are not viewed by borrowers  as permanent  financing.  Accordingly,
such loans may  experience a higher rate of  prepayment  than typical first lien
mortgage loans. Due to the unpredictable  nature of both principal  payments and
Draws, the rates of principal  payments net of Draws for those loans may be much
more volatile than for typical first lien mortgage loans.

    The yield to  maturity  of the  securities  of any  series,  or the rate and
timing of principal payments or Draws, if applicable,  on the related loans, may
also be affected by a wide variety of specific terms and conditions

                                       71


<PAGE>

applicable to the respective programs under which the loans were originated. For
example, the revolving credit loans may provide for future Draws to be made only
in specified  minimum amounts,  or alternatively  may permit Draws to be made by
check or through a credit card in any amount.  A pool of revolving  credit loans
subject to the latter provisions may be likely to remain outstanding longer with
a higher aggregate  principal balance than a pool of revolving credit loans with
the  former  provisions,  because  of the  relative  ease of making  new  Draws.
Furthermore,  the loans may  provide  for  interest  rate  changes on a daily or
monthly basis, or may have gross margins that may vary under some  circumstances
over the term of the loan. In extremely  high market  interest  rate  scenarios,
securities backed by loans with adjustable rates subject to substantially higher
maximum rates than typically  apply to adjustable  rate first mortgage loans may
experience rates of default and liquidation substantially higher than those that
have been experienced on other adjustable rate mortgage loan pools.

    The yield to  maturity  of the  securities  of any  series,  or the rate and
timing of  principal  payments  on the loans or Draws on the  related  revolving
credit loans and corresponding payments on the securities, will also be affected
by the specific terms and conditions applicable to the securities.  For example,
if the index  used to  determine  the loan rates for a series of  securities  is
different from the index  applicable to the loan rates of the underlying  loans,
the yield on the  securities  may be reduced by application of a cap on the loan
rates based on the weighted  average of the loan rates.  Depending on applicable
cash flow allocation  provisions,  changes in the  relationship  between the two
indexes may also affect the timing of some principal payments on the securities,
or may affect the amount of any overcollateralization,  or the amount on deposit
in any reserve fund,  which could in turn accelerate the payment of principal on
the  securities if so provided in the prospectus  supplement.  For any series of
securities backed by revolving credit loans, provisions governing whether future
Draws on the  revolving  credit  loans will be included in the trust will have a
significant  effect  on  the  rate  and  timing  of  principal  payments  on the
securities.  The rate at which additional balances are generated may be affected
by a variety of factors.  The yield to maturity of the securities of any series,
or the rate and timing of  principal  payments on the loans may also be affected
by the risks associated with other loans.

    As a result of the payment  terms of the  revolving  credit  loans or of the
mortgage provisions relating to future Draws, there may be no principal payments
on those  securities  in any given month.  In addition,  it is possible that the
aggregate  Draws on  revolving  credit  loans  included in a pool may exceed the
aggregate  payments of principal on those revolving credit loans for the related
period.  If specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a series of
securities  may  provide  for a period  during  which  all or a  portion  of the
principal collections on the revolving credit loans are reinvested in additional
balances  or are  accumulated  in a trust  account  pending  commencement  of an
amortization period relating to the securities.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  in
most cases  mortgage  loans  (other than ARM loans) and  revolving  credit loans
will,  and  closed-end  home equity loans and home  improvement  contracts  may,
contain  due-on-sale  provisions  permitting  the  mortgagee to  accelerate  the
maturity  of the  loan  upon  sale  or some  transfers  by the  borrower  of the
underlying  mortgaged property.  Unless the accompanying  prospectus  supplement
indicates   otherwise,   the  master  servicer  or  servicer  will  enforce  any
due-on-sale  clause to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or proposed
conveyance  of the  underlying  mortgaged  property  and it is entitled to do so
under applicable law,  provided,  however,  that the master servicer or servicer
will not take any  action in  relation  to the  enforcement  of any  due-on-sale
provision  which  would  adversely  affect  or  jeopardize  coverage  under  any
applicable insurance policy.

    An ARM loan is assumable, in some circumstances,  if the proposed transferee
of the related mortgaged property establishes its ability to repay the loan and,
in the reasonable judgment of the master servicer or the servicer,  the security
for the ARM loan would not be  impaired by the  assumption.  The extent to which
ARM loans are assumed by  purchasers  of the  mortgaged  properties  rather than
prepaid by the related  borrowers in connection  with the sales of the mortgaged
properties  will  affect the  weighted  average  life of the  related  series of
securities.  See 'Description of the Securities -- Servicing and  Administration
of Loans -- Enforcement of 'Due-on-Sale'  Clauses' and 'Certain Legal Aspects of
the  Loans  --  Enforceability  of  Certain  Provisions'  for a  description  of
provisions  of each  agreement  and  legal  developments  that  may  affect  the
prepayment rate of loans.

    While  most  manufactured  housing  contracts  will  contain   'due-on-sale'
provisions  permitting  the  holder  of the  manufactured  housing  contract  to
accelerate the maturity of the  manufactured  housing  contract on conveyance by
the  borrower,  the master  servicer  or  servicer,  as  applicable,  may permit
proposed  assumptions of manufactured housing contracts where the proposed buyer
of the manufactured home meets the underwriting

                                       72

<PAGE>

standards  described  above.  Such assumption would have the effect of extending
the average life of the manufactured  housing  contract.  FHA loans and VA loans
are not permitted to contain 'due-on-sale' clauses, and are freely assumable.

    In  addition,  some private  securities  included in a pool may be backed by
underlying loans having differing interest rates. Accordingly, the rate at which
principal  payments are received on the related securities will, to some extent,
depend on the interest rates on the underlying loans.

    Some types of loans included in a trust may have  characteristics  that make
it more likely to default than  collateral  provided  for mortgage  pass-through
securities  from other mortgage  purchase  programs.  The depositor  anticipates
including 'limited  documentation' and 'no documentation'  mortgage loans, loans
acquired  under  Residential  Funding  Corporation's  negotiated  conduit  asset
program,  Mexico Loans, loans secured by mortgaged  properties located in Puerto
Rico and mortgage loans that were made to  international  borrowers or that were
originated in accordance  with lower  underwriting  standards and which may have
been made to borrowers with imperfect credit  histories and prior  bankruptcies.
Likewise, a trust may include loans that are one month or more delinquent at the
time of offering of the related  series of  securities  or are secured by junior
liens on the related  mortgaged  property.  Such loans may be  susceptible  to a
greater  risk of default and  liquidation  than might  otherwise  be expected by
investors in the related securities.

    The mortgage loans may in most cases be prepaid by the borrowers at any time
without payment of any prepayment fee or penalty,  although some of the mortgage
loans as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement provide for payment
of a prepayment charge. This may have an effect on the rate of prepayment.  Some
states'  laws  restrict  the  imposition  of  prepayment  charges  even when the
mortgage  loans  expressly  provide for the  collection of those  charges.  As a
result,  it is possible  that  prepayment  charges may not be collected  even on
mortgage loans that provide for the payment of these charges.

    The master  servicer or the servicer may allow the refinancing of a loans in
any trust by accepting prepayments thereon and permitting a new loan to the same
borrower secured by a mortgage on the same property,  which may be originated by
the servicer or the master servicer or any of their respective  affiliates or by
an unrelated  entity.  In the event of a refinancing,  the new loan would not be
included in the related trust and,  therefore,  the  refinancing  would have the
same  effect as a  prepayment  in full of the  related  loan.  A servicer or the
master servicer may, from time to time, implement programs designed to encourage
refinancing.  These programs may include,  without limitation,  modifications of
existing loans, general or targeted solicitations,  the offering of pre-approved
applications,   reduced  origination  fees  or  closing  costs,  reduced  or  no
documentation or other financial incentives. Targeted solicitations may be based
on a variety of factors, including the credit of the borrower or the location of
the  mortgaged  property.  In  addition,  servicers  or the master  servicer may
encourage   assumption  of  loans,   including   defaulted  loans,  under  which
creditworthy  borrowers assume the outstanding  indebtedness of the loans, which
may be removed from the related  pool.  As a result of these  programs,  for the
pool underlying any trust:

     the rate of Principal Prepayments of the loans in the pool may be higher
     than would otherwise be the case;

     in some cases, the average credit or collateral quality of the loans
     remaining in the pool may decline; and

     weighted average interest rate on the loans that remain in the trust may be
     lower, thus reducing the rate of prepayments on the loans in the future.

    Although  the loan  rates on  revolving  credit  loans and ARM loans will be
subject to periodic adjustments, the adjustments in most cases will:

     as to ARM loans,  not  increase or  decrease  the loan rates by more than a
     fixed percentage amount on each adjustment date;

     not increase the loan rates over a fixed percentage  amount during the life
     of any revolving credit loan or ARM loan; and

     be based on an  index,  which  may not  rise  and  fall  consistently  with
     mortgage  interest  rates,  plus the  related  Gross  Margin,  which may be
     different  from  margins  being  used  at the  time  for  newly  originated
     adjustable rate loans.

    As a result,  the loan rates on the revolving credit loans or ARM loans in a
trust at any  time  may not  equal  the  prevailing  rates  for  similar,  newly
originated adjustable rate loans or lines of credit, and accordingly the rate

                                       73


<PAGE>

of principal  payments  and Draws,  if  applicable,  may be lower or higher that
would otherwise be anticipated. In some rate environments,  the prevailing rates
on fixed-rate loans may be sufficiently low in relation to the then-current loan
rates on  revolving  credit loans or ARM loans that the rate of  prepayment  may
increase as a result of  refinancings.  There can be no certainty as to the rate
of prepayments or Draws,  if applicable,  on the loans during any period or over
the life of any series of securities.

    For any index used in  determining  the rate of interest  applicable  to any
series of securities or loan rates of the underlying  loans,  there are a number
of factors  affect the  performance of those indices and may cause those indices
to move in a manner  different from other indices.  If an index  applicable to a
series  responds to changes in the general level of interest  rates less quickly
than other indices, in a period of rising interest rates, increases in the yield
to securityholders  due to those rising interest rates may occur later than that
which would be produced by other  indices,  and in a period of declining  rates,
that index may remain higher than other market  interest  rates which may result
in a higher level of prepayments of the loans,  which adjust in accordance  with
that index, than of loans which adjust in accordance with other indices.

    No assurance can be given that the value of the mortgaged  property securing
a loan  has  remained  or will  remain  at the  level  existing  on the  date of
origination.  If the residential real estate market should experience an overall
decline in property values such that the  outstanding  balances of the loans and
any secondary financing on the mortgaged  properties in a particular pool become
equal to or greater than the value of the mortgaged properties, the actual rates
of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  could be  higher  than  those now
generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. The value of any Mexican
property  could also be  adversely  affected  by,  among other  things,  adverse
political  and  economic  developments  in  Mexico.  In  addition,  the value of
property  securing  Cooperative  Loans and the delinquency rates for Cooperative
Loans could be  adversely  affected if the current  favorable  tax  treatment of
cooperative  tenant  stockholders  were to become less  favorable.  See 'Certain
Legal Aspects of the Loans.'

    To  the  extent  that  losses  resulting  from  delinquencies,   losses  and
foreclosures or repossession of mortgaged property for loans included in a trust
for a series of securities are not covered by the methods of credit  enhancement
described in this prospectus under 'Description of Credit Enhancement' or in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the losses will be borne by holders of the
securities  of the related  series.  Even where  credit  enhancement  covers all
Realized Losses resulting from delinquency and foreclosure or repossession,  the
effect  of  foreclosures  and  repossessions  may  be  to  increase   prepayment
experience on the loans, thus reducing average weighted life and affecting yield
to maturity. See 'Yield Considerations.'

    Under some circumstances, the master servicer, a servicer, the depositor or,
if specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the holders of the REMIC
Residual  Certificates may have the option to purchase the loans in a trust. See
'The Agreements -- Termination;  Retirement of Securities.'  Any repurchase will
shorten the weighted average lives of the related securities.

                       CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS

    The  following  discussion  contains  summaries of some legal aspects of the
loans that are general in nature.  Because  these legal  aspects are governed in
part by state law, which laws may differ  substantially from state to state, the
summaries do not purport to be complete,  to reflect the laws of any  particular
state or to encompass the laws of all states in which the  mortgaged  properties
may be situated.  These legal aspects are in addition to the requirements of any
applicable FHA  Regulations  described in 'Description of FHA Insurance' in this
prospectus  and in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  regarding the home
improvement  contracts partially insured by FHA under Title I. The summaries are
qualified in their  entirety by reference  to the  applicable  federal and state
laws governing the loans.

THE MORTGAGE LOANS

  General

    The loans, other than Cooperative Loans, Mexico Loans and contracts, will be
secured by deeds of trust,  mortgages  or deeds to secure debt  depending on the
prevailing  practice  in the state in which the  related  mortgaged  property is
located.  In some  states,  a  mortgage,  deed of trust or deed to  secure  debt
creates a lien on the related real property. In other states, the mortgage, deed
of trust or deed to secure debt conveys legal title to

                                       74



<PAGE>

the property to the mortgagee  subject to a condition  subsequent,  for example,
the payment of the indebtedness secured thereby. These instruments are not prior
to the lien for real estate  taxes and  assessments  and other  charges  imposed
under  governmental  police powers.  Priority with respect to these  instruments
depends on their terms and in some cases on the terms of separate  subordination
or inter-creditor  agreements,  and in most cases on the order of recordation of
the mortgage deed of trust or deed to secure debt in the  appropriate  recording
office.

    There are two parties to a mortgage, the mortgagor,  who is the borrower and
homeowner,  and the mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage instrument,
the mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage. In some
states,  three parties may be involved in a mortgage financing when title to the
property is held by a land  trustee  under a land trust  agreement  of which the
borrower  is the  beneficiary;  at  origination  of a  mortgage  loan,  the land
trustee,  as fee owner of the  property,  executes the mortgage and the borrower
executes a separate  undertaking to make payments on the mortgage note. Although
a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust has three parties: the
grantor, who is the borrower/homeowner;  the beneficiary, who is the lender; and
a third-party  grantee called the trustee.  Under a deed of trust,  the borrower
grants the mortgaged property to the trustee,  irrevocably until satisfaction of
the debt.  A deed to secure  debt  typically  has two  parties,  under which the
borrower,  or grantor,  conveys  title to the real  property to the grantee,  or
lender,  typically with a power of sale, until the time when the debt is repaid.
The trustee's  authority  under a deed of trust and the mortgagee's or grantee's
authority under a mortgage or a deed to secure debt, as applicable, are governed
by the law of the state in which  the real  property  is  located,  the  express
provisions  of the deed of trust,  mortgage  or deed to secure debt and, in some
deed of trust transactions, the directions of the beneficiary.

  Cooperative Loans

    If  specified  in  the  prospectus   supplement  relating  to  a  series  of
securities,  the loans may include  Cooperative  Loans.  Each  Cooperative  Note
evidencing a Cooperative  Loan will be secured by a security  interest in shares
issued by the Cooperative that owns the related apartment  building,  which is a
corporation  entitled to be treated as a housing  cooperative  under federal tax
law,  and in the  related  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement  granting
exclusive  rights  to  occupy  a  specific  dwelling  unit in the  Cooperative's
building.  The  security  agreement  will  create a lien on, or grant a security
interest  in,  the  Cooperative  shares  and  proprietary  leases  or  occupancy
agreements,  the priority of which will depend on, among other things, the terms
of the particular  security agreement as well as the order of recordation of the
agreement,  or the filing of the financing  statements  related thereto,  in the
appropriate  recording  office or the taking of  possession  of the  Cooperative
shares,  depending on the law of the state in which the  Cooperative is located.
This type of lien or security  interest  is not,  in general,  prior to liens in
favor of the cooperative corporation for unpaid assessments or common charges.

    In most cases,  each Cooperative owns in fee or has a leasehold  interest in
all the real  property  and owns in fee or leases the  building and all separate
dwelling units therein.  The  Cooperative is directly  responsible  for property
management and, in most cases,  payment of real estate taxes, other governmental
impositions  and  hazard  and  liability  insurance.  If there is an  underlying
mortgage or mortgages on the  Cooperative's  building or underlying  land, as is
typically the case,  or an underlying  lease of the land, as is the case in some
instances, the Cooperative,  as mortgagor or lessee, as the case may be, is also
responsible for fulfilling the mortgage or rental obligations.

    An underlying  mortgage loan is ordinarily  obtained by the  Cooperative  in
connection  with  either  the  construction  or  purchase  of the  Cooperative's
building or the  obtaining  of capital by the  Cooperative.  The interest of the
occupant  under  proprietary  leases or  occupancy  agreements  as to which that
Cooperative is the landlord is usually subordinate to the interest of the holder
of an underlying  mortgage and to the interest of the holder of a land lease. If
the  Cooperative is unable to meet the payment  obligations (i) arising under an
underlying  mortgage,   the  mortgagee  holding  an  underlying  mortgage  could
foreclose on that mortgage and terminate all subordinate  proprietary leases and
occupancy  agreements  or (ii) arising  under its land lease,  the holder of the
landlord's  interest under the land lease could terminate it and all subordinate
proprietary leases and occupancy agreements. In addition, an underlying mortgage
on a Cooperative  may provide  financing in the form of a mortgage that does not
fully amortize,  with a significant  portion of principal being due in one final
payment at maturity.  The inability of the  Cooperative  to refinance a mortgage
and its consequent inability to make the final payment could lead to foreclosure
by the  mortgagee.  Similarly,  a land  lease  has an  expiration  date  and the
inability  of the  Cooperative  to extend  its term or, in the  alternative,  to
purchase the land, could lead to

                                       75


<PAGE>

termination of the Cooperative's interest in the property and termination of all
proprietary leases and occupancy  agreements.  In either event, a foreclosure by
the holder of an underlying  mortgage or the termination of the underlying lease
could  eliminate or  significantly  diminish the value of any collateral held by
the lender who  financed  the purchase by an  individual  tenant-stockholder  of
shares of the Cooperative,  or in the case of the loans, the collateral securing
the Cooperative Loans.

    Each    Cooperative   is   owned   by    shareholders,    referred   to   as
tenant-stockholders,   who,  through   ownership  of  stock  or  shares  in  the
Cooperative,  receive  proprietary  leases or occupancy  agreements which confer
exclusive   rights  to  occupy  specific   dwellings.   In  most  instances,   a
tenant-stockholder  of a Cooperative must make a monthly  maintenance payment to
the Cooperative under the proprietary lease, which rental payment represents the
tenant-stockholder's  pro  rata  share  of the  Cooperative's  payments  for its
underlying mortgage, real property taxes, maintenance expenses and other capital
or ordinary  expenses.  An ownership  interest in a Cooperative and accompanying
occupancy  rights may be financed  through a  Cooperative  Loan  evidenced  by a
Cooperative Note and secured by an assignment of and a security  interest in the
occupancy  agreement or proprietary lease and a security interest in the related
shares of the related  Cooperative.  The lender usually takes  possession of the
stock  certificate  and a  counterpart  of the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy
agreement and a financing  statement covering the proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement and the Cooperative  shares is filed in the appropriate state or local
offices to perfect the lender's  interest in its collateral.  In accordance with
the  limitations  discussed  below,  on default of the  tenant-stockholder,  the
lender may sue for judgment on the Cooperative  Note,  dispose of the collateral
at a public or private  sale or  otherwise  proceed  against the  collateral  or
tenant-stockholder  as an  individual  as  provided  in the  security  agreement
covering the assignment of the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement and the
pledge of Cooperative  shares.  See ' -- Foreclosure on Shares of  Cooperatives'
below.

  Tax Aspects of Cooperative Ownership

    In general, a  'tenant-stockholder'  (as defined in Section 216(b)(2) of the
Internal Revenue Code, of a corporation that qualifies as a 'cooperative housing
corporation'  within the meaning of Section  216(b)(1) of the  Internal  Revenue
Code is  allowed a  deduction  for  amounts  paid or  accrued  within his or her
taxable year to the corporation  representing his or her proportionate  share of
certain  interest  expenses and real estate taxes allowable as a deduction under
Section 216(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code to the  corporation  under Sections
163 and 164 of the Internal  Revenue Code. In order for a corporation to qualify
under  Section  216(b)(1) of the  Internal  Revenue Code for its taxable year in
which those items are allowable as a deduction to the  corporation,  the section
requires,  among  other  things,  that at least 80% of the  gross  income of the
corporation  be  derived  from  its  tenant-stockholders.   By  virtue  of  this
requirement,  the status of a corporation  for purposes of Section  216(b)(1) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code  must  be  determined  on  a  year-to-year   basis.
Consequently,  there  can be no  assurance  that  Cooperatives  relating  to the
Cooperative  Loans will qualify under this section for any particular year. If a
Cooperative  fails to qualify for one or more years, the value of the collateral
securing any related  Cooperative Loans could be significantly  impaired because
no deduction would be allowable to  tenant-stockholders  under Section 216(a) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code  with  respect  to  those  years.  In  view  of the
significance of the tax benefits accorded  tenant-stockholders  of a corporation
that  qualifies  under  Section  216(b)(1) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  the
likelihood  that this type of failure  would be  permitted  to  continue  over a
period of years appears remote.

  Mexico Loans

    If specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the mortgage loans
may include Mexico Loans.  See 'The Trusts -- Mexico Loans' for a description of
the security for the Mexico Loans.

  Foreclosure on Mortgage Loans

    Although a deed of trust or a deed to secure debt may also be  foreclosed by
judicial  action,  foreclosure  of a deed of trust or a deed to  secure  debt is
typically  accomplished by a non-judicial sale under a specific provision in the
deed of trust or deed to secure debt which authorizes the trustee or grantee, as
applicable,  to sell the property on default by the borrower  under the terms of
the note or deed of trust or deed to secure  debt.  In  addition  to any  notice
requirements  contained  in a deed of  trust  or deed to  secure  debt,  in some
states, the trustee or grantee,  as applicable,  must record a notice of default
and send a copy to the borrower and to any person who has recorded a request for
a copy of notice of default and notice of sale. In addition, in some states, the
trustee or grantee,  as applicable,  must provide notice to any other individual
having  an  interest  of  record  in the real  property,  including  any  junior
lienholders. If the deed of trust or deed to secure debt is not reinstated

                                       76



<PAGE>

within a  specified  period,  a notice of sale must be posted in a public  place
and,  in most  states,  published  for a specific  period of time in one or more
newspapers.  In addition, some states' laws require that a copy of the notice of
sale be posted on the  property  and sent to all  parties  having an interest of
record in the real property.

    Foreclosure of a mortgage  usually is  accomplished by judicial  action.  In
most cases,  the action is  initiated  by the service of legal  pleadings on all
parties having an interest of record in the real property.  Delays in completion
of the  foreclosure  may  result  from  difficulties  in  locating  and  serving
necessary parties, including borrowers, such as international borrowers, located
outside  the   jurisdiction   in  which  the  mortgaged   property  is  located.
Difficulties  in  foreclosing  on mortgaged  properties  owned by  international
borrowers may result in increased foreclosure costs, which may reduce the amount
of proceeds from the liquidation of the related loan available to be distributed
to the securityholders of the related series. In addition,  delays in completion
of the  foreclosure  and  additional  losses  may result  where  loan  documents
relating to the loan are  missing.  If the  mortgagee's  right to  foreclose  is
contested,  the  legal  proceedings  necessary  to  resolve  the  issue  can  be
time-consuming.

    In some states, the borrower has the right to reinstate the loan at any time
following default until shortly before the trustee's sale. In general,  in those
states,  the borrower,  or any other person having a junior  encumbrance  on the
real estate, may, during a reinstatement  period, cure the default by paying the
entire  amount in arrears plus the costs and expenses  incurred in enforcing the
obligation.

    In the  case of  foreclosure  under a  mortgage,  a deed of trust or deed to
secure  debt,  the sale by the  referee  or other  designated  officer or by the
trustee or grantee,  as applicable,  is a public sale.  However,  because of the
difficulty  a  potential  buyer at the sale may have in  determining  the  exact
status of title and because the  physical  condition  of the  property  may have
deteriorated  during the  foreclosure  proceedings,  it is uncommon  for a third
party to purchase the property at a foreclosure  sale.  Rather, it is common for
the lender to purchase the property from the trustee or grantee,  as applicable,
or referee for a credit bid less than or equal to the unpaid principal amount of
the loan,  accrued and unpaid interest and the expense of foreclosure,  in which
case the mortgagor's  debt will be extinguished  unless the lender purchases the
property for a lesser  amount and preserves its right against a borrower to seek
a  deficiency  judgment  and the  remedy is  available  under  state law and the
related loan documents.  In some states,  there is a statutory  minimum purchase
price that the lender may offer for the  property  and in most cases,  state law
controls the amount of  foreclosure  costs and  expenses,  including  attorneys'
fees,  which may be recovered by a lender.  Thereafter,  subject to the right of
the  borrower  in some  states to remain in  possession  during  the  redemption
period,  the lender will assume the burdens of  ownership,  including  obtaining
hazard  insurance,  paying taxes and making  repairs at its own expense that are
necessary to render the property  suitable for sale.  In most cases,  the lender
will obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the broker's commission
in connection with the sale of the property. Depending on market conditions, the
ultimate  proceeds  of the  sale of the  property  may not  equal  the  lender's
investment in the property and, in some states,  the lender may be entitled to a
deficiency judgment. In some cases, a deficiency judgment may be pursued in lieu
of foreclosure. Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of any mortgage insurance
proceeds or other forms of credit  enhancement  for a series of securities.  See
'Description of Credit Enhancement.'

  Foreclosure on Junior Mortgage Loans

    A junior mortgagee may not foreclose on the property  securing a junior loan
unless it  forecloses  subject  to the senior  mortgages,  in which case it must
either  pay  the  entire  amount  due  on the  senior  mortgages  to the  senior
mortgagees  prior to or at the time of the  foreclosure  sale or  undertake  the
obligation  to make  payments on the senior  mortgages  if the  mortgagor  is in
default  thereunder,  in either event adding the amounts expended to the balance
due on the junior loan. In addition,  if the  foreclosure by a junior  mortgagee
triggers the enforcement of a  'due-on-sale'  clause in a senior  mortgage,  the
junior  mortgagee may be required to pay the full amount of the senior mortgages
to the senior mortgagees, to avoid a default with respect thereto.  Accordingly,
if the junior lender purchases the property,  the lender's title will be subject
to all senior  liens and claims and certain  governmental  liens.  The  proceeds
received by the referee or trustee from the sale are applied first to the costs,
fees and expenses of sale and then in satisfaction of the  indebtedness  secured
by the  mortgage  or deed of  trust  that is  being  foreclosed.  Any  remaining
proceeds are  typically  payable to the holders of junior  mortgages or deeds of
trust and other liens and claims in order of their priority,  whether or not the
borrower is in  default.  Any  additional  proceeds  are usually  payable to the
mortgagor  or  trustor.  The  payment of the  proceeds  to the holders of junior
mortgages  may occur in the  foreclosure  action of the senior  mortgagee or may
require the institution of

                                       77

<PAGE>

separate legal proceedings. See 'Description of the Securities  - Servicing and
Administration of Loans -- Realization Upon Defaulted Loans' in this prospectus.

  Foreclosure on Mexico Loans

    Foreclosure  on the  borrower's  beneficial  interest in the  Mexican  trust
typically is expected to be  accomplished  by public sale in accordance with the
provisions of Article 9 of the UCC and the security  agreement  relating to that
beneficial  interest or by public auction held by the Mexican  trustee under the
Mexico trust  agreement.  Article 9 of the UCC requires that a sale be conducted
in a 'commercially  reasonable'  manner.  Whether a sale has been conducted in a
'commercially  reasonable'  manner  will  depend on the facts in each  case.  In
determining commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the
debtor and the method,  manner,  time,  place and terms of the sale and the sale
price. In most cases, a sale conducted  according to the usual practice of banks
selling  similar  collateral  in the same  area  will be  considered  reasonably
conducted.  Under the trust agreement, the lender may direct the Mexican trustee
to transfer  the  borrower's  beneficial  interest  in the Mexican  trust to the
purchaser  on  completion  of the public sale and notice  from the lender.  That
purchaser will be entitled to rely on the terms of the Mexico trust agreement to
direct the Mexican trustee to transfer the borrower's beneficial interest in the
Mexican trust into the name of the purchaser or its nominee, or the trust may be
terminated and a new trust may be established.

    Article 9 of the UCC provides  that the proceeds of the sale will be applied
first  to pay the  costs  and  expenses  of the sale  and  then to  satisfy  the
indebtedness  secured by the lender's security  interest.  If there are proceeds
remaining, the lender must account to the borrower for the surplus. On the other
hand, if a portion of the indebtedness  remains unpaid,  the borrower is usually
responsible for the deficiency. However, some states limit the rights of lenders
to obtain deficiency judgments.  See ' -- Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other
Limitations on Lenders'  below.  The costs of sale may be  substantially  higher
than the costs  associated with  foreclosure  sales for property  located in the
United States, and may include transfer taxes, notary public fees, trustee fees,
capital gains and other taxes on the proceeds of sale,  and the cost of amending
or terminating the Mexico trust  agreement and preparing a new trust  agreement.
Additional  costs  associated  with  realizing  on the  collateral  may  include
eviction  proceedings,  the costs of defending actions brought by the defaulting
borrower and enforcement  actions.  Any of the additional  foreclosure costs may
make the cost of foreclosing on the collateral uneconomical,  which may increase
the risk of loss on the Mexico Loans substantially.

    Where the borrower does not maintain its  principal  residence in the United
States,  or, if a borrower  residing in the United  States  moves its  principal
residence from the state in which the UCC financing  statements have been filed,
and the lender, because it has no knowledge of the relocation of the borrower or
otherwise,  fails to refile in the state to which the  borrower has moved within
four months after relocation, or if the borrower no longer resides in the United
States, the lender's security interest in the borrower's  beneficial interest in
the Mexican trust may be unperfected.  In those  circumstances,  if the borrower
defaults on the Mexico Loan, the Mexico loan agreement will  nonetheless  permit
the lender to terminate the  borrower's  rights to occupy the Mexican  property,
and the Mexico  trust  agreement  will permit the lender to instruct the Mexican
trustee to  transfer  the  Mexican  property  to a  subsequent  purchaser  or to
recognize  the  subsequent  purchaser  as  the  beneficiary  of  the  borrower's
beneficial interest in the Mexican trust. However, because the lender's security
interest in the  borrower's  beneficial  interest  in the Mexican  trust will be
unperfected,  no assurance  can be given that the lender will be  successful  in
realizing  on its  interest in the  collateral  under those  circumstances.  The
lender's security interest in the borrower's  beneficial interest in the Mexican
trust is not, for purposes of  foreclosing  on that  collateral,  an interest in
real property. The depositor either will rely on its remedies that are available
in the  United  States  under the  applicable  UCC and under  the  Mexico  trust
agreement and foreclose on the collateral  securing a Mexico Loan under the UCC,
or follow the procedures described below.

    In the case of some Mexico Loans,  the Mexico trust agreement may permit the
Mexican  trustee,  on notice  from the lender of a default by the  borrower,  to
notify the borrower that the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust
or the Mexican property will be sold at an auction in accordance with the Mexico
trust agreement. Under the terms of the Mexico trust agreement, the borrower may
avoid  foreclosure  by paying in full  prior to sale the  outstanding  principal
balance of, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts owed
on, the Mexico Loan. At the auction, the Mexican trustee may sell the borrower's
beneficial  interest in the  Mexican  trust to a third  party,  sell the Mexican
property to another trust  established to hold title to that  property,  or sell
the Mexican property directly to a Mexican citizen.

                                       78


<PAGE>

    The depositor is not aware of any other  mortgage  loan  programs  involving
mortgage  loans that are secured in a manner  similar to the Mexico Loans.  As a
result,  there may be  uncertainty  and delays in the process of  attempting  to
realize on the  mortgage  collateral  and gaining  possession  of the  mortgaged
property, and the process of marketing the borrower's beneficial interest in the
Mexican  trust to persons  interested  in  purchasing a Mexican  property may be
difficult.

  Foreclosure on Mortgaged Properties Located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico

    Under the laws of the  Commonwealth of Puerto Rico the foreclosure of a real
estate mortgage usually follows an ordinary 'civil action' filed in the Superior
Court for the district where the mortgaged property is located. If the defendant
does not  contest the action  filed,  a default  judgment  is  rendered  for the
plaintiff  and  the  mortgaged  property  is  sold  at  public  auction,   after
publication of the sale for two weeks, by posting written notice in three public
places in the municipality where the auction will be held, in the tax collection
office and in the public school of the municipality where the mortgagor resides,
if known. If the residence of the mortgagor is not known,  publication in one of
the newspapers of general circulation in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must be
made at least  once a week for two weeks.  There may be as many as three  public
sales of the mortgaged property. If the defendant contests the foreclosure,  the
case may be tried and judgment rendered based on the merits of the case.

    There  are no  redemption  rights  after  the  public  sale of a  foreclosed
property  under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of Puerto Rico.  Commonwealth  of
Puerto Rico law  provides  for a summary  proceeding  for the  foreclosure  of a
mortgage,  but it is very seldom used because of concerns regarding the validity
of those  actions.  The process may be expedited if the mortgagee can obtain the
consent of the defendant to the execution of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

    Under  Commonwealth  of Puerto  Rico law,  in the case of the public sale on
foreclosure of a mortgaged  property that (a) is subject to a mortgage loan that
was  obtained  for a purpose  other than the  financing  or  refinancing  of the
acquisition,  construction or improvement of the property and (b) is occupied by
the  mortgagor as his principal  residence,  the mortgagor of the property has a
right to be paid the first $1,500 from the proceeds  obtained on the public sale
of the property. The mortgagor can claim this sum of money from the mortgagee at
any time prior to the public sale or up to one year after the sale. This payment
would reduce the amount of sales proceeds available to satisfy the mortgage loan
and may increase the amount of the loss.

  Foreclosure on Shares of Cooperatives

    The Cooperative  shares owned by the  tenant-stockholder,  together with the
rights  of the  tenant-stockholder  under  the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy
agreement, are pledged to the lender and are, in almost all cases, in accordance
with restrictions on transfer as set forth in the  Cooperative's  certificate of
incorporation  and  by-laws,  as well as in the  proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, even while pledged, may
be cancelled by the  Cooperative  for failure by the  tenant-stockholder  to pay
rent or other obligations or charges owed by the  tenant-stockholder,  including
mechanics'   liens   against  the   Cooperative's   building   incurred  by  the
tenant-stockholder.

    In most  cases,  rent and other  obligations  and  charges  arising  under a
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement which are owed to the Cooperative are
made liens on the shares to which the proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement
relates. In addition, the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement in most cases
permits the  Cooperative  to  terminate  the lease or  agreement if the borrower
defaults in the performance of covenants thereunder.  Typically,  the lender and
the  Cooperative  enter into a recognition  agreement  which,  together with any
lender  protection  provisions  contained in the proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement,  establishes  the rights and obligations of both parties in the event
of a default by the  tenant-stockholder on its obligations under the proprietary
lease or  occupancy  agreement.  A default by the  tenant-stockholder  under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement will usually constitute a default under
the security agreement between the lender and the tenant-stockholder.

    The   recognition   agreement   in  most  cases   provides   that,   if  the
tenant-stockholder  has  defaulted  under  the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy
agreement,  the  Cooperative  will  take no  action  to  terminate  the lease or
agreement  until the lender has been provided with notice of and an  opportunity
to cure the default.  The recognition  agreement  typically provides that if the
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement is terminated,  the Cooperative  will
recognize the lender's  lien against  proceeds from a sale of the shares and the
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement  allocated to the dwelling,  subject,
however,  to the Cooperative's  right to sums due under the proprietary lease or
occupancy agreement or which have become liens on the shares relating to the

                                       79


<PAGE>

proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement.  The  total  amount  owed  to  the
Cooperative  by the  tenant-stockholder,  which the lender in most cases  cannot
restrict and does not monitor,  could reduce the amount  realized upon a sale of
the collateral below the outstanding  principal  balance of the Cooperative Loan
and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

    Recognition agreements also typically provide that if the lender succeeds to
the tenant-shareholder's  shares and proprietary lease or occupancy agreement as
the result of realizing upon its  collateral for a Cooperative  Loan, the lender
must obtain the approval or consent of the board of directors of the Cooperative
as required by the proprietary lease before  transferring the Cooperative shares
and assigning the proprietary  lease.  This approval or consent is usually based
on the prospective  purchaser's income and net worth,  among other factors,  and
may significantly reduce the number of potential  purchasers,  which could limit
the ability of the lender to sell and realize upon the value of the  collateral.
In most cases, the lender is not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess
the tenant-stockholder.

    Because of the nature of  Cooperative  Loans,  lenders  do not  require  the
tenant-stockholder  (i.e.,  the borrower) to obtain title insurance of any type.
Consequently,  the existence of any prior liens or other  imperfections of title
affecting the  Cooperative's  building or real estate also may adversely  affect
the  marketability  of the shares allocated to the dwelling unit in the event of
foreclosure.

    A foreclosure on the  Cooperative  shares is  accomplished by public sale in
accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code, or
UCC, and the security agreement  relating to those shares.  Article 9 of the UCC
requires that a sale be conducted in a 'commercially reasonable' manner. Whether
a sale has been conducted in a 'commercially  reasonable'  manner will depend on
the facts in each case. In determining commercial  reasonableness,  a court will
look to the notice  given the debtor and the  method,  manner,  time,  place and
terms of the  sale  and the sale  price.  In most  instances,  a sale  conducted
according to the usual practice of creditors  selling similar  collateral in the
same area will be considered reasonably conducted.

    Where the  lienholder  is the  junior  lienholder,  any  foreclosure  may be
delayed  until  the  junior   lienholder   obtains  actual  possession  of  such
Cooperative shares.  Additionally,  if the lender does not have a first priority
perfected  security  interest in the Cooperative  shares,  any foreclosure  sale
would be subject to the rights and  interests  of any  creditor  holding  senior
interests in the shares.  Also, a junior  lienholder may not be able to obtain a
recognition  agreement from a Cooperative  since many cooperatives do not permit
subordinate financing.  Without a recognition  agreement,  the junior lienholder
will not be afforded the usual lender protections from the Cooperative which are
in most cases provided for in recognition agreements.

    Article 9 of the UCC provides  that the proceeds of the sale will be applied
first  to pay the  costs  and  expenses  of the sale  and  then to  satisfy  the
indebtedness  secured  by  the  lender's  security  interest.   The  recognition
agreement,   however,  in  most  cases  provides  that  the  lender's  right  to
reimbursement is subject to the right of the Cooperative  corporation to receive
sums due  under  the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement.  If there are
proceeds remaining,  the lender must account to the  tenant-stockholder  for the
surplus. On the other hand, if a portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the
tenant-stockholder  is in most cases  responsible for the  deficiency.  See ' --
Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders' below.

  Rights of Redemption

    In some states,  after sale under a deed of trust,  or a deed to secure debt
or  foreclosure  of a mortgage,  the borrower and  foreclosed  junior lienors or
other parties are given a statutory period, typically ranging from six months to
two years,  in which to redeem the property from the  foreclosure  sale. In some
states,  redemption may occur only on payment of the entire principal balance of
the  mortgage  loan,  accrued  interest and  expenses of  foreclosure.  In other
states,  redemption may be authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion
of the sums due. In some states,  the right to redeem is an equitable right. The
equity of redemption,  which is a non-statutory  right,  should be distinguished
from  statutory  rights  of  redemption.  The  effect  of a  statutory  right of
redemption  is to  diminish  the  ability of the  lender to sell the  foreclosed
property.  The rights of  redemption  would  defeat  the title of any  purchaser
subsequent  to  foreclosure  or sale  under a deed of trust or a deed to  secure
debt. Consequently, the practical effect of the redemption right is to force the
lender to maintain the  property  and pay the  expenses of  ownership  until the
redemption period has expired.

  Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders

    Some states have imposed statutory  prohibitions which limit the remedies of
a beneficiary  under a deed of trust, a mortgagee  under a mortgage or a grantee
under a deed to secure debt. In some states, including

                                       80



<PAGE>

California, statutes limit the right of the beneficiary, mortgagee or grantee to
obtain a deficiency  judgment  against the  borrower  following  foreclosure.  A
deficiency  judgment is a personal judgment against the former borrower equal in
most cases to the  difference  between the net amount  realized  upon the public
sale of the real  property  and the amount due to the  lender.  In the case of a
mortgage loan secured by a property  owned by a trust where the Mortgage Note is
executed  on  behalf of the  trust,  a  deficiency  judgment  against  the trust
following foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust or deed to secure debt, even
if obtainable  under  applicable law, may be of little value to the beneficiary,
grantee or mortgagee if there are no mortgage loans against which the deficiency
judgment may be executed.  Some state statutes require the beneficiary,  grantee
or  mortgagee to exhaust the security  afforded  under a deed of trust,  deed to
secure debt or mortgage  by  foreclosure  in an attempt to satisfy the full debt
before bringing a personal action against the borrower.

    In other  states,  the lender has the option of  bringing a personal  action
against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting the security; however,
in some of these states, the lender,  following judgment on the personal action,
may be deemed to have  elected a remedy  and may be  precluded  from  exercising
remedies for the security.  Consequently,  the practical  effect of the election
requirement,  in those states  permitting  this  election,  is that lenders will
usually  proceed  against the  security  first  rather than  bringing a personal
action against the borrower. Finally, in some states, statutory provisions limit
any  deficiency  judgment  against the borrower  following a foreclosure  to the
excess of the  outstanding  debt over the fair value of the property at the time
of the public sale.  The purpose of these statutes is in most cases to prevent a
beneficiary,  grantee or mortgagee  from obtaining a large  deficiency  judgment
against the borrower as a result of low or no bids at the judicial sale.

    In most  cases,  Article 9 of the UCC  governs  foreclosure  on  Cooperative
shares and the related  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  Some courts
have  interpreted  Article 9 to  prohibit  or limit a  deficiency  award in some
circumstances,  including circumstances where the disposition of the collateral,
which, in the case of a Cooperative Loan, would be the shares of the Cooperative
and the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, was not conducted in a
commercially reasonable manner.

    In addition to laws limiting or prohibiting  deficiency judgments,  numerous
other federal and state statutory  provisions,  including the federal bankruptcy
laws and state laws  affording  relief to debtors,  may interfere with or affect
the ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon its collateral and/or
enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  under the federal bankruptcy law,
all actions  against the debtor,  the debtor's  property and any  co-debtor  are
automatically stayed upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition. Moreover, a court
having federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction may permit a debtor through its Chapter
11 or Chapter 13  rehabilitative  plan to cure a monetary  default relating to a
mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit loan on the  debtor's  residence  by paying
arrearages  within a reasonable  time period and  reinstating  the original loan
payment  schedule,  even  though the lender  accelerated  the  mortgage  loan or
revolving  credit loan and final  judgment of  foreclosure  had been  entered in
state court.  Some courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction  have  approved
plans, based on the particular facts of the  reorganization  case, that effected
the  curing of a  mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit  loan  default  by paying
arrearages over a number of years.

    Courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction  have also  indicated that the
terms of a mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit loan  secured by property of the
debtor may be modified.  These courts have  allowed  modifications  that include
reducing  the amount of each  monthly  payment,  changing  the rate of interest,
altering  the  repayment  schedule,  forgiving  all or a portion of the debt and
reducing  the lender's  security  interest to the value of the  residence,  thus
leaving the lender a general unsecured  creditor for the difference  between the
value of the  residence  and the  outstanding  balance of the  mortgage  loan or
revolving credit loan. In most cases,  however,  the terms of a mortgage loan or
revolving  credit loan secured only by a mortgage on real  property  that is the
debtor's  principal  residence may not be modified under a plan confirmed  under
Chapter 13, as opposed to Chapter 11,  except for mortgage  payment  arrearages,
which  may be  cured  within a  reasonable  time  period.  Courts  with  federal
bankruptcy  jurisdiction  similarly  may  be  able  to  modify  the  terms  of a
Cooperative Loan.

    Certain  tax liens  arising  under the  Internal  Revenue  Code may, in some
circumstances, have priority over the lien of a mortgage, deed to secure debt or
deed of trust.  This may have the effect of  delaying  or  interfering  with the
enforcement of rights for a defaulted mortgage loan or revolving credit loan.

    In addition,  substantive  requirements  are imposed on mortgage  lenders in
connection with the origination and the servicing of mortgage loans or revolving
credit loans by numerous federal and some state consumer  protection laws. These
laws include the federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures
Act,  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  Fair  Credit  Billing  Act,  Fair Credit
Reporting Act and related statutes. These

                                       81


<PAGE>

federal laws impose  specific  statutory  liabilities  on lenders who  originate
mortgage  loans  or  revolving  credit  loans  and who fail to  comply  with the
provisions of the law. In some cases, this liability may affect assignees of the
mortgage loans or revolving credit loans.

    Some of the mortgage loans or revolving credit loans may be High Cost Loans.
Purchasers  or assignees of any High Cost Loan,  including  any trust,  could be
liable for all claims and subject to all defenses  arising under any  applicable
law that the borrower could assert against the originator of the High Cost Loan.
Remedies  available  to the  borrower  include  monetary  penalties,  as well as
rescission rights if the appropriate disclosures were not given as required.

  Alternative Mortgage Instruments

    Alternative  mortgage  instruments,  including ARM loans and early ownership
mortgage loans or revolving credit loans,  originated by non-federally chartered
lenders,  have historically  been subjected to a variety of restrictions.  These
restrictions  differed  from  state  to  state,  resulting  in  difficulties  in
determining whether a particular alternative mortgage instrument originated by a
state-chartered lender was in compliance with applicable law. These difficulties
were alleviated  substantially as a result of the enactment of Title VIII of the
Garn-St Germain Act, or Title VIII. Title VIII provides that,  regardless of any
state law to the contrary;

     state-chartered  banks may originate  alternative  mortgage  instruments in
     accordance with regulations  promulgated by the Comptroller of the Currency
     for the origination of alternative mortgage instruments by national banks,

     state-chartered   credit   unions  may   originate   alternative   mortgage
     instruments  in accordance  with  regulations  promulgated  by the National
     Credit  Union   Administration  for  origination  of  alternative  mortgage
     instruments by federal credit unions and

     all   other   non-federally   chartered   housing   creditors,    including
     state-chartered  savings  and loan  associations,  state-chartered  savings
     banks  and  mutual  savings  banks  and  mortgage  banking  companies,  may
     originate   alternative   mortgage   instruments  in  accordance  with  the
     regulations promulgated by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, predecessor to
     the OTS, for  origination  of alternative  mortgage  instruments by federal
     savings and loan associations.

    Title  VIII also  provides  that any state may reject  applicability  of the
provisions  of Title VIII by  adopting,  prior to  October  15,  1985,  a law or
constitutional   provision   expressly  rejecting  the  applicability  of  these
provisions. Some states have taken this action.

  Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees

    The mortgage  loans or revolving  credit loans  included in the trust may be
junior to other mortgages,  deeds to secure debt or deeds of trust held by other
lenders.  Absent  an  intercreditor  agreement,  the  rights of the  trust,  and
therefore  the  securityholders,  as  mortgagee  under a  junior  mortgage,  are
subordinate to those of the mortgagee under the senior  mortgage,  including the
prior  rights  of  the  senior   mortgagee  to  receive  hazard   insurance  and
condemnation  proceeds and to cause the property  securing the mortgage  loan or
revolving  credit loan to be sold on default of the  mortgagor.  The sale of the
mortgaged  property may extinguish the junior mortgagee's lien unless the junior
mortgagee  asserts  its  subordinate  interest in the  property  in  foreclosure
litigation and, in certain cases,  either  reinstates or satisfies the defaulted
senior  mortgage  loan or revolving  credit loan or mortgage  loans or revolving
credit loans. A junior mortgagee may satisfy a defaulted senior mortgage loan or
revolving credit loan in full or, in some states, may cure the default and bring
the senior mortgage loan or revolving  credit loan current  thereby  reinstating
the senior  mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit loan,  in either event  usually
adding the amounts  expended to the balance due on the junior  mortgage  loan or
revolving credit loan. In most states, absent a provision in the mortgage,  deed
to secure debt or deed of trust,  or an  intercreditor  agreement,  no notice of
default is required to be given to a junior  mortgagee.  Where applicable law or
the terms of the senior  mortgage,  deed to secure  debt or deed of trust do not
require  notice of default to the junior  mortgagee,  the lack of any notice may
prevent the junior mortgagee from exercising any right to reinstate the mortgage
loan or revolving credit loan which applicable law may provide.

    The standard form of the mortgage, deed to secure debt or deed of trust used
by most institutional lenders confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive
all proceeds  collected under any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in
connection with condemnation  proceedings,  and to apply the proceeds and awards
to any  indebtedness  secured by the  mortgage,  deed to secure  debt or deed of
trust, in the order as the mortgagee may determine. Thus, if improvements on the
property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, or if the

                                       82


<PAGE>

property is taken by condemnation, the mortgagee or beneficiary under underlying
senior  mortgages  will have the prior right to collect any  insurance  proceeds
payable under a hazard  insurance  policy and any award of damages in connection
with the condemnation  and to apply the same to the indebtedness  secured by the
senior  mortgages.   Proceeds  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  senior  mortgage
indebtedness,  in most  cases,  may be  applied  to the  indebtedness  of junior
mortgages in the order of their priority.

    Another  provision  sometimes  found  in the form of the  mortgage,  deed to
secure  debt or deed  of  trust  used by  institutional  lenders  obligates  the
mortgagor to pay before  delinquency  all taxes and  assessments on the property
and,  when due, all  encumbrances,  charges and liens on the property  which are
prior to the  mortgage,  deed to secure  debt or deed of trust,  to provide  and
maintain fire insurance on the property, to maintain and repair the property and
not to commit  or permit  any waste  thereof,  and to appear in and  defend  any
action or  proceeding  purporting  to affect the  property  or the rights of the
mortgagee under the mortgage or deed of trust.  After a failure of the mortgagor
to perform any of these  obligations,  the mortgagee or beneficiary is given the
right under certain mortgages, deeds to secure debt or deeds of trust to perform
the obligation itself, at its election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse
the mortgagee for any sums expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor.
All sums so  expended  by a senior  mortgagee  become  part of the  indebtedness
secured by the senior mortgage.  Also,  since most senior mortgages  require the
related mortgagor to make escrow deposits with the holder of the senior mortgage
for all real estate taxes and insurance  premiums,  many junior  mortgagees will
not  collect  and retain the  escrows  and will rely on the holder of the senior
mortgage to collect and disburse the escrows.

    The form of credit  line trust deed or mortgage  used by most  institutional
lenders that make revolving  credit loans typically  contains a 'future advance'
clause,  which provides,  in essence,  that additional amounts advanced to or on
behalf of the  borrower  by the  beneficiary  or lender are to be secured by the
deed of trust or mortgage.  The  priority of the lien  securing any advance made
under the  clause  may  depend in most  states on  whether  the deed of trust or
mortgage  is  designated  as a credit  line  deed of trust or  mortgage.  If the
beneficiary or lender advances  additional  amounts,  the advance is entitled to
receive the same priority as amounts initially  advanced under the trust deed or
mortgage,  regardless  of the fact  that  there  may be  junior  trust  deeds or
mortgages  and other liens that  intervene  between the date of recording of the
trust deed or mortgage and the date of the future  advance,  and regardless that
the beneficiary or lender had actual knowledge of these intervening junior trust
deeds or mortgages  and other liens at the time of the advance.  In most states,
the trust deed or mortgage  lien  securing  mortgage  loans or revolving  credit
loans of the type that includes revolving credit loans applies  retroactively to
the date of the original recording of the trust deed or mortgage,  provided that
the total amount of advances  under the credit limit does not exceed the maximum
specified principal amount of the recorded trust deed or mortgage,  except as to
advances  made after  receipt  by the lender of a written  notice of lien from a
judgment lien creditor of the trustor.

THE MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS

  General

    A  manufactured  housing  contract  evidences both (a) the obligation of the
mortgagor  to repay the loan  evidenced  thereby and (b) the grant of a security
interest  in the  manufactured  home to secure  repayment  of the loan.  Certain
aspects of both  features of the  manufactured  housing  contracts are described
below.

  Security Interests in Manufactured Homes

    The law governing  perfection of a security  interest in a manufactured home
varies from state to state.  Security  interests  in  manufactured  homes may be
perfected  either by notation of the secured  party's lien on the certificate of
title or by  delivery of the  required  documents  and  payments of a fee to the
state motor vehicle authority, depending on state law. In some non-title states,
perfection under the provisions of the UCC is required. The lender, the servicer
or the master  servicer  may effect the  notation or  delivery  of the  required
documents  and fees,  and obtain  possession  of the  certificate  of title,  as
appropriate  under the laws of the state in which any manufactured home securing
a manufactured  housing  contract is  registered.  If the master  servicer,  the
servicer or the lender fails to effect the  notation or  delivery,  or files the
security interest under the wrong law, for example,  under a motor vehicle title
statute rather than under the UCC, in a few states, the  certificateholders  may
not have a first priority  security interest in the manufactured home securing a
manufactured  housing  contract.  As  manufactured  homes have become larger and
often have been attached to their sites  without any apparent  intention to move
them, courts in many states have held that manufactured homes, under certain

                                       83


<PAGE>

circumstances,  may become subject to real estate title and recording laws. As a
result, a security interest in a manufactured home could be rendered subordinate
to the  interests  of other  parties  claiming  an  interest  in the home  under
applicable  state real estate law. In order to perfect a security  interest in a
manufactured  home under real estate laws,  the holder of the security  interest
must record a mortgage,  deed of trust or deed to secure  debt,  as  applicable,
under the real estate laws of the state where the manufactured  home is located.
These filings must be made in the real estate records office of the county where
the  manufactured  home is located.  In some cases,  a security  interest in the
manufactured  home will be governed by the certificate of title laws or the UCC,
and the notation of the  security  interest on the  certificate  of title or the
filing of a UCC financing  statement  will be effective to maintain the priority
of the seller's  security  interest in the  manufactured  home. If,  however,  a
manufactured  home is permanently  attached to its site or if a court determines
that a  manufactured  home is real  property,  other  parties  could  obtain  an
interest  in the  manufactured  home  which is prior  to the  security  interest
originally  retained by the mortgage  collateral  seller and  transferred to the
depositor. In certain cases, the master servicer or the servicer, as applicable,
may be required to perfect a security  interest in the  manufactured  home under
applicable real estate laws. If the real estate  recordings are not required and
if  any of the  foregoing  events  were  to  occur,  the  only  recourse  of the
certificateholders  would be against the  mortgage  collateral  seller under its
repurchase obligation for breach of representations or warranties.

    The depositor will assign its security  interests in the manufactured  homes
to the  trustee on behalf of the  certificateholders.  See  'Description  of the
Securities  --  Assignment  of  Loans'  in  this  prospectus.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  if a manufactured home is
governed by the applicable  motor vehicle laws of the relevant state neither the
depositor nor the trustee will amend the  certificates  of title to identify the
trustee as the new secured party. Accordingly, the depositor or any other entity
as may be specified in the  prospectus  supplement  will continue to be named as
the secured  party on the  certificates  of title  relating to the  manufactured
homes. However,  there exists a risk that, in the absence of an amendment to the
certificate of title,  the  assignment of the security  interest may not be held
effective  against  subsequent  purchasers of a manufactured  home or subsequent
lenders who take a security  interest in the  manufactured  home or creditors of
the assignor.

    If the owner of a manufactured home moves it to a state other than the state
in which the  manufactured  home  initially is  registered  and if steps are not
taken to re-perfect the trustee's  security  interest in the state, the security
interest  in the  manufactured  home will cease to be  perfected.  While in many
circumstances  the trustee would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security
interest in the  manufactured  home in the state of relocation,  there can be no
assurance that the trustee will be able to do so.

    When a mortgagor under a manufactured  housing contract sells a manufactured
home,  the  trustee,  or the  servicer  or the master  servicer on behalf of the
trustee,  must surrender  possession of the certificate of title or will receive
notice  as a result  of its lien  noted  thereon  and  accordingly  will have an
opportunity  to require  satisfaction  of the related lien before release of the
lien.

    Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a manufactured
home take priority over a perfected security interest.  The applicable  mortgage
collateral seller typically will represent that it has no knowledge of any liens
for any manufactured home securing payment on any manufactured housing contract.
However,  the liens could  arise at any time  during the term of a  manufactured
housing contract.  No notice will be given to the trustee or  certificateholders
if a lien arises and the lien would not give rise to a repurchase  obligation on
the part of the party specified in the related agreement.

    To the extent that manufactured homes are not treated as real property under
applicable state law,  manufactured housing contracts in most cases are 'chattel
paper' as defined  in the UCC in effect in the states in which the  manufactured
homes  initially  were  registered.  Under the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is
treated in a manner  similar to  perfection  of a security  interest  in chattel
paper.  Under the related  agreement,  the master servicer,  the servicer or the
depositor,  as the  case  may  be,  will  transfer  physical  possession  of the
manufactured housing contracts to the trustee or its custodian. In addition, the
master  servicer or the servicer will make an appropriate  filing of a financing
statement in the appropriate states to give notice of the trustee's ownership of
the  manufactured   housing  contracts.   Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  the manufactured housing contracts will not
be stamped or marked otherwise to reflect their assignment from the depositor to
the trustee.  Therefore,  if a subsequent  purchaser  were able to take physical
possession  of  the  manufactured   housing  contracts  without  notice  of  the
assignment,  the trustee's interest in the manufactured  housing contracts could
be defeated.  To the extent that manufactured homes are treated as real property
under

                                       84


<PAGE>

applicable state law, contracts will be treated in a manner similar to that
described above with regard to mortgage loans. See ' -- The Mortgage Loans'

above.

  Enforcement of Security Interests in Manufactured Homes

    The servicer or the master servicer on behalf of the trustee,  to the extent
required by the  related  agreement,  may take  action to enforce the  trustee's
security interest for manufactured  housing contracts in default by repossession
and sale of the manufactured homes securing the defaulted  manufactured  housing
contracts.  So long as the  manufactured  home has not  become  subject  to real
estate law, a creditor in most cases can repossess a manufactured  home securing
a  contract  by  voluntary  surrender,  by  'self-help'   repossession  that  is
'peaceful'  or,  in the  absence  of  voluntary  surrender  and the  ability  to
repossess without breach of the peace, by judicial process. The UCC and consumer
protection  laws  in most  states  place  restrictions  on  repossession  sales,
including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial  reasonableness in
effecting the sale. The debtor may also have a right to redeem the  manufactured
home at or before resale.

    Certain  statutory  provisions,  including  federal and state bankruptcy and
insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the ability
of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.
For a  discussion  of  deficiency  judgments,  see ' -- The  Mortgage  Loans  --
Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders' above.

THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

  General

    The home improvement contracts,  other than those home improvement contracts
that are  unsecured or secured by mortgages on real estate,  in most cases,  are
'chattel paper' and include 'purchase money security  interests' each as defined
in the UCC. Those home improvement  contracts are referred to in this section as
'contracts'.  Under the UCC,  the sale of  chattel  paper is treated in a manner
similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. Under the related
agreement,  the depositor will transfer physical  possession of the contracts to
the trustee or a designated  custodian or may retain possession of the contracts
as  custodian  for  the  trustee.  In  addition,  the  depositor  will  make  an
appropriate  filing of a financing  statement in the appropriate  states to give
notice of the  trustee's  ownership of the  contracts.  Unless  specified in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  contracts  will  not be  stamped  or
otherwise  marked to reflect their assignment from the depositor to the trustee.
Therefore,  if through negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  a subsequent  purchaser
were able to take physical  possession of the  contracts  without  notice of the
assignment,  the  trustee's  interest in the  contracts  could be  defeated.  In
addition,  if the depositor were to become insolvent or a debtor in a bankruptcy
case while in possession  of the  contracts,  competing  claims to the contracts
could arise.  Even if  unsuccessful,  these  claims could delay  payments to the
trust  and the  securityholders.  If  successful,  losses  to the  trust and the
securityholders also could result.

    The contracts  that are secured by the home  improvements  financed by those
contracts  grant to the  originator of the contracts a purchase  money  security
interest in the home improvements to secure all or part of the purchase price of
the home improvements and related services.  A financing statement in most cases
is not  required to be filed to perfect a purchase  money  security  interest in
consumer goods. These purchase money security interests are assignable.  In most
cases,  a  purchase  money  security  interest  grants to the  holder a security
interest  that has priority  over a  conflicting  security  interest in the same
collateral and the proceeds of the collateral.  However,  to the extent that the
collateral  subject to a purchase money security interest becomes a fixture,  in
order for the related  purchase money security  interest to take priority over a
conflicting  interest  in  the  fixture,  the  holder's  interest  in  the  home
improvement must in most cases be perfected by a timely fixture filing.  In most
cases,  under the UCC,  a  security  interest  does not  exist  under the UCC in
ordinary  building  material  incorporated  into an  improvement  on land.  Home
improvement  contracts  that  finance  lumber,  bricks,  other types of ordinary
building material or other goods that are deemed to lose this  characterization,
upon  incorporation  of these materials into the related  property,  will not be
secured by a purchase  money  security  interest in the home  improvement  being
financed.

    Forms  of  notes  and  mortgages  used by  lenders  may  contain  provisions
obligating the borrower to pay a late charge or additional  interest if payments
are not timely made, and in some  circumstances  may provide for prepayment fees
or yield maintenance  penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity.  In
addition to limitations imposed by FHA Regulations  relating to home improvement
contracts partially insured by the FHA under Title I, in some states,  there are
or may be specific limitations on the late charges that a lender may collect

                                       85


<PAGE>

from a borrower for delinquent payments. Some states also limit the amounts that
a lender may  collect  from a borrower  as an  additional  charge if the loan is
prepaid.  In  addition,  the  enforceability  of  provisions  that  provide  for
prepayment  fees or penalties on an involuntary  prepayment is unclear under the
laws of many  states.  Most  conventional  single-family  mortgage  loans may be
prepaid in full or in part without penalty.  The regulations of the Federal Home
Loan Bank  Board,  as  succeeded  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  or OTS,
prohibit the  imposition  of a prepayment  penalty or  equivalent  fee for or in
connection with the acceleration of a loan by exercise of a due-on-sale  clause.
A mortgagee to whom a prepayment  in full has been  tendered may be compelled to
give either a release of the mortgage or an  instrument  assigning  the existing
mortgage.  The absence of a restraint on  prepayment,  particularly  relating to
loans and/or contracts having higher interest rates, may increase the likelihood
of refinancing  or other early  retirements of the home equity loans and/or home
improvement contracts.

  Enforcement of Security Interest in Home Improvements

    So long as the home  improvement  has not become  subject to the real estate
law,  a creditor  can  repossess  a home  improvement  securing  a  contract  by
voluntary  surrender,  'self-help'  repossession  that is  'peaceful',  that is,
without breach of the peace,  or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the
ability to repossess without breach of the peace,  judicial process.  The holder
of a contract must give the debtor a number of days'  notice,  which varies from
10 to 30 days or more  depending  on the  state,  prior to  commencement  of any
repossession.  The UCC and  consumer  protection  laws in most  states  restrict
repossession  sales,   including  requiring  prior  notice  to  the  debtor  and
commercial reasonableness in effecting this type of sale. The law in most states
also requires that the debtor be given notice of any sale prior to resale of the
related property so that the debtor may redeem it at or before the resale.

    Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain a
deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession and resale
of the  property  securing  the  debtor's  loan.  However,  some  states  impose
prohibitions  or  limitations  on  deficiency  judgments  and in many  cases the
defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

    Some other statutory provisions,  including federal and state bankruptcy and
insolvency laws and general equity principles, may limit or delay the ability of
a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

    Unless the accompanying prospectus supplement indicates otherwise, the loans
contain due-on-sale  clauses.  These clauses permit the lender to accelerate the
maturity of the loan if the borrower  sells,  transfers or conveys the property.
The  enforceability  of these  clauses  has been the subject of  legislation  or
litigation in many states, and in some cases the enforceability of these clauses
has been limited or denied. However, the Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions
Act of 1982, or Garn-St Germain Act,  preempts state  constitutional,  statutory
and case law that prohibit the  enforcement of  due-on-sale  clauses and permits
lenders to enforce  these  clauses in  accordance  with their terms,  subject to
limited  exceptions.  The Garn-St Germain Act does 'encourage' lenders to permit
assumption  of loans at the original rate of interest or at some other rate less
than the average of the original rate and the market rate.

    The Garn-St  Germain Act also sets forth nine specific  instances in which a
mortgage  lender  covered  by  the  Garn-St  Germain  Act  may  not  exercise  a
due-on-sale  clause,  regardless of the fact that a transfer of the property may
have  occurred.  These  include  intra-family  transfers,  certain  transfers by
operation of law,  leases of fewer than three years and the creation of a junior
encumbrance. Regulations promulgated under the Garn-St Germain Act also prohibit
the  imposition of a prepayment  penalty on the  acceleration  of a loan under a
due-on-sale clause.

    The inability to enforce a  due-on-sale  clause may result in a loan bearing
an interest rate below the current market rate being assumed by a new home buyer
rather than being paid off,  which may have an impact on the average life of the
loans and the number of loans which may be outstanding until maturity.

    On foreclosure,  courts have imposed  general  equitable  principles.  These
equitable  principles are designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect
of its defaults  under the loan  documents.  Examples of judicial  remedies that
have been fashioned  include  judicial  requirements  that the lender  undertake
affirmative  and expensive  actions to determine  the causes for the  borrower's
default and the likelihood that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan.
In some cases,  courts have  required  that  lenders  reinstate  loans or recast
payment

                                       86



<PAGE>

schedules in order to  accommodate  borrowers who are suffering  from  temporary
financial  disability.  In other  cases,  courts  have  limited the right of the
lender  to  foreclose  if the  default  under  the  mortgage  instrument  is not
monetary,  including the borrower  failing to adequately  maintain the property.
Finally, some courts have been faced with the issue of whether or not federal or
state  constitutional  provisions  reflecting due process  concerns for adequate
notice  require  that  borrowers  under deeds of trust,  deeds to secure debt or
mortgages receive notices in addition to the statutorily prescribed minimum. For
the most part, these cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable
or have found that the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust,  or under a deed
to  secure  a debt or a  mortgagee  having a power  of  sale,  does not  involve
sufficient state action to afford constitutional protections to the borrower.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

    Numerous  federal and state  consumer  protection  laws impose  requirements
applicable to the origination of loans,  including the Truth in Lending Act, the
Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  the Fair Credit  Billing  Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the  enforceability
of the related loan.

    If the transferor of a consumer  credit contract is also the seller of goods
that give rise to the  transaction,  and, in certain cases,  related lenders and
assignees,  the  'Holder-in-Due-Course'  rule of the Federal Trade Commission is
intended to defeat the ability of the  transferor  to transfer the contract free
of  notice of claims by the  debtor  thereunder.  The  effect of this rule is to
subject the assignee of the contract to all claims and defenses  that the debtor
could assert against the seller of goods.  Liability  under this rule is limited
to amounts  paid under a contract;  however,  the  borrower  also may be able to
assert the rule to set off  remaining  amounts due as a defense  against a claim
brought against the borrower.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

    Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act
of 1980, or Title V, provides  that state usury  limitations  shall not apply to
some types of residential  first mortgage  loans,  including  Cooperative  Loans
originated  by some  lenders.  Title V also  provides  that,  subject to certain
conditions,  state usury limitations shall not apply to any loan that is secured
by a first lien on certain kinds of manufactured housing.  Title V also provides
that,  subject to the following  conditions,  state usury  limitations shall not
apply to any home  improvement  contract that is secured by a first lien on some
kinds of consumer  goods.  The  contracts  would be covered if they satisfy some
conditions,  among other things,  governing the terms of any  prepayments,  late
charges  and  deferral  fees and  requiring  a  30-day  notice  period  prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.

    Title V authorized  any state to reimpose  limitations on interest rates and
finance  charges  by  adopting  before  April  1,  1983 a law or  constitutional
provision that expressly rejects  application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted  this type of prior to the April 1, 1983  deadline.  In  addition,  even
where Title V was not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.

    Usury limits apply to junior mortgage loans in many states and Mexico Loans.
Any applicable  usury limits in effect at  origination  will be reflected in the
maximum  interest rates for the mortgage loans, as described in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.

    In most cases, each seller of a loan will have represented that the loan was
originated in compliance with then applicable state laws,  including usury laws,
in all  material  respects.  However,  the  interest  rates on the loans will be
subject to applicable usury laws as in effect from time to time.

ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION

    Under the federal  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and
Liability  Act of 1980,  as  amended,  or  CERCLA,  and under  state law in some
states,  a secured party which takes a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure,  purchases a
mortgaged  property at a foreclosure sale, or operates a mortgaged  property may
become  liable in some  circumstances  for the costs of  cleaning  up  hazardous
substances  regardless of whether they have  contaminated  the property.  CERCLA
imposes  strict,  as well as joint and several,  liability on several classes of
potentially  responsible parties,  including current owners and operators of the
property who did not cause or

                                       87


<PAGE>

contribute  to the  contamination.  Furthermore,  liability  under CERCLA is not
limited to the  original or  unamortized  principal  balance of a loan or to the
value of the property  securing a loan.  Lenders may be held liable under CERCLA
as owners or operators unless they qualify for the secured creditor exemption to
CERCLA. This exemption exempts from the definition of owners and operators those
who,  without  participating  in the  management of a facility,  hold indicia of
ownership primarily to protect a security interest in the facility.

    The Asset Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance Act of 1996,
or Conservation  Act amended,  among other things,  the provisions of CERCLA for
lender liability and the secured creditor exemption. The Conservation Act offers
substantial  protection to lenders by defining the  activities in which a lender
can engage and still have the benefit of the secured creditor  exemption.  For a
lender  to be deemed  to have  participated  in the  management  of a  mortgaged
property, the lender must actually participate in the operational affairs of the
mortgaged  property.  The  Conservation  Act provides  that  'merely  having the
capacity to influence,  or  unexercised  right to control'  operations  does not
constitute participation in management. A lender will lose the protection of the
secured creditor exemption only if it exercises decision-making control over the
mortgagor's  environmental  compliance  and  hazardous  substance  handling  and
disposal  practices,  or assumes  day-to-day  management  of  substantially  all
operational  functions of the  mortgaged  property.  The  Conservation  Act also
provides that a lender will continue to have the benefit of the secured creditor
exemption  even if it  forecloses  on a mortgaged  property,  purchases  it at a
foreclosure  sale or accepts a  deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure  provided that the
lender  seeks  to  sell  the  mortgaged  property  at the  earliest  practicable
commercially reasonable time on commercially reasonable terms.

    Other federal and state laws in some circumstances may impose liability on a
secured party which takes a deed-in-lieu of  foreclosure,  purchases a mortgaged
property  at a  foreclosure  sale,  or  operates a  mortgaged  property on which
contaminants  other than CERCLA  hazardous  substances  are  present,  including
petroleum,  agricultural  chemicals,  hazardous  wastes,  asbestos,  radon,  and
lead-based  paint.  These cleanup costs may be substantial.  It is possible that
the  cleanup  costs could  become a liability  of a trust and reduce the amounts
otherwise  distributable  to the  holders of the related  series of  securities.
Moreover,   some  federal   statutes  and  some  states  by  statute  impose  an
Environmental   Lien.  All  subsequent   liens  on  that  property  are  usually
subordinated to an Environmental  Lien and, in some states,  even prior recorded
liens are  subordinated  to  Environmental  Liens.  In the  latter  states,  the
security  interest of the trustee in a related  parcel of real  property that is
subject to an Environmental Lien could be adversely affected.

    Traditionally,  many  residential  mortgage  lenders have not taken steps to
evaluate whether  contaminants  are present for any mortgaged  property prior to
the  origination of the loan or prior to foreclosure or accepting a deed-in-lieu
of  foreclosure.  Neither the depositor nor any master servicer or servicer will
be required by any  agreement to  undertake  any of these  evaluations  prior to
foreclosure or accepting a deed-in-lieu of  foreclosure.  The depositor does not
make any  representations  or warranties or assume any liability for the absence
or effect of  contaminants on any mortgaged  property or any casualty  resulting
from the presence or effect of contaminants. However, the master servicer or the
servicer will not be obligated to foreclose on any mortgaged  property or accept
a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure if it knows or reasonably  believes that there are
material contaminated  conditions on the property. A failure so to foreclose may
reduce the amounts otherwise available to securityholders of the related series.

    Except as otherwise specified in the applicable  prospectus  supplement,  at
the time the  loans  were  originated,  no  environmental  assessment  or a very
limited  environment  assessment  of the  mortgaged  properties  will  have been
conducted.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940

    Under the terms of the  Relief Act a borrower  who enters  military  service
after the  origination of the borrower's  loan,  including a borrower who was in
reserve  status and is called to active duty after  origination of the loan, may
not be charged interest,  including fees and charges, above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of the  borrower's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise on application of the lender.  The Relief Act applies to borrowers who
are members of the Air Force, Army, Marines,  Navy, National Guard,  Reserves or
Coast Guard,  and officers of the U.S.  Public Health  Service  assigned to duty
with the military.

    Because  the Relief Act applies to  borrowers  who enter  military  service,
including  reservists  who are called to active duty,  after  origination of the
related loan, no information  can be provided as to the number of loans that may
be affected by the Relief Act. For loans included in a trust, application of the
Relief Act would adversely

                                       88




<PAGE>

affect, for an indeterminate  period of time, the ability of the servicer or the
master  servicer,  as  applicable,  to collect  full  amounts of interest on the
loans. Any shortfall in interest  collections  resulting from the application of
the  Relief  Act or  similar  legislation  or  regulations,  which  would not be
recoverable  from the related loans,  would result in a reduction of the amounts
distributable to the holders of the related securities, and would not be covered
by Advances or any form of credit  enhancement  provided in connection  with the
related series of securities.  In addition,  the Relief Act imposes  limitations
that  would  impair the  ability of the  servicer  or the  master  servicer,  as
applicable,  to foreclose on an affected loan during the  mortgagor's  period of
active duty status,  and, under some  circumstances,  during an additional three
month  period  thereafter.  Thus,  if the Relief Act or similar  legislation  or
regulations applies to any loan which goes into default,  there may be delays in
payment and losses on the related securities in connection therewith.  Any other
interest shortfalls, deferrals or forgiveness of payments on the loans resulting
from  similar  legislation  or  regulations  may result in delays in payments or
losses to securityholders of the related series.

DEFAULT INTEREST AND LIMITATIONS ON PREPAYMENTS

    Notes and mortgages may contain provisions that obligate the borrower to pay
a late charge or  additional  interest if payments are not timely  made,  and in
some  circumstances,  may prohibit  prepayments  for a specified  period  and/or
condition  prepayments  on the  borrower's  payment of prepayment  fees or yield
maintenance penalties.  In some states, there are or may be specific limitations
on the late charges  which a lender may collect  from a borrower for  delinquent
payments.  Some states also limit the amounts  that a lender may collect  from a
borrower  as an  additional  charge if the loan is  prepaid.  In  addition,  the
enforceability of provisions that provide for prepayment fees or penalties on an
involuntary   prepayment  is  unclear  under  the  laws  of  many  states.  Most
conventional  single-family  mortgage  loans may be  prepaid  in full or in part
without  penalty.  The  regulations  of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank  Board,  as
succeeded  by the OTS,  prohibit  the  imposition  of a  prepayment  penalty  or
equivalent fee for or in connection with the  acceleration of a loan by exercise
of a  due-on-sale  clause.  A mortgagee  to whom a  prepayment  in full has been
tendered  may be  compelled  to give  either a  release  of the  mortgage  or an
instrument  assigning  the  existing  mortgage.  The absence of a  restraint  on
prepayment,  particularly  for  mortgage  loans  having  higher loan rates,  may
increase  the  likelihood  of  refinancing  or other  early  retirements  of the
mortgage loans.

FORFEITURES IN DRUG AND RICO PROCEEDINGS

    Federal  law  provides   that  property   owned  by  persons   convicted  of
drug-related  crimes or of criminal  violations of the Racketeer  Influenced and
Corrupt  Organizations,  or RICO statute can be seized by the  government if the
property was used in, or purchased  with the  proceeds of, those  crimes.  Under
procedures  contained  in the  Comprehensive  Crime  Control  Act of  1984,  the
government may seize the property even before  conviction.  The government  must
publish notice of the  forfeiture  proceeding and may give notice to all parties
'known to have an alleged  interest in the  property,'  including the holders of
mortgage loans.

    A  lender  may  avoid  forfeiture  of its  interest  in the  property  if it
establishes  that: (i) its mortgage was executed and recorded before  commission
of the crime on which the  forfeiture  is based,  or (ii) the lender was, at the
time of execution of the  mortgage,  'reasonably  without cause to believe' that
the  property was used in, or  purchased  with the proceeds of,  illegal drug or
RICO activities.

NEGATIVE AMORTIZATION LOANS

    A recent case held that state  restrictions  on the  compounding of interest
are not preempted by the provisions of the Depository Institutions  Deregulation
and Monetary  Control Act of 1980,  or DIDMC,  and as a result,  a mortgage loan
that provided for negative  amortization  violated New  Hampshire's  requirement
that first  mortgage  loans  provide  for  computation  of  interest on a simple
interest basis.  The court did not address the  applicability of the Alternative
Mortgage  Transaction  Parity  Act of 1982,  which  authorizes  a lender to make
residential mortgage loans that provide for negative amortization.  As a result,
the  enforceability  of compound  interest on  mortgage  loans that  provide for
negative  amortization  is  unclear.  The case,  which was  decided by the First
Circuit Court of Appeals,  is binding  authority only on Federal District Courts
in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Puerto Rico.

                                       89


<PAGE>

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

    The following is a discussion of the material  (and certain  other)  federal
income tax  consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of the
securities.  This discussion is directed solely to securityholders that hold the
securities as capital  assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal
Revenue Code and does not purport to discuss all federal income tax consequences
that may be  applicable to  particular  categories of investors,  some of which,
including banks,  insurance  companies and foreign  investors) may be subject to
special rules. In addition,  the authorities on which this  discussion,  and the
opinion  referred  to  below,  are  based are  subject  to  change or  differing
interpretations,  which  could apply  retroactively.  This  discussion  does not
purport to be as detailed  and complete as the advice a  securityholder  may get
from its tax  advisor  and  accordingly,  taxpayers  should  consult  their  tax
advisors  and  tax  return  preparers  regarding  the  consequences  to  them of
investing in the  securities  and the  preparation  of any item on a tax return,
even where the  anticipated  tax treatment has been discussed in this prospectus
or  in  a  prospectus  supplement.   In  addition  to  the  federal  income  tax
consequences  described in this prospectus,  potential investors should consider
the state and local tax  consequences,  if any, of the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition  of  the  securities.   See  'State  and  Other  Tax  Consequences.'
Securityholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state,
local  or  other  tax  consequences  to  them  of the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition of the securities offered hereunder.

    The following discussion addresses REMIC and FASIT certificates representing
interests in a trust for which the transaction  documents  require the making of
an election  to have the trust (or a portion  thereof) be treated as one or more
REMICs or FASITs.  The prospectus  supplement for each series of securities will
indicate  whether a REMIC or FASIT  election or  elections  will be made for the
related  trust and, if that  election is to be made,  will identify all 'regular
interests' and 'residual  interests' in the REMIC or the 'regular interests' and
'high yield regular interests' in the FASIT, as the case may be. If interests in
a FASIT ownership interest are offered for sale the federal income  consequences
of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of those interests will be described
in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  For purposes of this tax discussion,
references to a 'securityholder'  or a 'holder' are to the beneficial owner of a
security.

    If neither a REMIC nor FASIT election is to be made for a particular  series
because,  for  example,  a  grantor  trust  structure  is  being  used,  the tax
consequences  of that structure  will be discussed in the prospectus  supplement
for that series.

    Regulations  specifically addressing certain of the issues discussed in this
prospectus  have  not  been  issued  and  this  discussion  is  based in part on
regulations that do not adequately  address some issues relevant to, and in some
instances  provide that they are not  applicable to,  securities  similar to the
securities.

CLASSIFICATION OF REMICS AND FASITS

    Upon the  issuance  of each  series of REMIC or FASIT  certificates,  one of
Thacher Proffitt & Wood, Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP or Stroock & Stroock
& Lavan LLP,  counsel to the  depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the effect
that,  assuming  compliance  with all  provisions  of the  related  pooling  and
servicing  agreement,  indenture or trust agreement,  the related trust, or each
applicable  portion of the trust,  will qualify as a REMIC or FASIT, as the case
may be, and the certificates  offered with respect thereto will be considered to
be (or evidence the ownership of) 'regular  interests,'  in the related REMIC or
FASIT or,  solely in the case of REMICs,  'residual  interests,'  in that REMIC.
Opinions of counsel only represent the views of that counsel and are not binding
on the Internal Revenue Service,  known as the IRS, or the courts.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance  that the IRS and the courts will not take a differing
position.

    No Treasury  regulations  supplementing the FASIT provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code have been issued and many issues remain  unresolved.  Further,  any
future  Treasury  regulations  may be applied  retroactively,  and the  Internal
Revenue  Code  authorizes  the  Treasury to issue  'anti-abuse'  regulations  to
prevent the abuse of the purposes of the FASIT provisions  through  transactions
that are not primarily related to securitization of debt instruments by a FASIT.
Although it is unclear what form of transactions  such regulations may prohibit,
it is expected that any  transactions  described in this  prospectus  would fall
outside  the  scope  of  such  regulations.  Since  the  FASIT  Provisions  will
ultimately be interpreted by their own regulations  (which,  as indicated above,
have not yet been issued), investors should be cautious in purchasing any of the
Certificates and should consult

                                       90




<PAGE>

with their tax advisors in determining the federal,  state,  local and other tax
consequences  to  them  for  the  purchase,   holding  and  disposition  of  the
Certificates.

    In addition,  certain FASIT regular interests or FASIT Regular  Certificates
may be treated as 'high-yield regular interests.' Special rules, discussed below
apply to those securities.  Although the accompanying prospectus supplement will
indicate  which  FASIT  securities  are  expected  to be treated as  'high-yield
regular  interests,'  in many  cases  it will not be clear as of the date of the
prospectus  supplement  (and  possibly  not  even  after  the  issuance  of  the
securities) whether any particular class will actually be so treated.

    If an entity electing to be treated as a REMIC or FASIT fails to comply with
one or more of the ongoing  requirements  of the Internal  Revenue Code for that
status  during any taxable  year,  the Internal  Revenue Code  provides that the
entity will not be treated as a REMIC or FASIT for that year and thereafter.  In
that event, the entity may be taxable as a separate  corporation  under Treasury
regulations,  and the related  certificates  may not be  accorded  the status or
given the tax treatment  described in this prospectus  under  'Material  Federal
Income Tax  Consequences'.  The IRS may, but is not compelled to provide  relief
but any relief may be  accompanied  by sanctions,  including the imposition of a
corporate tax on all or a portion of the trust's  income for the period in which
the  requirements  for that status are not satisfied.  The pooling and servicing
agreement,  indenture  or trust  agreement  for each REMIC or FASIT will include
provisions  designed to maintain the trust's  status as a REMIC or FASIT.  It is
not  anticipated  that the  status  of any  trust  as a REMIC  or FASIT  will be
terminated.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REMIC AND FASIT REGULAR CERTIFICATES

  General

    In general, REMIC and FASIT Regular Certificates will be treated for federal
income tax purposes as debt  instruments  and not as ownership  interests in the
REMIC or FASIT or its assets.  Moreover,  holders of Regular  Certificates  that
otherwise  report income under a cash method of  accounting  will be required to
report income for Regular Certificates under an accrual method.

  Original Issue Discount

    Some REMIC or FASIT Regular  Certificates may be issued with 'original issue
discount'  within the meaning of Section  1273(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code.
Any  holders  of  Regular  Certificates  issued  with  original  issue  discount
typically  will be required to include  original  issue discount in income as it
accrues,  in  accordance  with the  method  described  below,  in advance of the
receipt of the cash attributable to that income. In addition, Section 1272(a)(6)
of the Internal  Revenue  Code  provides  special  rules  applicable  to Regular
Certificates  and certain  other debt  instruments  issued with  original  issue
discount. Regulations have not been issued under that section.

    The Internal Revenue Code requires that a prepayment  assumption be used for
loans  held by a REMIC or FASIT in  computing  the  accrual  of  original  issue
discount on Regular  Certificates issued by that issuer, and that adjustments be
made in the amount and rate of accrual of the  discount  to reflect  differences
between the actual prepayment rate and the prepayment assumption. The prepayment
assumption is to be determined in a manner  prescribed in Treasury  regulations;
as noted above, those regulations have not been issued. The conference committee
report  accompanying  the Tax Reform Act of 1986 indicates that the  regulations
will provide that the prepayment  assumption used for a Regular Certificate must
be the  same as  that  used in  pricing  the  initial  offering  of the  Regular
Certificate.  The  prepayment  assumption  used  by  the  master  servicer,  the
servicer,  or the REMIC or FASIT  administrator,  as  applicable,  in  reporting
original  issue  discount  for  each  series  of  Regular  Certificates  will be
consistent  with  this  standard  and  will  be  disclosed  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  However,  none of the  depositor,  the  REMIC  or FASIT
administrator,  as applicable,  or the master servicer or the servicer will make
any  representation  that the loans will in fact prepay at a rate  conforming to
the prepayment assumption or at any other rate.

    The original issue discount, if any, on a REMIC or FASIT Regular Certificate
will be the excess of its stated  redemption  price at  maturity  over its issue
price. The issue price of a particular class of Regular Certificates will be the
first cash price at which a substantial  amount of Regular  Certificates of that
class is sold, excluding sales to bond houses, brokers and underwriters. If less
than a substantial amount of a particular class of Regular  Certificates is sold
for cash on or prior to the date of their initial issuance, or the closing date,
the

                                       91



<PAGE>

issue price for that class will be treated as the fair market value of the class
on the closing date. Under the OID regulations, the stated redemption price of a
REMIC or FASIT Regular  Certificate  is equal to the total of all payments to be
made on that  certificate  other than  'qualified  stated  interest.'  Qualified
stated  interest  includes  interest  that is  unconditionally  payable at least
annually  at a  single  fixed  rate,  or in the  case of a  variable  rate  debt
instrument,  at a 'qualified  floating rate,' an 'objective rate,' a combination
of a  single  fixed  rate  and one or more  'qualified  floating  rates'  or one
'qualified  inverse  floating  rate,' or a combination  of  'qualified  floating
rates'  that in most cases  does not  operate in a manner  that  accelerates  or
defers interest payments on a Regular Certificate.

    In the case of Regular  Certificates  bearing adjustable interest rates, the
determination  of the total amount of original  issue discount and the timing of
the  inclusion  of the  original  issue  discount  will  vary  according  to the
characteristics  of the Regular  Certificates.  If the original  issue  discount
rules apply to the  certificates,  the accompanying  prospectus  supplement will
describe  the manner in which the rules will be applied by the master  servicer,
the  servicer,  or  REMIC or  FASIT  administrator,  as  applicable,  for  those
certificates in preparing information returns to the  certificateholders and the
Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.

    Some classes of the Regular  Certificates may provide for the first interest
payment with respect to their  certificates to be made more than one month after
the date of  issuance,  a period  which is longer  than the  subsequent  monthly
intervals between interest  payments.  Assuming the 'accrual period' (as defined
below) for original issue discount is each monthly period that begins or ends on
a distribution date, in some cases, as a consequence of this 'long first accrual
period,'  some or all  interest  payments  may be required to be included in the
stated redemption price of the Regular Certificate and accounted for as original
issue discount.  Because interest on Regular  Certificates  must in any event be
accounted for under an accrual  method,  applying this analysis  would result in
only a slight  difference  in the timing of the inclusion in income of the yield
on the Regular Certificates.

    In addition,  if the accrued  interest to be paid on the first  distribution
date is computed for a period that begins  prior to the closing  date, a portion
of the purchase  price paid for a Regular  Certificate  will reflect the accrued
interest. In these cases,  information returns to the certificateholders and the
IRS will be based on the position  that the portion of the  purchase  price paid
for the  interest  accrued for periods  prior to the closing  date is treated as
part of the overall cost of the Regular Certificate, and not as a separate asset
the cost of which is  recovered  entirely  out of interest  received on the next
distribution  date,  and  that  portion  of  the  interest  paid  on  the  first
distribution   date  in  excess  of  interest  accrued  for  a  number  of  days
corresponding  to the  number  of  days  from  the  closing  date  to the  first
distribution  date  should be  included  in the stated  redemption  price of the
Regular Certificate. However, the OID regulations state that all or some portion
of the accrued  interest may be treated as a separate asset the cost of which is
recovered  entirely out of interest paid on the first  distribution  date. It is
unclear  how an election  to do so would be made under the OID  regulations  and
whether that election could be made unilaterally by a certificateholder.

    Regardless of the general  definition of original issue  discount,  original
issue discount on a Regular  Certificate  will be considered to be de minimis if
it is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price of the Regular  Certificate
multiplied by its weighted average life. For this purpose,  the weighted average
life  of  the  Regular  Certificate  is  computed  as the  sum  of  the  amounts
determined,  as to each payment  included in the stated  redemption price of the
Regular Certificate,  by multiplying (i) the number of complete years,  rounding
down for partial years,  from the issue date until the payment is expected to be
made,  presumably  taking into  account  the  prepayment  assumption,  by (ii) a
fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is the  amount  of the  payment,  and  the
denominator of which is the stated  redemption  price at maturity of the Regular
Certificate.  Under the OID  regulations,  original  issue discount of only a de
minimis amount, other than de minimis original issue discount  attributable to a
so-called  'teaser'  interest  rate  or an  initial  interest  holiday,  will be
included in income as each  payment of stated  principal  is made,  based on the
product of the total  amount of the de minimis  original  issue  discount  and a
fraction,  the numerator of which is the amount of the principal payment and the
denominator of which is the outstanding  stated  principal amount of the Regular
Certificate.  The OID regulations also would permit a certificateholder to elect
to accrue de minimis  original issue discount into income  currently  based on a
constant  yield method.  See ' -- Market  Discount'  for a  description  of that
election under the OID regulations.

    If original  issue  discount on a Regular  Certificate  is in excess of a de
minimis  amount,  the holder of the  certificate  must include in ordinary gross
income the sum of the 'daily  portions' of original  issue discount for each day
during its taxable year on which it held the Regular Certificate,  including the
purchase date but

                                       92

<PAGE>

excluding the  disposition  date. In the case of an original holder of a Regular
Certificate, the daily portions of original issue discount will be determined as
follows.

    As to each  'accrual  period,'  that  is,  unless  otherwise  stated  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  each period that begins or ends on a date
that  corresponds to a  distribution  date and begins on the first day following
the immediately  preceding  accrual period,  or in the case of the first accrual
period, begins on the closing date, a calculation will be made of the portion of
the original issue discount that accrued during that accrual period. The portion
of original  issue  discount  that accrues in any accrual  period will equal the
excess,  if any, of (i) the sum of (A) the present  value,  as of the end of the
accrual period, of all of the distributions  remaining to be made on the Regular
Certificate,  if any, in future  periods and (B) the  distributions  made on the
Regular  Certificate during the accrual period of amounts included in the stated
redemption price, over (ii) the adjusted issue price of the Regular  Certificate
at the  beginning  of the accrual  period.  The present  value of the  remaining
distributions  referred to in the  preceding  sentence  will be  calculated  (1)
assuming  that  distributions  on the  Regular  Certificate  will be received in
future  periods  based  on  the  loans  being  prepaid  at a rate  equal  to the
prepayment  assumption and (2) using a discount rate equal to the original yield
to  maturity of the  certificate.  For these  purposes,  the  original  yield to
maturity  of the  certificate  will be  calculated  based on its issue price and
assuming  that  distributions  on the  certificate  will be made in all  accrual
periods  based on the loans  being  prepaid  at a rate  equal to the  prepayment
assumption.  The adjusted issue price of a Regular  Certificate at the beginning
of any accrual period will equal the issue price of the  certificate,  increased
by the  aggregate  amount of  original  issue  discount  that  accrued  for that
certificate  in  prior  accrual  periods,  and  reduced  by  the  amount  of any
distributions  made on that  Regular  Certificate  in prior  accrual  periods of
amounts  included in its stated  redemption  price.  The original issue discount
accruing  during any  accrual  period,  computed  as  described  above,  will be
allocated  ratably to each day during the accrual  period to determine the daily
portion of original issue discount for that day.

    The OID regulations suggest that original issue discount for securities that
represent  multiple   uncertificated  regular  interests,   in  which  ownership
interests  will be  issued  simultaneously  to the same  buyer  and which may be
required  under the related  pooling and servicing  agreement to be  transferred
together,  should be computed on an aggregate  method. In the absence of further
guidance from the IRS, original issue discount for securities that represent the
ownership of multiple uncert ificated regular  interests will be reported to the
IRS and the  certificateholders on an aggregate method based on a single overall
constant  yield  and  the  prepayment  assumption  stated  in  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement, treating all uncertificated regular interests as a single
debt instrument as set forth in the OID regulations,  so long as the pooling and
servicing  agreement  requires  that the  uncertificated  regular  interests  be
transferred together.

    A  subsequent   purchaser  of  a  Regular  Certificate  that  purchases  the
certificate  at a cost,  excluding  any  portion  of that cost  attributable  to
accrued  qualified  stated interest,  less than its remaining stated  redemption
price will also be required to include in gross income the daily portions of any
original issue discount for that certificate.  However,  each daily portion will
be  reduced,  if the  cost  is in  excess  of its  'adjusted  issue  price,'  in
proportion  to the ratio  that  excess  bears to the  aggregate  original  issue
discount remaining to be accrued on the Regular Certificate.  The adjusted issue
price of a Regular  Certificate  on any given day equals (i) the adjusted  issue
price or, in the case of the  first  accrual  period,  the issue  price,  of the
certificate at the beginning of the accrual period which includes that day, plus
(ii) the daily  portions  of  original  issue  discount  for all days during the
accrual period prior to that day minus (iii) any principal  payments made during
the accrual period prior to that day for the certificate.

  Market Discount

    A  certificateholder  that  purchases  a  Regular  Certificate  at a  market
discount,  that is, in the case of a Regular Certificate issued without original
issue  discount,  at a purchase price less than its remaining  stated  principal
amount,  or in the case of a Regular  Certificate  issued  with  original  issue
discount,  at a purchase price less than its adjusted issue price will recognize
income on receipt of each distribution  representing stated redemption price. In
particular,   under   Section  1276  of  the   Internal   Revenue  Code  such  a
certificateholder in most cases will be required to allocate the portion of each
distribution  representing  stated  redemption  price  first to  accrued  market
discount not previously  included in income, and to recognize ordinary income to
that extent.

    A certificateholder may elect to include market discount in income currently
as it accrues rather than  including it on a deferred  basis in accordance  with
the foregoing. If made, the election will apply to all market

                                       93


<PAGE>

discount  bonds acquired by the  certificateholder  on or after the first day of
the first  taxable year to which the  election  applies.  In  addition,  the OID
regulations  permit  a  certificateholder  to  elect  to  accrue  all  interest,
discount, including de minimis market or original issue discount, and premium in
income as interest,  based on a constant yield method. If the election were made
for a Regular Certificate with market discount,  the certificateholder  would be
deemed to have made an election to include  currently  market discount in income
for all other debt instruments having market discount that the certificateholder
acquires  during the taxable year of the election or  thereafter.  Similarly,  a
certificateholder  that made this election for a certificate that is acquired at
a premium  would be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium for
all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that the  certificateholder
owns or acquires. See ' -- Premium.' Each of these elections to accrue interest,
discount and premium for a certificate on a constant yield method or as interest
may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

    However,  market discount for a Regular Certificate will be considered to be
de minimis for  purposes of Section  1276 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code if the
market discount is less than 0.25% of the remaining  stated  redemption price of
the Regular  Certificate  multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity
remaining  after the date of its purchase.  In  interpreting  a similar rule for
original  issue  discount  on  obligations  payable  in  installments,  the  OID
regulations  refer to the weighted  average  maturity of obligations,  and it is
likely that the same rule will be applied for market discount, presumably taking
into  account the  prepayment  assumption.  If market  discount is treated as de
minimis under this rule, it appears that the actual discount would be treated in
a manner  similar to original issue  discount of a de minimis  amount.  See ' --
Original Issue  Discount.'  This treatment may result in discount being included
in income at a slower  rate than  discount  would be  required to be included in
income using the method described above.

    Section 1276(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code specifically  authorizes the
Treasury  Department to issue regulations  providing for the method for accruing
market discount on debt  instruments,  the principal of which is payable in more
than one installment.  Until regulations are issued by the Treasury  Department,
certain rules  described in the Committee  Report  apply.  The Committee  Report
indicates  that in each accrual period market  discount on Regular  Certificates
should accrue, at the certificateholder's option:

     on the basis of a constant yield method,

     in  the  case  of a  Regular  Certificate  issued  without  original  issue
     discount,  in an amount  that bears the same  ratio to the total  remaining
     market  discount as the stated interest paid in the accrual period bears to
     the total  amount of stated  interest  remaining  to be paid on the Regular
     Certificate as of the beginning of the accrual period, or

     in the case of a Regular  Certificate  issued with original issue discount,
     in an amount  that  bears  the same  ratio to the  total  remaining  market
     discount as the original issue discount accrued in the accrual period bears
     to the total original issue discount  remaining on the Regular  Certificate
     at the beginning of the accrual period.

    Moreover,  the  prepayment  assumption  used in  calculating  the accrual of
original  issue  discount  is to be used in  calculating  the  accrual of market
discount.  Because the  regulations  referred to in this paragraph have not been
issued,  it is not possible to predict what effect those  regulations might have
on the tax  treatment  of a Regular  Certificate  purchased at a discount in the
secondary market.

    To the  extent  that  Regular  Certificates  provide  for  monthly  or other
periodic  distributions  throughout their term, the effect of these rules may be
to require  market  discount  to be  includible  in income at a rate that is not
significantly slower than the rate at which the discount would accrue if it were
original  issue  discount.  Moreover,  in  any  event  a  holder  of  a  Regular
Certificate in most cases will be required to treat a portion of any gain on the
sale or exchange  of that  Certificate  as ordinary  income to the extent of the
market  discount  accrued to the date of disposition  under one of the foregoing
methods,  less any  accrued  market  discount  previously  reported  as ordinary
income.

    In addition,  under Section 1277 of the Internal Revenue Code, a holder of a
Regular  Certificate  may be  required  to  defer  a  portion  of  its  interest
deductions for the taxable year  attributable  to any  indebtedness  incurred or
continued  to  purchase  or carry a Regular  Certificate  purchased  with market
discount. For these purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any
deferred  interest  expense  would not exceed the market  discount  that accrues
during that  taxable year and is, in general,  allowed as a deduction  not later
than the year in which the market  discount  is  includible  in  income.  If the
holder elects to include market discount in income currently

                                       94



<PAGE>

as it accrues on all market discount instruments acquired by that holder in that
taxable year or thereafter,  the interest deferral rule described above will not
apply.

  Premium

    A Regular  Certificate  purchased at a cost,  excluding  any portion of that
cost  attributable  to  accrued  qualified  stated  interest,  greater  than its
remaining  stated  redemption  price will be  considered  to be  purchased  at a
premium.  The holder of a Regular Certificate may elect under Section 171 of the
Internal  Revenue Code to amortize that premium under the constant  yield method
over the life of the certificate.  If made, this election will apply to all debt
instruments having amortizable bond premium that the holder owns or subsequently
acquires. Amortizable premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on
the related Regular  Certificate,  rather than as a separate interest deduction.
The OID  regulations  also  permit  certificateholders  to elect to include  all
interest,  discount  and  premium in income  based on a constant  yield  method,
further treating the  certificateholder  as having made the election to amortize
premium  generally.  See ' -- Market Discount.' The conference  committee report
states that the same rules that apply to accrual of market discount, which rules
will  require use of a prepayment  assumption  in accruing  market  discount for
Regular  Certificates without regard to whether those certificates have original
issue discount,  will also apply in amortizing bond premium under Section 171 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

  Realized Losses

    Under Section 166 of the Internal  Revenue Code,  both corporate  holders of
the Regular  Certificates and noncorporate  holders of the Regular  Certificates
that acquire those certificates in connection with a trade or business should be
allowed to deduct,  as ordinary  losses,  any losses  sustained during a taxable
year in which their  certificates  become  wholly or partially  worthless as the
result of one or more Realized Losses on the loans.  However,  it appears that a
noncorporate  holder that does not acquire a Regular  Certificate  in connection
with a trade or business will not be entitled to deduct a loss under Section 166
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code until the holder's  certificate  becomes  wholly
worthless -- until its outstanding principal balance has been reduced to zero --
and that the loss will be characterized as a short-term capital loss.

    Each holder of a Regular Certificate will be required to accrue interest and
original  issue  discount for that  certificate,  without  giving  effect to any
reductions in  distributions  attributable to defaults or  delinquencies  on the
loans  or the  underlying  certificates  until  it can be  established  that any
reduction ultimately will not be recoverable. As a result, the amount of taxable
income  reported  in any  period by the  holder of a Regular  Certificate  could
exceed the amount of  economic  income  actually  realized by the holder in that
period. Although the holder of a Regular Certificate eventually will recognize a
loss or  reduction in income  attributable  to  previously  accrued and included
income that, as the result of a Realized Loss,  ultimately will not be realized,
the law is unclear  with  respect to the  timing  and  character  of the loss or
reduction in income.

  Special Rules for FASIT High-Yield Regular Interests

    General.  A  high-yield  interest  in a FASIT  is a  subcategory  of a FASIT
regular  interest.  A FASIT  high-yield  regular  interest  is a  FASIT  regular
interest  that  either (i) has an issue  price that  exceeds  125% of its stated
principal  amount,  (ii) has a yield to  maturity  equal  to or  greater  than a
specified  amount  (generally 500 basis points above the appropriate  applicable
federal rate), or (iii) is an interest-only  obligation whose interest  payments
consist of a non-varying specified portion of the interest payments on permitted
assets. A holder of a FASIT high-yield regular interest is subject to treatment,
described above, applicable to FASIT Regular Interests, generally.

    Limitations  on  Utilization  of Losses.  The  holder of a FASIT  high-yield
regular  interest  may not offset its income  derived  thereon by any  unrelated
losses.  Thus,  the taxable  income of such holder will be at least equal to the
taxable income derived from such interest  (which includes gain or loss from the
sale of such interests),  any FASIT ownership interests and any excess inclusion
income derived from REMIC Residual  Interests.  Thus, income from such interests
generally cannot be offset by current net operating losses or net operating loss
carryovers. Similarly, the alternative minimum taxable income of the holder of a
high-yield  regular  interest  cannot be less than such holder's  taxable income
determined  solely for such  interests.  For purposes of these  provisions,  all
members of an affiliated  group filing a consolidated  return are treated as one
taxpayer.

                                       95


<PAGE>

Accordingly,  the  consolidated  taxable income of the group cannot be less than
the  group's  'tainted'  income  (thereby  preventing  losses of one member from
offsetting  the tainted  income of another  member).  However,  to avoid  doubly
penalizing  income,  net operating loss carryovers are determined without regard
to such income for both regular tax and alternative minimum tax purposes.

    Transfer Restrictions. Transfers of FASIT high-yield Regular Certificates to
certain  'disqualified   holders'  will  (absent  the  satisfaction  of  certain
conditions) be disregarded for federal income tax purposes.  In such event,  the
most recent eligible holder (generally the transferring holder) will continue to
be taxed as if it were the holder of the certificate  (although the disqualified
holder (and not the most recent  eligible  holder)  would be taxable on any gain
recognized by such holder for such interest).  Although not free from doubt, the
tax  ownership  of a  FASIT  high-yield  Regular  Certificate  may  (absent  the
satisfaction  of  certain  conditions)  revert  to a  prior  holder  even if the
transferee  becomes a  disqualified  holder  after the relevant  transfer.  Each
applicable  pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  trust  agreement  or  indenture
requires,  as a  prerequisite  to any  transfer  of a FASIT  high-yield  Regular
Certificate,  the delivery to the trustee of an affidavit of the  transferee  to
the effect  that it is not a  disqualified  holder and  contains  certain  other
provisions  designed to preclude the automatic reversion of the tax ownership of
such  Certificate.  For these purposes,  a  'disqualified  holder' is any person
other than a (i) FASIT or (ii) domestic C corporation  (other than a corporation
that is exempt from (or not subject to) federal income tax); provided,  however,
that all (a) regulated  investment companies subject to the provisions of Part I
of subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, (b) real estate  investment trusts
subject to the  provisions  of Part II of  subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue
Code,  (c) REMICs,  and (d)  cooperatives  described  in Section  1381(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code are also 'disqualified holders.'

PASS-THROUGH ENTITIES HOLDING FASIT REGULAR CERTIFICATES

    If a Pass-Through Entity issues a high-yielding debt or equity interest that
is supported by any FASIT  Regular  Interest,  such entity will be subject to an
excise  tax  unless  no  principal  purpose  of  such  resecuritization  was the
avoidance of the rules  relating to FASIT  High-yield  Interests  (pertaining to
eligible holders of such interests).  See 'Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT
Regular  Certificates  --  Taxation  of  Holders  of  FASIT  High-yield  Regular
Interests -- Transfer Restrictions'. The tax will apply if the original yield to
maturity of the debt or equity interest in the  Pass-Through  Entity exceeds the
greater  of (i) the sum of (a) the  applicable  federal  rate in effect  for the
calendar  month in which the debt or equity  interest  is  issued)  and (b) five
percentage  points or (ii) the  yield to  maturity  to such  entity on the FASIT
Regular  Interest  (determined  as of the date that such  entity  acquired  such
interest).  The Internal Revenue Code provides that Treasury regulations will be
issued to provide the manner in which to determine  the yield to maturity of any
equity  interest.  No such  regulations  have yet been  issued.  If such tax did
apply, the tax would equal the product of (i) the highest corporate tax rate and
(ii) the income of the holder of the debt or equity  interest  that is  properly
attributable to the FASIT Regular Interest supporting such interest.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES

  General

    As residual  interests,  the REMIC Residual  Certificates will be subject to
tax rules that  differ  significantly  from those that would  apply if the REMIC
Residual  Certificates  were  treated for federal  income tax purposes as direct
ownership interests in the loans or as debt instruments issued by the REMIC.

    A holder of a REMIC  Residual  Certificate  generally  will be  required  to
report  its daily  portion of the  taxable  income  or, in  accordance  with the
limitations  noted in this  discussion,  the net loss of the  REMIC for each day
during a calendar quarter that the holder owned the REMIC Residual  Certificate.
For this purpose,  the taxable income or net loss of the REMIC will be allocated
to each day in the calendar  quarter  ratably using a '30 days per month/90 days
per quarter/360  days per year'  convention  unless  otherwise  disclosed in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The daily  amounts will then be allocated
among the REMIC residual  certificateholders  in proportion to their  respective
ownership  interests  on that day.  Any amount  included in the gross  income or
allowed  as a loss of any  REMIC  residual  certificateholder  by virtue of this
allocation will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The taxable income of the
REMIC will be determined  under the rules  described in this  prospectus in ' --
Taxable  Income  of the  REMIC'  and  will  be  taxable  to the  REMIC  residual
certificateholders  without regard to the timing or amount of cash distributions
by the REMIC. Ordinary income

                                       96



<PAGE>

derived from REMIC Residual Certificates will be 'portfolio income' for purposes
of the taxation of taxpayers in accordance with limitations under Section 469 of
the Internal Revenue Code on the deductibility of 'passive losses.'

    A holder of a REMIC Residual Certificate that purchased the certificate from
a prior  holder  of that  certificate  also  will be  required  to report on its
federal income tax return amounts  representing its daily portion of the taxable
income or net loss of the  REMIC  for each day that it holds the REMIC  Residual
Certificate.  These daily  portions  generally will equal the amounts of taxable
income or net loss determined as described above. The committee report indicates
that modifications of the general rules may be made, by regulations, legislation
or otherwise,  to reduce,  or increase,  the income or loss of a REMIC  residual
certificateholder  that  purchased the REMIC Residual  Certificate  from a prior
holder of such  certificate  at a price greater than, or less than, the adjusted
basis (as defined below) that REMIC Residual  Certificate  would have had in the
hands of an original holder of that Certificate. The REMIC regulations, however,
do not provide for any such modifications.

    Any payments  received by a REMIC residual  certificateholder  in connection
with the  acquisition  of that  REMIC  Residual  Certificate  will be taken into
account in determining the income of the holder for federal income tax purposes.
Although  it appears  likely  that any  payment  would be  includible  in income
immediately  on its  receipt,  the IRS might  assert that the payment  should be
included in income over time according to an amortization  schedule or according
to some other method.  Because of the  uncertainty  concerning  the treatment of
these payments,  holders of REMIC Residual Certificates should consult their tax
advisors concerning the treatment of these payments for income tax purposes.

    The amount of income REMIC residual  certificateholders  will be required to
report, or the tax liability  associated with that income, may exceed the amount
of cash  distributions  received  from the REMIC for the  corresponding  period.
Consequently,  REMIC  residual  certificateholders  should have other sources of
funds  sufficient  to pay any  federal  income  taxes  due as a result  of their
ownership of REMIC Residual  Certificates or unrelated  deductions against which
income may be offset,  subject to the rules relating to 'excess  inclusions' and
'noneconomic'  residual  interests  discussed  below.  The  fact  that  the  tax
liability   associated   with   the   income   allocated   to   REMIC   residual
certificateholders  may  exceed  the cash  distributions  received  by the REMIC
residual  certificateholders  for the  corresponding  period  may  significantly
adversely affect the REMIC residual certificateholders after-tax rate of return.

  Taxable Income of the REMIC

    The  taxable  income of the REMIC will  equal the income  from the loans and
other assets of the REMIC plus any  cancellation of  indebtedness  income due to
the allocation of Realized Losses to Regular  Certificates,  less the deductions
allowed to the REMIC for interest, including original issue discount and reduced
by  the  amortization  of any  premium  received  on  issuance,  on the  Regular
Certificates,  and any other class of REMIC certificates  constituting  'regular
interests' in the REMIC not offered  hereby,  amortization of any premium on the
loans,  bad debt  deductions for the loans and, except as described  below,  for
servicing, administrative and other expenses.

    For  purposes  of  determining  its taxable  income,  the REMIC will have an
initial  aggregate  basis  in its  assets  equal  to  their  fair  market  value
immediately  after their  transfer to the REMIC.  For this  purpose,  the master
servicer, the servicer, or REMIC administrator,  as applicable, intends to treat
the fair market value of the loans as being equal to the aggregate  issue prices
of the Regular Certificates and REMIC Residual Certificates. The aggregate basis
will be allocated among the loans collectively and the other assets of the REMIC
in proportion to their  respective  fair market  values.  The issue price of any
REMIC  certificates  offered  hereby will be determined in the manner  described
above under ' -- Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT Regular  Certificates  --
Original  Issue  Discount.'  Accordingly,  if  one  or  more  classes  of  REMIC
certificates are retained  initially rather than sold, the master servicer,  the
servicer, or REMIC administrator, as applicable, may be required to estimate the
fair market  value of those  interests  in order to  determine  the basis of the
REMIC in the loans and other property held by the REMIC.

    Subject to the possible  application of the de minimis rules,  the method of
accrual by the REMIC of  original  issue  discount  income  and market  discount
income  for loans  that it holds will be  equivalent  to the method of  accruing
original  issue  discount  income for  Regular  Certificateholders  -- under the
constant yield method taking into account the prepayment assumption.  However, a
REMIC that acquires collateral at a market discount must

                                       97



<PAGE>

include the discount in income currently,  as it accrues, on a constant interest
basis.  See ' --  Taxation  of Owners of REMIC and FASIT  Regular  Certificates'
above, which describes a method of accruing discount income that is analogous to
that  required  to be used by a REMIC as to loans with market  discount  that it
holds.

    A loan will be deemed to have been  acquired with discount or premium to the
extent that the REMIC's basis therein,  determined as described in the preceding
paragraph,  is less  than or  greater  than its  stated  redemption  price.  Any
discount will be includible in the income of the REMIC as it accrues, in advance
of receipt of the cash  attributable  to that income,  under a method similar to
the method  described above for accruing  original issue discount on the Regular
Certificates.  It is anticipated that each REMIC will elect under Section 171 of
the Internal  Revenue Code to amortize any premium on the loans.  Premium on any
loan to which the  election  applies  may be  amortized  under a constant  yield
method, presumably taking into account a prepayment assumption.

    A REMIC will be allowed  deductions for interest,  including  original issue
discount,  on the  Regular  Certificates,  including  any  other  class of REMIC
certificates  constituting  'regular interests' in the REMIC not offered hereby,
equal to the  deductions  that  would be allowed  if the  Regular  Certificates,
including any other class of REMIC certificates constituting 'regular interests'
in the REMIC not offered hereby, were indebtedness of the REMIC.  Original issue
discount will be considered to accrue for this purpose as described  above under
' --  Taxation  of Owners of REMIC and FASIT  Regular  Certificates  -- Original
Issue  Discount,'  except  that  the de  minimis  rule and the  adjustments  for
subsequent  holders  of  Regular  Certificates,  including  any  other  class of
certificates  constituting  'regular interests' in the REMIC not offered hereby,
described therein will not apply.

    If a class of Regular  Certificates  is issued at an Issue Premium,  the net
amount of interest  deductions  that are allowed the REMIC in each  taxable year
for the Regular Certificates of that class will be reduced by an amount equal to
the portion of the Issue Premium that is considered to be amortized or repaid in
that year.  Although the matter is not entirely certain, it is likely that Issue
Premium would be amortized  under a constant yield method in a manner  analogous
to the method of accruing  original  issue discount  described  above under ' --
Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT  Regular  Certificates  -- Original  Issue
Discount.'

    As a general rule, the taxable income of the REMIC will be determined in the
same manner as if the REMIC were an  individual  having the calendar year as its
taxable year and using the accrual  method of  accounting.  However,  no item of
income,  gain, loss or deduction  allocable to a prohibited  transaction will be
taken into  account.  See ' -- Prohibited  Transactions  and Other Taxes' below.
Further,  the  limitation  on  miscellaneous   itemized  deductions  imposed  on
individuals  by Section 67 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  which  allows those
deductions  only to the extent they exceed in the  aggregate  two percent of the
taxpayer's adjusted gross income, will not be applied at the REMIC level so that
the REMIC will be allowed  deductions  for servicing,  administrative  and other
non-interest  expenses in determining its taxable income.  All of these expenses
will  be  allocated  as a  separate  item  to  the  holders  of  REMIC  Residual
Certificates,  subject to the  limitation of Section 67 of the Internal  Revenue
Code. See ' -- Possible  Pass-Through of Miscellaneous  Itemized Deductions.' If
the  deductions  allowed  to the REMIC  exceed  its gross  income for a calendar
quarter,  the  excess  will be the net loss  for the  REMIC  for  that  calendar
quarter.

  Basis Rules, Net Losses and Distributions

    The  adjusted  basis of a REMIC  Residual  Certificate  will be equal to the
amount paid for that REMIC Residual  Certificate,  increased by amounts included
in the income of the  related  certificateholder  and  decreased,  but not below
zero,  by  distributions  made,  and by net  losses  allocated,  to the  related
certificateholder.

    A REMIC residual  certificateholder  is not allowed to take into account any
net loss for any  calendar  quarter to the extent the net loss exceeds the REMIC
residual certificateholder's adjusted basis in its REMIC Residual Certificate as
of the close of that  calendar  quarter,  determined  without  regard to the net
loss. Any loss that is not currently deductible by reason of this limitation may
be carried forward  indefinitely to future calendar  quarters and, in accordance
with the same  limitation,  may be used  only to  offset  income  from the REMIC
Residual Certificate. The ability of REMIC residual certificateholders to deduct
net losses in accordance with additional  limitations under the Internal Revenue
Code, as to which the certificateholders should consult their tax advisors.

    Any  distribution  on a REMIC  Residual  Certificate  will be  treated  as a
non-taxable  return of capital  to the  extent it does not  exceed the  holder's
adjusted basis in the REMIC Residual  Certificate.  To the extent a distribution
on a REMIC Residual  Certificate  exceeds the adjusted basis, it will be treated
as gain from the sale

                                       98


<PAGE>

of the REMIC Residual Certificate. holders of REMIC Residual Certificates may be
entitled  to  distributions  early  in the  term  of  the  related  REMIC  under
circumstances in which their bases in the REMIC Residual  Certificates  will not
be sufficiently  large that  distributions will be treated as nontaxable returns
of capital.  Their bases in the REMIC Residual Certificates will initially equal
the amount paid for such REMIC  Residual  Certificates  and will be increased by
their  allocable  shares of taxable  income of the trust.  However,  their basis
increases  may not occur until the end of the calendar  quarter,  or perhaps the
end of the calendar year, for which the REMIC taxable income is allocated to the
REMIC   residual   certificateholders.   To  the  extent   the  REMIC   residual
certificateholders  initial bases are less than the  distributions  to the REMIC
residual  certificateholders,  and  increases in the initial  bases either occur
after  distributions  or,  together with their initial bases,  are less than the
amount of the  distributions,  gain  will be  recognized  to the REMIC  residual
certificateholders  on those  distributions and will be treated as gain from the
sale of their REMIC Residual Certificates.

    The effect of these rules is that a  certificateholder  may not amortize its
basis in a REMIC  Residual  Certificate,  but may only recover its basis through
distributions, through the deduction of its share of any net losses of the REMIC
or on the  sale of its  REMIC  Residual  Certificate.  See ' --  Sales  of REMIC
Certificates.'  For a discussion of possible  modifications  of these rules that
may require  adjustments to income of a holder of a REMIC  Residual  Certificate
other than an  original  holder in order to reflect any  difference  between the
cost of the REMIC Residual  Certificate to its holder and the adjusted basis the
REMIC Residual  Certificate  would have had in the hands of the original holder,
see ' -- General.'

  Excess Inclusions

    Any 'excess inclusions' for a REMIC Residual  Certificate will be subject to
federal income tax in all events.

    In general, the 'excess inclusions' for a REMIC Residual Certificate for any
calendar  quarter  will  be the  excess,  if any,  of (i)  the sum of the  daily
portions of REMIC taxable  income  allocable to the REMIC  Residual  Certificate
over (ii) the sum of the 'daily accruals' (as defined below) for each day during
that quarter that the REMIC Residual  Certificate was held by the REMIC residual
certificateholder. The daily accruals of a REMIC residual certificateholder will
be determined  by  allocating to each day during a calendar  quarter its ratable
portion  of the  product of the  'adjusted  issue  price' of the REMIC  Residual
Certificate at the beginning of the calendar  quarter and 120% of the 'long-term
Federal  rate' in effect on the closing  date.  For this  purpose,  the adjusted
issue price of a REMIC Residual  Certificate as of the beginning of any calendar
quarter  will be equal to the  issue  price of the REMIC  Residual  Certificate,
increased by the sum of the daily accruals for all prior quarters and decreased,
but not below zero, by any distributions made on the REMIC Residual  Certificate
before  the  beginning  of that  quarter.  The issue  price of a REMIC  Residual
Certificate is the initial offering price to the public,  excluding bond houses,
brokers and  underwriters,  at which a substantial  amount of the REMIC Residual
Certificates were sold. If less than a substantial  amount of a particular class
of REMIC Residual Certificates is sold for cash on or prior to the closing date,
the issue price of that class will be treated as the fair  market  value of that
class on the closing date. The 'long-term Federal rate' is an average of current
yields on Treasury  securities with a remaining term of greater than nine years,
computed and published monthly by the IRS.

    For REMIC residual certificateholders, an excess inclusion:

     will not be permitted to be offset by deductions, losses or loss carryovers
     from other activities,

     will be treated as 'unrelated business taxable income' to an otherwise
     tax-exempt organization and

     will  not be  eligible  for any  rate  reduction  or  exemption  under  any
     applicable tax treaty for the 30% United States  withholding tax imposed on
     distributions  to  REMIC  residual   certificateholders  that  are  foreign
     investors.

    See, however, ' -- Foreign Investors in Regular Certificates.'

    Furthermore,  for  purposes  of the  alternative  minimum  tax,  (i)  excess
inclusions  will  not be  permitted  to be  offset  by the  alternative  tax net
operating loss deduction and (ii) alternative  minimum taxable income may not be
less than the taxpayer's excess inclusions; provided, however, that for purposes
of (ii),  alternative minimum taxable income is determined without regard to the
special  rule that taxable  income  cannot be less than excess  inclusions.  The
latter rule has the effect of preventing nonrefundable tax credits from reducing
the taxpayer's income tax to an amount lower than the alternative minimum tax on
excess inclusions.

                                       99


<PAGE>

    In the  case  of any  REMIC  Residual  Certificates  held  by a real  estate
investment  trust,  the  aggregate  excess  inclusions  allocated  to the  REMIC
Residual  Certificates,  reduced,  but  not  below  zero,  by  the  real  estate
investment trust taxable income,  within the meaning of Section 857(b)(2) of the
Internal  Revenue Code,  excluding any net capital gain, will be allocated among
the  shareholders  of the trust in proportion  to the dividends  received by the
shareholders  from the trust,  and any amount so allocated will be treated as an
excess  inclusion from a REMIC  Residual  Certificate as if held directly by the
shareholder. Treasury regulations yet to be issued could apply a similar rule to
regulated investment  companies,  common trust funds and some cooperatives;  the
REMIC regulations currently do not address this subject.

  Noneconomic REMIC Residual Certificates

    Under the REMIC  regulations,  transfers  of  'noneconomic'  REMIC  Residual
Certificates  will be  disregarded  for all  federal  income tax  purposes if 'a
significant  purpose of the transfer was to enable the  transferor to impede the
assessment or collection of tax.' If the transfer is disregarded,  the purported
transferor  will continue to remain liable for any taxes due with respect to the
income on the 'noneconomic'  REMIC Residual  Certificate.  The REMIC regulations
provide that a REMIC Residual  Certificate is noneconomic  unless,  based on the
prepayment  assumption  and on any  required  or  permitted  clean up calls,  or
required  qualified  liquidation  provided  for  in the  REMIC's  organizational
documents,   (1)  the  present  value  of  the  expected  future   distributions
(discounted using the 'applicable  Federal rate' for obligations whose term ends
on the close of the last  quarter in which  excess  inclusions  are  expected to
accrue on the REMIC Residual  Certificate,  which rate is computed and published
monthly  by the IRS) on the  REMIC  Residual  Certificate  equals  at least  the
present value of the expected tax on the anticipated excess inclusions,  and (2)
the transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions
on the REMIC  Residual  Certificate at or after the time the taxes accrue on the
anticipated  excess  inclusions  in an amount  sufficient to satisfy the accrued
taxes.  Accordingly,  all  transfers  of REMIC  Residual  Certificates  that may
constitute  noneconomic residual interests will be subject to restrictions under
the terms of the related pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement that
are intended to reduce the  possibility of any transfer being  disregarded.  The
restrictions  will require each party to a transfer to provide an affidavit that
no purpose of the transfer is to impede the  assessment  or  collection  of tax,
including  representations  as to the  financial  condition  of the  prospective
transferee,  as to which the  transferor  also is required to make a  reasonable
investigation  to determine the  transferee's  historic payment of its debts and
ability to continue  to pay its debts as they come due in the  future.  Prior to
purchasing a REMIC Residual Certificate,  prospective purchasers should consider
the possibility that a purported  transfer of the REMIC Residual  Certificate by
such a purchaser to another  purchaser at some future date may be disregarded in
accordance with the above-described rules which would result in the retention of
tax liability by that purchaser.

    The accompanying  prospectus  supplement will disclose whether offered REMIC
Residual Certificates may be considered  'noneconomic'  residual interests under
the REMIC regulations. Any disclosure that a REMIC Residual Certificate will not
be considered 'noneconomic' will be based on some assumptions, and the depositor
will  make no  representation  that a REMIC  Residual  Certificate  will  not be
considered  'noneconomic'  for purposes of the  above-described  rules. See ' --
Foreign  Investors  in  Regular   Certificates'   for  additional   restrictions
applicable  to  transfers  of certain  REMIC  Residual  Certificates  to foreign
persons.

  Possible Pass-Through of Miscellaneous Itemized Deductions

    Fees and expenses of a REMIC  generally  will be allocated to the holders of
the related REMIC Residual  Certificates.  The applicable  Treasury  regulations
indicate, however, that in the case of a REMIC that is similar to a single class
grantor trust,  all or a portion of those fees and expenses  should be allocated
to the holders of the related Regular  Certificates.  Unless otherwise stated in
the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  fees and expenses will be allocated to
holders of the related REMIC Residual  Certificates in their entirety and not to
the holders of the related Regular Certificates.

    For REMIC Residual Certificates or Regular Certificates the holders of which
receive an  allocation  of fees and expenses in  accordance  with the  preceding
discussion,  if any  holder  thereof  is an  individual,  estate or trust,  or a
Pass-Through  Entity  beneficially owned by one or more individuals,  estates or
trusts,  (i) an amount equal to the  individual's,  estate's or trust's share of
fees and expenses  will be added to the gross income of that holder and (ii) the
individual's,  estate's or trust's share of fees and expenses will be treated as
a miscellaneous  itemized deduction  allowable in accordance with the limitation
of Section 67 of the Internal Revenue Code, which

                                      100



<PAGE>

permits  those  deductions  only to the extent they exceed in the  aggregate two
percent of a taxpayer's  adjusted gross income.  In addition,  Section 68 of the
Internal Revenue Code provides that the amount of itemized deductions  otherwise
allowable  for an individual  whose  adjusted  gross income  exceeds a specified
amount will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of the individual's
adjusted  gross  income  over that  amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized
deductions  otherwise  allowable for the taxable year.  The amount of additional
taxable  income  reportable by REMIC  certificateholders  that are in accordance
with the limitations of either Section 67 or Section 68 of the Internal  Revenue
Code may be substantial.  Furthermore,  in determining  the alternative  minimum
taxable  income of such a holder of a REMIC  Certificate  that is an individual,
estate or trust,  or a  Pass-Through  Entity  beneficially  owned by one or more
individuals,  estates or trusts,  no deduction will be allowed for such holder's
allocable portion of servicing fees and other miscellaneous  itemized deductions
of the REMIC,  even though an amount  equal to the amount of such fees and other
deductions will be included in the holder's gross income. Accordingly, the REMIC
certificates  may not be appropriate  investments for individuals,  estates,  or
trusts, or Pass-Through  Entities beneficially owned by one or more individuals,
estates or trusts.  Any  prospective  investors  should  consult  with their tax
advisors prior to making an investment in these certificates.

  Tax and Restrictions on Transfers of REMIC Residual Certificates to Certain

  Organizations

    If a REMIC Residual Certificate is transferred to a Disqualified
Organization, a tax would be imposed in an amount, determined under the REMIC
regulations, equal to: the product of

    (1) the present value,  discounted  using the 'applicable  Federal rate' for
        obligations  whose  term ends on the close of the last  quarter in which
        excess inclusions are expected to accrue on the certificate,  which rate
        is computed and published  monthly by the IRS, of the total  anticipated
        excess  inclusions on the REMIC Residual  Certificate  for periods after
        the transfer; and

    (2) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to corporations.

    The anticipated excess inclusions must be determined as of the date that the
REMIC Residual  Certificate is transferred and must be based on events that have
occurred up to the time of transfer,  the prepayment assumption and any required
or permitted clean up calls or required  liquidation provided for in the REMIC's
organizational  documents. This tax generally would be imposed on the transferor
of the REMIC Residual Certificate,  except that where the transfer is through an
agent for a Disqualified Organization,  the tax would instead be imposed on that
agent.  However, a transferor of a REMIC Residual  Certificate would in no event
be  liable  for  the  tax on a  transfer  if  the  transferee  furnishes  to the
transferor an affidavit that the  transferee is not a Disqualified  Organization
and,  as of the time of the  transfer,  the  transferor  does  not  have  actual
knowledge that the affidavit is false. Moreover, an entity will not qualify as a
REMIC unless there are reasonable arrangements designed to ensure that:

     residual interests in the entity are not held by Disqualified

     Organizations; and

     information necessary for the application of the tax described in this
     prospectus will be made available.

    Restrictions  on the  transfer  of REMIC  Residual  Certificates  and  other
provisions  that are intended to meet this  requirement  will be included in the
pooling and servicing agreement, including provisions:

    (1) requiring any transferee of a REMIC  Residual  Certificate to provide an
        affidavit representing that it is not a Disqualified Organization and is
        not acquiring the REMIC Residual Certificate on behalf of a Disqualified
        Organization, undertaking to maintain that status and agreeing to obtain
        a similar  affidavit from any person to whom it shall transfer the REMIC
        Residual Certificate;

    (2) providing  that  any  transfer  of a  REMIC  Residual  Certificate  to a
        Disqualified Organization shall be null and void; and

    (3) granting  to the master  servicer  or the  servicer  the right,  without
        notice to the holder or any prior holder,  to sell to a purchaser of its
        choice  any REMIC  Residual  Certificate  that shall  become  owned by a
        Disqualified Organization despite (1) and (2) above.

    In addition,  if a Pass-Through  Entity includes in income excess inclusions
on a REMIC Residual Certificate,  and a Disqualified  Organization is the record
holder of an interest in that  entity,  then a tax will be imposed on the entity
equal to the  product  of (i) the  amount  of  excess  inclusions  on the  REMIC
Residual  Certificate  that are  allocable to the  interest in the  Pass-Through
Entity held by the Disqualified Organization and

                                      101


<PAGE>

(ii) the highest  marginal  federal income tax rate imposed on  corporations.  A
Pass-Through Entity will not be subject to this tax for any period,  however, if
each record holder of an interest in the  Pass-Through  Entity furnishes to that
Pass-Through  Entity (i) the  holder's  social  security  number and a statement
under penalties of perjury that the social security number is that of the record
holder or (ii) a statement  under penalties of perjury that the record holder is
not a Disqualified Organization.  For taxable years beginning after December 31,
1997, regardless of the preceding two sentences, in the case of a REMIC Residual
Certificate  held by an  'electing  large  partnership,'  all  interests in such
partnership  shall be treated  as held by  Disqualified  Organizations,  without
regard to whether  the  record  holders of the  partnership  furnish  statements
described in the preceding sentence, and the amount that is subject to tax under
the  second  preceding  sentence  is  excluded  from  the  gross  income  of the
partnership  allocated to the partners,  in lieu of allocating to the partners a
deduction for the tax paid by the partners.

  Sales of Certificates

    If a certificate is sold, the selling  certificateholder will recognize gain
or loss equal to the difference  between the amount realized on the sale and its
adjusted basis in the Certificate.  The adjusted basis of a Regular  Certificate
generally   will   equal  the  cost  of  that   Regular   Certificate   to  that
certificateholder,  increased by income reported by the  certificateholder  with
respect to that  Regular  Certificate,  including  original  issue  discount and
market discount income, and reduced, but not below zero, by distributions on the
Regular  Certificate  received  by the  certificateholder  and by any  amortized
premium.  The adjusted basis of a REMIC Residual  Certificate will be determined
as described  under ' -- Taxation of Owners of REMIC  Residual  Certificates  --
Basis Rules, Net Losses and Distributions.'  Except as described below, any gain
or loss generally will be capital gain or loss.

    Gain from the sale of a REMIC Regular  Certificate  (but not a FASIT regular
interest)  that  might  otherwise  be capital  gain will be treated as  ordinary
income to the extent the gain does not exceed  the  excess,  if any,  of (i) the
amount that would have been  includible  in the seller's  income for the Regular
Certificate  had  income  accrued  thereon  at a  rate  equal  to  110%  of  the
'applicable  federal  rate',  which is  typically  a rate based on an average of
current yields on Treasury  securities  having a maturity  comparable to that of
the  certificate,  which  rate is  computed  and  published  monthly by the IRS,
determined as of the date of purchase of the Regular Certificate,  over (ii) the
amount of ordinary  income  actually  includible in the seller's income prior to
the sale. In addition, gain recognized on the sale of a Regular Certificate by a
seller who  purchased  the  Regular  Certificate  at a market  discount  will be
taxable  as  ordinary  income  to the  extent  of  any  accrued  and  previously
unrecognized  market discount that accrued during the period the certificate was
held.  See ' -- Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT  Regular  Certificates  --
Market Discount.'

    A  portion  of any gain from the sale of a Regular  Certificate  that  might
otherwise be capital  gain may be treated as ordinary  income to the extent that
the certificate is held as part of a 'conversion transaction' within the meaning
of Section 1258 of the Internal Revenue Code. A conversion transaction generally
is one in which the taxpayer has taken two or more positions in  certificates or
similar property that reduce or eliminate  market risk, if substantially  all of
the taxpayer's  return is  attributable  to the time value of the taxpayer's net
investment  in the  transaction.  The amount of gain so realized in a conversion
transaction that is recharacterized as ordinary income generally will not exceed
the amount of interest that would have accrued on the  taxpayer's net investment
at 120% of the appropriate 'applicable Federal rate', which rate is computed and
published  monthly  by the  IRS,  at the  time  the  taxpayer  enters  into  the
conversion transaction,  subject to appropriate reduction for prior inclusion of
interest and other ordinary income items from the transaction.

    Finally,  a taxpayer  may elect to have net  capital  gain taxed at ordinary
income rates rather than capital gains rates in order to include any net capital
gain in total net  investment  income for the taxable year,  for purposes of the
limitation on the deduction of interest on indebtedness  incurred to purchase or
carry property held for investment to a taxpayer's net investment income.

    If the seller of a REMIC Residual  Certificate  reacquires the  certificate,
any other  residual  interest in a REMIC or any  similar  interest in a 'taxable
mortgage  pool' (as defined in Section  7701(i) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code)
within six months of the date of the sale, the sale will be subject to the 'wash
sale' rules of Section 1091 of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  In that event,  any
loss realized by the REMIC residual  certificateholders  on the sale will not be
deductible,  but instead will be added to the REMIC residual  certificateholders
adjusted basis in the newly-acquired asset.

                                      102



<PAGE>

  Prohibited Transactions and Other Taxes

    The Internal Revenue Code imposes a prohibited  transactions tax, which is a
tax on  REMICs  equal  to  100%  of  the  net  income  derived  from  prohibited
transactions.   In  general,   subject  to  specified  exceptions  a  prohibited
transaction means the disposition of a loan, the receipt of income from a source
other than any loan or other Permitted Investments,  the receipt of compensation
for  services,  or gain  from the  disposition  of an asset  purchased  with the
payments on the loans for temporary investment pending distribution on the REMIC
certificates. It is not anticipated that any REMIC will engage in any prohibited
transactions  in which it would  recognize a material  amount of net income.  In
addition,  some  contributions  to a REMIC made after the day on which the REMIC
issues all of its interests  could result in the  imposition of a  contributions
tax,  which is a tax on the REMIC equal to 100% of the value of the  contributed
property.  Each pooling and servicing  agreement or trust agreement will include
provisions designed to prevent the acceptance of any contributions that would be
subject to the tax.

    REMICs also are subject to federal income tax at the highest  corporate rate
on 'net income from foreclosure  property,' determined by reference to the rules
applicable  to real estate  investment  trusts.  'Net  income  from  foreclosure
property'  generally means gain from the sale of a foreclosure  property that is
inventory  property  and gross  income  from  foreclosure  property  other  than
qualifying rents and other qualifying income for a real estate investment trust.
Unless otherwise disclosed in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  it is not
anticipated that any REMIC will recognize 'net income from foreclosure property'
subject to federal income tax.

    Unless otherwise disclosed in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  it is
not anticipated that any material state or local income or franchise tax will be
imposed on any REMIC.

    Unless otherwise stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and to
the extent permitted by then applicable laws, any prohibited  transactions  tax,
contributions  tax,  tax on 'net income from  foreclosure  property' or state or
local income or franchise  tax that may be imposed on the REMIC will be borne by
the related  master  servicer,  the  servicer,  the REMIC  administrator  or the
trustee in either case out of its own funds,  provided that the master servicer,
the servicer,  the REMIC  administrator or the trustee,  as the case may be, has
sufficient  assets to do so, and  provided  further that the tax arises out of a
breach of the master servicer's,  the servicer's,  the REMIC  administrator's or
the  trustee's  obligations,  as the case may be, under the related  pooling and
servicing   agreement  or  trust  agreement  and  relating  to  compliance  with
applicable laws and regulations.  Any tax not borne by the master servicer,  the
servicer or the trustee will be payable out of the related trust  resulting in a
reduction in amounts payable to holders of the related REMIC certificates.

    In the case of a FASIT,  the holder of the  ownership  interest  and not the
FASIT itself will be subject to any prohibited transaction taxes.

  Termination

    A REMIC will terminate  immediately  after the  distribution  date following
receipt  by the  REMIC of the final  payment  from the loans or on a sale of the
REMIC's  assets  following  the  adoption  by the  REMIC  of a plan of  complete
liquidation. The last distribution on a Regular Certificate will be treated as a
payment in  retirement  of a debt  instrument.  In the case of a REMIC  Residual
Certificate,  if the last distribution on the REMIC Residual Certificate is less
than  the   certificateholder's   adjusted   basis  in  the   certificate,   the
certificateholder  should be treated as  realizing a loss equal to the amount of
the difference, and the loss may be treated as a capital loss.

  Reporting and Other Administrative Matters

    Solely for purposes of the administrative provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code,   a  REMIC  will  be  treated  as  a   partnership   and  REMIC   residual
certificateholders  will be treated as partners.  Unless otherwise stated in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the master servicer, the servicer, or the
REMIC administrator,  as applicable,  will file REMIC federal income tax returns
on behalf of the related REMIC and will act as the 'tax matters  person' for the
REMIC  in all  respects,  and  may  hold a  nominal  amount  of  REMIC  Residual
Certificates.

                                      103



<PAGE>

    As the tax matters person, the master servicer,  the servicer,  or the REMIC
administrator,  as  applicable,  will have the authority to act on behalf of the
REMIC  and  the  REMIC  residual   certificateholders  in  connection  with  the
administrative and judicial review of items of income,  deduction,  gain or loss
of  the  REMIC,   as  well  as  the  REMIC's   classification.   REMIC  residual
certificateholders  will be required to report the REMIC items consistently with
their treatment on the related REMIC's tax return and may in some  circumstances
be bound by a settlement agreement between the master servicer, the servicer, or
the REMIC  administrator,  as  applicable,  as tax matters  person,  and the IRS
concerning any REMIC item.

    Adjustments  made to the  REMIC tax  return  may  require  a REMIC  residual
certificateholders to make corresponding adjustments on its return, and an audit
of the REMIC's tax return,  or the  adjustments  resulting from an audit,  could
result  in an  audit  of  the  certificateholder's  return.  No  REMIC  will  be
registered  as a tax shelter  under  Section 6111 of the  Internal  Revenue Code
because it is not anticipated that any REMIC will have a net loss for any of the
first  five  taxable  years of its  existence.  Any  person  that  holds a REMIC
Residual  Certificate as a nominee for another person may be required to furnish
to the related REMIC,  in a manner to be provided in Treasury  regulations,  the
name and address of that person and other information.

    Reporting of interest  income,  including any original  issue  discount,  on
Regular  Certificates is required annually,  and may be required more frequently
under Treasury regulations. These information reports are required to be sent to
individual  holders  of  regular  Interests  and the  IRS;  holders  of  Regular
Certificates  that  are  corporations,  trusts,  securities  dealers  and  other
non-individuals  will be provided  interest and original issue  discount  income
information  and the  information  in the  following  paragraph  on  request  in
accordance with the requirements of the applicable regulations.  The information
must be  provided by the later of 30 days after the end of the quarter for which
the  information  was requested,  or two weeks after the receipt of the request.
The REMIC must also comply with rules  requiring  a Regular  Certificate  issued
with original issue discount to disclose on its face  information  including the
amount of  original  issue  discount  and the issue  date,  and  requiring  such
information  to be  reported  to the  IRS.  Reporting  for  the  REMIC  Residual
Certificates,  including  income,  excess  inclusions,  investment  expenses and
relevant information regarding  qualification of the REMIC's assets will be made
as required under the Treasury regulations, typically on a quarterly basis.

    As applicable,  the Regular  Certificate  information reports will include a
statement  of the  adjusted  issue  price  of  the  Regular  Certificate  at the
beginning  of each  accrual  period.  In  addition,  the  reports  will  include
information  required by  regulations  for  computing  the accrual of any market
discount.  Because  exact  computation  of the  accrual of market  discount on a
constant yield method  requires  information  relating to the holder's  purchase
price that the master  servicer or the servicer will not have,  the  regulations
only require that information pertaining to the appropriate proportionate method
of accruing  market  discount be provided.  See ' -- Taxation of Owners of REMIC
and FASIT Regular Certificates -- Market Discount.'

    The responsibility for complying with the foregoing  reporting rules will be
borne by the master servicer or the servicer. Certificateholders may request any
information with respect to the returns  described in Section  1.6049-7(e)(2) of
the Treasury regulations.  Any request should be directed to the master servicer
or the  servicer  at  Residential  Funding  Corporation,  8400  Normandale  Lake
Boulevard, Suite 600, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55437.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING WITH RESPECT TO SECURITIES

    Payments of interest and principal, as well as payments of proceeds from the
sale of securities, may be subject to the 'backup withholding tax' under Section
3406 of the  Internal  Revenue Code at a rate of 31% if  recipients  of payments
fail to furnish  to the payor  certain  information,  including  their  taxpayer
identification  numbers,  or otherwise  fail to establish an exemption  from the
tax. Any amounts  deducted and withheld from a distribution to a recipient would
be allowed as a credit against the recipient's federal income tax.  Furthermore,
penalties  may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of payments that is required
to supply information but that does not do so in the proper manner.

FOREIGN INVESTORS IN REGULAR CERTIFICATES

    A  regular  certificateholder  (other  than a holder  of a FASIT  high-yield
regular  interest)  that is not a United  States  person  and is not  subject to
federal  income  tax as a result of any  direct or  indirect  connection  to the
United States in addition to its ownership of a Regular  Certificate will not be
subject to United States federal

                                      104



<PAGE>

income or withholding tax on a distribution on a Regular  Certificate,  provided
that the holder  complies to the extent  necessary  with certain  identification
requirements, including delivery of a statement, signed by the certificateholder
under  penalties  of perjury,  certifying  that the  certificateholder  is not a
United   States   person   and   providing   the   name  and   address   of  the
certificateholder.  For these purposes,  United States person means a citizen or
resident  of the United  States,  a  corporation,  partnership  or other  entity
created or  organized  in, or under the laws of, the  United  States,  any state
thereof or the District of Columbia,  except,  in the case of a partnership,  to
the extent  provided in  regulations,  or an estate  whose  income is subject to
United States federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust if a court
within  the  United  States is able to  exercise  primary  supervision  over the
administration  of the  trust and one or more  United  States  persons  have the
authority  to control  all  substantial  decisions  of the trust.  To the extent
prescribed in  regulations by the Secretary of the Treasury,  which  regulations
have not yet been  issued,  a trust  which was in  existence  on August 20, 1996
(other than a trust treated as owned by the grantor under subpart E of part I of
subchapter J of chapter 1 of the Internal  Revenue Code),  and which was treated
as a United  States  person on August  19,  1996,  may elect to  continue  to be
treated as a United States person  regardless  of the previous  sentence.  It is
possible that the IRS may assert that the  foregoing  tax  exemption  should not
apply to a REMIC Regular Certificate held by a REMIC residual  certificateholder
that owns directly or indirectly a 10% or greater interest in the REMIC Residual
Certificates or a FASIT Regular  Certificate held by a person that owns directly
or indirectly a 10% or greater interest in the holder of the ownership  interest
in the FASIT.  If the holder does not qualify for  exemption,  distributions  of
interest,  including  distributions of accrued  original issue discount,  to the
holder  may be  subject to a tax rate of 30%,  subject  to  reduction  under any
applicable tax treaty.

    In addition,  the  foregoing  rules will not apply to exempt a United States
shareholder  of a controlled  foreign  corporation  from  taxation on the United
States  shareholder's  allocable  portion of the interest income received by the
controlled foreign corporation.

    Further,  it appears that a Regular Certificate would not be included in the
estate of a  non-resident  alien  individual  and would not be subject to United
States estate taxes.  However,  certificateholders  who are  non-resident  alien
individuals should consult their tax advisors concerning this question.

    Unless otherwise stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, transfers
of REMIC  Residual  Certificates  and  FASIT  high-yield  regular  interests  to
investors  that are not  United  States  persons  will be  prohibited  under the
related pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement.

  New Withholding Regulations

    The  Treasury   Department  has  issued  new  regulations  which  make  some
modifications to the withholding,  backup withholding and information  reporting
rules  described  above.  The new  regulations  attempt  to unify  certification
requirements  and  modify  reliance  standards.  The  new  regulations  will  be
effective for most payments made after  December 31, 2000.  The new  regulations
contain  transaction  rules  applicable to some payments made after December 31,
2000.  Prospective  investors are urged to consult their tax advisors  regarding
the New Regulations.

                        STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES

    In addition to the federal  income tax  consequences  described in 'Material
Federal Income Tax Consequences,'  potential investors should consider the state
and local tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the
certificates offered hereunder.  State tax law may differ substantially from the
corresponding  federal  tax law,  and the  discussion  above does not purport to
describe  any  aspect  of the  tax  laws of any  state  or  other  jurisdiction.
Therefore,  prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with respect
to the various tax  consequences  of  investments  in the  certificates  offered
hereby.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    Sections 404 and 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
or ERISA, impose fiduciary and prohibited  transaction  restrictions on employee
pension  and  welfare  benefit  plans and  certain  other  retirement  plans and
arrangements,  including individual  retirement accounts and annuities and Keogh
plans,  subject to ERISA, or Plans, and on bank collective  investment funds and
insurance company general and

                                      105


<PAGE>

separate  accounts  in which  those  Plans  are  invested.  Section  4975 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code  imposes  essentially  the same  prohibited  transaction
restrictions on Tax-Favored Plans.

    Some employee  benefit plans,  including  governmental  plans (as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and, if no election has been made under  Section  410(d)
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  church  plans (as defined in Section  3(33) of
ERISA), are not subject to the ERISA requirements  discussed in this prospectus.
Accordingly,  assets of these plans may be invested in securities without regard
to the ERISA  considerations  described  below,  subject  to the  provisions  of
applicable  federal  and state law.  Any plan that is a  tax-qualified  plan and
exempt from taxation  under Sections  401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal  Revenue
Code, however, is subject to the prohibited  transaction rules in Section 503 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

    In  addition  to  ERISA  rules  imposing  general  fiduciary   requirements,
including those of investment  prudence and  diversification and the requirement
that a Plan's investment be made in accordance with the documents  governing the
Plan,  Section  406 of ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code
prohibit a broad  range of  transactions  involving  'plan  assets' of Plans and
Tax-Favored  Plans, or ERISA plans, and Parties in Interest,  unless a statutory
or  administrative  exemption is  available.  Certain  Parties in Interest  that
participate  in a  prohibited  transaction  may be subject  to a penalty  (or an
excise  tax)  imposed  under  Section  502(i)  of ERISA or  Section  4975 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  unless a  statutory  or  administrative  exemption  is
available for any transaction of this sort.

ERISA PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS

    An investment of ERISA plan assets in  securities  may cause the  underlying
loans, private securities or any other assets held in a trust to be deemed 'plan
assets' of the Plan.  The U.S.  Department  of Labor,  or DOL,  has  promulgated
regulations at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, or the DOL Regulations,  concerning
whether or not an ERISA plan's  assets would be deemed to include an interest in
the underlying assets of an entity,  including a trust, for purposes of applying
the general  fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA and the  prohibited
transaction  provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,
when ERISA plan  assets  are used to  acquire  an 'equity  interest,'  such as a
certificate, in that entity. Exceptions contained in the DOL Regulations provide
that an ERISA plan's assets will not include an undivided interest in each asset
of an entity in which it makes an equity investment if:

     (i) the entity is an operating company;

     (ii)the   equity   investment   made  by  the   ERISA   plan  is  either  a
         'publicly-offered  security'  that is 'widely held,' both as defined in
         the DOL  Regulations,  or a security  issued by an  investment  company
         registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or

    (iii) Benefit Plan Investors do not own 25% or more in value of any class of
          equity interests issued by the entity.

For this purpose, the term 'Benefit Plan Investors' include ERISA plans, as well
as any 'employee  benefit  plan,' as defined in Section 3(3) or ERISA,  which is
not  subject  to Title I of ERISA,  such as  governmental  plans,  as defined in
Section  3(32) of ERISA,  church  plans,  as defined in Section  3(33) of ERISA,
which have not made an election  under  Section  410(d) of the Internal  Revenue
Code,  foreign plans and any entity whose  underlying  assets include ERISA plan
assets  by  reason  of an  ERISA  plan's  investment  in  the  entity.  The  DOL
Regulations  provide  that the term 'equity  interest'  means any interest in an
entity  other  than  an  instrument  which  is  treated  as  indebtedness  under
applicable local law and which has no 'substantial equity features.'

    Because of the factual  nature of some of the rules in the DOL  Regulations,
ERISA plan  assets may be deemed to include  either an interest in the assets of
an  entity,  including  a trust,  or  merely  an ERISA  plan's  interest  in the
instrument  evidencing such equity interest,  such as a certificate.  Therefore,
neither ERISA plans nor entities deemed to hold ERISA plan assets should acquire
or hold  securities,  in reliance on the availability of any exception under the
DOL  Regulations,  either (i) certificates or (ii) notes which may be deemed (if
so stated) in the accompanying prospectus supplement to have 'substantial equity
features.' For purposes of this section, the term 'ERISA plan assets' or 'assets
of an ERISA plan' has the meaning  specified in the DOL Regulations and includes
an undivided interest in the underlying assets of some entities in which a ERISA
plan invests.

    The  prohibited  transaction  provisions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section
4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code may apply to a trust and cause the depositor,
the master servicer, any Administrator, any servicer, any

                                      106


<PAGE>

subservicer,  any trustee, the obligor under any credit enhancement mechanism or
some affiliates of those entities to be considered or become Parties in Interest
for an  investing  ERISA plan or of an ERISA  plan  holding  an  interest  in an
ERISA-subject investment entity. If so, the acquisition or holding of securities
by or on behalf of the investing ERISA plan could also give rise to a prohibited
transaction under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless
some statutory or administrative exemption is available.  Securities acquired by
an ERISA plan would be assets of that plan. Under the DOL Regulations,  a trust,
including the mortgage loans, private securities or any other assets held in the
trust,  may also be  deemed  to be  assets  of each  ERISA  plan  that  acquires
certificates  or notes deemed to have  'substantial  equity  features.'  Special
caution  should be  exercised  before  ERISA  plan  assets are used to acquire a
security in those  circumstances,  especially if, for the ERISA plan assets, the
depositor,   the  master  servicer,   any  Administrator,   any  servicer,   any
subservicer,  any trustee, the obligor under any credit enhancement mechanism or
an affiliate thereof either (i) has investment  discretion for the investment of
the ERISA plan assets;  or (ii) has  authority  or  responsibility  to give,  or
regularly  gives,  investment  advice for ERISA  plan  assets for a fee under an
agreement  or  understanding  that any advice will serve as a primary  basis for
investment decisions for the ERISA plan assets.

    Any  person  who has  discretionary  authority  or  control  respecting  the
management  or  disposition  of ERISA plan  assets,  and any person who provides
investment  advice for the ERISA plan assets for a fee (in the manner  described
above),  is a fiduciary of the  investing  ERISA plan.  If the  mortgage  loans,
private  securities or any other assets held in a trust were to constitute ERISA
plan assets, then any party exercising  management or discretionary  control for
those ERISA plan assets may be deemed to be a  'fiduciary,'  and thus subject to
the fiduciary requirements of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of
ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,  for any  investing  ERISA
plan. In addition, if the mortgage loans, private securities or any other assets
held in a trust were to constitute  ERISA plan assets,  then the  acquisition or
holding of  securities  by, on behalf of a ERISA plan  assets or with ERISA plan
assets,  as well as the  operation of the trust,  may  constitute or result in a
prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTION EXEMPTIONS

    Certificates. The DOL has issued an individual exemption, prohibited
transaction exemption, or PTE, 94-29, 59 Fed. Reg. 14674 (March 29, 1994), as
amended by PTE 97-34, 62 Fed. Reg. 39021 (July 21, 1997), to Residential Funding
Corporation and certain of its affiliates, the RFC exemption, which generally
exempts, from the application of the prohibited transaction provisions of
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, various
transactions, among others, relating to the servicing and operation of pools of
secured obligations of some types, including mortgage loans and private
securities, which are held in a trust and the purchase, sale and holding of
pass-through certificates issued by that trust as to which

     (i) the  depositor  or any of its  affiliates  is the sponsor if any entity
         which has received  from the DOL an individual  prohibited  transaction
         exemption   which  is  similar  to  the  RFC   exemption  is  the  sole
         underwriter, a manager or co-manager of the underwriting syndicate or a
         seller or placement agent, or

    (ii) the depositor or an affiliate is the  underwriter  or placement  agent,
         provided that the conditions of the exemption are satisfied.

For purposes of this section, the term underwriter includes

     (a) the depositor and certain of its affiliates,

     (b) any person directly or indirectly,  through one or more intermediaries,
         controlling,  controlled by or under common  control with the depositor
         and certain of its affiliates,

     (c) any member of the  underwriting  syndicate or selling  group of which a
         person  described in (a) or (b) is a manager or co-manager  for a class
         of certificates, or

     (d) any entity  which has  received an  exemption  from the DOL relating to
         certificates which is substantially similar to the RFC exemption.

    The RFC exemption sets forth six general  conditions which must be satisfied
for a transaction involving the purchase, sale and holding of certificates to be
eligible for exemptive relief under the exemption.

     First,  the acquisition of certificates by an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan
     assets must be on terms that are at least as favorable to the ERISA plan as
     they would be in an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party.

                                      107



<PAGE>

     Second,  the RFC exemption only applies to certificates  evidencing  rights
     and  interests  that  are not  subordinated  to the  rights  and  interests
     evidenced by the other certificates of the same trust.

     Third,  at the time of  acquisition  by an ERISA  plan or with  ERISA  plan
     assets,  the certificates must be rated in one of the three highest generic
     rating  categories  by  Standard  &  Poor's,  a  division  of  McGraw  Hill
     Companies,  Inc.,  Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit
     Rating Co. or Fitch IBCA, Inc., called the exemption rating agencies.

     Fourth,  the  trustee  cannot be an  affiliate  of any other  member of the
     restricted  group which consists of any  underwriter,  the  depositor,  the
     master servicer,  the REMIC administrator,  any servicer,  any subservicer,
     any trustee and any borrower for assets of a trust  constituting  more than
     5% of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance  of the assets in the
     related trust as of the date of initial issuance of the certificates.

     Fifth,  the sum of all payments  made to and  retained by the  underwriters
     must represent not more than reasonable  compensation  for underwriting the
     certificates; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the depositor
     under the  assignment of the assets to the related trust must represent not
     more than the fair market  value of those  obligations;  and the sum of all
     payments  made  to  and  retained  by  the  master   servicer,   the  REMIC
     administrator,  any servicer and any  subservicer  must  represent not more
     than reasonable  compensation for that person's  services under the related
     pooling and servicing  agreement or trust  agreement and  reimbursement  of
     that person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith.

     Sixth, the RFC exemption states that the investing ERISA plan or ERISA plan
     assets investor must be an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a)(1)
     of  Regulation  D of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under  the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In  addition,  except as  otherwise  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  the exemptive relief afforded by the RFC exemption may not apply to
any certificates where the related trust contains a swap or Mexico Loans.

    The  RFC  exemption  also  requires  that  each  trust  meet  the  following
requirements:

     the trust must consist solely of assets of the type that have been included
     in other investment pools;

     certificates evidencing interests in those other investment pools must have
     been rated in one of the three  highest  categories of one of the exemption
     rating  agencies  for  at  least  one  year  prior  to the  acquisition  of
     certificates  by or on behalf of an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets in
     reliance on the RFC exemption; and

     certificates  in the other  investment  pools must have been  purchased  by
     investors  other  than  ERISA  plans  for at least  one  year  prior to any
     acquisition of  certificates by or on behalf of an ERISA plan or with ERISA
     plan assets in reliance on the RFC exemption.

    A  fiduciary  of or  other  investor  of  ERISA  plan  assets  contemplating
purchasing  a  certificate  must  make its own  determination  that the  general
conditions described above will be satisfied for that certificate.

    If the  general  conditions  of the RFC  exemption  are  satisfied,  the RFC
exemption  may provide an  exemption,  from the  application  of the  prohibited
transaction  provisions  of  Sections  406(a) and  407(a) of ERISA and  Sections
4975(c)(1)(A)  through (D) of the Internal  Revenue Code, in connection with the
direct or indirect sale, exchange,  transfer,  holding or the direct or indirect
acquisition or disposition in the secondary  market of  certificates  by or with
ERISA plan assets.  However,  no exemption is provided from the  restrictions of
Sections 406(a)(1)(E) and 406(a)(2) of ERISA for the acquisition or holding of a
certificate  by or with ERISA plan assets of an excluded  plan by any person who
has discretionary  authority or renders  investment advice for ERISA plan assets
of the excluded  plan. For purposes of the  certificates,  an excluded plan is a
ERISA  plan  sponsored  by any  member  of the  restricted  group.  If  specific
conditions  of the RFC  exemption  are also  satisfied,  the RFC  exemption  may
provide  an  exemption,  from  the  application  of the  prohibited  transaction
provisions of Sections  406(b)(1) and (b)(2) of ERISA and Section  4975(c)(1)(E)
of the Internal Revenue Code, in connection with the following:

    (1) the direct or indirect sale, exchange or transfer of certificates in the
        initial issuance of certificates between the depositor or an underwriter
        and an ERISA  plan when the person who has  discretionary  authority  or
        renders  investment advice for the investment of the relevant ERISA plan
        assets in the certificates is:

                                      108


<PAGE>

        (a) a borrower  with  respect to 5% or less of the fair market  value of
            the assets of a trust; or

       (b) an affiliate of such a person,

    provided  that, if the  certificates  are acquired in connection  with their
    initial  issuance,  the  quantitative  restrictions  described  in  the  RFC
    exemption are met.

    (2) the direct or  indirect  acquisition  or  disposition  in the  secondary
        market of certificates by an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets; and

    (3) the holding of certificates by an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets.

    Additionally, if specific conditions of the RFC exemption are satisfied, the
RFC exemption may provide an exemption,  from the  application of the prohibited
transaction  provisions  of  Sections  406(a),  406(b)  and  407(a) of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code, for  transactions in connection with
the servicing, management and operation of the pools. The depositor expects that
the specific  conditions of the RFC exemption  required for this purpose will be
satisfied  for the  certificates  so that the RFC  exemption  would  provide  an
exemption,  from the  application  of the prohibited  transaction  provisions of
Sections 406(a) and (b) of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,
for  transactions in connection with the servicing,  management and operation of
the  pools,  provided  that the  general  conditions  of the RFC  exemption  are
satisfied.

    The RFC exemption also may provide an exemption from, the application of the
prohibited  transaction  provisions  of Sections  406(a) and 407(a) of ERISA and
Sections  4975(c)(1)(A)  through  (D) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  if those
restrictions  are deemed to otherwise apply merely because a person is deemed to
be a Party in Interest  for an  investing  ERISA plan,  or an ERISA plan holding
interests in an ERISA-subject investment entity, by virtue of providing services
to the ERISA plan or the  investment  entity,  or by virtue of having  specified
relationships to such a person, solely as a result of the ERISA plan's ownership
of certificates.

    Before purchasing a certificate, a fiduciary or other investor of ERISA plan
assets should itself confirm that (a) the certificates constitute 'certificates'
for purposes of the RFC  exemption  and (b) the specific and general  conditions
described in the RFC exemption and the other  requirements  in the RFC exemption
would be  satisfied.  In  addition  to making  its own  determination  as to the
availability  of the  exemptive  relief  provided  in  the  RFC  exemption,  the
fiduciary  or other  ERISA plan  assets  investor  should  consider  its general
fiduciary  obligations  under  ERISA in  determining  whether  to  purchase  any
securities with ERISA plan assets.

    Any fiduciary or other ERISA plan assets  investor that proposes to purchase
certificates on behalf of an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets should consult
with its  counsel  for the  potential  applicability  of ERISA and the  Internal
Revenue Code to that investment and the availability of the RFC exemption or any
other  DOL  prohibited  transaction  class  exemption,  or PTCE,  in  connection
therewith.  In  particular,  in  connection  with  a  contemplated  purchase  of
certificates   representing  a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  a  pool  of
single-family  residential first or second mortgage loans or Agency  Securities,
the  fiduciary  or  other  ERISA  plan  assets   investor  should  consider  the
availability of the RFC exemption or PTCE 83-1 for some  transactions  involving
mortgage pool investment trusts.  However,  PTCE 83-1 does not provide exemptive
relief for  certificates  evidencing  interests  in trusts which  include  loans
secured  by third or more  junior  liens or  Cooperative  Loans or some types of
private  securities,  or which contain a swap or Mexico Loans. In addition,  the
fiduciary or other ERISA plan assets investor  should consider the  availability
of other class exemptions  granted by the DOL, which provide relief from certain
of the  prohibited  transaction  provisions of ERISA and the related  excise tax
provisions of Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,  including  Sections I
and III of PTCE 95-60,  regarding  transactions  by  insurance  company  general
accounts.   The  accompanying   prospectus  supplement  may  contain  additional
information  regarding the  application  of the RFC exemption,  PTCE 83-1,  PTCE
95-60 or other DOL class exemptions for the certificates offered thereby.  There
can be no assurance that any of these  exemptions  will apply for any particular
ERISA  plan's  or  other  ERISA  plan  assets   investor's   investment  in  the
certificates  or, even if an exemption were deemed to apply,  that any exemption
would apply to all  prohibited  transactions  that may occur in connection  with
this form of investment.

    Notes.  With  respect to the  purchase  and holding of notes,  an ERISA plan
fiduciary or other ERISA plan assets investor  should consider the  availability
of some class  exemptions  granted by the DOL, which provide relief from some of
the  prohibited  transaction  provisions  of ERISA and the  related  excise  tax
provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  including  PTCE  96-23,  regarding
transactions  effected by an 'in-house  asset  manager';  PTCE 95-60,  regarding
transactions  by  insurance  company  general  accounts;  PTCE 91-38,  regarding
investments  by  bank  collective   investment  funds;   PTCE  90-1,   regarding
transactions by insurance company

                                      109


<PAGE>

pooled separate accounts;  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding transactions effected by a
'qualified  professional asset manager.' The accompanying  prospectus supplement
may contain  additional  information  regarding the  application  of these class
exemptions for the notes offered by this prospectus.

INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNTS

    In addition to any exemptive  relief that may be available  under PTCE 95-60
for the purchase and holding of the certificates by an insurance company general
account,  the Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996 added a new  Section
401(c) to ERISA,  which provides  exemptive relief from the provisions of Part 4
of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, including the
prohibited  transaction  restrictions  imposed by ERISA and the  related  excise
taxes  imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,  for  transactions
involving an insurance company general account.

    The 401(c)  Regulations,  which were issued in final form on January 4, 2000
and  generally  become  applicable  on July 5, 2001,  provide  guidance  for the
purpose of determining,  in cases where insurance  policies or annuity contracts
supported by an insurer's  general account are issued to or for the benefit of a
ERISA  plan on or  before  December  31,  1998,  which  general  account  assets
constitute ERISA plan assets.  Section 401(c) of ERISA generally  provides that,
until July 5, 2001,  no person  shall be  subject to  liability  under Part 4 of
Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code on the basis of a
claim that the assets of an insurance  company general account  constitute ERISA
plan assets,  unless (i) as otherwise  provided by the Secretary of Labor in the
401(c)  Regulations to prevent avoidance of the regulations or (ii) an action is
brought by the Secretary of Labor for certain  breaches of fiduciary  duty which
would also  constitute a violation of federal or state  criminal law. Any assets
of an insurance  company  general  account that  support  insurance  policies or
annuity  contracts  issued to a ERISA plan after  December 31, 1998 or issued to
ERISA plans on or before December 31, 1998 for which the insurance  company does
not comply with the 401(c)  Regulations may be treated as ERISA plan assets.  In
addition,  because Section 401(c) does not relate to insurance  company separate
accounts,  separate account assets are still treated as ERISA plan assets of any
ERISA plan invested in a separate account. Insurance companies contemplating the
investment of general  account  assets in the  certificates  should consult with
their legal counsel with respect to the  applicability  of Sections I and III of
PTCE 95-60 and Section 401(c) of ERISA,  including the general account's ability
to continue to hold the certificates after July 5, 2001.

REPRESENTATIONS FROM INVESTING PLANS

    Certificates.  It is not clear  whether  certificates  backed  by  revolving
credit  loans,  unsecured  loans or loans  with  LTVs in  excess  of 100%  would
constitute 'certificates' for purposes of the RFC exemption. In promulgating the
RFC exemption,  the DOL did not have under  consideration  interests in pools of
the exact nature described in this paragraph and  accordingly,  unless otherwise
provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement, certificates backed by loans
mentioned in this paragraph  should not be purchased by or on behalf of an ERISA
plan or with ERISA plan assets based solely on the RFC  exemption.  In addition,
the  exemptive  relief  afforded  by the RFC  exemption  will  not  apply to the
purchase,  sale or holding of any class of subordinate  certificates and may not
apply,  unless  certain  additional  conditions  set  forth in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement are satisfied, to any certificates where the related trust
contains a Funding Account during the period in which additional  mortgage loans
are permitted to be transferred to the trust.

    The  exemptive  relief  afforded  by the  exemption  will  not  apply to the
purchase,  sale or holding  of any class of  subordinate  certificates  or REMIC
Residual  Certificates.  If  certificates  are backed by loans  mentioned in the
paragraph next above or are  subordinate  certificates,  or if the related trust
contains  a  swap  or  Mexico  Loan,  except  as  otherwise   specified  in  the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  transfers of those certificates to an ERISA
plan, to a trustee or other person acting on behalf of any ERISA plan, or to any
other  person  using  ERISA plan assets to effect the  acquisition,  will not be
registered by the trustee  unless the  transferee  provides the  depositor,  the
trustee and the master  servicer with an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to the
depositor,  the trustee and the master servicer which opinion will not be at the
expense of the depositor,  the trustee or the master  servicer that the purchase
of the  certificates by or on behalf of the ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets
is  permissible  under  applicable  law,  will not  constitute  or result in any
non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue  Code,  and will not  subject the  depositor,  the trustee or the master
servicer to any  obligation  in addition to those  undertaken in the pooling and
servicing agreement.

                                      110


<PAGE>

    In lieu of an opinion  of  counsel,  except as  otherwise  specified  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the transferee may provide a certification
of facts substantially to the effect that the purchase of the certificates by or
on behalf of the ERISA  plan or with  ERISA  plan  assets is  permissible  under
applicable  law,  will not  constitute  or  result  in a  non-exempt  prohibited
transaction  under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code, will not
subject the depositor,  the trustee or the master  servicer to any obligation in
addition to those  undertaken  in the pooling and servicing  agreement,  and the
following  conditions  are met:  (a) the  source of funds used to  purchase  the
certificates is an 'insurance  company general account' (as that term is defined
in PTCE 95-60),  and (b) the conditions in Sections I and III of PTCE 95-60 have
been satisfied as of the date of the acquisition of the certificates.

    Notes.  If the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  states that any of the
notes being issued have 'substantial  equity features' within the meaning of the
DOL Regulations,  transfers of the notes to an ERISA plan, to a trustee or other
person  acting on behalf of any ERISA  plan,  or to any other  person  using the
assets of any ERISA plan to effect the acquisition will not be registered by the
indenture  trustee unless the transferee  provides the depositor,  the indenture
trustee  and the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  with an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the depositor,  the indenture trustee and the master servicer or
the  servicer,  which opinion will not be at the expense of the  depositor,  the
indenture trustee or the master or the servicer,  that the purchase of the notes
by or on behalf of the ERISA plan is permissible  under applicable law, will not
constitute or result in any  non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  under ERISA or
Section  4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code and will not subject the  depositor,
the indenture  trustee or the master  servicer or the servicer to any obligation
in addition to those undertaken in the trust  agreement.  In lieu of the opinion
of counsel, the transferee may provide a certification of facts substantially to
the effect  that (i) the  purchase of notes by or on behalf of the ERISA plan is
permissible  under  applicable  law,  will  not  constitute  or  result  in  any
non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code and will not subject the  depositor,  the indenture  trustee or the
master  servicer  or the  servicer  to  any  obligation  in  addition  to  those
undertaken  in the  trust  agreement,  and (ii)  the  following  statements  are
correct:  (a) the  transferee is an insurance  company,  (b) the source of funds
used to purchase the notes is an  'insurance  company  general  account,' as the
term is defined in PTCE 95-60, and (c) the conditions described in Section I and
Section III of PTCE 95-60 have been satisfied as of the date of the  acquisition
of the notes.

TAX-EXEMPT INVESTORS

    A Tax-Exempt Investor nonetheless will be subject to federal income taxation
to the extent that its income is 'unrelated  business  taxable income,' or UBTI,
within the  meaning of Section 512 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  All 'excess
inclusions'  of a REMIC  allocated  to a REMIC  Residual  Certificate  held by a
Tax-Exempt  Investor will be considered UBTI and thus will be subject to federal
income tax. See 'Material  Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Taxation of Owners
of REMIC Residual Certificates -- Excess Inclusions.'

CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL

    There can be no assurance  that the RFC exemption or any other DOL exemption
will apply for any particular ERISA plan that acquires the certificates or, even
if all of the conditions  specified  therein were satisfied,  that the exemption
would  apply to all  transactions  involving  a trust.  Prospective  ERISA  plan
investors should consult with their legal counsel concerning the impact of ERISA
and the Internal  Revenue Code and the potential  consequences to their specific
circumstances prior to making an investment in the certificates.

    Before purchasing a security in reliance on any exemption, a fiduciary of an
ERISA plan should itself confirm that all of the specific and general conditions
described in the  exemption  would be  satisfied.  In addition to making its own
determination  as to the  availability  of the exemptive  relief provided in the
exemption,  an ERISA  plan  fiduciary  should  consider  its  general  fiduciary
obligations under ERISA in determining  whether to purchase a security on behalf
of an ERISA plan.

    Any  fiduciary  or other  investor  of ERISA plan  assets  that  proposes to
acquire  or hold  certificates  on behalf of an ERISA  plan or with  ERISA  plan
assets should  consult with its counsel for the potential  applicability  of the
fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA and the  prohibited  transaction
provisions  of  ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code to the
proposed  investment and the exemption and the  availability of exemptive relief
under  PTCE  83-1,  Sections  I and III of PTCE  95-60 or any  other  DOL  class
exemption.

                                      111



<PAGE>

                            LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS

    Each class of securities  offered hereby and by the accompanying  prospectus
supplement  will be  rated at the date of  issuance  in one of the four  highest
rating  categories by at least one rating agency.  If stated in the accompanying
prospectus supplement, classes that are, and continue to be, rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least one nationally recognized  statistical
rating  organization will constitute  'mortgage related securities' for purposes
of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended,  or SMMEA,
and, as such,  will be legal  investments  for  persons,  trusts,  corporations,
partnerships,  associations,  business trusts and business  entities  (including
depository  institutions,  life  insurance  companies and pension funds) created
under or  existing  under the laws of the  United  States or of any State  whose
authorized  investments are subject to state regulation to the same extent that,
under  applicable law,  obligations  issued by or guaranteed as to principal and
interest  by  the  United  States  or  any  agency  or  instrumentality  thereof
constitute legal investments for those entities. Under SMMEA, if a State enacted
legislation  on or prior to  October  3, 1991  specifically  limiting  the legal
investment authority of any of these entities for 'mortgage related securities,'
these securities will constitute  legal  investments for entities subject to the
legislation  only  to  the  extent  provided  therein.  Certain  States  enacted
legislation which overrides the preemption  provisions of SMMEA. SMMEA provides,
however,  that in no event will the enactment of any such legislation affect the
validity of any contractual commitment to purchase,  hold or invest in 'mortgage
related securities,' or require the sale or other disposition of the securities,
so long as the contractual  commitment was made or the securities acquired prior
to the enactment of the legislation.

    SMMEA also amended the legal  investment  authority  of  federally-chartered
depository  institutions as follows:  federal savings and loan  associations and
federal  savings  banks may invest in,  sell or  otherwise  deal with  'mortgage
related  securities'  without  limitation  as to the  percentage of their assets
represented thereby,  federal credit unions may invest in these securities,  and
national  banks may  purchase  these  securities  for their own account  without
regard to the  limitations  generally  applicable to investment  securities  set
forth in 12 U.S.C. SS24 (Seventh),  subject in each case to any regulations that
the applicable federal regulatory authority may prescribe.

    The 1998 Policy  Statement  was adopted by the Federal  Reserve  Board,  the
Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency,  the FDIC, the National Credit Union
Administration,  or NCUA and the OTS with an effective date of May 26, 1998. The
1998 Policy Statement rescinded a 1992 policy statement that had required, prior
to purchase, a depository institution to determine whether a mortgage derivative
product that it was  considering  acquiring was high-risk,  and, if so, required
that the proposed  acquisition would reduce the  institution's  overall interest
rate risk.  The 1998 Policy  Statement  eliminates  constraints  on investing in
certain  'high-risk'   mortgage  derivative  products  and  substitutes  broader
guidelines for evaluating and monitoring investment risk.

    The OTS has issued Thrift  Bulletin 13a,  entitled  'Management  of Interest
Rate Risk, Investment Securities,  and Derivatives Activities,' or TB 13a, which
is effective as of December 1, 1998 and applies to thrift institutions regulated
by the  OTS.  One of  the  primary  purposes  of TB  13a  is to  require  thrift
institutions,  prior  to  taking  any  investment  position  to  conduct  (i)  a
pre-purchase  portfolio  sensitivity analysis for any 'significant  transaction'
involving  securities or financial  derivatives,  and (ii) a pre-purchase  price
sensitivity analysis of any 'complex security' or financial derivative.  For the
purposes  of TB 13a,  'complex  security'  includes,  among  other  things,  any
collateralized  mortgage  obligation  or REMIC  security,  other than any 'plain
vanilla' mortgage  pass-through security (that is, securities that are part of a
single class of securities in the related pool that are  non-callable and do not
have any special features). One or more classes of securities offered hereby and
by the accompanying prospectus supplement may be viewed as 'complex securities'.
The OTS  recommends  that  while a thrift  institution  should  conduct  its own
in-house  pre-acquisition  analysis,  it may rely on an analysis conducted by an
independent  third-party as long as management  understands the analysis and its
key assumptions.  Further, TB 13a recommends that the use of 'complex securities
with high price  sensitivity'  be limited to  transactions  and strategies  that
lower a thrift  institution's  portfolio  interest  rate risk. TB 13a warns that
investment  in  complex  securities  by  thrift  institutions  that do not  have
adequate risk  measurement,  monitoring and control systems may be viewed by OTS
examiners as an unsafe and unsound practice.

    Prospective investors in the securities, including in particular the classes
of securities that do not constitute  'mortgage related securities' for purposes
of SMMEA, should consider the matters discussed in the following paragraph.

                                      112



<PAGE>

    There may be other  restrictions on the ability of some investors  either to
purchase  some  classes of  securities  or to purchase  any class of  securities
representing  more than a specified  percentage of the  investors'  assets.  The
depositor will make no representations as to the proper  characterization of any
class of securities for legal investment or other purposes, or as to the ability
of  particular  investors to purchase any class of securities  under  applicable
legal  investment  restrictions.  These  uncertainties  may adversely affect the
liquidity  of  any  class  of  securities.   Accordingly,  all  investors  whose
investment  activities  are subject to legal  investment  laws and  regulations,
regulatory  capital  requirements  or review by  regulatory  authorities  should
consult with their own legal advisors in determining  whether and to what extent
the  securities  of any class  constitute  legal  investments  or are subject to
investment, capital or other restrictions, and, if applicable, whether SMMEA has
been overridden in any jurisdiction relevant to the investor.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

    Substantially  all of the net  proceeds  to be  received  from  the  sale of
securities  will be applied by the  depositor  to finance the purchase of, or to
repay short-term loans incurred to finance the purchase of, the loans underlying
the securities or will be used by the depositor for general corporate  purposes.
The depositor  expects that it will make additional sales of securities  similar
to the securities from time to time, but the timing and amount of any additional
offerings  will be  dependent  on a number of factors,  including  the volume of
loans purchased by the depositor,  prevailing  interest  rates,  availability of
funds and general market conditions.

                             METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION

    The securities offered hereby and by the accompanying prospectus supplements
will be offered in series  through one or more of the methods  described  below.
The prospectus  supplement  prepared for each series will describe the method of
offering  being  utilized for that series and will state the net proceeds to the
depositor from that sale.

    The depositor  intends that securities will be offered through the following
methods from time to time and that  offerings may be made  concurrently  through
more than one of these  methods or that an  offering of a  particular  series of
securities  may be made through a  combination  of two or more of the  following
methods:

     by negotiated firm commitment or best efforts underwriting and public
     re-offering by underwriters

     by placements by the depositor with institutional investors through
     dealers; and

     by direct placements by the depositor with institutional investors.

    In addition,  if  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a
series of  securities  may be  offered in whole or in part in  exchange  for the
loans, and other assets,  if applicable,  that would comprise the trust securing
the securities.

    If  underwriters  are  used  in a sale  of any  securities,  other  than  in
connection with an underwriting on a best efforts basis,  the securities will be
acquired by the  underwriters  for their own account and may be resold from time
to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at fixed
public offering prices or at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale
or at the time of commitment therefor.  These underwriters may be broker-dealers
affiliated  with  the  depositor  whose  identities  and  relationships  to  the
depositor will be as described in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The
managing  underwriter  or  underwriters  for the offer and sale of a  particular
series of securities will be set forth on the cover of the prospectus supplement
relating to that series and the members of the underwriting  syndicate,  if any,
will be named in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    In  connection  with the sale of the  securities,  underwriters  may receive
compensation from the depositor or from purchasers of the securities in the form
of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters and dealers participating
in the  distribution  of the  securities  may be  deemed to be  underwriters  in
connection  with the  securities,  and any discounts or commissions  received by
them from the  depositor  and any profit on the resale of securities by them may
be deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended.

    It is anticipated that the underwriting  agreement pertaining to the sale of
any series of securities will provide that the  obligations of the  underwriters
will be subject to certain conditions  precedent,  that the underwriters will be
obligated to purchase all of the securities if any are purchased  (other than in
connection

                                      113



<PAGE>

with  an   underwriting   on  a  best  efforts   basis)  and  that,  in  limited
circumstances,  the depositor  will indemnify the several  underwriters  and the
underwriters  will indemnify the depositor  against  certain civil  liabilities,
including  liabilities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or will
contribute to payments required to be made in respect thereof.

    The  prospectus  supplement  for any series  offered by  placements  through
dealers will contain  information  regarding  the nature of the offering and any
agreements to be entered into between the depositor and purchasers of securities
of that series.

    The depositor  anticipates  that the securities  offered hereby will be sold
primarily  to  institutional   investors  or   sophisticated   non-institutional
investors.  Purchasers of securities,  including dealers,  may, depending on the
facts and circumstances of the purchases,  be deemed to be 'underwriters' within
the meaning of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  in  connection  with
reoffers and sales by them of securities.  Holders of securities  should consult
with their legal advisors in this regard prior to any reoffer or sale.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

    Certain legal matters, including certain federal income tax matters, will be
passed on for the  depositor  by Thacher  Proffitt & Wood,  New York,  New York,
Orrick,  Herrington & Sutcliffe  LLP, New York,  New York or Stroock & Stroock &
Lavan LLP, as specified in the prospectus supplement.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    The depositor has determined that its financial  statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.  The  securities do not represent an interest in or
an obligation of the depositor. The depositor's only obligations for a series of
securities  will  be to  repurchase  certain  loans  on any  breach  of  limited
representations  and warranties made by the depositor,  or as otherwise provided
in the applicable prospectus supplement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The depositor has filed the  registration  statement with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission.  The depositor is also subject to some of the  information
requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or Exchange
Act, and,  accordingly,  will file reports  thereunder  with the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission.  The registration  statement and the exhibits thereto, and
reports and other  information filed by the depositor under the Exchange Act can
be inspected  and copied at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the
Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  and at certain of its  Regional  Offices  located  as  follows:  Chicago
Regional Office,  Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511;  and Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300,  New York,  New York 10048 and  electronically  through the Securities and
Exchange Commission's  Electronic Data Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval System
at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Web Site (http://www.sec.gov).

    Copies of Ginnie  Mae's  information  statement  and  annual  report  can be
obtained by writing or calling the United States Department of Housing and Urban
Development,  451-7th  Street  S.W.,  Room  6210,  Washington,  D.C.  20410-9000
(202-708-3649).  Copies of  Freddie  Mac's most  recent  offering  circular  for
Freddie Mac Certificates,  Freddie Mac's  information  statement and most recent
supplement to such information statement and any quarterly report made available
by Freddie  Mac can be obtained  by writing or calling  the  Investor  Relations
Department  of Freddie  Mac at Post  Office  Box 4112,  Reston,  Virginia  22090
(outside the Washington,  D.C. metropolitan area, telephone  800-424-5401,  ext.
8160; within the Washington,  D.C.  metropolitan area, telephone  703-759-8160).
Copies of Fannie Mae's most recent  prospectus for Fannie Mae  Certificates  and
Fannie Mae's annual report and quarterly financial statements,  as well as other
financial information,  are available from the Director of Investor Relations of
Fannie Mae, 3900 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20016 (202-537-7115).
The depositor does not, and will not,  participate in the  preparation of Ginnie
Mae's  information   statements  or  annual  reports,   Freddie  Mac's  offering
circulars,  information  statements  or any  supplements  thereto  or any of its
quarterly reports or Fannie Mae's prospectuses or any of its reports,  financial
statements or other information and, accordingly, makes no representations as to
the accuracy or completeness of the information set forth therein.

                                      114



<PAGE>

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    Monthly  reports which contain  information  concerning the trust fund for a
series of securities  will be sent by or on behalf of the master  servicer,  the
servicer  or the  trustee  to each  holder of record  of the  securities  of the
related   series.   See   'Description   of  the   Securities   --   Reports  to
Securityholders.'   Reports   forwarded  to  holders   will  contain   financial
information  that  has  not  been  examined  or  reported  on by an  independent
certified  public  accountant.  The depositor  will file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission those periodic reports relating to the trust for a series of
securities as are required under the Exchange Act.

               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

    The SEC allows the depositor to  'incorporate  by reference' the information
filed with the SEC by the depositor,  under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, that relates to the trust fund for the securities.  This means
that the  depositor  can  disclose  important  information  to any  investor  by
referring  the investor to these  documents.  The  information  incorporated  by
reference is an important part of this prospectus,  and information filed by the
depositor  with the SEC that relates to the trust fund for the  securities  will
automatically  update and  supersede  this  information.  Documents  that may be
incorporated  by reference  for a  particular  series of  securities  include an
insurer's financials, a certificate policy, mortgage pool policy,  computational
materials,  collateral term sheets, the related pooling and servicing  agreement
and amendments thereto, other documents on Form 8-K and Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of Exchange Act as may be required in connection with the related trust
fund.

    The depositor  will provide or cause to be provided  without  charge to each
person  to whom  this  prospectus  and  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  is
delivered in connection  with the offering of one or more classes of the related
series of securities,  on written or oral request of that person,  a copy of any
or all reports incorporated in this prospectus by reference, in each case to the
extent the reports relate to one or more of the classes of the related series of
securities,  other than the exhibits to those documents, unless the exhibits are
specifically  incorporated  by reference in the  documents.  Requests  should be
directed  in  writing  to  Residential  Asset  Mortgage  Products,   Inc.,  8400
Normandale  Lake  Boulevard,  Suite 600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437,  or by
telephone at (612) 832-7000.

                                      115



<PAGE>

                                    GLOSSARY

    1998 POLICY  STATEMENT  -- The  revised  supervisory  statement  listing the
guidelines for  investments in 'high risk mortgage  securities',  and adopted by
the Federal Reserve Board,  the Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency,  the
FDIC,  the  National  Credit Union  Administration,  or NCUA and the OTS with an
effective date of May 26, 1998.

    401(C)  REGULATIONS  -- The  regulations  the DOL is required to issue under
Section 401(c) of ERISA, which were issued in final form on January 4, 2000.

    ADDITIONAL BALANCE -- An additional  principal balance in a revolving credit
loan created by a Draw.

    ADDITIONAL  COLLATERAL -- For an Additional  Collateral  Loan, (1) financial
assets  owned by the  borrower,  which  will  consist of  securities,  insurance
policies,  annuities,  certificates of deposit, cash, accounts or similar assets
and/or (2) a third party guarantee, usually by a relative of the borrower, which
in turn is secured by a security interest in financial assets.

    ADDITIONAL  COLLATERAL  LOANS  -- A  mortgage  loan  with  an LTV  ratio  at
origination  in excess  of 80%,  but not  greater  than  100%,  and  secured  by
Additional  Collateral in addition to the related Mortgaged Property and in lieu
of any primary mortgage insurance.

    ADDITIONAL  COLLATERAL  REQUIREMENT  -- The amount of Additional  Collateral
required for any Additional Collateral Loan, which in most cases will not exceed
30% of the principal amount of that mortgage loan.

    ADMINISTRATOR  -- In  addition  to or in  lieu  of the  master  servicer  or
servicer  for a series of notes,  if specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  an  administrator  for  the  trust.  The  Administrator  may  be an
affiliate of the depositor, the master servicer or the servicer.

    ADVANCE -- As to a  particular  loan and any  distribution  date,  an amount
equal to the scheduled  payments of principal  (other than any Balloon Amount in
the case of a Balloon  Loan) and interest at the  applicable  pass-through  rate
which were  delinquent as of the close of business on the business day preceding
the determination date on the loans.

    AGENCY  SECURITIES -- Any  securities  issued by Freddie Mac,  Fannie Mae or
Ginnie Mae. Such Agency  Securities may represent whole or partial  interests in
pools of (1) loans or (2) Agency  Securities.  Unless otherwise set forth in the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  all Ginnie Mae securities will be backed by
the full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States.  None of the  Freddie  Mac
securities or Fannie Mae securities will be backed,  directly or indirectly,  by
the full faith and credit of the United States.  Agency Securities may be backed
by fixed or adjustable  rate mortgage loans or other types of loans specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    BALLOON AMOUNT -- The full outstanding  principal  balance on a Balloon Loan
due and payable on the maturity date.

    BALLOON LOANS -- Loans with level monthly payments of principal and interest
based on a 30 year amortization schedule, or such other amortization schedule as
specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and having  original or
modified  terms to maturity  shorter  than the term of the related  amortization
schedule.

    BANKRUPTCY  AMOUNT -- The  amount  of  Bankruptcy  Losses  that may be borne
solely by the subordinate securities of the related series.

    BANKRUPTCY  LOSSES -- A Realized Loss  attributable to certain actions which
may be taken by a bankruptcy court in connection with a mortgage loan, including
a reduction by a bankruptcy  court of the principal  balance of or the loan rate
on a mortgage loan or an extension of its maturity.

    BUY-DOWN  ACCOUNT  -- As to a Buydown  Loan,  the  custodial  account  where
Buydown Funds are deposited.

    BUY-DOWN FUNDS -- As to a Buydown Loan, the amount contributed by the seller
of the Mortgaged Property or another source and placed in the Buydown Account.

    BUY-DOWN LOAN -- A mortgage loan,  other than a closed-end home equity loan,
subject to a temporary buydown plan.

                                      116


<PAGE>

    BUY-DOWN  PERIOD -- The  early  years of the term of or  Buy-Down  Loan when
payments will be less than the scheduled  monthly payments on the mortgage loan,
the resulting difference to be made up from the Buy-Down Funds.

    CALL CLASS -- A class of  securities  under  which the holder  will have the
right,  at its sole  discretion,  to terminate the related  trust,  resulting in
early retirement of the securities of the series.

    CALL PRICE -- In the case of a call with  respect to a Call  Class,  a price
equal to 100% of the principal  balance of the related  securities as of the day
of that purchase plus accrued interest at the applicable pass-through rate.

    CALL SECURITY -- Any security evidencing an interest in a Call Class.

    COMPENSATING INTEREST -- For any loan that prepaid in full and, if stated in
the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  in part, during the related prepayment
period an additional payment made by the master servicer or the servicer, to the
extent  funds are  available  from the  servicing  fee,  equal to the  amount of
interest at the loan rate, less the servicing fee and Excluded  Spread,  if any,
for that loan from the date of the prepayment to the related due date.

    CONVERTIBLE  MORTGAGE LOAN -- ARM loans which allow the borrowers to convert
the  adjustable  rates on those  mortgage  loans to a fixed  rate at one or more
specified periods during the life of the mortgage loans, in most cases not later
than ten years subsequent to the date of origination.

    COOPERATIVE -- For a Cooperative Loan, the corporation that owns the related
apartment building.

    COOPERATIVE  LOANS -- Cooperative  apartment  loans evidenced by Cooperative
Notes secured by security  interests in shares issued by Cooperatives and in the
related proprietary leases or occupancy  agreements granting exclusive rights to
occupy specific dwelling units in the related buildings.

    COOPERATIVE NOTES -- A promissory note with respect to a Cooperative Loan.

    CREDIT  SCORES -- A  measurement  of the relative  degree of risk a borrower
represents  to a lender  obtained  from credit  reports  utilizing,  among other
things,  payment  history,  delinquencies  on  accounts,  levels of  outstanding
indebtedness,  length  of  credit  history,  types  of  credit,  and  bankruptcy
experience.

    CREDIT  UTILIZATION  RATE -- For any revolving credit loan, the cut-off date
principal  balance of the  revolving  credit loan divided by the credit limit of
the related credit line agreement.

    CUSTODIAL   ACCOUNT  --  The  custodial  account  or  accounts  created  and
maintained under the pooling and servicing agreement in the name of a depository
institution,  as custodian for the holders of the securities, for the holders of
certain other  interests in loans serviced or sold by the master servicer or the
servicer  and for the master  servicer or the  servicer,  into which the amounts
shall be deposited directly. Any such account shall be an Eligible Account.

    DEBT SERVICE  REDUCTION --  Modifications  of the terms of a loan  resulting
from a bankruptcy proceeding, including a reduction in the amount of the monthly
payment on the related loan, but not any permanent forgiveness of principal.

    DEFAULTED  MORTGAGE LOSSES -- A Realized Loss attributable to the borrower's
failure to make any payment of  principal  or  interest  as  required  under the
mortgage note, but not including Special Hazard Losses,  Extraordinary Losses or
other losses resulting from damage to a mortgaged property, Bankruptcy Losses or
Fraud Losses.

    DEFICIENT  VALUATION  -- In  connection  with the personal  bankruptcy  of a
borrower,  the difference between the outstanding principal balance of the first
and junior lien loans and a lower value established by the bankruptcy court.

    DESIGNATED  SELLER  TRANSACTION  -- A  transaction  in which  the  loans are
provided by an  unaffiliated  or affiliated  seller  described in the prospectus
supplement.

    DIRECT  PUERTO RICO  MORTGAGE -- For any loan secured by mortgaged  property
located in Puerto  Rico,  a Mortgage  to secure a  specific  obligation  for the
benefit of a specified person.

    DISQUALIFIED ORGANIZATION -- As used in this prospectus means:

     the United States, any State or political  subdivision thereof, any foreign
     government,   any   international   organization,    or   any   agency   or
     instrumentality of the foregoing (but does not include instrumentalities

                                      117


<PAGE>

     described in Section 168(h)(2)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code the Federal
     Home Loan Mortgage Corporation),

     any organization (other than a cooperative  described in Section 521 of the
     Internal Revenue Code) that is exempt from federal income tax, unless it is
     subject to the tax imposed by Section 511 of the Internal Revenue Code, or

     any organization described in Section 1381(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue
     Code.

    DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT -- As to a class of securities for any distribution date
will be the portion,  if any, of the amount to be  distributed to that class for
that distribution date of principal,  plus, if the class is entitled to payments
of interest  on that  distribution  date,  interest  accrued  during the related
interest  accrual  period at the applicable  pass-through  rate on the principal
balance or notional amount of that class specified in the applicable  prospectus
supplement, less certain interest shortfalls, which will include:

     any deferred  interest added to the principal balance of the mortgage loans
     and/or the outstanding  balance of one or more classes of securities on the
     related due date;

     any other interest shortfalls,  including,  without limitation,  shortfalls
     resulting  from  application  of the Relief Act or similar  legislation  or
     regulations  as in effect from time to time,  allocable to  securityholders
     which are not covered by advances or the applicable credit enhancement; and

     Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls not covered by Compensating  Interest,  in
     each case in an amount  that is  allocated  to that  class on the basis set
     forth in the prospectus supplement.

    DRAW -- Money  drawn by the  borrower  in most cases with  either  checks or
credit cards,  subject to applicable  law, on a revolving  credit loan under the
related credit line agreement at any time during the Draw Period.

    DRAW PERIOD -- The period  specified  in the related  credit line  agreement
when a borrower on a revolving credit loan may make a Draw.

    DUE PERIOD -- As to any distribution date, the period starting on the second
day of the month prior to such distribution date, and ending on the first day of
the month of such  distribution  date or such other  period as  specified in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

    ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT -- An account acceptable to the applicable rating agency.

    ENDORSABLE  PUERTO  RICO  MORTGAGE  -- As to any loan  secured by  mortgaged
property located in Puerto Rico, a mortgage to secure an instrument transferable
by endorsement.

    ENVIRONMENTAL  LIEN -- A lien imposed by federal or state  statute,  for any
cleanup  costs  incurred by a state on the  property  that is the subject of the
cleanup costs.

    EXCESS  SPREAD  -- A portion  of  interest  due on the  loans or  securities
transferred  as part of the  assets of the  related  trust as  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

    EXCLUDED  BALANCE -- That  portion of the  principal  balance of a revolving
credit loan, if any, not included in the Trust  Balance at any time,  which will
include balances  attributable to Draws after the cut-off date and may include a
portion of the principal balance outstanding as of the cut-off date.

    EXCLUDED  SPREAD -- A portion of  interest  due on the loans or  securities,
excluded from the assets transferred to the related trust.

    EXTRAORDINARY   LOSSES  --  Realized   Losses   occasioned  by  war,   civil
insurrection,  certain governmental actions,  nuclear reaction and certain other
risks.

    FASIT -- A financial asset securitization trust as described in section 860L
of the Internal Revenue Code.

    FASIT REGULAR  CERTIFICATES -- Certificates or notes representing  ownership
of one or more regular interests in a FASIT.

    FUNDING  ACCOUNT -- An account  established  for the  purpose of funding the
transfer of additional loans into the related trust.

    FRAUD LOSS AMOUNT -- The amount of Fraud  Losses that may be borne solely by
the subordinate securities of the related series.

                                      118


<PAGE>

    FRAUD  LOSSES -- A Realized  Loss  incurred on  defaulted  loans as to which
there was fraud in the origination of the loans.

    GEM LOAN -- A mortgage loan with monthly  payments of principal and interest
based on a 30 year amortization schedule, or such other amortization schedule as
specified  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and  that  provide  a
specified  time period  during  which the monthly  payments by the  borrower are
increased  and the  full  amount  of the  increase  is  applied  to  reduce  the
outstanding principal balance of the related mortgage loan.

    GPM LOAN -- A mortgage loan under which the monthly payments by the borrower
during the early years of the mortgage are less than the amount of interest that
would otherwise be payable  thereon,  with the interest not so paid added to the
outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loan.

    GROSS  MARGIN -- For an ARM  loan,  the  fixed  percentage  set forth in the
related mortgage note, which when added to the related index,  provides the loan
rate for the ARM loan.

    HIGH COST LOANS -- Loans that are subject to the special  rules,  disclosure
requirements   and   other   provisions   that   were   added  to  the   federal
Truth-in-Lending  Act by the  Homeownership  and Equity  Protection Act of 1994,
which were originated on or after October 1, 1995, are not loans made to finance
the purchase of the mortgaged  property and have interest  rates or  origination
costs in excess of prescribed levels.

    HOME LOANS -- One- to four- family first or junior lien mortgage  loans with
LTV  ratios or  combined  LTV ratios in most cases  between  100% and 125%,  and
classified by the depositor as Home Loans.

    INSURANCE  PROCEEDS  -- Proceeds of any  special  hazard  insurance  policy,
bankruptcy bond,  mortgage pool insurance  policy,  primary insurance policy and
any title, hazard or other insurance policy or guaranty covering any loan in the
pool together with any payments under any letter of credit.

    ISSUE  PREMIUM  -- As to a class of REMIC  Regular  Certificates,  the issue
price in excess of the stated redemption price of that class.

    LIQUIDATED LOAN -- A defaulted loan for which the related mortgaged property
has been sold by the related trust and all recoverable  Liquidation Proceeds and
Insurance Proceeds have been received.

    LIQUIDATION  PROCEEDS -- Amounts collected by the servicer or subservicer in
connection with the liquidation of a loan, by foreclosure or otherwise.

    MEXICO LOAN -- A mortgage loan secured by a beneficial  interest in a trust,
the principal asset of which is residential real property located in Mexico.

    NET LOAN RATE -- As to any loan, the loan rate net of servicing fees,  other
administrative fees and any Excess Spread or Excluded Spread.

    NONRECOVERABLE  ADVANCE  -- Any  Advance  previously  made  which the master
servicer or the servicer has  determined to not be ultimately  recoverable  from
Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or otherwise.

    NOTE MARGIN -- Amounts  advanced by the master servicer or servicer to cover
taxes,  insurance premiums or similar expenses as to any mortgaged property. For
an ARM loan, the fixed  percentage set forth in the related mortgage note, which
when added to the related index, provides the loan rate for the ARM loan.

    PARTIES IN INTEREST -- For an ERISA plan, persons who are either 'parties in
interest'  within the  meaning  of ERISA or  'disqualified  persons'  within the
meaning of the Internal Revenue Code, because they have specified  relationships
to the ERISA plan.

    PASS-THROUGH  ENTITY  --  Any  regulated  investment  company,  real  estate
investment  trust,  trust,  partnership or other  entities  described in Section
860E(e)(6)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  In addition,  a person  holding an
interest in a pass-through entity as a nominee for another person will, for that
interest, be treated as a pass-through entity.

    PAYMENT  ACCOUNT  -- An account  established  and  maintained  by the master
servicer  or the  servicer  in the name of the  trustee  for the  benefit of the
holders of each series of securities,  for the  disbursement  of payments on the
loans evidenced by each series of securities.

    PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS  -- United  States  government  securities  and other
investment  grade  obligations  specified in the related  pooling and  servicing
agreement.

                                      119


<PAGE>

    PLEDGED  ASSET  MORTGAGE  LOANS --  Mortgage  loans  that have LTV ratios at
origination of up to 100% and are secured,  in addition to the related mortgaged
property, by Pledged Assets.

    PLEDGED ASSETS -- As to a Pledged Asset Mortgage Loan, (1) financial  assets
owned by the borrower,  which will consist of  securities,  insurance  policies,
annuities,  certificates of deposit, cash, accounts or similar assets and/or (2)
a third party guarantee, usually by a relative of the borrower, which in turn is
secured by a security interest in financial assets or residential property owned
by the guarantor.

    PREPAYMENT  INTEREST  SHORTFALL  -- For a loan that is subject to a borrower
prepayment or liquidation,  the amount that equals the difference between a full
month's  interest due for that  mortgage loan and the amount of interest paid or
recovered with respect thereto.

    PRINCIPAL  PREPAYMENTS  -- Any  principal  payments  received for a loan, in
advance of the scheduled due date and not  accompanied  by a payment of interest
for any period following the date of payment.

    QUALIFIED INSURER -- As to a mortgage pool insurance policy,  special hazard
insurance policy,  bankruptcy  policy,  financial  guaranty  insurance policy or
surety bond, an insurer qualified under applicable law to transact the insurance
business or coverage as applicable.

    REALIZED LOSS -- As to any defaulted  loan that is finally  liquidated,  the
amount of loss realized,  if any, will equal the portion of the Stated Principal
Balance  remaining after  application of all amounts  recovered,  net of amounts
reimbursable  to the master  servicer or the servicer  for related  Advances and
expenses,  towards  interest  and  principal  owing on the loan.  For a loan the
principal  balance  of which has been  reduced  in  connection  with  bankruptcy
proceedings, the amount of the reduction will be treated as a Realized Loss.

    REGULAR   CERTIFICATES  --  FASIT  Regular  Certificates  or  REMIC  Regular
Certificates.

    REMIC -- A real estate mortgage  investment  conduit as described in section
860D of the Internal Revenue Code.

    REMIC REGULAR  CERTIFICATES -- Certificates or notes representing  ownership
of one or more regular interests in a REMIC.

    REMIC  RESIDUAL  CERTIFICATE  -- A  Certificate  representing  an  ownership
interest in a residual interest in a REMIC within the meaning of section 860D of
the Internal Revenue Code.

    REO LOAN -- A loan where title to the related  mortgaged  property  has been
obtained  by the  trustee  or its  nominee on behalf of  securityholders  of the
related series.

    REPAYMENT  PERIOD -- For a revolving credit loan, the period from the end of
the related Draw Period to the related maturity date.

    SENIOR  PERCENTAGE -- At any given time, the  percentage of the  outstanding
principal balances of all of the securities  evidenced by the senior securities,
determined in the manner described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    SERVICING ADVANCES -- Amounts advanced on any loan to cover taxes, insurance
premiums or similar expenses.

    SPECIAL  HAZARD  AMOUNT -- The amount of Special  Hazard  Losses that may be
allocated to the subordinate securities of the related series.

    SPECIAL  HAZARD LOSSES -- A Realized Loss  incurred,  to the extent that the
loss was  attributable  to (i) direct  physical  damage to a mortgaged  property
other than any loss of a type  covered by a hazard  insurance  policy or a flood
insurance  policy, if applicable,  and (ii) any shortfall in insurance  proceeds
for partial damage due to the application of the co-insurance  clauses contained
in hazard insurance  policies.  The amount of the Special Hazard Loss is limited
to the lesser of the cost of repair or  replacement  of the mortgaged  property;
any  loss  above  that  amount  would  be a  Defaulted  Mortgage  Loss or  other
applicable  type  of  loss.  Special  Hazard  Losses  does  not  include  losses
occasioned by war, civil insurrection,  certain governmental actions,  errors in
design,  faulty  workmanship or materials (except under certain  circumstances),
nuclear reaction, chemical contamination or waste by the borrower.

    SPECIAL SERVICER -- A special servicer named under the pooling and servicing
agreement  for a  series  of  securities,  which  will  be  responsible  for the
servicing of delinquent loans.

                                      120



<PAGE>

    STATED PRINCIPAL  BALANCE -- As to any loan as of any date of determination,
its principal balance as of the cut-off date, after application of all scheduled
principal  payments due on or before the cut-off date,  whether received or not,
reduced  by  all  amounts   allocable  to  principal  that  are  distributed  to
securityholders  on or before the date of determination,  and as further reduced
to the extent that any Realized Loss has been  allocated to any securities on or
before that date.

    SUBORDINATE AMOUNT -- A specified portion of subordinated distributions with
respect to the loans,  allocated to the holders of the subordinate securities as
set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

    SUBSERVICING   ACCOUNT  --  An  account  established  and  maintained  by  a
subservicer which is acceptable to the master servicer or the servicer.

    TAX-EXEMPT  INVESTOR -- Tax-qualified  retirement plans described in Section
401(a)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code and on  individual  retirement  accounts
described in Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code.

    TAX-FAVORED  PLANS -- An ERISA  plan  which is exempt  from  federal  income
taxation under Section  501(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code or is an individual
retirement  plan or annuity  described  in Section 408 of the  Internal  Revenue
Code.

    TITLE I -- Title I of the National Housing Act.

    TRUST BALANCE -- A specified  portion of the total principal balance of each
revolving  credit loan  outstanding at any time,  which will consist of all or a
portion  of the  principal  balance  thereof  as of the  cut-off  date minus the
portion of all payments and losses  thereafter  that are  allocated to the Trust
Balance,  and will not include any portion of the principal balance attributable
to Draws made after the cut-off date.

                                      121
<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission